Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Gold / Petropavlovsk PLC / FY2019 Annual Report

Petropavlovsk PLC
Annual Report 2019

POG · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker POG
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Gold
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Petropavlovsk PLC
Loading PDF…
Petropavlovsk PLC
11 Grosvenor Place
London
SW1X 7HH

T +44 (0)20 7201 8900
E contact@petropavlovsk.net
www.petropavlovsk.net

 
Annual Report 2019

 
  
Who We Are

Petropavlovsk 
is a London premium-listed,  
Russia-focused gold mining  
and R&D business

7.6Moz
Gold produced  
to date

514koz
Au sales in 2019

IFC  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

17 years 
Average mine life

1
of only two POX 
plants in Russia

Petropavlovsk 

is a London premium-listed,  

Russia-focused gold mining  

and R&D business

Purpose

“To use our unique technical skill set and mining capabilities 
to realise the value of our gold assets for the benefit of all 
stakeholders, while enhancing the lives of the communities 
and respecting the environment within which we operate.”

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

1

Our Values

Responsibility
We place people first. Responsible practices are our highest priority and we aim to operate safely, 
efficiently and transparently, continually seeking new ways to ensure an injury-free workplace. 
We are committed to preventing pollution, minimising waste, increasing carbon efficiency and 
optimising natural resource usage. We develop innovative solutions to mitigate environmental risks 
and welcome an active dialogue with all our stakeholders and local communities.

Innovation
We challenge ourselves and others to constantly look beyond the latest scientific and engineering 
developments worldwide. Our aim is to be a respected industry leader in safety and environmental 
practices, whilst realising the full potential of our assets through ingenuity, drive and innovation.

Integrity
We believe that honest communication, sound business ethics and respect for people are the 
foundation of our business and we deal with all our stakeholders in a respectful, responsible way. 
We are guided by our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in every situation, at all levels of the 
Company, to preserve dignity and self-worth in all our interactions.

Excellence
We are focused on delivering results and on doing what we say we will do. We accept responsibility 
and hold ourselves accountable for our work, behaviour, ethics and actions. We aim to deliver high 
performance outcomes and undertake to deliver on our commitments to our colleagues, business 
and social partners, and our investors.

Diversity
We strive for excellence and recognise that our differences make us stronger. By creating an 
inclusive and fair workplace, we are ensuring not just diversity of people and skills, but ideas too. 
This is the basis for a culture of creativity, which supports the innovation that we value and is a 
benefit to all stakeholders.

2 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Our Culture

Inclusive
Without an inclusive culture, diversity is nothing and we believe a culture of equality is a multiplier 
of growth and innovation. We aim to foster an inclusive culture that cultivates respect and equality, 
and which positively recognises differences.

Happy
A positive and happy workplace environment is key to increased job satisfaction, higher rates of 
productivity and reduced workplace stress. This is reflected in reduced employee turnover and 
enables the Company to attract and retain top talent.

Creative
Creativity and problem solving have been part of our DNA since the Company was formed and 
our research & scientific institutions are a key differentiator of the Group and capable of delivering 
superior value to our stakeholders. Additionally, a workplace culture that encourages creativity 
leads to happy, motivated and more productive employees.

Rewarding
Showing appreciation for achievement, whether professional or private, through recognition reflects 
the value we place on our employees and the effort made by each team member. We understand 
that recognition can take many forms and adapt these to reflect to the different geographic cultures 
of the Group and the diversity of our employees.

Enabling 
The success of our Company is ultimately based on our employees having successful careers, 
and progression and advancement is a key ethos for the Group. Many of our employees were 
educated as students for free by Petropavlovsk and continuous learning is encouraged as part of 
their ongoing development as professionals.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

3

Our Strategy

The Group’s strategy is to create superior value for 
shareholders through six fundamental objectives

1.  Maintain and expand gold reserves and resources.

2.  Unlock the value creation potential of the POX Hub.

3.  Optimise costs and operational efficiencies.

4.  Strengthen the balance sheet and increase liquidity.

5.  Continuously improve sustainability practices.

6.  Develop and nurture current and potential employees.

4 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Investment Rationale

Petropavlovsk is a leading vertically integrated Russian gold miner. With a premium listing on the Main 
Market of the London Stock Exchange, the Company is one of Russia’s largest gold producers.

Having operated continuously in the Far East of Russia for over 25 years, from where it has produced 
more than 7.6Moz of gold, the Company has a strong track record of mine development, expansion and 
asset optimisation.

The Company is one of the major employers and taxpayers in the Amur region and benefits from strong 
relationships with the local communities in which it operates.

The POX Hub

The Pressure Oxidation facility (‘POX Hub’)  
is a cornerstone of Petropavlovsk’s strategy 
and the principal driver of future value for the 
Company. The POX Hub is a world-class 
facility and one of only two in Russia.

The POX Hub was commissioned late in 
2018 and began ramping up in early 2019, 
onwards and can treat both Petropavlovsk’s 

Significant assets

Petropavlovsk has three active gold mines: 
Pioneer, Albyn and Malomir and gold 
licences which cover an area of more than 
3,200km2 in Russia. The mines are a mix of 
open pit and underground, with c.15Mtpa ore 
processing capacity in addition to the 
500ktpa potential of the POX Hub. 
Petropavlovsk today has a long-life mineral 
resource base with high expansion potential.

own abundant refractory gold reserves as 
well as those of third parties. Not only does 
this enable the Company to increase gold 
production but also reduce cash costs - it 
also means that Petropavlovsk is in a strong 
position to consider stranded refractory ore 
deposits in the region and across Russia.

The POX Hub is well located in terms of easy 
access and well-developed infrastructure. 
The anticipated growth in cash flow from 
processing its own and third-party ore will be 
used to strengthen the balance sheet, which 
will then enable the option of paying 
dividends to our shareholders.

Deleveraging

The Company’s Net debt / EBITDA was 2.1x 
as at 31 December 2019, and Board has set 
deleveraging as a management priority given 
the need to strengthen the Company’s 
balance sheet and liquidity position.  
The key driver of increased cash flow to  
the Company is the POX Hub which was 
commissioned in 2018 and began ramping 
up in early 2019. 

Experienced management 
and technical expertise

Through 25 years of operating in Russia,  
the Company has established itself as a 
successful explorer, developer and miner  
of gold, with all its active mines being 
developed from initial greenfield discoveries. 
Petropavlovsk differentiates itself from its 
peers through its technological expertise and 
R&D capabilities. The Company owns several 
world-class institutes, including Irgiredmet 
and NIC Gydrometallurgia (‘RDC 
Hydrometallurgy’), which are responsible for 
the innovative design of its processing plant 
and continuous improvement of its 
processing operations.

Strong Board and 
Governance

Petropavlovsk has a strong and experienced 
Board, which is fully compliant with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code in terms of 
composition and diversity, including eight 
Independent Non-Executive Directors with a 
strong range of skill sets ranging from 
auditing, mining, investment banking and 
legal. We have an established Code of 
Business Conduct and Ethics.

ESG principles

Sustainable development and responsible 
business practices have always been 
integral to our operations. Since the early 
years when Petropavlovsk received 
financing from the IFC, the Group has 
adhered to strict ESG principles and the very 
high H&S standards required under Russian 
law in addition to operating in line with 
international best practices. The Company 

has a strong Sustainability track record and 
strives for continuous improvement for the 
benefit of all stakeholders. As part of its  
ESG strategy, Petropavlovsk joined the  
UN Global Compact Initiative on corporate 
sustainability and further enhanced its 
Corporate Social Responsibility (‘CSR’) 
framework, among other achievements.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

5

Our Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy  Chief Executive Officer

“The health and safety of our workers and the local communities within 
which we operate remains our highest priority during this challenging 
period. Petropavlovsk continues to maintain open dialogue with the 
authorities to monitor the situation and ensure the Company is abiding  
by all measures and restrictions.” 

Health and safety update
At the time of publishing, none of 
Petropavlovsk’s employees have been 
diagnosed with COVID-19.

There have been relatively few cases 
registered in the Amur region which is a 
sparsely populated area roughly equivalent 
to half the size of France.

While our mining operations and POX Hub are 
naturally isolated and away from population 
centres, the Group has also implemented 
measures in each operating jurisdiction to 
meet Government guidelines and which are 
appropriate to the specific needs of each 
location including its head offices.

High-level management actions taken 
include:

 – An emergency response team has been 

formed to limit the spread COVID-19 at the 
Group’s Companies. Members of the 
response team are working in co-operation 
with local authorities, when and if, required;

 – The response team includes 

representatives from each of the Group’s 
businesses in Russia, and coordinators 
have been appointed at each location who 
are responsible for preventative and 
counteractive measures; and

 – Group business travel has been restricted 
and the Company’s Moscow and London 
offices have been closed until further 
notice, with written permission required to 
enter buildings.

Employee and community actions taken 
include:

 – Mine shift patterns have been adjusted to 
lower the frequency of new teams arriving 
onsite;

 – Before commencing each shift, employees 
and contractors are required to undertake 
14 days quarantine in four purpose-built 
camps, with virus testing on arrival and 
before moving to the sites;

 – Medical infra-red thermometers are used 

daily to take the temperature of employees;

 – Designated isolation zones have been set 

up to house any individuals showing flu-like 
symptoms;

 – In addition to the recommended hygiene 

measures, a comprehensive site awareness 
campaign is being carried out; and

 – Petropavlovsk has been included in  
the most recently revised Federal list  
of Russia’s systemically important 
companies. Additionally, the JSC 
Pokrovskiy Mine (including Pioneer),  
LLC Albynskiy Rudnik (Albyn) and LLC 
Malomirskiy Rudnik (Malomir) companies 
were all identified as being strategically 
important to the Amur region. This entails 
more stringent oversight by the Federal 
authorities and local Ministry of Economic 
Development as well as the executive 
branch of local government, and the 
Company believes this reduces the risk  
of business interruption.

Logistics and sales update
 – The Company continues to monitor its 
supply chain and is putting in place all 
necessary precautions to ensure business 
continuity;

 – Awareness programmes targeting the 
local community have also been put in 
place, and the Company is supporting 
local businesses and the community 
through the distribution of masks and hand 
sanitisers.

 – While the Central Bank of Russia has 

temporarily suspended gold purchases, 
commercial banks in Russia continue to 
buy gold bullion and the Company 
continues to sell gold through Russian 
commercial banks; and

Legislative update
 – In response to the COVID-19 outbreak, the 
Russian Government has been introducing 
a wide range of measures including 
non-work period (from which Petropavlovsk 
is exempt as a continuous process 
organisation). It has also expanded the 
authority of regional heads to set further 
specific measures relevant for their regions;

 – While the non-work period was officially 
lifted by the Federal government, most 
regional authorities are maintaining the 
restrictions;

 – Other measures include certain tax, credit 
and reporting holidays which are of benefit 
to certain suppliers to the Group’s 
business; and

 – The Company also can export gold bullion 
and confirms that it has the necessary 
licences in place required to export gold 
for sale outside of Russia, and that it 
commenced gold shipments to the UK 
and Switzerland from 2020.

Pioneer flotation plant construction 
update
 – Despite lockdown measures in place, 
all key equipment items necessary to 
complete construction of Petropavlovsk’s 
second flotation plant have now arrived in 
Russia, thus ensuring the project remains 
on track for Q4 2020 commissioning; and

 – Once operating at full capacity, the new 
flotation plant at Pioneer will double the 
Group’s flotation capacity from 3.6 to 
7.2Mtpa.

6 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Contents

Non-Financial Information Statement
We aim to comply with the Non-Financial Reporting requirements contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006.

Reporting requirement

Policies and Standards

Outcomes and Additional Information

Environmental matters

Safety, Health and Environment 

Managing environmental impact

GHG Emissions

ISO 14001

Water Management

Waste Management Programme

Cyanide Management

Rehabilitation Programme

Education and Training

Climate change

Permissions

Water

Waste

The Pokrovskiy Mining College 

Health & Safety Management Systems

Safety

Human Rights Policy

Grievance Mechanism

Stakeholder engagement

Human rights

Enable members of the public and other stakeholders to raise complaints 

The Petropavlovsk Foundation

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Building a purpose-led culture/corruption controls

Business model

Managing risk

Key performance indicators

Employees

Human rights
Social matters

Anti-corruption and  
anti-bribery

Principal risks and impact  
of business activity

Non-financial KPIs

Page

113-115

 88

113

 114

118

120

120

102 

109-111 

99 

105 

106 

92-93

99 

18-19 

26-41 

86-84 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

7

Who We AreOur Values 2Our Culture 3Our Strategy 4Investment Rationale 5Our Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic 6Strategic ReportChairman’s Statement 10CEO’s Statement 12Celebrating 25 Years of Technical and Gold Mining Expertise 14Our Business Model 18Gold Market Review 20The Group’s Strategy 22s172 statement 24Principal Risk Report 26Risks to Our Performance 28Operational Performance 42Pioneer 44Albyn 46Malomir 48The POX Hub 50The POX Hub 52The making of the POX plant 55Reserves & Resources 58Exploration Update 68IRC 69Financial Performance 70CFO Statement 72Sustainable DevelopmentSustainability Performance 86Introduction to Safety, Sustainability & Workforce Committee Report 89Our Approach 90Corporate Social Responsibility 99Our People 100Local Communities 105Health and Safety 109Environmental Stewardship 113Independent Limited Assurance Statement 124GovernanceIntroduction from the Chairman 128Board of Directors 130Executive Committee 133Governance Report 134Nominations Committee Report 144Audit Committee Report 146Directors’ Remuneration Report 156Directors’ Report 175Directors’ responsibilities statement 183Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Petropavlovsk PLC 184Financial StatementsConsolidated Statement of Profit or Loss 198Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 199Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 200Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 201Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 202Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 203Company Balance Sheet 250Company Statement of Changes in Equity 251Notes to the Company Financial Statements 252The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) 256 Appendix, Glossary and Definitions 263Communication with Our Shareholders 267GRI Content Index 268 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

8 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

9

Second, we have worked to strengthen  
the balance sheet. We have restructured  
the IRC debt guarantees and refinanced 
US$100 million of convertible bonds due in 
2020. Petropavlovsk’s ratings with credit 
agencies have improved, putting the Group in 
a stronger position to undertake further 
liability management, including deleveraging 
and reducing the cost of servicing debt. This 
is a key strategic objective.

Third, we are pursuing an approach of 
continuous improvement in all areas of the 
business and of investment in both people 
and technology. Over the past year, the Board 
and Executive team have taken steps to 
enhance the Group’s financial reporting and 
audit functions; to upgrade risk management; 
to develop the work we have done over many 
years on environmental and social issues; and 
to establish a clear channel of communication 
between the Board and the workforce. Danila 
Kotlyarov has joined us from IRC as the new 
Chief Financial Officer and has since become 
an Executive Director. The Safety, 
Sustainability and Workforce Committee of 
the Board has strengthened oversight of 
safety issues, and we are pleased to report on 
a year with no fatalities and a significant fall in 
the Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate. 
Petropavlovsk has joined the United Nations 
Global Compact Initiative on corporate 
sustainability, reflecting our commitment to 
ten established principles in human rights, 
labour relations, the environment, and 
anti-corruption measures.

Chairman’s Statement

Sir Roderic Lyne

The COVID-19 pandemic casts an inevitable 
shadow over this Annual Report. We have 
described at the beginning of the Report the 
rigorous measures Petropavlovsk has 
implemented to protect our employees and 
our operations. At the time of writing, in 
mid-May, no cases of infection have been 
reported within the company. While some 
aspects of business have become more 
difficult, we have been able to sustain full 
operating capacity; and we have benefited 
from the upward pressure on the gold price. 
That said, it is impossible to predict what 
effects the pandemic may have in the months 
ahead, save that we are clearly facing a 
prolonged period of high volatility in the global 
economy. As we explain elsewhere in this 
Report, the potential consequences of the 
pandemic must stand at the head of our 
register of risks.

I had hoped to begin my final report as 
Chairman on a more cheerful note. Within this 
sombre and uncertain environment, the 
better news for all of our stakeholders is that 
2019, continuing into the current year, has 
been one of the most successful periods in 
the quarter-century history of the Group. 

In the course of 2019, Petropavlovsk has met 
the corporate purpose defined by the Board, 
which is to use our unique technical skill set 
and mining capabilities to realise the value of 
our gold assets for the benefit of all 
stakeholders, while enhancing the lives of the 
communities and respecting the environment 
within which we operate.

Petropavlovsk’s shares have significantly 
outperformed the major gold miners quoted 
on the London Stock Exchange, both over the 
course of 2019 and the first quarter of 2020. 
Our shares rose by 102% during 2019. At the 
time of writing, a share in Petropavlovsk is 
worth more than three times its value at the 
2018 AGM, when the current Board was 
elected. Cash flow has increased and gold 
sold in 2019 grew by 39% to 514,000 ounces 
and our guidance is for a further substantial 
increase in production to between 620,000 
and 720,000 ounces in 2020, including 
third-party processing.

Aside from the benefit to all gold mining 
companies from the past year’s rise in the  
price of bullion, there are a number of specific 
reasons why Petropavlovsk has outperformed 
the market, strengthened its competitive 
position and built a solid foundation for value 
accretion in the years ahead.

First and foremost, is the exceptional 
performance of the Group’s executive team 
and skilled workforce under the leadership of 
Dr Pavel Maslovskiy, who returned as CEO in 
June 2018.

Over ten years ago, Dr Maslovskiy initiated a 
project to construct a Pressure Oxidation 
plant at Pokrovskiy in order to process the 
refractory ores which are abundant in Russia 
and represent approximately 71% of the 
Group’s Reserves. This required a large 
capital investment, of some US$310 million; 
lengthy preparation; and careful technical 
training of its operators. Pressure Oxidation 
plants are complex operations and elsewhere 
in the industry have often proved difficult in 
the start-up phase. The POX plant came into 
operation at the end of 2018. It has run 
remarkably smoothly through 2019 and has 
added materially to the Group’s production. 
To increase the near-term supply of refractory 
concentrates to the POX Hub, our technical 
experts have improved the flotation plant at 
Malomir; and we are investing in a new 
flotation plant at Pioneer (due for 
commissioning from Q4 2020), where there 
are 2.07 million ounces of refractory reserves.

The POX plant, with its four autoclaves, is one 
of only two Pressure Oxidation plants in the 
Russian gold industry, and the largest. We are 
using spare capacity to process third-party 
concentrate purchased from other producers 
and plan to increase our own production of 
refractory concentrate through expanding  
our flotation capacity, exploration and low 
cost acquisition. The development of the  
POX plant has opened new horizons for 
Petropavlovsk and has put the Group in  
a very strong competitive position.

10  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

The Group’s strategy is ambitious but realistic. 
We shall continue to take a conservative 
approach to risk. We shall live within our 
means, seek continuous improvement and 
guard against complacency. Above all we 
seek to build on Petropavlovsk’s technical 
strengths – the lead the Group enjoys in the 
processing of refractory ores through 
Pressure Oxidation, and the excellence of our 
geological, analytical, research, engineering 
development and training teams. 

Finally, I should record that I shall be retiring 
from the Chair at the Annual General Meeting. 
I have had the privilege of serving on Boards 
within the Group for twelve of the past 
fourteen years. Together with Pavel 
Maslovskiy and Robert Jenkins, I was asked 
by shareholders to return in 2018 to help 
stabilise the company, revive momentum and 
restore its reputation in the markets. With 
these objectives achieved, I asked the Board 
last autumn to look for a younger successor 
who could lead the Board through the next 
phase of its strategy for growth. After a 
meticulous process of search and interview, 
the Board has recommended that Fiona 
Paulus should take over the Chair. Having had 
a distinguished career in investment banking 
and extensive Board experience, Fiona 
Paulus is superbly equipped for the role. 
COVID-19 permitting, I believe that, under the 
leadership of Fiona Paulus and Pavel 
Maslovskiy, Petropavlovsk can look ahead to 
2020 and beyond with optimism.

ON OUR BUSINESS]

Sir Roderic Lyne
Non-Executive Chairman

26 May 2020

Fourth, after the period of turbulence which 
damaged the Group in 2017-18, the Board 
has restored stability to the leadership and 
reputation of Petropavlovsk and has placed 
strong emphasis on rigorous corporate 
governance. Since November we have 
welcomed four new, highly-qualified 
independent non-executive Directors – Katia 
Ray, Charlotte Philipps, Fiona Paulus and Tim 
McCutcheon. The Board now benefits from 
the varied experience of eight independent 
non-executive Directors, in addition to the 
Chairman. They are diverse in gender, age, 
nationality (of five different nationalities at 
birth), and professional background. They 
have had careers, respectively, in banking, 
accounting and corporate finance; 
operational mining; natural resources 
investment, analysis and consultancy; and 
law and business development. Until 
February 2020, the Group’s largest 
shareholder, the Aeon Mining Limited, was 
represented on the Board by Mirzaaziz 
Musakhanov. Mr Musakhanov left the Board 
when Aeon’s shareholding was acquired by 
Uzhuralzoloto Group of Companies (“UGC”). 
On 21 April 2020 Maxim Kharin joined the 
Board as a Director nominated by UGC.

To sum up, over the past year the Group has 
built a platform for growth. The Board has 
initiated a review of the Group’s strategy 
which is reflected in the “The Group’s 
Strategy” section of this report and is 
intended to give clear definition to both 
short-term and long-term objectives. 
Petropavlovsk seeks to become at least the 
third largest producer of gold in Russia in 
terms of gross profit. We aim to raise 
shareholder value by fully exploiting the 
potential of the Pressure Oxidation Hub and 
increasing the grades of concentrate fed 
through it; by decreasing leverage towards a 
targeted Net debt / EBITDA ratio of below 
2.0x; by reintroducing a dividend programme; 
and by reviewing value-accretive merger or 
joint venture options. We shall seek to sustain 
or expand the Group’s reserve base through 
exploration and seeking opportunities for 
small-scale acquisition of low-cost resources. 
It will be our objective to achieve these targets 
with a top-quartile safety record and zero 
fatalities, while maintaining the highest 
environmental standards in the Russian 
mining sector.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

11

CEO’s Statement

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy

On the Company’s 25th anniversary, I am 
pleased to report that 2019 was a positive year 
in our development, with strong corporate and 
operational progress. This further builds on the 
solid foundation we have developed over the 
years and bodes well for our future as a 
sustainable gold miner and producer. 
The successful ramp-up of the POX Hub is  
a significant event in the Company’s history 
given it is the cornerstone of our future strategy 
and principal driver of value creation for our 
shareholders. Not only did the plant exceed all 
expectations in its first year, but the associated 
flotation plant at Malomir also operated above 
design rates in several key areas which bodes 
well for a successful start-up of Pioneer 
flotation plant when it is launched later this year.

In respect of our shareholders I am especially 
pleased that these developments and the 
successful turnaround of our business are  
being recognised through a re-rating of our 
equity, with our share price rising 102% in 2019 
compared to a 18% increase in the price of gold. 

The POX Hub
The delivery and ramp-up of our unique plant, 
which can treat multiple sources of even the 
most complex refractory gold concentrate, is 
testament to the strength of the Company’s 
scientific and engineering capabilities. 

The POX Hub exceeded even our optimistic 
expectations, with 193.2koz of gold recovered 
from refractory concentrates during its first 
12 months of operations. Of this amount, 
132.0koz came from concentrates produced 
at our own mine, Malomir, leading to an 
increase of 132% in gold produced at Malomir 
compared to a year ago. Gold recoveries from 
Malomir concentrates increased steadily at 
the POX plant through the year to reach above 
design during the fourth quarter; whilst 
productivity and utilisation-hours for key 
equipment items exceeded design rate and 
all four autoclaves have been shown to 
operate at stable rates at full capacity.

Starting in July, the POX plant began treating 
third-party concentrates from several 
sources, quickly achieving the design 
recovery rate, and 61.2koz of gold were 
recovered. Importantly, this demonstrates  
our ability to treat a variety of concentrates 
which puts Petropavlovsk in a strong position 
to meet our 2020 production targets given 
this significantly widens the scope of 
third-party material that can be acquired and 
successfully treated.

Optimising the capacity of the POX Hub is 
now critical for the team, and I am pleased to 
report that the Group’s second flotation plant, 
which is being constructed at Pioneer, will 
double the Group’s capacity to produce 
concentrate from its own refractory gold ores 
to 7.2Mtpa and remains on schedule to 
contribute from the fourth quarter. Subject to 
Board approval, an expansion of the flotation 
plant at Malomir would further increase the 
Group’s concentrate capacity to 9.0Mtpa. 
A feasibility study on the Malomir expansion  
is underway, and I look forward to updating 
stakeholders on our progress then.

Operational Performance 
The performance at our mining operations 
was in line with expectations, with strong 
performances from Malomir and Albyn 
offsetting weakness at Pioneer caused by the 
processing of harder ores and challenging 
geotechnical and hydrogeological issues 
encountered at the start of the year. Albyn 
was the standout performer with production 
rising c.13% from the previous year due to an 
increase in the volume of higher-grade ore 
combined with consistently high recoveries at 
the RIP plant. Malomir successfully 
underwent the transition from being non-
refractory to being predominantly a refractory 
mine such that, in the fourth quarter, around 
87% of total gold recovered at Malomir came 
from refractory ores. This enabled production 
volumes to increase significantly and this was 
further helped by the strong performance of 
the flotation plant where concentrate grades 
were around 18% above design. Gold 
recoveries exceeded the design rate of 93% 
for the first time in November for Malomir 
concentrates.

Production and Costs
For 2019, total gold production, including 
production from third-party concentrates, 
increased almost 23% to 517.3koz. 
Production from our own mines amounted to 
471.6koz which is in line with guidance given 
at the start of 2019 of between 450 – 500koz 
despite the unforeseen geological issues 
encountered at Pioneer and extreme weather 
events of last summer that caused multiple 
floods in the region. Of the three mining 
centres, Albyn contributed 33% of total gold 
production for the year, while Pioneer 
contributed 23% and Malomir 35%. The 
remaining 9% came from third-party 
concentrates.

In the first full year of operations at the POX 
Hub, around 28% of gold produced from our 
own mines was from refractory ores and this 
rises to around 35% when including third-
party concentrates.

Total Cash Costs◆ were 10% higher at 
US$749/oz, up from 2018 (US$678/oz) due  
to additional costs associated with the 
ramp-up of the POX Hub. All-in Sustaining 
Costs◆ decreased by 5% to US$1,020/oz 
compared to 2018 (US$1,079/oz). 

Total Cash Costs◆ were affected by inflation  
of certain Rouble denominated costs, costs 
associated with the ramp-up of the POX Hub 
and Malomir flotation, application of the full 
6% mining tax rate at Pioneer and progressive 
increase in mining tax rate to 1.2% at Albyn 
and Malomir, which was partly offset by 
higher grades at all mines and higher 
recoveries at Pioneer and Malomir as  
well as Rouble depreciation. 

The decrease in All-in Sustaining Costs◆ 
primarily reflects reversal of impairment of 
non-refractory ore stockpiles at Albyn as  
well as the increase in physical ounces  
sold in 2019 with an aggregate of sustaining 
exploration and capital expenditures related 
to the existing mining operations and 
underground mining projects at Pioneer and 
Malomir, Malomir flotation, and capitalised 
stripping expenditure during the period 
remaining at approximately the same level as 
in 2018. This effect was partially offset by the 
increase in Total Cash Costs◆.

12  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Responsible Business
The health and safety of our employees 
remains our number one priority and, while 
I am pleased to report zero fatalities and a 
significant reduction of the LTIFR by 36% in 
2019, the basis of our strategy is continuous 
improvement with zero harm as our ultimate 
target. The initiatives undertaken in 2019 
included an increase in health and safety 
training and stricter onsite safety monitoring 
procedures and these will be continued and 
further improved in 2020. I am also pleased 
that there were zero major environmental 
harm incidents in 2019, for the tenth 
consecutive year.

In terms of governance, the skills, 
composition and diversity of the Board were 
further enhanced by the appointments of 
Charlotte Philipps, Katia Ray, Fiona Paulus 
and Tim McCutcheon as independent 
Non-Executive Directors, Danila Kotlyarov  
as an Executive Director and Maxim Kharin  
as a Non-Executive Director.

Recognising the value that responsible 
business practices create, a new 
comprehensive ESG programme, is being 
developed and implemented to raise the 
Company to a new level of responsible mining 
with a focus on sustainable development and 
excellence in governance. As part of this 
programme, it is our intention to align our 
operations and strategies with ten universally 
accepted principles in the areas of human 
rights, labour, environment and anti-corruption, 
and to act in support of the UN goals and 
issues embodied in the Sustainable 
Development Goals (SDGs). This programme 
is being undertaken as part of our participation 
in the United Nations Global Compact Initiative 
on Corporate Responsibility, for which I am 
proud to have become a supporter.

Exploration
Our exploration programme continued its 
strategy of extending known orebodies as well 
as exploring new deposits to secure the future 
of our business, with an increasing focus on 
revisiting known refractory gold deposits given 
the successful start-up of the POX plant. As a 
result, total reserves increased to 8.46Moz, 
while total Measured, Indicated and Inferred 
Resources which include reserves, increased 
to 21.03Moz (after accounting for depletion 
caused by mining).

In respect of extensions to known reserves, 
intersections made below the open pit at NE 
Bakhmut 1 have led to the possibility of 
expanding the pit shell and thus extending the 
mine life. At Elginskoye, which is expected to 
commence production in the second half of 
2020, we are optimistic that drilling outside of 
known resources will lead to their increase 
given encouraging intercepts during the year.

In terms of earlier stage exploration, our team 
had a successful year at Osipkan, a satellite of 
Tokur which lies around 130km from Malomir, 
where two zones of mineralisation have been 
discovered which are equivalent to JORC 
gold resources and further exploration will be 
conducted on these. 

Outlook
It is my firm hope that the increase in cash 
generated as the POX plant ramps up will 
enable the Group to rapidly normalise Net 
debt / EBITDA in line with the Company’s goal 
of balancing between deleveraging, capital 
investment and rewarding shareholder 
patience through paying dividends.

 As outlined in our response to the COVID-19 
pandemic on page 6, the Company has 
reacted swiftly to protect the health and welfare 
of its employees and local communities, whilst 
ensuring the continuity of its business 
operations and development projects.

However, given the ongoing uncertainty that 
all businesses face, as an additional measure, 
I am pleased that Gazprombank has 
approved a gold prepays limit of c.392koz  
or c.US$470 million, which is valid through  
to the end of May 2024.

I would like to thank our employees,  
Board, shareholders, host Government, 
communities and suppliers for your support  
in 2019 and look forward to updating you as 
the business continues to progress.

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy
Chief Executive Officer

26 May 2020

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

13

Celebrating 25 Years of Technical 
and Gold Mining Expertise

From humble beginnings 

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy  Co-founder of Petropavlovsk

“When I consider Petropavlovsk today, with its three large-scale gold 
mines, over 21 million ounces of JORC Resources, and a processing 
capacity of around 15 million tonnes of ore per annum in addition to our 
state-of-the-art POX plant, it gives me great pride to reflect on our 
history and the strides we have made over the last quarter of a century.

With the enduring support of our employees, 
Board and management, shareholders and 
other stakeholders, we have created one of 
Russia’s largest gold producers from nothing. 
And whilst we have encountered challenges 
along the way, I believe that, on the 25th 
anniversary of the Company I helped 
co-found, we can be very proud of our 
business’s strong foundations and excited  
by the road ahead.

(‘RIP’) plant. This constituted an important stage 
in the Company’s progress and a step change 
for the business, which previously had struggled 
with low recovery rates, particularly during the 
winter months despite the team’s ingenious 
‘budget’ heating system (shown in photo below 
left) which used wood burners and plastic 
sacking and which, nonetheless, won 
widespread acclaim and more importantly 
worked!

Thinking back to the humble beginnings of 
our early days at Pokrovskiy – Chairman, 
Chief Engineer and Chief Manager all working 
side by side with other team members 24 
hours a day to install the small second-hand 
processing plant we brought over from the 
US – I find it quite remarkable to consider all 
the achievements we have made. 

Founded in 1994 as JSC Pokrovskiy mine  
to bid for the Pokrovskiy gold deposit, the 
Company produced its first gold in 1999 from  
a 600,000 tonnes per annum heap-leach 
operation. Having worked tirelessly to finance 
the initial stages of the mine, run operations on a 
modest budget and, with a total reliance on 
doing everything ourselves, we were then able 
to direct the ensuing cash flow from these early 
ounces into developing proper infrastructure at 
the mine and constructing our first Resin in Pulp 

Even in those early days, we were dependent on 
our in-house capabilities – from engineering to 
welding, from construction to baking bread – and 
I believe this was instrumental, not just in keeping 
a strict control on costs, but also in building our 
foundations as a team and cultivating the 
entrepreneurial spirit of the Company.

Pokrovskiy went on to yield c.2 million ounces 
of gold and paved the way for the 
commissioning of three further mines and 
plants in the Russian Far East, all of which 
were explored, defined and developed by our 
in-house mining and technical teams. 
Subsequently, the exhausted Pokrovskiy 
mine site was reclaimed as the location of our 
new state-of-the-art POX Hub facility.

First gold recovered 
from Pokrovskiy 

Admitted to trading on 
the AIM market of the 
LSE

Malomir licence 
acquired as
a greenfield project 

Pioneer’s 1st stage 

production facility 

completed

Moved to LSE 

Main Market

Albyn 

commissioned 

POX Hub and Malomir 

flotation plants 

commissioned

Pioneer acquired as 
a greenfield project 

Commissioning of RIP 
plant at Pokrovskiy 

Albyn licence 

acquired as a 

greenfield project

Production 

commenced 

at Pioneer

Malomir RIP plant 

commissioned 

Underground 

development

commenced 

at Pioneer

Construction of 

Pioneer flotation 

plant commenced

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

14  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

1995: Exploration camp2000: First accommodation camp blocks at Pokrovskiy1999: Winter heap-leach patented by PetropavlovskIt is not surprising, perhaps, that the  
same values of innovation, integrity and 
excellence which prevailed then still exists 
today and have been the driving force 
behind the growth of Petropavlovsk from 
these humble beginnings to having a 
premium listing on the Main Market of  
the London Stock Exchange with annual 
production of over half a million ounces. 
Furthermore, the delivery and smooth 
ramp-up of our unique POX plant, which 
can treat multiple sources of even the  
most complex refractory concentrate,  
is testament to the strength of our 

Company’s scientific and engineering 
capabilities; and I believe Petropavlovsk is 
second to none in terms of possessing 
such skills and capabilities.

Creating value for the Amur region  
and its people
Located in the Russian Far East, on the 
border with China, the Amur region has 
become one of the largest gold producing 
regions in Russia as a result of Petropavlovsk. 

It is hard to believe now, but back in 2002  
we were one of the first mining companies 

with solely Russian assets to achieve 
admission to trade on the AIM of the 
London Stock Exchange. With a maiden 
turnover of just US$23 million, we had the 
ambitions of a significantly larger 
organisation - to create sustainable value 
for Amur and its people. We have since 
grown to become one of the largest 
businesses in the region and our 
contribution to the local economy is 
significant and I expect will continue to  
be for generations to come. Petropavlovsk 
is recognised as a leading taxpayer in  
the region.

First gold recovered 

from Pokrovskiy 

Admitted to trading on 

the AIM market of the 

LSE

Malomir licence 

acquired as

a greenfield project 

Pioneer’s 1st stage 
production facility 
completed

Moved to LSE 
Main Market

Albyn 
commissioned 

POX Hub and Malomir 
flotation plants 
commissioned

Pioneer acquired as 

a greenfield project 

Commissioning of RIP 

plant at Pokrovskiy 

Albyn licence 
acquired as a 
greenfield project

Production 
commenced 
at Pioneer

Malomir RIP plant 
commissioned 

Underground 
development
commenced 
at Pioneer

Construction of 
Pioneer flotation 
plant commenced

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

15

Celebrating 25 Years of Technical 
and Gold Mining Expertise   continued

We have always maintained a preference for 
developing and employing local expertise 
– whether in the form of mine management, 
engineers, technicians or suppliers. Our 
management team consists predominantly of 
Russian nationals. Many have been with the 
Group since its inception and possess a 
range of skills spanning the mining spectrum, 
as well as an in-depth knowledge of the 
Russian gold mining industry, the legislative 
and regulatory environment and an 
understanding of local conditions. 

advanced plant of its kind in the country. In 
order to recover gold from refractory ore, 
which accounts for more than two thirds of 
our reserves, a complex technical solution 
was required. It is testament to our excellent 
research and development centres, as well  
as our strong partnership with Outotec, that 
we have been able to realise this ambition. 
By embracing one of the most advanced 
technologies in the industry, we are now able 
to unlock the significant value of our own 
reserves and those of third parties. 

Local hiring from the Amur region stands at 
65.3%, with a total of 99.7% from Russia as a 
whole. From a workforce of 17 in 1994, we 
have grown to employing over 9,000 people 
where our average wage paid is 32% above 
the national average. We are particularly 
proud to have an exceptionally high, and 
growing, ratio of female employees which, at 
c.25%, compares very favourably with the 
industry as a whole.

The Group has always focused on nurturing 
talent and facilitating career development for 
its employees. In 2008, we established a 
specialist mining college near Pokrovskiy and 
are particularly proud to have provided 
training to over 10,000 students since then. 
This not only gives people in the area a 
significant opportunity for professional 
development, but also provides the Company 
with a valuable pool of skilled local talent.

Recognising it is our responsibility to make a 
meaningful contribution to the communities 
that host us, Petropavlovsk has invested 
heavily in social development throughout its 
history. In the beginning, this involved 
investments into specific projects, such as the 
construction of a new school, assistance 
provided to an orphanage and the provision 
of educational facilities. In 2010, we took the 
decision to formalise our approach with the 
creation of the Petropavlovsk Foundation. 

I am pleased to say that we have provided 
ongoing support in the form of community 
investment to the tune of over US$30 million 
since 2001. Together, this has had a huge 
impact on the socio-economic and cultural 
development of our local communities as well 
as uplifting the lives of many. 

Innovation and technical excellence
Over the years, we have amassed a highly 
skilled and ambitious team of mining experts 
and specialists and it is our passionate and 
dedicated staff that brought us to where we 
are today. 

Underpinned by our values of responsibility, 
innovation, integrity, excellence and diversity 
is our creative culture. By constantly 
challenging ourselves to discover new ideas, 
better solutions and inventive technology, we 
have achieved significant feats over the years, 
often in the face of great adversity. 

Our latest achievement has been the 
successful development of the POX Hub 
which is the largest and most technologically 

Growing responsibly
High social and environmental standards 
have always been a key focus for 
Petropavlovsk and, when financing the 
development of the Pokrovskiy mine in the 
early 2000’s, we attracted investment from  
an institution with the most rigorous ESG 
standards; the International Finance 
Corporation. Consequently, we were one  
of the early proponents of sustainability 
reporting in the mining industry, providing 
ESG commentary as early as 2003 and our 
first standalone sustainability report for 2006. 
Today, we are one of the few mining 
companies to report safety and environmental 
data alongside quarterly production results, 
and we are continuously looking to improve 
our performance in this integral aspect of the 
business. With the introduction of more ESG 
targets from 2020, we are committing to 
meaningful positive change and to minimising 
our negative impact.

As the Company and the broader regulatory 
and governance landscape has evolved, so 
too has our Board and we are delighted today 
to have the team with the right blend of 
experience that will take us forward into the 
next chapter of our development. 

Positioned for a sustainable future
Having achieved a substantial turnaround of 
the business and strengthened our 
foundations by commissioning and ramping 
up the POX Hub, I believe we are well 
positioned to significantly de-risk the balance 
sheet. However, the path has not always been 
paved with gold. I think it was Winston 

16  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Churchill who said: “All men make mistakes, 
but only wise men learn from their mistakes” 
– in Russian, we say ‘a beaten man is worth 
two who haven’t been beaten’. There can be 
no doubt that we have learnt important and 
costly lessons along the way, although I 
believe these lessons have set us in very good 
stead for a bright and enduring future. 

The hurdles we have encountered have 
served to heighten our agility as a business  
as well as reinforce our resourcefulness. 
We have weathered many a storm to come 
out the other side stronger and better 
equipped. In this respect, I wish to give 
specific mention to the loyalty and patience  
of our shareholders, and I am one myself, and 
I appreciate this has not been an easy journey 
in the past few years. We must never forget 
that mining is the most cyclical of all 
industries. We have learned through painful 
experience that our decision-making, 
particularly where it involves the debt 
financing of large-scale projects, needs to 
consider a long-term and ultra-conservative 
view of commodity prices.

Today, with our major capital expenditure 
programme behind us, we forward look to a 
much brighter future. With a steadfast focus 
on margins, we expect to generate sustained 
cash flow from our installed asset base, which 
will enable us to pay down debt and thereby 
improve return on equity plus reward 
shareholders in the form of dividends. 

The diligence and resilience of our team 
knows no bounds and I am endlessly grateful 
for their continued dedication.

I would like to thank all those who have made 
the last 25 years such an incredible journey 
and wish the Company, its employees and 
shareholders, all the best for the next 25 years.”

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

17

7.6Moz gold producedWorld-class R&D facilities2019: Fully automated POX plant2019: POX Hubc.US$30 million invested in local community since 2001c.25% female workforceOur Business Model

The Cycle

Our business model was designed to implement our Purpose of using our unique technical skill set and 
mining capabilities to benefit all stakeholders, with sustainable development embedded at every stage of 
the mining lifecycle, from identifying prospective areas to exploration, development, mining and processing.

1.
Exploration  
and Evaluation

2.
Mining and 
Development

3.
Technology

We have a strong track record of 
identifying, exploring and appraising 
deposits with commercially viable 
concentrations of gold in both 
brownfield and greenfield sites. 
These deposits replenish and 
increase our resource base.

Our operating experience allows  
us to achieve optimal ore extraction 
from our open pit and underground 
assets. This, along with the scale  
of our asset base, enables us to 
increase processing capacity and 
operating profits.

We have harnessed our industry-
leading expertise in processing 
technologies at the Group’s research 
centre RDC Hydrometallurgy to 
design and construct a pressure 
oxidation circuit at Pokrovskiy (the 
“POX Hub”) as well as associated 
flotation plants at Malomir and Pioneer 
(under construction). RDC 
Hydrometallurgy also determined the 
optimal processing parameters for the 
plants and continues to seek ways to 
improve their performance, as well as 
design new technologies for the future 
processing of refractory gold ores.

18  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

4.
Processing

5.
Production

6.
Mine Closure and 
Rehabilitation

We produce gold doré bars which are  
sent to refineries for smelting into bullion. 
Currently, all of the doré produced at 
Petropavlovsk is either sold to banks in 
Russia or exported.

Mine closure planning is integrated  
into the asset life cycle. This ensures 
responsible environmental compliance 
and the sustainable development of 
mines in the project areas.

In addition to the traditional 
Resin-In-Pulp (RIP) technology used 
for extracting non-refractory gold 
from ores, the Group also owns one 
of only two POX plants in Russia 
which enables it to recover gold 
from refractory ores. The plant is 
currently processing refractory gold 
from its own mines as well as from 
third parties, and is the only plant in 
Russia capable of processing 
double-refractory gold ores.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

19

Gold Market Review

How did gold perform in 2019?
2019 was a strong year for gold, with  
prices rising 18% to reach a six-year high, 
commencing the year at US$1,279/oz and 
ending at US$1,515/oz. Prices traded within  
a range of US$1,270/oz – US$1,546/oz and 
averaged US$1,392/oz, which is a 10% 
increase on 2018. On a relative basis, while 
gold outperformed silver (+16%) and the 
Bloomberg Commodity Index (+5%) it could 
not quite match the returns generated by 
platinum (+21%) and palladium (+54%). 

What factors may have influenced the 
gold price during the year?
Gold’s performance has likely benefitted  
from its safe haven status, with 2019 being  
an eventful year in terms of political and 
macroeconomic news. Early in 2019, the US 
witnessed its longest Government shutdown, 
lasting 35 days, while protracted Brexit 
negotiations resulted in the resignation of 
Prime Minister Theresa May followed by a 
snap general election. Other factors included 
a deterioration in the relationship between 
Russia and the US, protracted conflict in 
Syria, rising tensions between Iran and the 
US, the US’s trade war with China and a 
presidential crisis in Venezuela. From a 
macroeconomic perspective, interest rates 
continued to track lower, while the US Federal 
Reserve Bank became increasingly dovish, 
cutting rates three times over the course of 
the year with the European Central Bank 
resuming quantitative easing measures. 
Together, these factors helped gold to regain 
its status as a hedge against uncertainty and 
a tool for portfolio diversification.

What were the key demand trends in 2019?
Broadly speaking, global gold demand did 
not change materially, decreasing a modest 
1% to c.140.0Moz (2018: c.141.5Moz), as 
increased investment demand into Exchange 
Trade Funds (“ETF”) was balanced by weaker 
bar and coin and jewellery demand. 

Global jewellery demand declined 6% to 
67.7Moz, driven by lacklustre demand in the 
world’s two largest markets, India and China 
which collectively accounted for 56% of global 
jewellery demand. China’s jewellery demand 
retreated 7% on the back of a slowing domestic 
economy, rising inflation, higher gold prices and 
the China-US trade dispute. India’s experience 
was similar, with year-on-year jewellery demand 
falling 9% as it was affected by higher gold prices 
and weaker economic sentiment. By contrast, 
demand in the world’s third largest consumer, the 
US, increased 2% to reach a 10 year high of 
4.2Moz, underpinned by strong consumer 
confidence and a robust economic environment. 

20  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Investment demand is the second largest 
source of demand after jewellery and includes 
bars, coins and ETFs. Overall, investment 
demand increased 9% to 40.9Moz thanks  
to a rise in ETF holdings which more than offset 
a decline in physical gold, with retail investment 
tumbling to a decade low leading to demand 
for bars falling by 25% to 18.6Moz and demand 
for coins falling by 8% to 9.3Moz.

On a combined basis, China (6.8Moz) and 
India (4.7Moz) accounted for 41% of physical 
bar and coin demand in 2019. Both countries 
witnessed a sharp decline in demand due to 
higher gold prices (especially in local currency 
terms) as well as pressure from weaker 
economies (China’s GDP growth slowed to 
the lowest in 27 years). As a result, China’s 
total bar and coin demand declined 31%  
while India’s fell 10%. The weakness was  
not confined to China and India only, with 
Asia, the Middle East and much of the West 
also declining. Only Turkey, South Korea and 
Canada recorded positive year-on-year 
growth in physical bar and coin demand.

With gold rallying to a six-year high in US$ 
terms and hitting record levels in many local 
currencies, the behaviour of retail and 
institutional investors diverged somewhat. 
Retail bar and coin investors typically looked 
to capitalise on a rising gold price by selling 
their holdings, while institutional investors 
took the opportunity to increase their holdings 
via ETFs.

According to data compiled by UBS, global 
ETFs increased by 14% to 86.8Moz, which is 
roughly the equivalent of US$130 billion 
based on the year end gold price. North 
American ETFs accounted for around 50%  
of total global holdings with the world’s largest 
ETF, the SPDR Gold Shares ETF, reportedly 
holding 28.7Moz at the year end.

In terms of official sector demand, central 
bank purchases totalled 20.9Moz in 2019,  
1% lower year-on-year, but representing  
the tenth consecutive year of net purchases 
and the second highest level in value terms 
after 2018. Most Central Banks became net 
purchasers following the 2008 global financial 
crisis and have continued to add to reserves, 
driven by heightened economic and 
geopolitical uncertainty and unconventional 
monetary policies.

As in previous years, much of the material 
demand came from emerging markets as 
their Central Banks sought to diversify reserve 
holdings. Russia (5.2Moz purchased), Turkey 
(5.2Moz purchased), China (3.2Moz 

purchased), Kazakhstan (1.2Moz purchased) 
and India (1.2Moz purchased) all added to 
existing holdings. 

What were the key takeaways in terms of 
gold supply in 2019?
Total gold supply increased 2% to 153.6Moz, 
driven mainly by an 11% increase in recycled 
gold, which totalled 41.9Moz, with higher gold 
prices stimulating supply. This is not unusual 
in a rising gold price environment, especially 
considering that some prices in local 
currencies have increased beyond previous 
record highs.

Mine production decreased 1% to 111.4Moz, 
although it is worth noting that this was the 
second highest year of production in the last 
decade, with Russia, Australia, Turkey and West 
Africa all making notable gains. In contrast the 
world’s largest producer, China, experienced its 
third consecutive year of decline with output 
affected by stricter environmental controls and 
the scaling down and closure of some 
smaller-scale operations. Industrial action  
in South Africa and Mexico, as well as lower 
grades from Grasberg (one of the world’s 
biggest gold mines, located in Indonesia),  
also weighed on total output.

How has gold performed so far in 2020?
During the first four months of 2020, gold 
appreciated by +12%, beating silver (-16%), 
platinum (-20%) and palladium (+1%). With 
COVID-19 materially impacting markets and 
economies on a global scale, gold initially 
performed in a similar fashion to the 2008 
financial crisis, initially falling in tandem with 
the stock market crash, as funds that held 
gold via futures and ETFs were forced to sell 
their holdings to meet margin calls, raise cash 
and buy government bonds. This resulted in 
the gold price temporarily dipping below the 
psychologically important US$1,500/oz level 
around mid-March. However; following this 
initial selloff, gold proceeded to rebound to 
over US$1,700/oz (US$1,742/oz on 14 April), a 
price last seen in Q4 2012, suggesting that 
gold’s status as a wealth preservation and 
diversification tool remains intact as the 
remainder of the year will likely depend on a 
range of factors, including the path of inflation, 
interest rates, US$ strength, stock market 
performance, geopolitical risk, consumer 
confidence and the impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic.

 
The average annual gold price increased by 10% in 2019 to US$1,392/oz (in US$/oz)

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

1,392

1,410

1,268

1,257

1,248

1,265

1,160

1,224

1,668

1,570

Source: The London Gold Market Fixing Limited. Data provided for information purposes only.

Gold appreciated by 18% in 2019 (in US$/oz)

2000

1750

1500

1250

1000

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Source: The London Gold Market Fixing Limited. Data provided for information purposes only.

Gold ETFs added 10.4Moz (+14%) to their total holdings in 2019

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Source: UBS

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

21

 
 
The Group’s Strategy

The Group’s strategy is to create superior value for 
shareholders through six fundamental objectives

Maintain and  
expand reserves  
and resources

Unlock the value 
creation potential of 
the POX Hub

Optimise costs and 
operational 
efficiencies

The Group continually strives to strengthen its 
cash flows by optimising costs and improving 
operational efficiencies at both existing and 
future operations. In this respect, the Company 
has a strong track record of using its unique 
R&D capabilities to enhance gold processing 
techniques and to optimise gold recoveries.

At its mines, the Company is currently focused 
on optimising the stripping of refractory ore 
bodies in order to fast-track access to higher 
quality reserves, whilst maintaining ore supply 
to the processing plants through careful 
production scheduling and use of existing 
stockpiles. The Company’s team of scientists 
and engineers continue to seek ways to 
increase throughput at Malomir by improving 
the utilisation of crushing and flotation circuits. 
These modifications will also be implemented 
at the Pioneer flotation circuit once 
commissioned later in 2020.

Other project cost initiatives include:

 – The installation of pumps which will enable 
single autoclaves to undergo scheduled 
maintenance while optimising the use of 
oxygen in the remaining three autoclaves;

 – Test work and research to determine optimal 
concentrate blends to improve gold recovery 
while minimising oxygen consumption 
(which is a significant cost to the pressure 
oxidation process);

 – A feasibility study into thermal pre-treatment 
of double refractory concentrates with a 
view to improving recovery by up to 5%; and

 – An updated feasibility study into expanding 
the Malomir flotation plant has focused  
on ways of reducing CAPEX from the  
original study.

Our short-term strategy is focused on 
maximising utilisation of the POX Hub’s 
capacity by increasing the supply of 
concentrates from our own mines and third 
parties. At our own mines, construction of a 
new flotation plant is underway at Pioneer 
which will double the Group’s own flotation 
capacity from 3.6Mtpa to 7.2Mtpa once 
operational in Q4 2020. 

The Company is also undertaking a feasibility 
study into expanding the capacity of the 
flotation plant at Malomir by investing in a third 
production line. Subject to funding and Board 
approval, this line could come on stream in 
2022 and increase total own Group flotation 
capacity to 9.0Mtpa.

Starting in July 2019, the POX Hub began 
treating third-party concentrates from multiple 
sources with recoveries quickly reaching and 
exceeding the design rate. The Company 
plans to increase treatment of third-party 
materials to between 130kt to 145kt in  
2020 depending on availability.

In the longer term, the Company is 
investigating the prospect of acquiring  
further licences in the underexplored 
Mongolo-Okhotskiy mineralised belt which 
hosts several well-known deposits, including 
the Taseevskoye and world-class Sukhoi Log 
deposits. As part of this initiative, two 
exploration licences covering the Mariinskiy 
project lying 30km to the east of Malomir were 
acquired at state auction in February 2020. 
The Company is also considering the 
resumption of exploration work on the  
Tokur project, including its satellite Osipkan. 
There is strong geological evidence to suggest 
that both Mariinskiy and Tokur may contain 
significant refractory gold resources which are 
higher quality than both Malomir and Pioneer.

Given that the POX Hub’s capacity can be 
increased by 50%, our long-term strategy is  
to consider a range of opportunities; including 
greenfield projects to potentially acquiring 
producing or advanced-stage assets.

The Group’s strategy is to grow and maintain 
its resources and reserves through exploration 
and/or small-scale acquisition of low-cost 
reserves and resources. Given the lack of 
refractory processing capacity in Russia,  
many quality refractory orebodies remain 
underexplored and licences are more readily 
available. Given many of these orebodies are 
already known, discovery costs are lower 
which makes them potentially interesting 
targets for non-organic growth. 
In implementing this strategy, the Group 
acquired two licences in February 2020 
covering the promising early-stage Mariinskiy 
project located c.30km east from Malomir. 
The Group’s internal exploration programme 
also focuses on good quality refractory gold 
ores since this has the potential to unlock 
significant value.

The Group’s short-term reserve and resource 
replacement strategy includes:

 – Near mine exploration, targeting further 

non-refractory reserves, including 
underground, to maximise plant utilisation 
and extend the useful life of the remaining 
non-refractory processing facilities;

 – Exploration in the vicinity of Malomir and 
Pioneer, targeting high quality refractory 
reserves to maximise returns from the POX 
Hub; and

 – Early stage exploration at the Group’s 
various development and greenfield 
projects, including: Tokur, Mariinskiy  
and two located in Khabarovsk.

The Group’s longer-term reserves and 
resources replacement strategy is focused on: 

 – A programme of active exploration 

prioritising the most attractive refractory 
targets within the Group’s own 
development projects;

 – Exploration aimed at defining underground 

reserve and resources at Albyn and its 
satellites, and to identify further underground 
targets in the Pioneer and Malomir areas; 
and

 – Potential further licence acquisitions close 

to existing Group infrastructure.

22  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Strengthen the 
balance sheet and 
increase liquidity

Continuously improve 
sustainability 
practices

Develop and nurture 
current and potential 
employees

Management continually looks for ways to 
de-risk the Group’s balance sheet, including 
focusing on improving cash flow generation 
and an optimal capital structure. In 2019 and 
the early part of 2020, the Company 
undertook several initiatives aimed at 
strengthening its financial position, including: 
(i) a restructuring of IRC’s debt facilities, which 
are guaranteed by the Company, to a more 
favourable repayment schedule; (ii) a 
restructuring of the Company’s 
US$100 million convertible bonds due on 18 
March 2020 which were retired early and 
replaced with US$125 million convertible 
bonds due in July 2024; (iii) entering into a 
non-binding preliminary agreement with 
Stocken Board AG to remove the IRC debt 
guarantees and dispose of most of its equity 
holding in IRC; and (iv) providing shareholders 
with the option of using equity to fund the 
purchase of 25% of TEMI LLC. At the time of 
writing, these initiatives were met with an 
upgraded rating by Fitch in August 2019 and 
an upgraded outlook by S&P Global Ratings 
in October 2019.

The Board has maintained its strategic 
objective of reducing Net debt / EBITDA as a 
Group priority, which has been facilitated by 
the strength in the gold price and weakness in 
the Rouble. The team is focussing on several 
initiatives to reach this target, including: 
(i) expanding EBITDA by maximising utilisation 
of the POX Hub’s capacity and implementing 
cost optimisation and operational efficiency 
measures; and (ii) reducing Net debt by 
prioritising the build-up of free cash flow  
on the balance sheet. The Company aims to 
implement an appropriate capital allocation 
policy in line with the Company’s goal to 
balance between deleveraging, capital 
investment and return to shareholders.

Management, together with external advisers, 
are also continually monitoring low or zero 
cost hedging options to fix the gold price  
and ensure that the Company will continue  
to meet its interest payment obligations in the 
event of a deterioration in gold prices.

The health and safety of our workforce is a  
top priority for the Board and management. 
The Group is focused on the continual 
improvement of health and safety 
performance, by minimising the risk of 
accidents and occupational illnesses, and  
is committed to achieving a zero-harm 
working environment.

We regard people as our most valuable asset 
and believe that investing in our employees 
delivers long term rewards in the form of a 
skilled and loyal workforce. We look to 
encourage the development of our 
employees by offering a high level of training 
and ensuring we engage with them in an 
appropriate way.

Given the remoteness of our operations,  
we aim to employ local residents wherever 
possible so that our employees are able to 
either work from or close to their hometowns. 
As a result, more than 65% of our employees 
are residents of the Amur region. In order to 
ensure we have the appropriate skills and 
training, many of our employees joined 
Petropavlovsk after graduating from our 
Pokrovskiy Mining College where they 
mastered professions in mining and metallurgy. 
Since its foundation in 2008, the college has 
educated more than 10,000 graduates.

As part of ongoing professional training,  
an average of 62 hours of professional 
education per employee was carried out  
in 2019, in fields ranging from analytical 
chemistry to the pressure oxidation process. 
The Pokrovskiy Mining College is the only 
educational institution in the Far East which 
provides an advanced training programme for 
engineers on pressure oxidation technology. 
The programme is aimed at sharing the 
theory and expertise of our in-house R&D 
company, RDC Hydrometallurgy, as well as 
practical skills which are taught using a 
unique pilot autoclave and computer 
simulator.

Risk management strategies are 
implemented based on valid data and sound 
science to reduce Lost Time Injury Frequency 
Rates (LTIFRs). Safety performance is 
carefully monitored at all levels of the 
business, with ultimate oversight by the  
Board of Directors. We aim to develop a 
safety culture within the Group, which is 
founded on behavioural based safety.

We continually review, update and look for 
ways of enhancing opportunities for open 
dialogue with our local communities, which 
include consultations and social impact 
assessments at our operations. We are 
cognisant of the socio-economic impact we 
can make within the Amur region and have 
various tools in place to enable us to provide 
support and assistance, including the 
prioritisation of local recruitment and 
procurement, the Petropavlovsk Foundation 
and the provision of local infrastructure.

We are committed to respecting our 
environment which means preventing 
pollution wherever possible, minimising 
waste, increasing efficiency, managing and 
reducing greenhouse gas emissions and 
optimising natural resource usage and 
developing innovative solutions to manage 
and mitigate environmental risks.

The Company is committed to high standards 
of corporate governance and to applying the 
Principles of Good Governance set out in the 
UK Corporate Governance Code. Our strategy 
is to continuously improve governance by 
reinforcing key areas such as the management 
and oversight of audit; finance; risk; health and 
safety; environmental, community and 
workforce issues; and to place increasing 
emphasis on ESG.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

23

s172 statement

Promoting the success of the Company
The Board acknowledges that there is a  
legal requirement for the Company to report  
on how the Board and its Committees have 
considered the requirements of s.172 of the 
Companies Act 2006 in their decision making.

A director of a company must act in the way 
he or she considers, in good faith, would be 
most likely to promote the success of the 
company for the benefit of its members as a 
whole and, in doing so, have regard (amongst 
other matters) to the following factors:

 – The likely consequences of any decision on 

the long-term;

 – The interests of the company’s employees;

 – The need to foster the company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers and 
others;

 – The impact of the company’s operations on 

the community and the environment;

 – The desirability of the company maintaining 
a reputation for high standards of business 
conduct; and

 – The need to act fairly as between members 

of the company.

The Board is ultimately responsible for the 
direction, management, performance and 
long-term sustainable success of the 
Company. It sets the Group’s strategy and 
objectives, taking into account the interests  
of all its stakeholders. A good understanding  
of the Company’s stakeholders enables the 
Board to factor the potential impact of strategic 
decisions on each stakeholder group into 
Boardroom discussions. By considering 
the Company’s purpose, vision and values 
together with its strategic priorities the Board 
aims to make sure that its decisions are fair.

The Board has always, both collectively and 
individually, taken decisions for the long term 
and consistently aim to uphold the highest 
standards of business conduct. Board 
resolutions are always determined with 
reference to the interests of the Company’s 
employees, its business relationships with 
suppliers and customers, and the impact  
of its operations on communities and the 
environment. This statement serves as an 
overview of how the Directors have performed 
this duty in 2019 and engaged with the 
Company’s key stakeholders to help to inform 
the Board’s decision-making. 

Pages 92 to 93 of the Sustainable 
Development section of this Report details 
the Group’s stakeholders and describes  
how the Board received information about  
its various stakeholders and the main 
concerns and issues raised by them in  
2019. Throughout this Strategic Report  
are examples of how the views of the 
Company’s stakeholders are embedded in 
how the Company does business, guided by 
its purpose.

The following examples demonstrate how  
the Board considered and approved matters 
which support the longer-term success of the 
Company:

 – Refinancing of the Group’s US$100 million 
9% Convertible Bonds due March 2020;

 – ESG initiatives including Membership of the 
United Nations Global Compact Initiative; 
and

 – Construction of the flotation plant at 

Pioneer.

24  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Acceleration of the construction  
of the flotation plant at Pioneer
During the year the Board approved 
construction of the flotation plant at Pioneer. 
This will enable the Group to process refractory 
and transition ore. It is a strategically important 
aspect of the Group’s development and its 
future position in the gold mining industry.

Together with considering the key financial  
data of the project the Board considered 
non-financial matters. A decision not to 
construct the flotation plant would potentially 
lead to the closure of the Pioneer RIP plant. 
This would ultimately result in job losses and 
consequent social issues within the local 
community.

Further examples of the Board’s deliberations 
during the year and how the Board took 
account of stakeholders are provided on  
pages 128 to 183 of the Governance Section  
of this Report. 

Refinancing of the Group’s 
US$100 million 9% Convertible Bonds 
due March 2020
During the year, the Board considered the 
refinancing of the Group’s US$100 million 9% 
Convertible Bonds due March 2020 (the 
‘US$100 million Bonds’). 

The refinancing consisted of the placement  
of Petropavlovsk 2016 Limited US$125 million 
8.25% Convertible Bonds due 2024 to repay 
the US$100 million Bonds (the ‘Refinancing’). 
The Board considered that the financial 
advantage accruing to the Company as a 
result of the Refinancing would promote the 
growth and financial prosperity of the 
Company and the Group as a whole.

The Refinancing benefitted bondholders, 
shareholders and employees by de-risking the 
Group’s balance sheet. The Refinancing also 
contributed to Fitch Ratings upgrading the 
Group’s Long-Term Issuer Default Rating and 
senior unsecured rating to ‘B-‘ from ‘CCC’ with 
a Positive Outlook. This is expected to reduce 
the Group’s future cost of debt.

In addition, funds raised from the placement 
of the new US$125 million convertible bonds 
were used to advance construction of a 
flotation facility at the Pioneer mine, enabling 
the Group to grow its production of refractory 
gold, benefitting the Group’s employees, 
Shareholders and securing the long-term 
future of the Pioneer mine which has 
abundant reserves of refractory gold ores. 

ESG Initiatives
As a mining company, and one of the principal 
employers in the Amur region, the Board 
understands that its wide range of stakeholders 
is integral to the sustainability of the Group’s 
business, underpinning its social licence to 
operate. In addition, the Board is conscious  
that expectations around the Company’s 
performance and contribution to society are 
diverse and evolving.

Stakeholder considerations are integral to 
discussions at Board and Committee 
meetings. The Board recognises that its 
operations have an impact on the local 
community in which the Group has its mining 
operations. 

The Board (through its Safety, Sustainability & 
Workforce Committee) approved the 
following matters, which were endorsed by 
the Board:

 – Petropavlovsk joined the United Nations 
Global Compact initiative. The UN Global 
Compact is a call to companies to align their 
operations and strategies with ten 
universally accepted principles in the areas 
of human rights, labour, environmental 
management and anti-corruption and to 
implement actions in support of UN goals 
and the issues embodied in the associated 
Sustainable Development Goals. 
Petropavlovsk is proud to join thousands of 
other companies globally who are all 
committed to responsible business 
decision-making in pursuit of a better and 
more sustainable world;

 – A Grievance mechanism has been 

launched to enable any member of public or 
stakeholder to confidentially raise 
complaints or issues concerning 
Petropavlovsk’s activities and to be assured 
that they will be carefully assessed and that 
a written response will be provided; and

 – The development of an Environmental, 

Social and Governance programme which 
will contain a set of ambitious short and 
long-term targets designed to enhance 
Petropavlovsk’s sustainability policies, and 
practices.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

25

Principal Risk Report

Introduction to Risk Management during 2019 

The Board believes that risk management 
brings many benefits to Petropavlovsk’s 
operations. Identification and management  
of risk are central to its delivery of strategic 
goals because they reduce unexpected 
productivity shortfalls and limit unbudgeted 
costs. Risk management also provides a 
framework for balancing risk against strategic 
returns by enabling management to quantify 
the level of risk deemed acceptable for a given 
economic return. Effective risk management 
can also create opportunities because the 
learned experiences of the past improve 
resilience and protection going forward and 
therefore can help maximise returns for 
acceptable levels of risk. 

During 2019, the Board considered the 
Group’s risks and its mechanisms and 
processes for handling these risks. 
The Group risks were monitored by the 
Board, with the exception of (i) financial risks 
which were in the first instance monitored by 
the Audit Committee and (ii) health, safety and 
environmental (‘HSE’) risks which were in the 
first instance monitored by the Safety, 
Sustainability & Workforce Committee 
(‘SS&W’). The Audit and SS&W Committees 
reported any material risks within these areas 
to the Board which considered these risks 
and monitored the mitigating actions being 
taken to address and monitor these risks. 
The risk management system aims to ensure 
that the Board’s attention is focused on those 
risks with the highest potential impact.

During 2019, members of the Executive 
Committee had responsibility for evaluating 
risks in terms of potential impact and financial 
cost, with reference to the Group’s strategy 
and the operating environment. 

Responsibility for each risk category was 
delegated to a member of the Executive 
Committee (a ‘Risk Owner’). Each Risk Owner 
is responsible for:

 – Identifying risks in their risk area;

 – Assessing the likelihood of occurrence and 
potential impact on the Group of each risk; 
and

 – The implementation of mitigating controls 
and action plans which seek to remove or 
minimise the likelihood and impact of the 
risks before they occur.

The Board recognises that some risks by their 
nature cannot be mitigated by the Company.

A diagram detailing the Group’s Risk 
Management Framework is provided on  
page 29. 

Principal risks relating to the Group
A table summarising Principal Risks is provided 
below, followed on pages 30 to 41 by further 
information on the potential impact of each 
specific risk and mitigating measures in place.

The risks set out below should not be regarded 
as a complete or comprehensive list of all 
potential risks and uncertainties facing the 
Group which could have an adverse impact  
on its performance. Additional risks which are 
currently believed to be immaterial could turn 
out to be material and significantly affect the 
Group’s business and financial results.

Details of the Group’s internal control systems 
which support this risk management system 
are outlined on page 154.

Risk Management Framework  
going forward
The Board believes that managing risks 
effectively across different disciplines requires 
a consistent and integrated methodology to 
deliver the balanced assessment needed by 
management to identify the primary source of 
risk and area of impact. Both are essential for 
effective management and governance.

In December 2019, the Board undertook a 
review of the Group’s risk management 
framework. This review was led, on behalf of the 
Board, by Mr Damien Hackett, Independent 
Non-Executive Director. This culminated in the 
constitution of a new Risk Committee (the 
‘Committee’) on 4 February 2020. The Risk 
Committee is chaired by Mr Hackett. Other 
members of the Committee are Mr James 
Cameron and Mrs Katia Ray, Independent 
Non-Executive Directors and Mr Dmitrii 
Chekashkin, Group Executive, Business 
Transformation and Operational Efficiency. 
Mr Chekashkin is a member of the Group’s 
Executive and Operational Committees. 
Mr Martin Smith, the Group’s former Deputy 
CEO, acts as an adviser to the Committee. 
Terms of Reference of the Committee are 
available on the Company’s website at  
www.petropavlovsk.net. 

The first task of the Committee is to review the 
Group’s risk management framework and 
recommend any changes to the Board. The 
Committee proposes that the new framework 
will include both a top-down and bottom-up 
approach. It is proposed that the Operational 
Committee will continue to play a pivotal role 
in the new framework. The Board will remain 
responsible for determining the Group’s risk 
appetite.

The Committee has proposed the introduction 
of a basic, 3-way integrated framework to 
identify, assess and manage risk.

Strategy

Governance

Intelligence

Further details of the new Risk Management 
framework and its implementation will be 
provided in the 2020 Annual Report.

26  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Changes from risks identified in the  
2018 Annual Report
During 2019 the most critical risks to the 
Group related to:

(i)  The ramping up of the POX Hub; and

(ii)  The refinancing of the Group’s 

US$100 million 9% Convertible Bonds  
due March 2020.

At the date of this report the Board is pleased 
to note:

(i)  The successful ramping up of the POX 
Hub. This is covered in detail on pages 
50 to 57; and 

(ii)  The placement, in June 2019, of 

US$125 million 8.25% new convertible 
bonds (the ‘New Bonds’) to refinance the 
US$100 million 9% Convertible Bonds due 
March 2020. The additional proceeds from 
the issue of the New Bonds were used to 
advance the construction of a new 
flotation facility at the Pioneer mine, 
enabling the Group to grow production  
by unlocking the value embedded in the 
Group’s refractory reserves via the 
POX Hub.

New risks 
The Board considers and is conscious of new 
risks and ensures that mitigating actions are 
taken as appropriate. 

COVID-19
At the date of this report, there is an 
unprecedented global situation due to the 
COVID-19 pandemic which is impacting on 
businesses worldwide. This poses the most 
significant current risk to Petropavlovsk’s 
employees and operations. 

Petropavlovsk’s highest priority is to protect 
its workforce and the local communities in the 
Amur region in which it operates. The Group 
has undertaken risk mitigation strategies 
which are focused on protecting its staff  
and are in line with published governmental 
guidance. This has included the formation of 
an emergency response team, should this be 
needed, to limit the spread of COVID-19 at 
Group companies. 

There are currently no disruptions to any of 
the Group’s supply chains or logistics and 
business operations continue as normal. 
However, the situation is evolving and 
dynamic. The executive team and the Board 
continually monitor the situation. 
Consequently COVID-19 has been included 
as a new risk.

Further information on measures taken by the 
Company is provided on page 6.

Brexit
The UK ceased to be a member of the 
European Union at 23:00 GMT on 31 January 
2020. The transition period which began 
immediately is due to end on 31 December 
2020. Given the guidance provided by the 
Financial Reporting Council, the Board has 
again considered whether this presents any 
risk to the Company. The Board has 
concluded that there are no obvious, 
company-specific risks to Petropavlovsk’s 
operations or financial results arising directly 
from the transition period ending on 
31 December 2020.

Hydrotechnical Storage Facilities
Following the widely reported tailings dam 
failures in Brazil in January 2019, the SS&W 
Committee received a detailed paper on the 
management of the Group’s hydrotechnical 
storage facilities (HSF). The Group uses a 
downstream method of construction for HSF. 
In addition, there are no villages or people 
living in the path of the Group’s facilities in the 
highly unlikely event of any failures. The 
Group’s HSF are insured, operated and 
monitored in accordance with the legislation 
of the Russian Federation. Examinations and 
monitoring are performed daily and, as a 
result, the risk is considered low. 

The Executive Committee and the Board 
continue to monitor emerging risks.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

27

Risks to Our Performance

Increased risk

No change 

Decreased risk

New risk

Principal Risks and Mitigation

Table Summarising Principal Risks 

Risks

Significant factors: 2019 and 2020 to date

Impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s 
employees and its operations.

The Group has implemented risk mitigation strategies which are focused on 
protecting the Group’s employees and operations and the local community within 
which the Group operates. Further information is provided on page 6.

Overall 
change in risk 
from prior year

Operational

a)  Production Related

 – Weather

 – Delivery of equipment

b)  Exploration

Processing

Heavy rainfall impacted underground development works at Malomir during 2019. 
The situation was well managed with no material impact on the Group’s 2019 
production.

Successful ramping-up of the POX Hub:

 – Mechanical failure of POX Hub

 – The POX Hub exceeded the Group’s most optimistic expectations, with 

 – Failure to reach expected recovery

 – Significant levels of gold loss from 
pregnant solution (preg robbing)

Financial

 – Lack of funding and liquidity

 – Gold price

 – Exchange rate

193.2koz of gold recovered from refractory concentrates during its first 12 
months of operation;

 – Gold recoveries from Malomir concentrates increased steadily at the POX plant 

through the year; 

 – Productivity and utilisation-hours for key equipment items exceeded design 

rate; and 

 – All four autoclaves are fully operational achieving design hourly throughput capacity.

 – Successful liability management: Refinancing of the Group’s 9% Convertible 

Bonds due March 2020 by the placement of US$125 million 8.25% Convertible 
Bonds due 2024;

 – An 18% increase in the gold price during 2019 reaching a six year-high, ending 

2019 at US$1,515/oz;

 – Guarantee of IRC’s debt

 – Increased financial stability for IRC due to the Gazprombank refinancing; and 

 – Potential disposal of a c.29.9% shareholding in IRC Limited, subject to certain 

conditions being met, including the release of the Group’s obligation to 
guarantee IRC’s loan facilities with Gazprombank.

Health, Safety & Environmental

 – The Group reduced its Lost-Time Injury Frequency Rate by c.36% in 2019 

 – POX

 – Underground mining

 – Contamination

compared with 2018; 

 – The Company joined the United Nations Global Compact Initiative. This is a 
further step on the Group’s roadmap to implementing international best 
practices across all areas of sustainable development; and 

 – Significant improvements were made in ESG Key Performance Indicators.

Country/Compliance

The Board will continue to monitor these issues.

 – The Group requires various licences and 

permits in order to operate

 – Russian sovereign risk

Loss of Key Personnel

 – The Company is dependent on Dr 
Maslovskiy and other long-serving 
members of the senior executive team.

28  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 – The Executive Committee was strengthened with the appointment of  

Mr Dmitrii Chekashkin, Group Executive, Business Transformation and 
Operational Efficiency; and Mr Danila Kotlyarov as Chief Financial Officer  
and Executive Director; and

 – A revised Remuneration Policy is being proposed to shareholders for approval 

at the 2020 Annual General Meeting.

Risk management framework as at 31 December 2019

Petropavlovsk PLC Board

Audit Committee

Safety, Sustainability and  
Workforce Committee

Executive Committee

Categorisation of risks  
and risk owners

Operational

Financial 

Factors which 
impact output such 
as inadequate 
or failed internal 
processes, 
systems or people 
or external events.

Financial risks 
include lack of 
funding and 
liquidity, inability 
to raise finance, 
gold price risk, 
exchange rate 
exposure and risks 
related to the new 
Gazprombank 
guarantees.

Health, Safety  
and Environmental 
(‘HSE’)

Country/
Compliance 
Risks 

Workplace hazards 
that could result in 
liability for the Group 
or have an adverse 
impact on output.

Risks that create 
potential for loss 
arising from 
uncertainty due 
to legal actions or 
uncertainty in the 
application of laws 
or regulations.

Human 
Resources

Risks associated 
with the recruitment 
and ongoing 
management 
of people.

Investor Relations  
and External 
Communications 

Includes risks 
such as poor 
management 
of market 
expectations and 
poorly informed 
investor perception. 

Chief Executive 
Officer

Chief Financial 
Officer 

Chief Executive 
Officer

Senior Legal 
Advisor

Chief Executive 
Officer

Deputy CEO 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

29

Risks to Our Performance   continued

Table of principal risks

Operational risks

Risk

Description and potential impact

Potential impact/ 
Change since 2018

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Additional 

information

PRODUCTION RELATED RISK – Failure to achieve the Group’s production plan

Risk to the Group’s employees and 
operations from COVID-19

The global COVID-19 pandemic could significantly impact on 
the Group’s employees and could result in the suspension of 
some or all, of the Group’s mining operations.

High

Risk to production from:

(i)  Weather

(ii)  Delivery of equipment

The Group’s assets are located in the Russian Far East, a 
remote area that can be subject to severe climatic conditions. 
Severe weather conditions, such as cold temperatures in winter 
and torrential rain, potentially causing flooding in the region 
could have an adverse impact on operations, including the 
delivery of supplies, equipment and fuel. Exploration and 
extraction levels may fall as a result.

High

The Group relies on the supply and availability of various 
services and equipment in order to successfully run its 
operations. Delay in the delivery or the failure of mining 
equipment could significantly delay production and impact  
the Group’s profitability.

The Group is dependent on production from its operating mines 
(both open pits and underground) and from the POX plant in 
order to generate revenue and cash flow.

The Group has implemented measures in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates, in line with published guidance, 

in order to protect employees and the Group’s operations. 

Additional actions taken by the Group have included:

 – The formation of an emergency response team to limit the spread of COVID-19 at the Group companies. Members 

of the response team will work in co-operation with the local authorities when and if required. The team includes 

representatives from each Group enterprise in Russia; and

 – Coordinators responsible for the control and counteraction against the spread of COVID-19 have been appointed  

at each location.

Preventative maintenance procedures are undertaken on a regular basis to ensure that machines will function properly 

Operational 

under extreme cold weather conditions; heating plants at operational bases are regularly maintained and operational 

Performance  

equipment is fitted with cold weather options which could assist in ensuring that equipment does not fail as a result of 

page 42

adverse weather conditions. Pumping systems are in place and tested periodically to ensure that they are functioning.

Management monitor natural conditions in order to pre-empt any disaster and in order that appropriate mitigating 

action can be taken. The Group aims to maintain several months of essential supplies at each site. Equipment is 

ordered with adequate lead time in order to prevent delays in delivery.

The Group has contingency plans in place to address any disruption to services. 

2019

In July 2019, the Company announced that heavy rainfall had impacted underground development works at Malomir 

which is in a remote region where heavy rainfall events are not uncommon during the summer months. The Company  

is well equipped to deal with such issues as they arise including employee welfare and safety. The situation was well 

managed. Malomir produced 180.3koz of gold doré in 2019, including from concentrate, compared with 77.6koz in 2018.

30  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

PRODUCTION RELATED RISK – Failure to achieve the Group’s production plan

Risk to the Group’s employees and 

operations from COVID-19

The global COVID-19 pandemic could significantly impact on 

High

the Group’s employees and could result in the suspension of 

some or all, of the Group’s mining operations.

Operational risks

Risk to production from:

(i)  Weather

(ii)  Delivery of equipment

The Group’s assets are located in the Russian Far East, a 

High

remote area that can be subject to severe climatic conditions. 

Severe weather conditions, such as cold temperatures in winter 

and torrential rain, potentially causing flooding in the region 

could have an adverse impact on operations, including the 

delivery of supplies, equipment and fuel. Exploration and 

extraction levels may fall as a result.

The Group relies on the supply and availability of various 

services and equipment in order to successfully run its 

operations. Delay in the delivery or the failure of mining 

equipment could significantly delay production and impact  

the Group’s profitability.

The Group is dependent on production from its operating mines 

(both open pits and underground) and from the POX plant in 

order to generate revenue and cash flow.

The symbols indicate how the Company 
considers that these risks have changed 
since 2018.

Increased risk

No change 

Decreased risk

New risk

Risk

Description and potential impact

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Potential impact/ 

Change since 2018

Additional 
information

The Group has implemented measures in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates, in line with published guidance, 
in order to protect employees and the Group’s operations. 

Additional actions taken by the Group have included:

 – The formation of an emergency response team to limit the spread of COVID-19 at the Group companies. Members 
of the response team will work in co-operation with the local authorities when and if required. The team includes 
representatives from each Group enterprise in Russia; and

 – Coordinators responsible for the control and counteraction against the spread of COVID-19 have been appointed  

at each location.

Preventative maintenance procedures are undertaken on a regular basis to ensure that machines will function properly 
under extreme cold weather conditions; heating plants at operational bases are regularly maintained and operational 
equipment is fitted with cold weather options which could assist in ensuring that equipment does not fail as a result of 
adverse weather conditions. Pumping systems are in place and tested periodically to ensure that they are functioning.

Operational 
Performance  
page 42

Management monitor natural conditions in order to pre-empt any disaster and in order that appropriate mitigating 
action can be taken. The Group aims to maintain several months of essential supplies at each site. Equipment is 
ordered with adequate lead time in order to prevent delays in delivery.

The Group has contingency plans in place to address any disruption to services. 

2019
In July 2019, the Company announced that heavy rainfall had impacted underground development works at Malomir 
which is in a remote region where heavy rainfall events are not uncommon during the summer months. The Company  
is well equipped to deal with such issues as they arise including employee welfare and safety. The situation was well 
managed. Malomir produced 180.3koz of gold doré in 2019, including from concentrate, compared with 77.6koz in 2018.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

31

Risks to Our Performance   continued

Operational risks (continued)

Risk

Description and potential impact

EXPLORATION RELATED RISK

The Group’s activities are reliant on  
the quantity and quality of the Mineral 
Resources and Ore Reserves available 
to it.

Exploration activities are speculative, time-consuming and can 
be unproductive. In addition, these activities often require 
substantial expenditure to establish reserves through drilling, 
metallurgical and other testing, to determine appropriate 
recovery processes to extract gold from the ore and to 
construct or expand mining and processing facilities. Once 
deposits are discovered it can take several years to determine 
whether reserves exist. During this time, the economic viability 
of production may change. As a result of these uncertainties, 
the exploration programmes in which the Group is engaged 
may not result in the expansion or replacement of the current 
production with new reserves or operations.

Potential impact/ 
Change since 2018

High

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

PROCESSING

The POX Hub, together with the 
associated flotation plants at Malomir  
and Pioneer, sits at the heart of 
Petropavlovsk’s strategy and is the 
principal driver of future value for 
the Group.

A mechanical or metallurgical failure of 
the POX Hub, including failure to reach 
expected recovery rate or high levels of 
‘preg robbing’ could result in lower 
production and/or higher costs, thus 
impacting the Group’s Strategy.

POX is a new and complex metallurgical facility which brings 
added challenges.

High

If there is a failure in the POX process it could lead to lower 
production and/or higher costs which may have a detrimental 
impact on the Group’s operating and financial condition.

Radioactive isotopes are used in monitoring the POX process. 
Failure to use this equipment correctly could result in 
contamination.

32  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Additional 

information

The POX Hub  

on page 50

The Group uses core drilling combined with modern geophysical and geochemical exploration and surveying 

Exploration Update  

techniques. The Group employs a world-class team of geologists with considerable regional expertise and 

on page 68

experience. They are supported by a network of fully accredited laboratories experienced in performing a range  

of assay work to high standards. 

Group Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve estimates are prepared by a team of qualified specialists following the 

guidelines of JORC Code 2012, which is one of the most recognised reporting codes. Mineral Resource and Ore 

Reserve estimates are subject to regular independent reviews and audits. The last full audit was completed in April 

2017 by Wardell Armstrong International.

In addition, as a part of compliance with The Subsoil Law, the Group also prepares reserve estimates following 

Russian GKZ guidelines. These estimates are subject to GKZ audits. Where possible, the Group reconciles GKZ  

and JORC estimates which provides additional assurance about the Company’s Reserve estimates.

The Group employs a team of qualified mining engineers to undertake mine planning, detailed open pit and 

underground mine design and production scheduling.

The successful commissioning of the POX Hub unlocked the economic potential of the Group’s 12.99Moz refractory 

resources which support the Group’s long-term growth objectives. The Group continues to explore the potential for 

further mine life extension and production expansion and has identified several prospective satellite refractory targets 

at Malomir and Pioneer.

In February 2020, the Group acquired exploration assets at Mariinskiy comprising two adjacent exploration licences. 

Our exploration geologists believe these assets have the potential to contain substantial gold resources, of a similar 

scale and to known orebodies at Malomir including its satellites.

The smooth ramp-up of the POX Hub in 2019 is a record for the industry. The POX Hub exceeded the Group’s most 

The POX Hub on  

optimistic expectations, with 193.2koz of gold recovered from refractory concentrates during its first 12 months of 

page 50

operations. Of this amount, 132.0koz came from concentrates produced at Malomir, leading to an increase of 132% in 

gold produced at Malomir compared to a year ago. 

Gold recoveries from Malomir concentrates increased steadily at the POX plant through 2019 to reach above design 

during the fourth quarter. Productivity and capacity utilisation for key equipment exceeded design rate and all four 

autoclaves have tested at stable, full capacity.

The Group’s expertise in pressure oxidation is guided by RDC Hydrometallurgy, a scientific research centre based in 

St Petersburg with a POX pilot plant located in Blagoveschensk. Using its scientific strengths, RDC is now focussing 

on ways to process more complex refractory ores.

Stringent safety standards governing licensing and use of nuclear isotopes are second only to the space industry. 

Employee training for such activity is undertaken at the Novosibirsk Institute for Advanced Studies.

Operational risks (continued)

Risk

to it.

EXPLORATION RELATED RISK

The Group’s activities are reliant on  

the quantity and quality of the Mineral 

Resources and Ore Reserves available 

Exploration activities are speculative, time-consuming and can 

High

be unproductive. In addition, these activities often require 

substantial expenditure to establish reserves through drilling, 

metallurgical and other testing, to determine appropriate 

recovery processes to extract gold from the ore and to 

construct or expand mining and processing facilities. Once 

deposits are discovered it can take several years to determine 

whether reserves exist. During this time, the economic viability 

of production may change. As a result of these uncertainties, 

the exploration programmes in which the Group is engaged 

may not result in the expansion or replacement of the current 

production with new reserves or operations.

Description and potential impact

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Potential impact/ 

Change since 2018

The Group uses core drilling combined with modern geophysical and geochemical exploration and surveying 
techniques. The Group employs a world-class team of geologists with considerable regional expertise and 
experience. They are supported by a network of fully accredited laboratories experienced in performing a range  
of assay work to high standards. 

Group Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve estimates are prepared by a team of qualified specialists following the 
guidelines of JORC Code 2012, which is one of the most recognised reporting codes. Mineral Resource and Ore 
Reserve estimates are subject to regular independent reviews and audits. The last full audit was completed in April 
2017 by Wardell Armstrong International.

In addition, as a part of compliance with The Subsoil Law, the Group also prepares reserve estimates following 
Russian GKZ guidelines. These estimates are subject to GKZ audits. Where possible, the Group reconciles GKZ  
and JORC estimates which provides additional assurance about the Company’s Reserve estimates.

The Group employs a team of qualified mining engineers to undertake mine planning, detailed open pit and 
underground mine design and production scheduling.

The successful commissioning of the POX Hub unlocked the economic potential of the Group’s 12.99Moz refractory 
resources which support the Group’s long-term growth objectives. The Group continues to explore the potential for 
further mine life extension and production expansion and has identified several prospective satellite refractory targets 
at Malomir and Pioneer.

In February 2020, the Group acquired exploration assets at Mariinskiy comprising two adjacent exploration licences. 
Our exploration geologists believe these assets have the potential to contain substantial gold resources, of a similar 
scale and to known orebodies at Malomir including its satellites.

Additional 
information

Exploration Update  
on page 68

The POX Hub  
on page 50

The POX Hub, together with the 

POX is a new and complex metallurgical facility which brings 

High

associated flotation plants at Malomir  

added challenges.

If there is a failure in the POX process it could lead to lower 

production and/or higher costs which may have a detrimental 

impact on the Group’s operating and financial condition.

Radioactive isotopes are used in monitoring the POX process. 

Failure to use this equipment correctly could result in 

contamination.

PROCESSING

and Pioneer, sits at the heart of 

Petropavlovsk’s strategy and is the 

principal driver of future value for 

the Group.

A mechanical or metallurgical failure of 

the POX Hub, including failure to reach 

expected recovery rate or high levels of 

‘preg robbing’ could result in lower 

production and/or higher costs, thus 

impacting the Group’s Strategy.

The smooth ramp-up of the POX Hub in 2019 is a record for the industry. The POX Hub exceeded the Group’s most 
optimistic expectations, with 193.2koz of gold recovered from refractory concentrates during its first 12 months of 
operations. Of this amount, 132.0koz came from concentrates produced at Malomir, leading to an increase of 132% in 
gold produced at Malomir compared to a year ago. 

The POX Hub on  
page 50

Gold recoveries from Malomir concentrates increased steadily at the POX plant through 2019 to reach above design 
during the fourth quarter. Productivity and capacity utilisation for key equipment exceeded design rate and all four 
autoclaves have tested at stable, full capacity.

The Group’s expertise in pressure oxidation is guided by RDC Hydrometallurgy, a scientific research centre based in 
St Petersburg with a POX pilot plant located in Blagoveschensk. Using its scientific strengths, RDC is now focussing 
on ways to process more complex refractory ores.

Stringent safety standards governing licensing and use of nuclear isotopes are second only to the space industry. 
Employee training for such activity is undertaken at the Novosibirsk Institute for Advanced Studies.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

33

Risks to Our Performance   continued

Financial risks

Risk

Liquidity

Description and potential impact

Potential impact/ 
Change since 2018

The Group may need ongoing access to liquidity and funding  
in order to: 

High

(i)  Refinance its existing debt;

(ii)  Support its existing operations and extend their life and 

capacity; and

(iii) Invest to develop its refractory ore concentrate production, 
including construction of flotation plants, underground 
mining projects and exploration. 

There is a risk that the Group may be unable to obtain the 
necessary funding when required or that such funding will  
only be available on unfavourable terms. 

The Group may therefore be unable to meet its business 
development objectives or financial commitments. 

The Group’s result of operations may be 
affected by changes in the gold price.

The Group’s financial performance is highly dependent on the 
gold price. The gold market is cyclical and sensitive to changes 
in the economy and numerous factors which are beyond the 
Group’s control. 

High

High

The average year-on-year depreciation of the Russian Rouble against the US Dollar was approximately 3.2%, with 

the average exchange rate for 2019 being RUB64.69 : US$1 compared to RUB62.68 : US$1 for 2018.

The Group’s policy is to keep under review possible options for exchange rate hedging.

A significant continuous decline in the gold price would 
negatively affect the Group’s profitability and cash flow and 
consequently its ability to develop its business.

The Company reports its results in US Dollars, which is the 
currency in which gold is principally traded and therefore in 
which most of the Group’s revenues are generated. Significant 
costs are incurred in and/or influenced by the local currencies  
in which the Group operates, principally Russian Roubles. 
An appreciation of the Russian Rouble against the US Dollar 
tends to result in an increase in the Group’s costs relative to its 
revenues whereas the depreciation of the Russian Rouble 
against the US Dollar tends to result in lower Group costs 
relative to its revenues.

In addition: 

 – A portion of the Group corporate overhead is denominated in 
Sterling. Therefore, adverse exchange rate movements may 
materially affect the Group’s financial condition and results of 
operations; and 

 –  If inflation in Russia were to increase without a corresponding 
devaluation of the Russian Rouble relative to the US Dollar, the 
Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition 
may be adversely affected.

Exchange rate fluctuations

34  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Additional 

information

In the event that the Group requires additional finance for shorter term liquidity purposes, including for capital 

Chief Financial 

expenditure purposes, the Group may access forward gold sales funding. This may be advantageous, depending 

Officer’s Statement 

upon the Group’s access or otherwise to debt or equity finance and the terms on which these may be available. 

on page 72

No forward contracts to sell gold were outstanding as at 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: 200,000 ounces  

of gold at an average price of US$1,252/oz). Gold contracts during 2018 and 2019 provided the Group with flexibility 

during the POX plant ramp up period.

In June 2019, the Company successfully refinanced the Group’s US$100 million 9% Convertible Bonds due March 

2020 by the placement of US$125 million 8.25% Convertible Bonds due 2024 (the ‘New Bonds’) significantly 

de-risking the Group’s balance sheet. In addition, funds from the New Bonds have been used to advance 

construction of a new flotation facility at the Pioneer mine, enabling the Group to grow its production by unlocking 

the value embedded in its refractory reserves via the Pressure Oxidation (POX) Hub.

In August 2019, Fitch Ratings upgraded the Group’s Long-Term Issuer Default Rating and senior unsecured rating to 

‘B-‘ from ‘CCC’ with a Positive Outlook due to ‘a significant strengthening in Petropavlovsk’s liquidity position due to 

the refinancing of the convertible bond, repayment of US$57 million bridge loan by affiliated iron ore producer IRC 

Limited and the increased visibility for production due to the launch of the POX Hub in November 2018.’

The Chief Financial Officer constantly monitors the gold price and influencing factors and consults with the Board  

Market Overview  

as appropriate. 

The Group has a hedging policy and hedges a portion of production as the Chief Financial Officer and Board deem 

Chief Financial 

necessary. As at 31 December 2019 the Group was unhedged. 

on page 20 

Officer’s Statement 

on page 72

Financial risks

Risk

Liquidity

Description and potential impact

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Potential impact/ 

Change since 2018

In the event that the Group requires additional finance for shorter term liquidity purposes, including for capital 
expenditure purposes, the Group may access forward gold sales funding. This may be advantageous, depending 
upon the Group’s access or otherwise to debt or equity finance and the terms on which these may be available. 
No forward contracts to sell gold were outstanding as at 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: 200,000 ounces  
of gold at an average price of US$1,252/oz). Gold contracts during 2018 and 2019 provided the Group with flexibility 
during the POX plant ramp up period.

In June 2019, the Company successfully refinanced the Group’s US$100 million 9% Convertible Bonds due March 
2020 by the placement of US$125 million 8.25% Convertible Bonds due 2024 (the ‘New Bonds’) significantly 
de-risking the Group’s balance sheet. In addition, funds from the New Bonds have been used to advance 
construction of a new flotation facility at the Pioneer mine, enabling the Group to grow its production by unlocking 
the value embedded in its refractory reserves via the Pressure Oxidation (POX) Hub.

In August 2019, Fitch Ratings upgraded the Group’s Long-Term Issuer Default Rating and senior unsecured rating to 
‘B-‘ from ‘CCC’ with a Positive Outlook due to ‘a significant strengthening in Petropavlovsk’s liquidity position due to 
the refinancing of the convertible bond, repayment of US$57 million bridge loan by affiliated iron ore producer IRC 
Limited and the increased visibility for production due to the launch of the POX Hub in November 2018.’

Additional 
information

Chief Financial 
Officer’s Statement 
on page 72

The Group’s result of operations may be 

affected by changes in the gold price.

The Group’s financial performance is highly dependent on the 

High

gold price. The gold market is cyclical and sensitive to changes 

in the economy and numerous factors which are beyond the 

Group’s control. 

Exchange rate fluctuations

The Company reports its results in US Dollars, which is the 

High

The Chief Financial Officer constantly monitors the gold price and influencing factors and consults with the Board  
as appropriate. 

Market Overview  
on page 20 

The Group has a hedging policy and hedges a portion of production as the Chief Financial Officer and Board deem 
necessary. As at 31 December 2019 the Group was unhedged. 

Chief Financial 
Officer’s Statement 
on page 72

The average year-on-year depreciation of the Russian Rouble against the US Dollar was approximately 3.2%, with 
the average exchange rate for 2019 being RUB64.69 : US$1 compared to RUB62.68 : US$1 for 2018.

The Group’s policy is to keep under review possible options for exchange rate hedging.

The Group may need ongoing access to liquidity and funding  

High

in order to: 

(i)  Refinance its existing debt;

(ii)  Support its existing operations and extend their life and 

capacity; and

(iii) Invest to develop its refractory ore concentrate production, 

including construction of flotation plants, underground 

mining projects and exploration. 

There is a risk that the Group may be unable to obtain the 

necessary funding when required or that such funding will  

only be available on unfavourable terms. 

The Group may therefore be unable to meet its business 

development objectives or financial commitments. 

A significant continuous decline in the gold price would 

negatively affect the Group’s profitability and cash flow and 

consequently its ability to develop its business.

currency in which gold is principally traded and therefore in 

which most of the Group’s revenues are generated. Significant 

costs are incurred in and/or influenced by the local currencies  

in which the Group operates, principally Russian Roubles. 

An appreciation of the Russian Rouble against the US Dollar 

tends to result in an increase in the Group’s costs relative to its 

revenues whereas the depreciation of the Russian Rouble 

against the US Dollar tends to result in lower Group costs 

relative to its revenues.

In addition: 

 – A portion of the Group corporate overhead is denominated in 

Sterling. Therefore, adverse exchange rate movements may 

materially affect the Group’s financial condition and results of 

operations; and 

 –  If inflation in Russia were to increase without a corresponding 

devaluation of the Russian Rouble relative to the US Dollar, the 

Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition 

may be adversely affected.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

35

Risks to Our Performance   continued

Financial risks (continued)

Risk

Risk that:

 – funding may be demanded from 

Petropavlovsk under a guarantee 
provided in relation to a project finance 
facility provided to K&S, a wholly 
owned subsidiary of IRC.

 – K&S will not be able to service the 

interest and meet the repayments due 
on its loan due to insufficient funds 
arising from a decrease in the iron ore 
price or operational issues at the 
K&S site.

Description and potential impact

As at 1 January 2019, Petropavlovsk had provided a guarantee 
against a US$340 million project loan facility provided to K&S by 
ICBC to fund the construction of IRC’s iron ore mining operation 
at K&S, of which c.US$169 million was outstanding as at 
1 January 2019.

In the event that K&S defaulted on its loan, Petropavlovsk may 
have been liable to repayment of the outstanding loan under the 
terms of the guarantee and other Group indebtedness may 
have become repayable under cross-default provisions.

Due to actions taken by IRC and the Company during 2019 (see 
Mitigation/Comments) this risk has substantially reduced.

Potential impact/ 
Change since 2018

High

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

 – On 18 December 2018, K&S signed two new broadly identical facility agreements with Gazprombank (the ‘Facility 

IRC on page 69

Agreements’) whereby Gazprombank would provide K&S with a US$240 million facility for the purposes of 

repaying in full the outstanding project finance facility K&S had with ICBC and repaying the two bridge loans 

Audit Committee 

provided by Petropavlovsk to IRC (the ‘Gazprombank Facility’).

Additional 

information

Report on  

page 146

The Company’s 

Circular to 

Shareholders dated 

15 February 2019, is 

available at www.

petropavlovsk.net

Risk that further issues delaying the 
ramping up of the K&S facility and/or a 
decrease in the iron ore price could result 
in a decrease in the value of the Group’s 
shareholding in IRC.

Due to the guarantees provided by the Company to 
Gazprombank, the Group’s going concern status remains 
sensitive to IRC’s ability to comply with covenants within the 
new facilities and generate sufficient cash flows from its 
K&S mine.

High

36  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 – Pursuant to the Facility Agreements, Petropavlovsk was to guarantee the obligations of K&S up to an initial amount 

of US$160 million through a series of five guarantees over the life of the Gazprombank Facility. These guarantees 

were entered into by the Company and Gazprombank on 15 February 2019, with the effectiveness of each of the 

guarantees being conditional upon shareholder approval being obtained at a General Meeting. Such shareholder 

approval was obtained on 12 March 2019.

 – The Gazprombank Facility has been fully drawn down and has enabled IRC to:

 – Repay in full the sum of approximately US$169 million outstanding under the ICBC Facility;

 – Repay Petropavlovsk the Rouble equivalent of approximately US$57 million, in addition to any accrued interest 

and fees, as full repayment of the two bridge loans; and

 – Pay Petropavlovsk approximately US$6 million in fees owed by K&S and IRC to Petropavlovsk in respect of the 

guarantee provided under the ICBC Facility.

 – The risk of K&S defaulting on its loan, and hence the risk that Petropavlovsk may be liable to repay the outstanding 

loan, has been reduced by K&S entering into the Gazprombank Facility and repaying the ICBC Facility because:

 – The Gazprombank Facility provides for a significantly more relaxed amortisation schedule compared to that 

under the ICBC Facility; and

 – It better aligns with the proposed ramp up of K&S and the revenues that are anticipated to be generated by it.

 – The guarantee provided by the Company has decreased to US$160 million as at the date of this Annual Report. 

However, in certain circumstances the Company could have a maximum liability of the full amount outstanding  

to Gazprombank by K&S. As at 31 December 2019, the Group has guaranteed the outstanding amounts IRC 

owed to Gazprombank. The outstanding loan principal was US$225 million as at 31 December 2019.

Preliminary Agreement for the Proposed Termination of IRC Guarantees and the Disposal of 29.9%  

of the Company’s interest in IRC

On 18 March 2020, the Company entered into a preliminary agreement with Stocken Board AG, setting out the 

non-binding terms on which Petropavlovsk would sell to Stocken a 29.9% shareholding in IRC Limited, subject to 

certain conditions precedent being met, including the release of the Group’s obligation to guarantee IRC’s loan 

facilities with Gazprombank.

IRC announced its 2019 full year results on 27 March 2020. This confirmed that K&S had operated at 81% of 

capacity during 2019 whilst it was currently operating at c.95%. However, the IRC Board noted the potential negative 

impact of COVID-19 on IRC’s performance. 

Financial risks (continued)

Risk

Risk that:

 – funding may be demanded from 

Petropavlovsk under a guarantee 

provided in relation to a project finance 

facility provided to K&S, a wholly 

owned subsidiary of IRC.

As at 1 January 2019, Petropavlovsk had provided a guarantee 

High

against a US$340 million project loan facility provided to K&S by 

ICBC to fund the construction of IRC’s iron ore mining operation 

at K&S, of which c.US$169 million was outstanding as at 

1 January 2019.

 – K&S will not be able to service the 

have been liable to repayment of the outstanding loan under the 

interest and meet the repayments due 

terms of the guarantee and other Group indebtedness may 

on its loan due to insufficient funds 

have become repayable under cross-default provisions.

In the event that K&S defaulted on its loan, Petropavlovsk may 

arising from a decrease in the iron ore 

price or operational issues at the 

Due to actions taken by IRC and the Company during 2019 (see 

K&S site.

Mitigation/Comments) this risk has substantially reduced.

Risk that further issues delaying the 

ramping up of the K&S facility and/or a 

decrease in the iron ore price could result 

in a decrease in the value of the Group’s 

shareholding in IRC.

K&S mine.

Due to the guarantees provided by the Company to 

High

Gazprombank, the Group’s going concern status remains 

sensitive to IRC’s ability to comply with covenants within the 

new facilities and generate sufficient cash flows from its 

Description and potential impact

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Potential impact/ 

Change since 2018

Additional 
information

 – On 18 December 2018, K&S signed two new broadly identical facility agreements with Gazprombank (the ‘Facility 

IRC on page 69

Agreements’) whereby Gazprombank would provide K&S with a US$240 million facility for the purposes of 
repaying in full the outstanding project finance facility K&S had with ICBC and repaying the two bridge loans 
provided by Petropavlovsk to IRC (the ‘Gazprombank Facility’).

 – Pursuant to the Facility Agreements, Petropavlovsk was to guarantee the obligations of K&S up to an initial amount 
of US$160 million through a series of five guarantees over the life of the Gazprombank Facility. These guarantees 
were entered into by the Company and Gazprombank on 15 February 2019, with the effectiveness of each of the 
guarantees being conditional upon shareholder approval being obtained at a General Meeting. Such shareholder 
approval was obtained on 12 March 2019.

 – The Gazprombank Facility has been fully drawn down and has enabled IRC to:

 – Repay in full the sum of approximately US$169 million outstanding under the ICBC Facility;

Audit Committee 
Report on  
page 146

The Company’s 
Circular to 
Shareholders dated 
15 February 2019, is 
available at www.
petropavlovsk.net

 – Repay Petropavlovsk the Rouble equivalent of approximately US$57 million, in addition to any accrued interest 

and fees, as full repayment of the two bridge loans; and

 – Pay Petropavlovsk approximately US$6 million in fees owed by K&S and IRC to Petropavlovsk in respect of the 

guarantee provided under the ICBC Facility.

 – The risk of K&S defaulting on its loan, and hence the risk that Petropavlovsk may be liable to repay the outstanding 
loan, has been reduced by K&S entering into the Gazprombank Facility and repaying the ICBC Facility because:

 – The Gazprombank Facility provides for a significantly more relaxed amortisation schedule compared to that 

under the ICBC Facility; and

 – It better aligns with the proposed ramp up of K&S and the revenues that are anticipated to be generated by it.

 – The guarantee provided by the Company has decreased to US$160 million as at the date of this Annual Report. 
However, in certain circumstances the Company could have a maximum liability of the full amount outstanding  
to Gazprombank by K&S. As at 31 December 2019, the Group has guaranteed the outstanding amounts IRC 
owed to Gazprombank. The outstanding loan principal was US$225 million as at 31 December 2019.

Preliminary Agreement for the Proposed Termination of IRC Guarantees and the Disposal of 29.9%  
of the Company’s interest in IRC
On 18 March 2020, the Company entered into a preliminary agreement with Stocken Board AG, setting out the 
non-binding terms on which Petropavlovsk would sell to Stocken a 29.9% shareholding in IRC Limited, subject to 
certain conditions precedent being met, including the release of the Group’s obligation to guarantee IRC’s loan 
facilities with Gazprombank.

IRC announced its 2019 full year results on 27 March 2020. This confirmed that K&S had operated at 81% of 
capacity during 2019 whilst it was currently operating at c.95%. However, the IRC Board noted the potential negative 
impact of COVID-19 on IRC’s performance. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

37

Risks to Our Performance   continued

Health, Safety and Environmental risks

Risk

Description and potential impact

The Group operates potentially 
hazardous sites such as the POX Hub, 
open pits, underground mines, 
exploration sites, processing facilities 
and explosive storage facilities. 
The operation of these sites exposes  
its personnel to a variety of health and 
safety risks.

The Group’s employees are its most valuable assets. The Group 
recognises that it has an obligation to protect the health of its 
employees and that they have the right to operate in a safe 
working environment. Certain of the Group’s operations are 
carried out under potentially hazardous conditions. Group 
employees may become exposed to health and safety risks 
which may lead to work-related accidents and harm to the 
Group’s employees. These could also result in production 
delays and financial loss.

Potential impact/ 
Change since 2018

Medium/High

Major pollution arising from operations 
include air and water pollution, land 
contamination and deforestation.

If the Group was involved in a major environmental event, 
potential impacts could include fines and penalties, statutory 
liability for environmental redemption and other financial 
consequences that might be significant.

Medium/High

Accidental spillages of cyanide and other chemicals may result 
in damage to the environment, personnel and individuals within 
the local community.

38  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Additional 

information

Health & Safety management systems are in place across the Group to ensure that the operations are managed in 

Sustainability 

accordance with the relevant health and safety regulations and requirements and where possible with international 

best practice. The Group continually reviews and updates its health and safety procedures in order to minimise the 

Report on  

page 84

risk of accidents and improve accident response, including additional and enhanced technical measures at all sites, 

improved first aid response and the provision of further occupational, health and safety training. 

Board level oversight of health and safety issues occurs through the work of the Safety, Sustainability and Workforce 

Committee (SS&W Committee). The Committee is chaired by Mr Harry Kenyon-Slaney, Independent Non-Executive 

Director, who is assisted by his colleagues on the Committee namely, Dr Pavel Maslovskiy, Chief Executive Officer, 

Mr Damien Hackett and Mrs Katia Ray, Independent Non-Executive Directors and Dr Alya Samokhvalova, Deputy 

CEO. Mr Kenyon-Slaney’s introduction to the Sustainability Report is provided on page 89 of this Annual Report. 

Members of the SS&W Committee visited the Group’s operating mines in April 2019 and met with members of the 

workforce and the local community.

Progress during 2019:

 – As part of the Company’s commitment to environmental, sustainability and governance (ESG) matters, the 

Company became a member of the UN Global Compact Initiative on corporate sustainability. This requires the 

Company to align its operations and strategies with ten universally accepted principles in the areas of human 

rights, labour, environment and anti-corruption;

 – The Lost-Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) for 2019 of 1.61 accidents per 1 million man-hours worked 

represented a c.36% reduction compared to 2018;

 – Greenhouse Gas Emissions were reduced from 1.01t CO2e per ounce of gold in 2018 to 0.88t; and

 – The Company recently appointed an experienced Head of Sustainable Business who will assist with the 

development of the Group in this area.

Health & Safety targets are included in the annual bonus scheme for Executive Directors and the Executive 

Committee. The Remuneration Committee may also consider the Group’s health and safety performance during the 

year when considering bonus plan payments. 

The Company operates a certified environmental management system at all of its sites which meet international 

standards.

environment.

The Company has implemented a number of initiatives to monitor and limit the impact of its operations on the 

Cyanide and other dangerous substances are kept in secure storages with access limited to qualified personnel and 

closely monitored by security staff.

Sustainability 

Report on  

page 84

 
  
Health, Safety and Environmental risks

Risk

Description and potential impact

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Potential impact/ 

Change since 2018

The Group operates potentially 

hazardous sites such as the POX Hub, 

open pits, underground mines, 

exploration sites, processing facilities 

and explosive storage facilities. 

The operation of these sites exposes  

its personnel to a variety of health and 

safety risks.

The Group’s employees are its most valuable assets. The Group 

recognises that it has an obligation to protect the health of its 

Medium/High

employees and that they have the right to operate in a safe 

working environment. Certain of the Group’s operations are 

carried out under potentially hazardous conditions. Group 

employees may become exposed to health and safety risks 

which may lead to work-related accidents and harm to the 

Group’s employees. These could also result in production 

delays and financial loss.

Health & Safety management systems are in place across the Group to ensure that the operations are managed in 
accordance with the relevant health and safety regulations and requirements and where possible with international 
best practice. The Group continually reviews and updates its health and safety procedures in order to minimise the 
risk of accidents and improve accident response, including additional and enhanced technical measures at all sites, 
improved first aid response and the provision of further occupational, health and safety training. 

Board level oversight of health and safety issues occurs through the work of the Safety, Sustainability and Workforce 
Committee (SS&W Committee). The Committee is chaired by Mr Harry Kenyon-Slaney, Independent Non-Executive 
Director, who is assisted by his colleagues on the Committee namely, Dr Pavel Maslovskiy, Chief Executive Officer, 
Mr Damien Hackett and Mrs Katia Ray, Independent Non-Executive Directors and Dr Alya Samokhvalova, Deputy 
CEO. Mr Kenyon-Slaney’s introduction to the Sustainability Report is provided on page 89 of this Annual Report. 
Members of the SS&W Committee visited the Group’s operating mines in April 2019 and met with members of the 
workforce and the local community.

Progress during 2019:

 – As part of the Company’s commitment to environmental, sustainability and governance (ESG) matters, the 

Company became a member of the UN Global Compact Initiative on corporate sustainability. This requires the 
Company to align its operations and strategies with ten universally accepted principles in the areas of human 
rights, labour, environment and anti-corruption;

 – The Lost-Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) for 2019 of 1.61 accidents per 1 million man-hours worked 

represented a c.36% reduction compared to 2018;

 – Greenhouse Gas Emissions were reduced from 1.01t CO2e per ounce of gold in 2018 to 0.88t; and

 – The Company recently appointed an experienced Head of Sustainable Business who will assist with the 

development of the Group in this area.

Additional 
information

Sustainability 
Report on  
page 84

Major pollution arising from operations 

If the Group was involved in a major environmental event, 

include air and water pollution, land 

contamination and deforestation.

potential impacts could include fines and penalties, statutory 

liability for environmental redemption and other financial 

Medium/High

consequences that might be significant.

Accidental spillages of cyanide and other chemicals may result 

in damage to the environment, personnel and individuals within 

the local community.

Health & Safety targets are included in the annual bonus scheme for Executive Directors and the Executive 
Committee. The Remuneration Committee may also consider the Group’s health and safety performance during the 
year when considering bonus plan payments. 

The Company operates a certified environmental management system at all of its sites which meet international 
standards.

The Company has implemented a number of initiatives to monitor and limit the impact of its operations on the 
environment.

Cyanide and other dangerous substances are kept in secure storages with access limited to qualified personnel and 
closely monitored by security staff.

Sustainability 
Report on  
page 84

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

39

 
  
Risks to Our Performance   continued

Country and Compliance risks

Risk

Description and potential impact

The Group requires various licences and 
permits in order to operate.

The Group is subject to Sovereign Risk. 

The Group’s principal activity is gold mining which requires 
licences permitting exploration and mining in specific areas in 
Russia. These licences are regulated by Russian governmental 
agencies and if a material licence was challenged or terminated, 
this would have a material adverse impact on the Group. 
In addition, various government regulations require the Group  
to obtain permits to implement new projects or to renew  
existing permits.

Failure to comply with the requirements and terms of these 
licences may result in the subsequent termination of licences 
crucial to operations and cause reputational damage. 
Alternatively, financial or legal sanctions could be imposed on 
the Group. Failure to secure new licences or renew existing 
ones could lead to the cessation of mining at the Group’s 
operations or an inability to expand operations.

Actions by governments or changes in economic, political, 
judicial, administrative, taxation or other regulatory factors or 
foreign policy in the countries in which the Group operates or 
holds its major assets could have an adverse impact on the 
Group’s business or its future performance. Most of the Group’s 
assets and operations are based in Russia. 

Russian foreign investment legislation imposes restrictions on 
the acquisition by foreign investors of direct or indirect interests 
in strategic sectors of the Russian economy, including gold 
reserves in excess of a specified amount or any occurrences 
of platinum group metals. 

The Group’s Pioneer and Malomir licences have been included 
on the list of subsoil assets of federal significance, maintained 
by the Russian Government (“Strategic Assets”). The impact  
of this classification is that changes to the direct or indirect 
ownership of these licences may require clearance in 
accordance with the Foreign Strategic Investment law of the 
Russian Federation.

Potential impact/ 
Change since 2018

Medium/High

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Additional 

information

There are established processes in place to monitor the required and existing licences and permits on an on-going 

basis. Processes are also in place to ensure compliance with the requirements of the licences and permits. 

Medium/High

To mitigate Russian economic and banking risk the Group strives to use the banking services of several financial 

institutions and not keep disproportionately large sums on deposit with a single bank.

Loss of Key Personnel

Risk

Description and potential impact

The Company is dependent on Dr Pavel 
Maslovskiy, CEO and other long-serving 
members of the senior executive team.

The loss of key personnel to the Company may impact the 
morale of senior management, its workforce, the result of the 
Group’s operations and a delay in the delivery of projects.

Potential impact/ 
Change since 2018

Medium/High

40  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

The Group seeks to mitigate political and legal risk by constant monitoring of proposed and newly adopted 

legislation in the countries in which it operates and specifically in Russia. It also relies on the advice of external 

counsel in relation to the interpretation and implementation of new legislation.

The Group closely monitors its assets and the probability of their inclusion into the Strategic Assets lists published by 

the Russian Government.

The Company’s Articles of Association include a provision which allows the Board to impose such restrictions as the 

Directors may think necessary for the purpose of ensuring that no ordinary shares in the Company are acquired or 

held or transferred to any person in breach of Russian legislation, including any person having acquired (or who 

would as a result of any transfer acquire) ordinary shares or an interest in ordinary shares which, together with any 

other shares in which that person or members of their group is deemed to have an interest for the purposes of the 

Strategic Asset Laws, carry voting rights, exceeding 50 per cent. (or such lower number as the Board may determine 

in the context of the Strategic Asset Laws) of the total voting rights attributable to the issued ordinary shares without 

such acquisition having been approved, where such approval is required, pursuant to the Strategic Asset Laws.

This risk cannot be influenced by the management of the Company. However, the Group continues to monitor 

changes in the political environment and reviews changes to the relevant legislation, policies and practices.

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

 – During 2019, the Executive Committee has been strengthened by the appointment of Mr Dmitrii Chekashkin, 

Nominations 

Group Executive, Business Transformation and Operational Efficiency. 

 – During 2020, Mr Danila Kotlyarov was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director, further 

strengthening the Board and the executive team.

 – A revised Remuneration Policy will be proposed to shareholders for approval at the Company’s 2020 Annual 

General Meeting. 

Additional 

information

Committee Report 

on page 144

Directors’ 

Remuneration 

Report on  

page 156

The Group is subject to Sovereign Risk. 

Medium/High

licences permitting exploration and mining in specific areas in 

Russia. These licences are regulated by Russian governmental 

agencies and if a material licence was challenged or terminated, 

this would have a material adverse impact on the Group. 

In addition, various government regulations require the Group  

to obtain permits to implement new projects or to renew  

existing permits.

Failure to comply with the requirements and terms of these 

licences may result in the subsequent termination of licences 

crucial to operations and cause reputational damage. 

Alternatively, financial or legal sanctions could be imposed on 

the Group. Failure to secure new licences or renew existing 

ones could lead to the cessation of mining at the Group’s 

operations or an inability to expand operations.

Actions by governments or changes in economic, political, 

judicial, administrative, taxation or other regulatory factors or 

foreign policy in the countries in which the Group operates or 

holds its major assets could have an adverse impact on the 

Group’s business or its future performance. Most of the Group’s 

assets and operations are based in Russia. 

Russian foreign investment legislation imposes restrictions on 

the acquisition by foreign investors of direct or indirect interests 

in strategic sectors of the Russian economy, including gold 

reserves in excess of a specified amount or any occurrences 

of platinum group metals. 

The Group’s Pioneer and Malomir licences have been included 

on the list of subsoil assets of federal significance, maintained 

by the Russian Government (“Strategic Assets”). The impact  

of this classification is that changes to the direct or indirect 

ownership of these licences may require clearance in 

accordance with the Foreign Strategic Investment law of the 

Russian Federation.

Country and Compliance risks

Risk

Description and potential impact

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

Additional 
information

The Group requires various licences and 

The Group’s principal activity is gold mining which requires 

permits in order to operate.

There are established processes in place to monitor the required and existing licences and permits on an on-going 
basis. Processes are also in place to ensure compliance with the requirements of the licences and permits. 

Potential impact/ 

Change since 2018

Medium/High

To mitigate Russian economic and banking risk the Group strives to use the banking services of several financial 
institutions and not keep disproportionately large sums on deposit with a single bank.

The Group seeks to mitigate political and legal risk by constant monitoring of proposed and newly adopted 
legislation in the countries in which it operates and specifically in Russia. It also relies on the advice of external 
counsel in relation to the interpretation and implementation of new legislation.

The Group closely monitors its assets and the probability of their inclusion into the Strategic Assets lists published by 
the Russian Government.

The Company’s Articles of Association include a provision which allows the Board to impose such restrictions as the 
Directors may think necessary for the purpose of ensuring that no ordinary shares in the Company are acquired or 
held or transferred to any person in breach of Russian legislation, including any person having acquired (or who 
would as a result of any transfer acquire) ordinary shares or an interest in ordinary shares which, together with any 
other shares in which that person or members of their group is deemed to have an interest for the purposes of the 
Strategic Asset Laws, carry voting rights, exceeding 50 per cent. (or such lower number as the Board may determine 
in the context of the Strategic Asset Laws) of the total voting rights attributable to the issued ordinary shares without 
such acquisition having been approved, where such approval is required, pursuant to the Strategic Asset Laws.

This risk cannot be influenced by the management of the Company. However, the Group continues to monitor 
changes in the political environment and reviews changes to the relevant legislation, policies and practices.

Loss of Key Personnel

The Company is dependent on Dr Pavel 

Maslovskiy, CEO and other long-serving 

members of the senior executive team.

The loss of key personnel to the Company may impact the 

morale of senior management, its workforce, the result of the 

Group’s operations and a delay in the delivery of projects.

Potential impact/ 

Change since 2018

Medium/High

Risk

Description and potential impact

Mitigation/comments/ 2019 Progress

 – During 2019, the Executive Committee has been strengthened by the appointment of Mr Dmitrii Chekashkin, 

Group Executive, Business Transformation and Operational Efficiency. 

 – During 2020, Mr Danila Kotlyarov was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director, further 

strengthening the Board and the executive team.

 – A revised Remuneration Policy will be proposed to shareholders for approval at the Company’s 2020 Annual 

General Meeting. 

Additional 
information

Nominations 
Committee Report 
on page 144

Directors’ 
Remuneration 
Report on  
page 156

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

41

Operational Performance

Key Performance Indicators

Improved gold market conditions have led to 
the use of a higher gold price assumption 
(US$1,700/oz vs. US$1,500/oz) to define 
Mineral Resources. This, together with 
favourable results from metallurgical testing, 
has allowed Pokrovskiy and Pioneer RIP 
tailings to be classified as Inferred Mineral 
Resources in accordance with the JORC Code 
which collectively added c.0.87Moz to the 
Mineral Resource statement. Pioneer Mineral 
Resources have increased by c.11%, whilst 
Pokrovskiy Mineral Resources increased by 
c.32%. The increase at Pioneer is attributable 
to both exploration success, including 
metallurgical testing, and the increase in the 
gold price assumption, whilst the increase at 
Pokrovskiy is purely due to a higher gold price 
assumption as there was no exploration 
completed at Pokrovskiy during 2019.

Going forward 
The Company will continue to develop a 
high-quality refractory and non-refractory 
resource pipeline to support both open pit 
and underground mining and maximise 
existing Group infrastructure. Specifically, in 
2020, Group geologists will seek to 
delineate new mineral resources at Albyn as 
well as at Osipkan and Tokur which are in 
proximity to Malomir. The Company will 
also seek opportunities to increase its 
refractory resource base via high-quality 
low-cost acquisitions. 

Mineral Resources (Moz) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

21.03

20.52

20.86

Definition
A Mineral Resource is a concentration or 
occurrence of solid material of economic 
interest in or on the earth’s crust in such form, 
grade, and quantity that there are reasonable 
prospects for eventual economic extraction. 
The location, quantity, grade, continuity and 
other geological characteristics of a Mineral 
Resource are known, estimated or interpreted 
from specific geological evidence and 
knowledge, including sampling. Mineral 
Resources are sub divided, in order of 
increasing geological confidence, into 
Inferred, Indicated and Measured categories. 

Relevance
JORC Mineral Resources are a singular 
measure of the size of the Group’s mining  
and exploration assets, indicating medium  
to long-term production potential. In line with 
its Strategy of maintaining and expanding 
Reserves and Resources, the Group places 
emphasis on finding Mineral Resources 
through near mine exploration and is 
increasingly investigating the potential  
of other licences further away from its  
existing operations given the distance  
that refractory gold ores can be transported 
(once concentrated) to the POX Hub. 
By implementing this strategy in recent years, 
the Group has successfully replenished gold 
resources depleted by mining. 

Progress In 2019 
A successful exploration campaign together 
with the recently improved gold market 
conditions allowed the Group to increase its 
Mineral Resources from 20.52 to 21.03Moz 
despite depletion of c.0.5Moz due to mining.

Exploration completed in 2019 has resulted in 
increased confidence at Elginskoye (part of the 
Albyn project) which is the next Group’s major 
open pit mine starting production in 2020. 
Albyn’s Measured and Indicated gold 
resources increased by c.20% in 2019 vs 2018. 
Of this increase, refractory ounces increased 
almost three-fold from 0.57 to 1.55Moz as 
transitional resources were re-classified as 
lower risk refractory resources following the 
successful start-up of the POX Hub.

42  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Our key performance indicators appear throughout this report and introduce the operational,  
financial and sustainable development sections; respectively pages 42, 70 and 86.

Going forward
Total gold production for 2020 is expected 
to increase and reach a range between 620 
and 720koz. Production at Malomir is 
expected to decline modestly due to a 
scheduled decline in production from the 
underground sections of the mine and 
exhaustion of Quartzitovoye non-refractory 
open pit. Albyn’s production is also 
expected to be lower on account of a small 
decrease in plant throughput, head grade 
and recovery caused by the switch from 
mining at the Albyn open pit to mining at 
Elginskoye. The declines at Malomir and 
Albyn are expected to be partly offset by 
increased production at Pioneer due to 
higher head grades and RIP recoveries 
resulting from a greater contribution of 
underground ore from NE Bakhmut and the 
development of an underground mine at 
Andreevskaya zone. Increase in gold 
production from third-party concentrates is 
expected to contribute to total gold 
production rise to between 620 to 720koz.

Total gold production (koz) 

2019 

2018 

2017 

517

422

440

Definition
Measured in troy ounces, total gold production 
is made up of gold produced from the Group’s 
hard-rock mines as well as from the processing 
of material purchased from third parties for the 
applicable years. Gold production data is 
comprised of gold recovered each year and 
adjusted for changes in gold remaining in circuit 
at the end of the period.

Relevance
Gold production underpins our financial 
performance, as the majority of the Group’s 
operating profit is attributable to the sale of  
the gold produced by the Group. The indicator 
also demonstrates the strength of our 
operational and managerial teams and  
ability to deliver against the mine plan.

Performance in 2019
In 2019, the Group produced 517.3koz. 
Production from the Group’s own mines 
amounted to 471.6koz, in line with guidance 
given for the year of 450 - 500koz. A further 
45.7koz of gold was produced from 
concentrates purchased from third parties  
for the processing at Pokrovskiy POX Hub 
which was the first instance when Group 
started gold production from third-party 
sources. Albyn was a strong performer,  
with production rising c.13% from 2018 due  
to a combination of increased throughput of 
higher-grade ore and consistently high 
recoveries at the RIP plant. Malomir 
transitioned from being nonrefractory to 
becoming principally a refractory mine  
which enabled production volumes to 
increase 132% via treatment at the POX Hub. 
The increase at Malomir was also helped by 
the stronger-than-expected performance at 
the flotation plant. Pioneer’s performance fell 
c.11% from 2018 as it was impacted by the 
processing of harder ores plus challenging 
geotechnical and hydrogeological issues 
encountered at the start of the year.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

43

Operational Performance   continued

Pioneer

Pioneer produced c.23% of total gold production in 2019 from a mix of open pit and underground operations. 
Since the start of mining in 2008, the mine has focused on extracting non-refractory ores, although the 
completion of new flotation facilities in 2020 will lead to a transition towards mining predominantly refractory 
gold ores for processing at the POX Hub. In terms of exploration, the Pioneer project is considered to have 
significant potential, particularly for refractory gold which has historically been under-explored.

Operating performance
Pioneer produced 120.4koz of gold in 2019, a 
c.11% decrease from 2018 (135.1koz), caused 
by mining harder than anticipated ores which 
negatively affected mill throughput. Non-
refractory ore was mined from open pits at 
Yuzhnaya, Alexandra and Katrin, with 
additional material provided by stockpiles. 
Underground development advanced well, 
with a total of 4,348m (58,478m3) of 
underground workings completed at North 
East Bakhmut. In total, 246kt of underground 
ore with an average gold grade of 4.60g/t were 
mined from pay shoots 2 and 3, with  
the mine operating at its design capacity.

No further ore was added to the heap-leach 
due to its decommissioning, although 2.9koz 
of gold were recovered from irrigation 
activities over the course of the year.

Total Cash Costs◆ increased by 31% to 
US$1,040/oz (2018: US$792/oz) and All-in 
Sustaining Costs◆ increased by 15% to 
US$1,363/oz (2018: US$1,190/oz). 

Total Cash Costs◆ were most affected by 
additional costs associated with the ramp-up 
of the POX Hub, inflation of certain Rouble 
denominated costs and application of the full 
6% mining tax rate, partly offset by higher 
grades and recoveries and Rouble 
depreciation. 

All-in Sustaining Costs◆ reflect the increase  
in Total Cash Costs◆, partially offset by the 
increase in physical ounces sold in 2019 with 
an aggregate of sustaining exploration and 
capital expenditures and capitalized stripping 
expenditure during the period remaining at 
approximately the same level as in 2018.

Mining and Processing
Pioneer is a bulk tonnage operation comprising 
multiple open pits and an underground mine. 
The orebodies contain both non-refractory and 
refractory gold ores. Non-refractory ore is 
processed at an all-year 6.7Mtpa RIP plant, 
although reserves are nearing exhaustion and 
RIP production is set to decline. Following the 
launch of the POX Hub, the Group has started 
construction of a 3.6Mtpa flotation plant which 
is expected to be operational from Q4 2020. 

MAINLINE RAILWAY  

A-360

A-360

P-297

Pokrovskiy POX Hub

A-361

Tygda

RAILWAY  

Zeya

Pioneer

RUSSIA

Fevralsk

CHINA

RIP plant

Hydro power plant

Flotation plant

Railway

POX Hub

Core assets

Federal highway

National border

BLAGOVESCHENSK

P-297

44  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

The addition of a flotation plant will enable 
Pioneer’s substantial refractory reserves to be 
processed by concentrating refractory ore at 
the mine prior to transporting to the POX Hub 
for further processing into doré. The flotation 
plant will utilise two of the c.2.0Mt per annum 
crushing and grinding lines that are currently 
dedicated to the RIP circuit. Consequently, 
non-refractory processing capacity will be 
reduced to 2.7Mtpa from 6.7Mtpa. Given the 
harder nature of refractory ore, the combined 
annual throughput of refractory gold ores 
through the two milling lines is expected to  
be less than 4.0Mtpa at around 3.6Mtpa.

Production from the first Pioneer North East 
Bakhmut underground mine began in 2017 
using a reputable Russian mining contractor. 
Mining at NE Bakhmut is undertaken 
employing trackless equipment using 
sub-level open stoping mining method with  
or without backfill. A second underground 
mine at Andreevskaya Zone is scheduled for 
construction during 2020 in addition to the 
North East Bakhmut underground operation. 

Ores amenable heap-leach treatment have 
now been exhausted and no further heap-
leach processing is planned. Heap-leach 
crushing equipment are used to assist in 
crushing RIP ore and also to produce ballast 
for use in construction and maintenance 
work. The sorption columns are adapted to 
recover gold-in-circuit from re-circulated RIP 
tailings solution.

Geology
Gold mineralisation at Pioneer was formed  
as a result of hydrothermal processes occurring 
in the late Mesozoic Period near the contact 
between a granitoid massif and Jurassic 
country rocks. Pioneer is comprised of five  
gold licences covering multiple steeply dipping 
orebodies with a strike length of up to 2km. 
The orebodies are comprised of high-grade 
shoots with lower grade halos of mineralisation. 
High-grade shoots generally have a thickness of 
between 1 and 20m, while low-grade halos 
extend up to 200m in thickness. Many of the 
high-grade shoots remain open at depth, 
offering the potential for an increase in 
underground resources. The Group’s 
geologists believe excellent potential exists for 
the discovery of significant open pit resources.

Pioneer open pit and underground mining operations

2019 total gold production:

Total material moved
Ore mined
Average grade
Gold content

Processing operations

RIP Plant
Ore milled
Average grade
Gold content
Recovery
Gold recovered
Heap-leach operations
Total stacked
Average grade
Gold content
Recovery
Gold recovered
Pioneer gold production – Doré

Figures may not add up due to rounding.

Units
m3 ’000
t ’000
g/t
oz. ’000

Year ended  
31 December 2019
19,042
3,795
0.97
118.6

Year ended  
31 December 2018
18,612
3,173
1.07
108.9

Units

Year ended  
31 December 2019

Year ended  
31 December 2018

t ’000
g/t
oz. ’000
%
oz. ’000

t ’000
g/t
oz. ’000
%
oz. ’000
oz. ’000

5,707
0.78
143.5
81.7
117.2

–
–
–
–
2.9
120.4

6,395
0.73
150.0
80.4
120.6

701
0.50
11.3
50.1
5.6
135.1

Outlook
Production at Pioneer is expected to be higher, between 130 and 140koz, in 2020 due to  
an increase in head grades and RIP recoveries resulting from a greater contribution of 
underground ore from NE Bakhmut and the development of an underground mine at 
Andreevskaya zone. Open pit production is expected to come from Alexandra, Katrin and 
Yuzhnaya as well as from existing stockpiles. Construction remains on schedule for the 
flotation plant to be fully operational in Q4 2020.

120.4koz – c.23% of total gold  
production for the year

Pioneer production as a % of total

Key facts:

2001

Pioneer was acquired as a greenfield licence

2.7Moz

Gold produced to date

5,707kt 

Ore processed via RIP in 2019

1,337km2 

Total gold licence area

6.59Moz 

Mineral Resources, including 2.72Moz
Ore Reserves

18 years 

Mine life

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

45

  
Operational Performance   continued

Albyn

Albyn is the Group’s principal non-refractory asset, having contributed c.33% of total gold production  
in 2019. Albyn operates as a conventional open pit mine with a dedicated RIP processing circuit. 
The project consists of three adjoining licences that cover multiple orebodies, including Albyn, 
Elginskoye, Unglichikanskoye and Afanasevskoye. All four orebodies are considered prospective given 
they remain open down-dip, while the Elginskoye, Unglichikanskoye and Afanasevskoye deposits are 
also open along strike.

Operating performance
In 2019, Albyn produced 170.9koz which  
was a c.13% increase on 2018 (151.0koz). 
The main source of ore was the central zone  
of the main pit. Recoveries at the processing 
plant were consistently high, averaging over 
93% for the year. Total Cash Costs◆ decreased 
by 16% to US$468/oz (2018: US$559/oz) and 
All-in Sustaining Costs◆ decreased by 29% to 
US$690/oz (2018: US$974/oz). 

Total Cash Costs◆ benefited from higher 
grades with recoveries remaining at 
approximately the same level as in 2018 and 
Rouble depreciation, partially offset by inflation 
of certain Rouble denominated costs and 
progressive increase in mining tax rate to 1.2%. 

All-in Sustaining Costs◆ followed the 
decrease in Total Cash Costs◆ and also 
reflect the reversal of impairment of non-
refractory ore stockpiles at Albyn. An increase 
in sustaining capital expenditure due to 
Elginskoye mine development was offset by 
no capitalised stripping expenditure during 
the period. When combined with the increase 

in physical ounces sold in 2019 this 
contributed to further improvement in All-in 
Sustaining Costs◆. 

Mining and Processing 
Albyn is a large (2.2km long) open pit, bulk 
tonnage mine and the Group operates its own 
mining fleet consisting of modern diesel and 
electrical excavators, dump trucks, drill rigs, 
bulldozers and other vehicles. Productivity  
and equipment utilisation is optimised by 
running two shifts per day throughout the  
year. Albyn is mostly non-refractory and ore  
is treated at a dedicated 4.7Mtpa RIP plant 
which also operates continuously throughout 
the year. The RIP plant is comprised of two 
identical crushing and grinding lines, each  
with a 1.8Mtpa design capacity. Since 
commissioning in 2011, plant optimisation  
and improvements have enabled for a 30% 
increase in processing capacity above design.

Geology
The Albyn project is located on the Mongolo-
Okhotskiy thrust zone within a belt of 
mineralisation associated with the collision  

MAINLINE RAILWAY  

A-360

A-360

RUSSIA

Albyn

P-297

A-361

RAILWAY  

Tygda

Fevralsk

Zeya

of the Eurasian and Amur plates. The project 
consists of four principal deposits: Albyn, 
Elginskoye, Unglichikanskoye and 
Afanasevskoye. 

Mineralisation at the Albyn deposit occurs  
as a series of gently-dipping, sub-parallel 
metasomatic zones which appear to  
continue down dip. The mineralised zones 
show variable thickness and grade and extend 
to c.4.5km in strike length. Mineralisation at 
Elginskoye is confined within metasomatic 
zones that dip gently to the south and drilling 
has confirmed gold mineralisation extends over 
a strike length in excess of 7km and remains 
open in all directions. Unglichikanskoye is 
comprised of a series of sub-parallel, relatively 
narrow, steeply dipping zones which have been 
proven over a strike length in excess of 5km and 
which remain open in all directions. There is a 
relatively narrow, c.1.5km long, steeply dipping 
single zone of gold mineralisation at 
Afanasevskoye which is open down-dip  
and along strike to the west.

In addition to the four known deposits,  
there are several potential exploration targets, 
of which Ulgen, Yasnoye and Leninskoye are 
considered the most significant. Most of the 
licence area remains underexplored and 
considered highly prospective. All known 
Mineral Resources and Reserves at Albyn 
deposit are non-refractory, whilst Elginskoye 
and Unglichikanskoye include both non-
refractory and refractory Mineral Resource 
and Ore Reserves.

CHINA

RIP plant

Core assets

Hydro power plant

Railway

Federal highway

National border

46  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

BLAGOVESCHENSK

P-297

Albyn mining operations

Total material moved
Ore mined
Average grade
Gold content

Processing operations (Resin-in-pulp plant)

Ore milled
Average grade
Gold content
Recovery
Gold recovered
Albyn gold production – Doré

Figures may not add up due to rounding.

Units
m3 ’000
t ’000
g/t
oz. ’000

Year ended  
31 December 2019
12,465
6,222
1.22
243.5

Year ended  
31 December 2018
18,155
3,904
1.10
137.8

Units
t ’000
g/t
oz. ’000
%
oz. ’000
oz. ’000

Year ended  
31 December 2019
4,602
1.22
180.2
93.9
169.3
170.9

Year ended  
31 December 2018
4,602
1.09
161.7
94.0
152.1
151.0

Outlook
2020 production is expected to be below 2019 levels, between 145 and 155koz, due to a 
slight decrease in plant throughput, head grade and recovery due to the switch from mining 
at the Albyn open pit to mining at the Elginskoye open pit. Mining at Albyn is expected to 
cease altogether in the second half of 2020. To assist with the switch, stockpiled material will 
be used to contribute additional ore.

In the longer-term, mining is expected to move to satellite Unglichikanskoye deposit. As the 
Albyn orebody remains open at depth, the Group is also investigating the potential for mining  
under the open pit which may become an additional source of future production.

Refractory reserves are known to exist at the Elginskoye and Unglichikanskoye deposits  
and are currently scheduled for processing from 2028 when a flotation plant is planned to 
concentrate refractory ores prior to transportation to the POX plant for further processing and 
gold recovery.

2019 total gold production:

170.9koz – c.33% of total  gold  
production for the year

Albyn production as a % of total

Key facts:

2005

Albyn was acquired as a greenfield licence

1.3Moz 

Gold produced to date

4,602kt 

Ore processed via RIP in 2019

1,053km2 

Total gold licence area

5.01Moz 

Mineral Resources, including 2.50Moz
Ore Reserves

18 years 

Mine life

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

47

  
Operational Performance   continued

Malomir

Malomir is a large, conventional, open pit and underground mining operation that accounted for c.35% of 
total gold production in 2019. Since completing the POX Hub in late 2018, the focus has shifted to mining 
mainly refractory gold ores. The mineralisation at Malomir consists of multiple orebodies, of which the 
Malomir, Quartzitovoye, Ozhidaemoye and Magnetitovoye are the most significant.

Operating performance
Malomir produced a total of 180.3koz of gold 
in 2019, representing a 132% increase (2018: 
77.6koz) mainly due to the mining of refractory 
ores at the Centralniy pit. The total volume of 
ore treated at both the RIP and flotation plants 
increased c.18% compared to 2018, with the 
flotation plant producing 133kt of refractory 
concentrates containing 121.4koz of gold in 
its first calendar year of operations. Following 
improvements made to the flowsheet during 
construction, and optimisation of the crushing 
and grinding circuit undertaken in 2019, 
concentrate grades reached c.18% above 
design during the year and throughput 
exceeded design capacity by c.10% in  
the fourth quarter.

Non-refractory ore was sourced from  
the Quartzitovoye zone as well as from 
underground at Quartzitovoye and stockpiles. 
The underground mine performed well in 
2019, producing 277kt of ore containing 
c.47koz of gold at an average grade of 5.27g/t. 
During 2019, a total of 3,752m (49,339m3) of 
underground workings were completed. 

Total Cash Costs◆ increased by 15% to 
US$752/oz (2018: US$654/oz) and All-in 
Sustaining Costs◆ decreased by 5% to 
US$1,022/oz (2018: US$1,058/oz). 

Total Cash Costs◆were affected by additional 
costs associated with the ramp-up of the POX 
Hub and Malomir flotation, inflation of certain 
Rouble denominated costs and progressive 
increase in mining tax rate to 1.2%, partially 
offset by higher grades and recoveries for 
non-refractory ore and Rouble depreciation. 

All-in Sustaining Costs◆ reflect the increase in 
Total Cash Costs◆, compensated by the 
increase in physical ounces sold in 2019 with 
an aggregate of sustaining exploration and 
capital expenditures and capitalized stripping 
expenditure during the period remaining at 
approximately the same level as in 2018. 

Mining and Processing
Open pit mining at Malomir is undertaken using a 
combination of Petropavlovsk’s own mining fleet 
and a local contractor, while underground mining 
is undertaken by a specialist underground 
contractor. Refractory ores from Malomir and 
Ozhidaemoye are not amenable to standard RIP 

MAINLINE RAILWAY  

A-360

A-360

RUSSIA

P-297

Pokrovskiy POX Hub

A-361

Tygda

RAILWAY  

Zeya

Pioneer

Malomir

Fevralsk

CHINA

RIP plant

Hydro power plant

Flotation plant

Railway

POX Hub

Core assets

Federal highway

Transport route

National border

BLAGOVESCHENSK

P-297

48  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

processing methods. Run-of-mine refractory ore 
is first concentrated on site using flotation into a 
high-grade concentrate prior to being 
transported 1,318km via road and rail to the POX 
Hub for further processing. The first stage of the 
3.6Mtpa Malomir flotation plant was completed 
in 2018. As a result of the transition to mining 
refractory gold, the crushing and grinding 
capacity of the RIP circuit has been reduced to 
0.4Mtpa, with non-refractory ore being sourced 
primarily from the Quartzitovoye underground 
mine and Magnetitovoye open pit.

Geology
Malomir is situated above a major thrust zone 
which dips gently northwards at 15-20° within 
the Mongolo-Okhotskiy mineralised belt. 
Malomir is the most significant orebody within 
the licence area and the principal zone of 
mineralisation is tabular in shape with a strike 
length of 4.2km and down dip extensions of up 
to 1.5km. Mineralisation is typically between 20 
to 30m thick reaching up to 100m in places, 
with several smaller steeply dipping zones 
sitting above the principal zone. The main 
Malomir orebody is refractory. Quartzitovoye is 
the other significant orebody within the licence 
which occurs as high-grade, steeply dipping 
zones and low grade stockwork mineralisation. 
High-grade zones are non-refractory and open 
down dip. Ozhidaemoye is an eastern extension 
of Malomir with a similar tabular morphology 
dipping gently towards the north. Similarly to 
Malomir Ozhidaemoye mineralisation is 
refractory. Magnetitovoye is a small narrow 
steeply dipping non-refractory satellite orebody 
situated c.4.5km east from Malomir open pit.

Outlook
Malomir production is expected to be in a 
range between 155 and 165koz in 2020 
due to a scheduled decline in output from 
the underground and exhaustion of 
Quartzitovoe non-refractory open pit. 
Longer term production rates at Malomir 
will be sustained via the proposed 
construction of an expansion to the 
flotation plant which would increase the 
capacity of the Malomir flotation plant from 
3.6Mtpa to 5.4Mtpa. Subject to Board 
approval and funding, construction could 
potentially begin before the end of 2020.

Malomir mining operations

Total material moved
Non-refractory Ore
Average grade
Gold Content
Refractory Ore
Average grade
Gold content

Processing operations

RIP Plant
Ore milled
Average grade
Gold content
Recovery
Gold recovered
Flotation Plant
Ore milled
Average grade
Gold content
Recovery
Yield
Concentrate produced
Grade
Gold content
Malomir Concentrate POX Processing
Concentrate treated
Grade
Gold in concentrate
Recovery
Gold recovered
Malomir gold production – Doré

Figures may not add up due to rounding.

)
t
k

(

e
g
a
n
n
o
T

i

g
n
s
s
e
c
o
r
P

)

g
k

(

e
t
a
r
t
n
e
c
n
o
c

n

i

l

d
o
g

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

2019 total gold production:

180.3koz – c.35% of total gold  
production for the year

Units
m3 ‘000
t ‘000
g/t
oz. ‘000
t ‘000
g/t
oz. ‘000

Year ended  
31 December 2019
7,658
413
3.96
52.6
5,282
1.11
189.1

Year ended  
31 December 2018
7,464
2,264
1.39
101.3
837
1.55
41.8

Units

Year ended  
31 December 2019

Year ended  
31 December 2018

t ’000
g/t
oz. ’000
%
oz. ’000

t ‘000
g/t
oz. ‘000
%
oz. ‘000
t’000
g/t
oz. ‘000

t ‘000
g/t
oz. ‘000
%
oz. ‘000
oz. ‘000

536
3.38
58.2
78.7
45.9

3,762
1.15
139.3
87.1
3.5
133
28.4
121.4

155
30.0
149.0
88.6
132.0
180.3

2,375
1.33
101.7
73.6
74.8

1,266
1.48
60.2
86.6
3.6
46
35.2
52.1

–
–
–
–
–
77.6

40

30

20

10

0

)
t
k

(

n
o
i
t
c
u
d
o
r
p
e
t
a
r
t
n
e
c
n
o
C

 POX (26%) 

 RIP (9%) 

Malomir production as a % of total

Key facts:

2003

Malomir was acquired as a greenfield licence

0.9Moz 

Gold produced to date

4,298kt 

Ore processed via RIP and flotation in 2019

230km2 

Total gold licence area

6.84Moz 

Mineral Resources, including 3.04Moz
Ore Reserves

15 years 

Mine life

Processing tonnage

Gold in concentrate

Concentrate production

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operational Performance   continued

The POX Hub

Regarded as the future of the gold industry in Russia, the Pressure Oxidation facility (‘POX Hub’) is one  
of the most technologically advanced processing plants of its kind. It is Petropavlovsk’s newest and  
most important asset as well as being responsible for providing employment to around 500 persons. 
The pressure oxidation process is regarded as the most efficient, robust and environmentally responsible 
way of processing a diverse range of refractory concentrates.

Processing 
The POX Hub is the newest, largest and most 
technologically advanced facility of its kind in 
Russia. Strategically located near the 
Trans-Siberian Railway, the POX Hub is 
powered by cheap and sustainable 
hydropower and has significant flexibility 
given its four separate autoclave vessels  
can process a wide range of third-party 
gold-bearing concentrates in addition to  
feed from Petropavlovsk’s own mines.

Refractory concentrate is brought to the  
Hub by road and rail and stored at the intake 
building. Processing begins by regrinding the 
concentrates at the former Pokrovskiy plant 
using the existing, refurbished, milling 
facilities. Reground concentrate is then  
sent to the POX circuit where gold-bearing 
sulphides are oxidised in the autoclaves under 
high pressures and temperatures to liberate 
the gold from sulphide minerals, thus enabling 
the gold to be recovered via conventional 
resin-in-pulp (‘RIP’) processing. The state-of-
the-art POX circuit is unique given it includes 
four separate autoclave vessels as well as 

high- and low-pressure ancillary circuits. 
The four autoclaves are designed to operate 
at temperatures of around 225°C and 
pressures of 3,500kPa, which is higher 
 than most POX plants. The layout has been 
designed to accommodate a 5th and 6th 
autoclave in the future, which would increase 
capacity by around 50% compared to the 
existing level. The process is exothermic and 
consumes pure oxygen supplied from a 
purpose-built oxygen plant. Once oxidised, 
the concentrate is cooled, thickened and 
filtered through press-filters before having its 
acidity neutralised by the addition of lime and 
limestone. The filtered material is then 
transferred to the RIP plant where gold is 
recovered as a doré ready for shipping to 
refineries. Tailings from the POX process  
are neutralised using limestone before being 
safely stored inside a redundant open pit at 
the former mine. RIP tailings are stored at a 
facility originally constructed for use by the 
former Pokrovskiy mine.

MAINLINE RAILWAY  

A-360

A-360

RUSSIA

P-297

Pokrovskiy POX Hub

A-361

Tygda

RAILWAY  

Zeya

Pioneer

Malomir

Fevralsk

CHINA

Flotation plant

Hydro power plant

POX Hub

Core assets

Railway

Federal highway

National border

BLAGOVESCHENSK

P-297

50  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Responsible business
Studies undertaken by the Group and third 
parties concluded that POX is the most 
environmentally friendly process for treating  
a wide variety of refractory gold concentrates, 
particularly those containing arsenic, which is 
converted to a stable form, known as 
scorodite, that can be safely stored in the 
tailings. The plant is powered by the local  
grid which is supplied with electricity primarily 
generated from renewable hydropower which 
is abundant in the area. Given that pressure 
oxidation is exothermic, heat generated by  
the process is utilised for heating the POX 
complex and office buildings during colder 
months. Given the success of this project,  
the Company is investigating the potential to 
capture more of the heat for heating the 
accommodation blocks. The Company is also 
investigating ways to utilise this energy during 
warmer months. In addition to the above, 
the plant provides employment to around  
500 persons.

Operations
Operationally, 2019 was an extremely 
successful first year at the POX plant. 
Wet commissioning began in October 2018, 
with first concentrate fed into the plant in  
early December and first gold poured on 
21 December 2018. The plant reached its 
design capacity (for Malomir concentrates)  
of 11.5t to 12.0t per hour at the first two 
autoclaves within just a few weeks. 
Throughput ramped up steadily over the year, 
with 32kt of concentrate being processed in 
Q1 and 63kt being processed in Q4. Gold 
recovered increased from 28koz in Q1 to 
83koz in Q4, while recoveries increased 
steadily from 84% to 94% over the year. 
In total, the POX Hub processed 155kt of 
Malomir concentrate and 33kt of third-party 
concentrate to produce c.180koz (or c.35% 
of the Group total) of gold in 2019. 

For the year, processing costs averaged 
US$213.6/t which is expected to fall as 
throughput increases and the plant reaches 
full capacity.

POX Hub performance metrics

POX Plant
Concentrate treated
Concentrate grade
Gold in concentrate
Gold Recovery
Gold Recovered
Gold Produced 

Ramp up of the POX Hub in 2019

Unit
 kt
 g/t
 koz
%
 koz
 koz

)
z
o
k

(

d
e
r
e
v
o
c
e
R
d
o
G
d
n
a

l

)
t
k

(

e
g
a
n
n
o
T

100

80

60

40

20

0

e
t
i

i

s
e
n
m
e
h
t

t
A

e
h
t

t
A

b
u
H
X
O
P

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Processing tonnage (kt)

Gold recovered (koz)

Gold recovery (%)

Crushing and Grinding 

 – Grinding helps break up refractory ores into finer particles

 – Standard flotation technique

Preconcentration

 – Reduces transport costs

POX

 – Sulphide minerals break down at high temperature  combined with high pressure, 

thus releasing gold

 – Gold removed from the solution via standard carbon-in-pulp process

Outlook
In 2020, the POX Hub is expected to process between 300 and 330kt of concentrate and 
produce 370-430koz of gold from all four autoclaves. The sources of concentrate include 
between 135 and 140kt from Malomir, between 35 to 45kt from the new flotation plant at 
Pioneer and an estimated 130-145kt from third-party producers, depending on availability. 
Processing costs are expected to be below the level of 2019, due to higher throughput and 
operational improvements.

2019
188
35.5
213
90.5
193
179.5

)

%

(

y
r
e
v
o
c
e
R
d
o
G

l

96

94

92

90

88

86

84

82

80

78

2019 total gold production: 

179.5koz – 35% of total gold production for 
the year

 Malomir refractory (26%) 

 Third-party refractory (9%)

  Pioneer, Malomir & Albyn  
non-refractory (65%)

Production as a % of total

Key Facts:

2018 

Production starts after 13 years of research, 
planning and construction activities

35% 

Up to 500kt p.a. 

Total capacity (depending on concentrate 
qualities)

4 autoclaves 

Each able to process different concentrate types

12.99Moz 

Refractory Mineral Resources, including 
5.99Moz Ore Reserves

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

51

 – Technology widely used in the mining industry, for both base and precious metals

Of total gold production in 2019 from POX Hub

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The POX Hub

A strategic asset

POX at the heart of our strategy
The POX Hub, together with the associated 
flotation plants at Malomir and Pioneer  
(the ‘POX project’), sits at the heart of 
Petropavlovsk’s strategy and is the principal 
driver of future value for the Group. Pressure 
oxidation was selected for being the most 
efficient and environmentally friendly 
technology to process refractory gold ores. 
Refractory gold is an important future source  
of gold production given that approximately 
15-30% of Russian classified gold reserves are 
refractory, while c.5.99Moz of the Group’s own 
reserves are also refractory. The lack of 
sufficient suitable processing capacity in 
Russia means refractory gold occurrences are 
often highly attractive in terms of grade and 
mining profile yet are undeveloped or 
under-explored and readily available. 

As the owner of one of only two POX plants in 
Russia, this makes the POX Hub an important 
strategic asset for Petropavlovsk. 

On account of its flexibility, the plant is 
capable of profitably treating a wide range  
of third-party concentrates, most of which  
are higher quality (in terms of grade and the 
presence of carbon and/or sulphur) than 
concentrates produced at the Group’s own 
Malomir and Pioneer mines. As a result, in 
addition to conducting exploration work on its 
own properties, the Company is considering 
the attractiveness of several refractory 
projects in the region and investigating the 
potential to acquire new licences where 
low-cost and high-return projects can be 
brought into production quickly and with a low 
capital intensity.

The POX Hub concept
The POX Hub is strategically located at the 
site of the Company’s first and now depleted 
mine, Pokrovskiy, where it benefits from 
existing milling facilities, road and rail 
infrastructure, low cost renewable power 
(hydro-electric) as well as a nearby limestone 
deposit – a key ingredient in the POX process.

Located just 18km by road from the Trans-
Siberian Railway enables concentrates to be 
sourced over large distances and the plant has 
processed third-party material from Russia 
and Kazakhstan in addition to its own mine at 
Malomir which travels over 1,300km by road 
and rail. This also means that the Company 
can consider expanding inorganically or 
developing the best assets in conjunction  
with other parties over a wide area given 
distance is not necessarily a constraint.

Split of refractory and non-refractory reserves

Petropavlovsk

29%

71%

■  Refractory

Russia

70-85%

15-30%

■  Non-refractory

The processing of refractory gold ores

The journey from refractory ore to gold doré (total recovery of 74%-80%)(1)

PIONEER MINE

MALOMIR MINE

160ktpa concentrate(2)
– 80%-82% flotation recovery
– 2.5-3.6% concentrate yield
– 20-33g/t Au

230ktpa concentrate
– 83%-86% flotation recovery
– 3.5% concentrate yield
– 20-35g/t concentrate grade

40km

166km

Rail loading facility

Rail loading facility

18km

Tygda

1,134km

Fevralsk

Concentrate Re-grinding

Autoclave Oxidation
4x 15mx4m autoclave

RIP Circuit

Gold Doré

l

t
n
a
P
n
o
i
t
a
t
o
F

l

n
o
i
t
a
t
r
o
p
s
n
a
r
T

b
u
H
x
o
P

90% -0.044mm

225°C @ 35 bar
20 - 30 minutes

Purogold resin

Malomir = 93% POX recovery
Pioneer = 93%-98% POX recovery

(1)  Total recovery calculated for Malomir as 83%-86% (conc. recovery) x 93% (POX recovery) = 77%-80%. For Pioneer, calculated as: 80%-82% x 93%-98% = 74%-80%.
(2)  Pioneer concentrate tonnages depend on the concentrate yield which is expected to range from 2.5-3.6%.

52  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
 
 
 
Technical Aspects

The pressure oxidation process
The processing of refractory gold ores begins 
with crushing and grinding, followed by 
flotation at the mine site which reduces the 
volume material down to between 2.8% and 
4.2% of the original mass by selectively 
enriching gold mineralisation. The resulting 
concentrate is then transported to the POX 
Hub by road and/or rail for further processing 
and gold recovery.

Flotation tanks at Malomir
The POX Hub is designed to operate at a 
pressure of 3,500kPa and a temperature of 
225°C which is higher than most other POX 
plants and enables the efficient processing of 
a variety of refractory feeds, including 
double-refractory concentrates.

Four separate autoclave vessels provide  
a significant degree of flexibility to 
Petropavlovsk since concentrates from 
Malomir, Pioneer and other future sources 
(including third-party) can be processed 
optimally, either individually or as blends, 
in separate autoclaves. It also means that 
scheduled maintenance can be undertaken 
by shutting down only one autoclave at a time, 
which means each individual autoclave is 
expected to operate for 7,500 hours per year 
once at full capacity.

Throughput rates are determined by the 
specific characteristic of the concentrate  
and particularly the level of sulphur, with high 
sulphur concentrates taking longer to process 
given the additional time required to oxidise 
sulphur in the autoclaves. As a result, the 
capacity of the plant varies on an annual basis 
according to the material it is processing.

The POX project
The Group controls substantial refractory 
resources totalling c.12.99Moz and spread 
across Malomir, Pioneer and Albyn projects. 

Over 10 years ago, the Board approved a 
large-scale investment into the construction 
of the necessary processing facilities, 
including two flotation plants and the POX 
Hub, to recover refractory gold and thus 
monetise this portion of its asset base.

The Group’s first flotation plant was 
successfully commissioned at Malomir in 
2018 at a capacity of 3.6Mtpa and produced 
concentrate which was sent to the POX Hub 
for further processing and gold recovery. 
Concentrate grades varied between 21 and 
32g/t of gold with a sulphur content ranging 
from 21 to 29%. Given the presence of natural 
carbon in the refractory ores, Malomir 
concentrate is known as double refractory, 
which requires special measures to neutralise 
the carbon so as gold recoveries are not 
negatively impacted. These include strict 
control over chlorine ion levels and the 
relatively high pressure and temperature  
of the autoclaves. As a result, the average 
recovery of gold in the POX circuit is expected 
to be high at between 93% to 96%.

The construction of a second 3.6Mtpa 
flotation plant began in H2 2019 at Pioneer. 
The construction is well under way and the 
new plant is expected to be fully operational 
in Q4 2020. Once in production, Pioneer 
concentrate grades are anticipated to vary 
between 20 and 33g/t of gold, with an 
average gold grade of 24.2g/t and average 
sulphur grade of 21.0%. Gold recovery in the 
POX circuit is conservatively expected to be 

Group refractory resources

 Malomir (51%) 

 Pioneer (35%) 

 Albyn (14%)

around 93%, although the Group’s engineers 
believe 98% is achievable. 

Subject to Board approval, the Group is 
expecting to undertake an expansion, 
commencing late-2020, of the flotation plant 
at Malomir which would increase capacity to 
5.4Mtpa of concentrate.

Longer-term, a flotation plant at Albyn is 
envisaged for 2028 to process refractory  
ores at the Elginskoye and Unglichikanskoye 
deposits. The gold grade of these concentrates 
is anticipated to vary between 20 and 40g/t, and 
the average sulphur grade is expected to be 
around 15%. 

Third-party material and inorganic growth
Spare capacity at the POX Hub enables the 
Group to process third-party concentrates 
available from several sources in Russia and 
Kazakhstan. Starting in H2 2019, a total of 
33kt of third-party concentrate was 
processed up to the end of 2019, with 
average monthly grades ranging between 
c.38 and c.90g/t and average monthly gold 
recoveries ranging between 94.1 and 95.3%. 
The Group anticipates that 2020 will be the 
peak year for treating third-party concentrates 
as the new flotation plant at Pioneer and 
expanded Malomir plant become operational. 
The Company is also investigating the 
possibility of making a strategic acquisition 
of a low-cost asset or licence which can be 
brought into production on a 12 to 18-month 
timeframe and which would enable the POX 
plant to operate at full capacity by treating 
material sourced entirely from Petropavlovsk’s 
own operations.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

53

The POX Hub   continued

Operational parameters of the POX project

Stage Parameter

Malomir

Pioneer

Malomir+Pioneer Total

3rd party

Ore processing 
capacity
Concentrate yields
Concentrate grades

Concentrate tonnages

n
o
i
t
a
t
o
F

l

Recoveries
b Sulphur content
u
H
Recoveries

3.6Mtpa (Malomir 2 lines) 
5.4Mtpa (Malomir 3 lines)
3.5%
20-35g/t
<140ktpa (Malomir Stage 1) 
<230ktpa (Malomir Stage 2)
83%-86%
20-40%
93%

3.6Mtpa (Pioneer 2 lines) 
5.4Mtpa (Pioneer 3 lines)
2.5-3.6%
20-33g/t
<100ktpa (Pioneer Stage 1) 
<160ktpa (Pioneer Stage 2)
80%-82%
21%
93%-98%

7.2Mtpa 
10.8Mtpa
2.5-3.6% 
20-35g/t
<240ktpa
<390ktpa
81%-84%
20%-32%
93%-96%

N/A

N/A
27-70g/t

N/A

N/A
21%
92-96%

l

a
t
o
T

Total Recovery

77%-80%

74%-80%

74%-80%

92-96%

X
O
P

i

d
e
n
b
m
o
C

54  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
The making of the POX plant

Key data

1st 

R&D dedicated pressure oxidation centre and 
the only one of its kind in Russia 

1st 

Pilot autoclave in Russia 

An industry first – Petropavlovsk’s in-house research and development network

POX Hub
The competence to implement complex, challenging projects

Test plant* (est. 2009)

Exploration companies
 – NGGF Regis* (since 2004)
 – Central analytical laboratory* supports 
exploration research and runs complex 
analyses (est. 2004)

Unique pilot 
autoclave*(2010)
Kapstroi*
construction 
company

Laboratories
5 laboratories at mines 
(since 1998)

Research institutes and R&D Centres

7 patents 

For treating refractory ores, two of which are 
being used at the POX Hub

Multidisciplinary 
engineering centre PHM 
Engineering* (est. 2004)

Irgiredmet*  
Scientific Institute  
(acquired 2006)

*Took part in implementing POX Hub project.

RDC Hydrometallurgy* est.2008

3 months 

From start-up to first gold production

2 weeks 

From start-up to achieving full capacity in 
each autoclave – an industry record 

introduce a new generation of technologies  
to a potential 5th and 6th autoclave. 

Petropavlovsk’s success story at the 
POX Hub 
The POX project began with the 
establishment of a research centre intended 
to build-out our expertise, which began by 
studying the design and performance of other 
autoclaves around the world. Subsequently, 
Petropavlovsk’s own scientific institutions 
were involved at all stages, from initial 
laboratory tests in 2009 to monitoring  
and providing daily feedback during 
commissioning and ramp-up. 

The key to the success of our POX 
project - our unique in-house technical 
and scientific expertise
Petropavlovsk’s unique approach to the 
processing of complex refractory ores is 
based around having its own in-house 
technical and scientific expertise. 

Since taking the decision in 2006 to commit  
to pressure oxidation, as part of its long-term 
strategy, the Company’s in-house team have 
worked almost independently from start to 
completion of the project. Initially, this was done 
through researching existing technologies 
elsewhere in the world, before designing and 
developing its own customised technologies.

The smooth ramp-up of POX Hub stands as a 
record for the industry, and reflects more than 
a decade of R&D. This early investment, and 
the resulting accumulation of its technical 
expertise over the period, is now paying off in 
other areas as the team is fully focused on 
continuous improvement of the POX plant. 
In addition, the Company is well positioned to 

POX Hub Timeline

Decision 
to develop 
refractory
ores taken

R&D begins at RDC 
Hydrometallurgy and 
Irgiredmet

Results demonstrate 
POX to be the most 
attractive processing 
solution

Engineering work 
(Outotec, PHM 
Engineering)

Autoclave equipment 
installation, lining of 
autoclave vessels and 
flash tanks

Launch of 
Malomir 
flotation

POX plant is able to 
operate with 
4 autoclaves run 
simultaneously

Establishment of RDC 
Hydrometallurgy 
(A refractory ore research 
foundation)

Extensive feasibility 
study into refractory ore 
processing solutions, 
base engineering study

Launch of Pilot 
Autoclave at our test 
plant, pilot tests begin

Gold price falls and 
construction work 
slows due to capital 
constraints, pilot 
tests continue

POX plant 
commissioned 
and first gold 
poured

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

55

 
The making of the POX plant   continued

RDC Hydrometallurgy (“RDC”)
The ‘think-tank’ of pressure oxidation
RDC undertook 70 research projects over the past 10 years, including the POX project.

Overview:
RDC is made up of over 40 employees with both practical and academic experience and includes some of Russia’s leading experts in the field of 
pressure oxidation technology. These include one Doctor of Science and eleven PhDs, seven of which wrote their PhD thesis on the POX plant.

Petr Zaytsev
PhD in Technical Sciences

Ilya Fomenko
PhD in Technical Sciences

Anna Kabisova
PhD in Technical Sciences

Sergey Polezhaev
PhD in Technical Sciences

Sergey Lyah
PhD in Technical Sciences

Head of the Research and 
Technology Division

Director of Scientific work 

Head of the Technical 
Research Laboratory

Senior Research 
Associate

Head Engineer 

“I went into science  
almost immediately after 
graduating, and my role at 
RDC was my second one. 

“By becoming part of RDC 
Hydrometallurgy, I entered 
the complex and romantic 
world of science. 

I was immediately attracted 
by the opportunity of 
participating in researching 
and developing new 
technologies as well as 
solving challenging and 
interesting technical 
problems.”

Because it is so unique,  
all employees at RDC are 
inspired by the work we  
do on the POX project. 
The POX Hub is therefore 
the result of the work of 
people who were truly 
passionate about it.” 

“Being on the POX project 
team meant I participated 
in laboratory research & 
pilot trials and 
subsequently in the 
commissioning phase.

All the project’s 
parameters, such as high 
sulphur and the refractory 
nature of the ores, the 
high-temperature 
autoclave process etc. 
make it unique on a  
world scale.”

“Since 2013, I have  
been responsible for 
coordinating and 
conducting pilot tests,  
90% of which are still being 
carried out on behalf of 
Petropavlovsk.

RDC’s scientific research 
has enabled Petropavlovsk 
to successfully unlock the 
potential of its gold-bearing 
refractory resource base.” 

“I received an offer to  
join the RDC team as a 
researcher at the 
beginning. I was lucky 
enough to work with  
Lev Chugaev, one of  
the most respected 
hydrometallurgical 
scientists in the field  
of precious metals in 
Russia.

The POX Hub has been 
and remains our flagship 
project. This is one of the 
few projects in Russia 
which went through all 
stages from the first 
laboratory tests to 
industrial production.”

and research determined the optimal 
processing parameters such that recoveries 
of between 92 and 94% are now, as was 
demonstrated in Q4 2019. This research  
has been highly effective in improving 
profitability through decreasing the cost  
of recovering gold.

Starting in January 2009, RDC began 
performing test works that would eventually 
lead to the POX Hub of today. Over this time, 
RDC tested hundreds of metallurgical 
samples, including regular testing of samples 
from Petropavlovsk’s unique pilot autoclave to 
ensure that it closely replicates the processing 
environment of the full-scale plant. 

These studies have been instrumental in 
defining the optimal design and processing 
parameters of the POX Hub which has 
significant de-risked the project. For example, 
our initial tests on Malomir concentrate 
samples suggested recovery rates of only 
70% were possible. However, further testing 

56  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
A few thoughts from the next generation of RDC scientists:

De-risking the project and quickly reaching 
the optimal processing parameters 
following commissioning of the plant.

Petr Zaytsev: “We ran technical and financial 
calculations in the early days of operations at 
the POX plant which compared the very high 
recovery rates to the ramp-up of similar  
plants around the world. This concluded  
the investment Petropavlovsk made into 
scientific research over the past 11 years  
would (theoretically) be paid off several times 
over in the first year of operations.”

Sergey Lyah: “The launch of the POX Hub 
can be considered as unprecedented and 
therefore unique – the plant reached design 
parameters in its first few months of 
operations and now shows consistently 
strong results and high gold recoveries.”

Ilya Fomenko: “Having in-house research 
expertise is a fundamental difference 
between Petropavlovsk’s approach and the 
path that other companies have followed 
when implementing their autoclave projects. 
There are significant advantages to this 
approach - for example, Petropavlovsk does 
not need to send samples to another region 
or country for pilot testing since the pilot 
autoclave is located close to the POX facility. 
There is no need to bring in large teams of 
third-party specialists during launch and 
ramp-up, etc. All of this was done in-house…
and it was done well!”

Treating complex ores

Petr Zaytsev: “Science has made it possible 
for Petropavlovsk to monetise significant 
reserves of refractory gold which would not 
otherwise have any value.”

Sergey Polezhaev: “The scientific element 
of the POX project has significantly expanded 
the mineral resource base of the company. In 
the early stages of the Company’s 
development, the extraction of gold from 
refractory ore at Malomir was considered 
uneconomic. Today, with the successful 

start-up of the POX project, the relevance and 
importance of refractory gold has increased 
significantly. Not only does this apply to 
Malomir, but also other gold-bearing 
refractory orebodies.

RDC is now focusing on ways to process 
refractory ores containing high amounts of 
organic carbon. Such ores cannot currently 
be processed in Russia and are either 
exported or stored with the possibility of 
further processing as tailings. Petropavlovsk’s 
scientific strengths are therefore helping the 
Company to expand the number of 
opportunities for its future.” 

The distinctive features of the POX plant
 – High temperatures and pressures enable it 

to efficiently process a wide range of 
refractory feeds;

 – Its robust design, flexible equipment and 
technological setup allows it to process 
materials with different compositions and 
metallurgical characteristics at the same time; 
and 

 – Its ability to process even the most complex 
ores, including what is known as ‘double’ 
refractory ore, where gold is not only trapped 
in sulphide minerals, but its recovery is 
affected by the presence of carbon.

Training personnel

Ilya Fomenko: “In Russia there are no 
educational institutions capable of teaching 
our specialists how to operate an autoclave 
facility, so we needed to create our own 
programmes. We began by developing 
learning and training materials which tried  
to incorporate all important points in an 
accessible and understandable way. 
Future operators were then given practical 
training on a specially created simulator that 
enables them to control a virtual autoclave. 
This helped the operators enormously and 
they were able to learn quickly and move onto 
controlling a real-life autoclave. The POX team 
is relatively young and did not take long to 
master new skills, although we remain on 
hand to help and advise them if they have any 
questions. I believe this approach would have 
contributed to the smooth launch of the 
POX Hub. 

Anna Kabisova: “I can see, through my 
interaction with POX personnel, that the 
training programme designed by RDC has 
given them a deep understanding of 
hydrometallurgy and the autoclave process. 
The programme was developed by the chief 
engineer of RDC which made it possible to 
quickly and efficiently train personnel who have 
now fully mastered the POX Hub.”

The future of the POX plant
Technological improvements are constantly 
being made to solve some of the key 
challenges associated with treating 
refractory ores (Petropavlovsk’s and those  
of third parties):

 – Isolating and recovering antimony as  

a by-product;

 – Reducing the amount of organic carbon 

in concentrates; and

 – Suppressing the sorption activity of  
a carbonaceous substance through 
(i) heat treatment of concentrates which 
have passed through the autoclaves, 
and (ii) low and high temperature 
pressure oxidation.

It is possible to install additional autoclaves 
at the POX Hub and it is envisaged that 
these might be able to process some very 
complex refractory materials, including:

 – Pyrrhotite-bearing concentrates;

 – Cuprous and antimony gold-bearing 

concentrates;

 – Triple-carbon concentrates;

 – Concentrates from the tailings of existing 

mines; and

 – Bio-cake.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

57

Reserves & Resources

Review of Ore Reserves and Mineral 
Resources 
In line with best industry practice, Petropavlovsk 
reports its Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves 
in accordance with the JORC Code. 
The Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve 
estimates are an update on independent 
estimates prepared by Wardell Armstrong 
International (WAI), a UK based independent 
technical consultancy firm, in April 2017. The 
updated estimates incorporate all material 
exploration completed in 2017, 2018 and 2019 
as well as depletion due to mining activities. To 
reflect recent market trends, the Company has 
increased its long-term gold price assumption 
for Mineral Resource reporting from US$1,500/
oz to US$1,700/oz. Similarly, the long-term gold 

price assumption for Ore Reserve reporting was 
changed from US$1,200/oz to US$1,400/oz.

As at 31 December 2019, total Group Mineral 
Resources (including Reserves) amounted to 
21.03Moz of gold compared to 20.52Moz 
twelve months previously, with total Reserves 
amounting to 8.46Moz compared to 8.21Moz 
in the previous year. The increase in Mineral 
Resources is due to a combination of 
exploration success at Pioneer and Malomir 
and a higher gold price assumption. 
In particular, the higher price assumption  
has enabled tailings stored at Pioneer and 
Pokrovskiy to be included as JORC Inferred 
Resources given their potential to be 
re-processed.

There was an overall decrease in Ore Reserves 
at Pioneer due to mining depletion and the  
use of more conservative recovery and cost 
assumptions with respect to estimating 
refractory gold ores. This was more than offset 
by an increase in Ore Reserves at Malomir and 
Albyn. The increase at Malomir resulted from an 
updated pit design and the inclusion of new 
discoveries with open pit mining potential at the 
Quartzitovoye area. An increase in Ore 
Reserves at Albyn resulted from successful in-fill 
drilling which converted Inferred resources into 
Ore Reserves at the Elginskoye deposit.

An independently audited estimate is 
expected to be published during Q3 2020. 
The tables below provide details of Group 
Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves.

Group Ore Reserves as at 31/12/2019 (in accordance with the JORC Code 2012 (1)) 

Total Open Pit and Underground Ore Reserves

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Total Open Pit Ore Reserves

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Total Underground Ore Reserves

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

58  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Tonnage (kt)
 55,300 
 223,316 
 278,616 
 22,158 
 57,964 
 80,122 
 33,141 
 165,352 
 198,494 

Tonnage (kt)
 55,103 
 221,952 
 277,055 
 21,961 
 57,094 
 79,055 
 33,141 
 164,858 
 197,999 

Tonnage (kt)
 197 
 1,364 
 1,561 
 197 
 870 
 1,067 
 – 
 494 
 494 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.78 
 0.99 
 0.94 
 0.69 
 1.06 
 0.96 
 0.84 
 0.96 
 0.94 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.75 
 0.95 
 0.91 
 0.63 
 1.00 
 0.90 
 0.84 
 0.94 
 0.92 

Grade (g/t Au)
 7.56 
 6.25 
 6.42 
 7.56 
 5.08 
 5.54 
 – 
 8.32 
 8.32 

Metal (Moz Au)
 1.38 
 7.08 
 8.46 
 0.49 
 1.98 
 2.47 
 0.89 
 5.10 
 5.99 

Metal (Moz Au)
 1.34 
 6.81 
 8.14 
 0.45 
 1.84 
 2.28 
 0.89 
 4.97 
 5.86 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.05 
 0.27 
 0.32 
 0.05 
 0.14 
 0.19 
 – 
 0.13 
 0.13 

 
Group Mineral Resources as at 31/12/2019 (in accordance with the JORC Code 2012 (1))

Total Open Pit and Underground Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Total Open Pit Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Total Underground Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Tonnage (kt)
 75,490 
 464,138 
 539,628 
 293,575 
 37,690 
 143,853 
 181,544 
 134,738 
 37,800 
 320,285 
 358,084 
 158,837 

Tonnage (kt)
 73,979 
 457,788 
 531,767 
 285,832 
 36,179 
 138,685 
 174,864 
 127,593 
 37,800 
 319,103 
 356,903 
 158,240 

Tonnage (kt)
 1,511 
 6,350 
 7,861 
 7,743 
 1,511 
 5,168 
 6,680 
 7,146 
 – 
 1,181 
 1,181 
 598 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.87 
 0.86 
 0.86 
 0.65 
 0.93 
 0.95 
 0.94 
 0.58 
 0.81 
 0.81 
 0.81 
 0.71 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.80 
 0.82 
 0.82 
 0.60 
 0.79 
 0.87 
 0.85 
 0.48 
 0.81 
 0.80 
 0.80 
 0.70 

Grade (g/t Au)
 4.33 
 3.50 
 3.66 
 2.47 
 4.33 
 3.10 
 3.38 
 2.43 
 – 
 5.27 
 5.27 
 2.98 

Metal (Moz Au)
 2.11 
 12.76 
 14.87 
 6.16 
 1.13 
 4.38 
5.51
2.53
 0.98 
 8.38 
9.37
3.63

Metal (Moz Au)
 1.90 
 12.05 
13.95
 5.54 
 0.92 
 3.86 
4.78
 1.97 
 0.98 
 8.18 
9.17
 3.57 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.21 
 0.71 
0.93
 0.62 
 0.21 
 0.51 
0.72
 0.56 
 – 
 0.20 
0.20
 0.06 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

59

 
 
Reserves & Resources   continued

Summary of Ore Reserves by Asset as at 31/12/2019 (in accordance with the JORC Code 2012 (1))

Malomir Open Pit and Underground Ore Reserves

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Tonnage (kt)
 18,830 
 83,226 
 102,057 
 12 
 647 
 659 
 18,819 
 82,579 
 101,398 

Tonnage (kt)
 18,828 
 83,011 
 101,838 
 9 
 432 
 440 
 18,819 
 82,579 
 101,398 

Tonnage (kt)
 3 
 216 
 218 
 3 
 216 
 218 
–
–
–

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.76 
 0.97 
 0.93 
 1.71 
 1.98 
 1.97 
 0.76 
 0.96 
 0.92 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.76 
 0.96 
 0.92 
 1.00 
 1.33 
 1.32 
 0.76 
 0.96 
 0.92 

Grade (g/t Au)
 3.93 
 3.27 
 3.28 
 3.93 
 3.27 
 3.28 
–
–
–

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.46 
 2.58 
 3.04 
 0.001 
 0.04 
 0.04 
 0.46 
 2.54
 3.00 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.46 
 2.56 
 3.02 
 0.0003 
 0.02 
 0.02 
 0.46 
 2.54 
 3.00 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.0004 
 0.02 
 0.02 
 0.0004 
 0.02 
 0.02 
–
–
–

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Malomir Open Pit Ore Reserves

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Malomir Underground Ore Reserves

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

60  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
Albyn Ore Reserves (all open pit)

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Pioneer Open Pit and Underground Ore Reserves

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Pioneer Open Pit Ore Reserves

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Tonnage (kt)
 12,927 
 65,537 
 78,465 
 9,704 
 43,864 
 53,568 
 3,223 
 21,673 
 24,896 

Tonnage (kt)
 21,514 
 72,358 
 93,871 
 10,414 
 11,258 
 21,672 
 11,100 
 61,100 
 72,199 

Tonnage (kt)
 21,320 
 71,209 
 92,529 
 10,220 
 10,604 
 20,824 
 11,100 
 60,606 
 71,705 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.74 
 1.04 
 0.99 
 0.62 
 0.99 
 0.92 
 1.11 
 1.15 
 1.14 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.75 
 0.95 
 0.90 
 0.61 
 1.22 
 0.92 
 0.88 
 0.90 
 0.89 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.68 
 0.85 
 0.81 
 0.47 
 0.94 
 0.71 
 0.88 
 0.84 
 0.84 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.31 
 2.19 
 2.50 
 0.19 
 1.40 
 1.59 
 0.11 
 0.80 
 0.91 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.52 
 2.20 
 2.72 
 0.20 
 0.44 
 0.64 
 0.31 
 1.76 
 2.07 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.47 
 1.95 
 2.42 
 0.16 
 0.32 
 0.48 
 0.31 
 1.63 
 1.94 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

61

Reserves & Resources   continued

Pioneer Underground Ore Reserves

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Tokur Ore Reserves (all open pit)

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Notes: 

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Category
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable
Proved
Probable
Proved+Probable

Tonnage (kt)
 194 
 1,148 
 1,343 
 194 
 654 
 848 
 –
 494 
 494 

Tonnage (kt)
 2,028 
 2,195 
 4,223 
 2,028 
 2,195 
 4,223 
–
–
–

Grade (g/t Au)
 7.61 
 6.81 
 6.93 
 7.61 
 5.68 
 6.12 
 – 
 8.32 
 8.32 

Grade (g/t Au)
 1.47 
 1.44 
 1.45 
 1.47 
 1.44 
 1.45 
–
–
–

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.05 
 0.25 
 0.30 
 0.05 
 0.12 
 0.17 
– 
 0.13 
 0.13 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.10 
 0.10 
 0.20 
 0.10 
 0.10 
 0.20 
–
–
–

(1) With an exception of Tokur, Group Ore Reserves statements are prepared internally as an update of the April 2017 WAI estimate. The Pioneer, Malomir and Albyn Reserves were prepared in April 2020 in 

accordance with JORC Code 2012; Tokur Reserves were prepared in 2010 by WAI in accordance with JORC Code 2004 and there have been no changes to the Tokur estimates since that date. 

(2) Pioneer, Malomir and Albyn Ore Reserves for open pit extraction are estimated within economical pit shells using a US$1,400/oz gold price assumption and applying other modifying factors based on the 

projected performance of these operating mines. Tokur Reserves have been based on a US$1,000/oz gold price assumption, together with operating costs assumptions relevant at the time of the estimate

 (3) The Open Pit Reserves cut-off grade for reporting varies from 0.30 to 0.70g/t Au, depending on the asset and processing method 

(4) Underground Ore Reserves estimates use a mine design with decline access, trackless mining equipment and a sublevel open stope mining method with or without back fill 

(5) Reserve figures have been adjusted for anticipated dilution and mine recovery 

(6) The Underground Reserves cut-off grade for reporting is 1.5g/t Au 

(7) In accordance with JORC Code, all open pit and underground designs have been based on Measured and Indicated Resources; in addition to the Proved and Probable Reserves quoted above, the design 

captures the following Inferred Resource: 

– Pioneer: 61,006kt@0.30g/t (0.59Moz) of non-refractory and 7,647kt @ 0.67g/t (0.16Moz) of refractory; 

– Malomir: 166kt @ 0.77g/t (0.004Moz) of non-refractory and 6,453kt@0.89g/t (0.18Moz) of refractory 

– Albyn 4,296@1.01g/t (0.2Moz) of non-refractory and 55.7kt@ 1.25g/t (0.02Moz) of refractory 

(8) Figures may not add up due to rounding

62  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Summary of Mineral Resources by Asset as at 31/12/2019 (in accordance with JORC Code 2012 (2))

Malomir Open Pit and Underground Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Malomir Open Pit Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Malomir Underground Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Tonnage (kt)
 19,016 
 134,250 
 153,267 
 113,941 
 18 
 1,919 
 1,937 
 1,251 
 18,999 
 132,331 
 151,330 
 112,690 

Tonnage (kt)
 16,047 
 125,841 
 141,888 
 95,862 
 8 
 14,196 
 14,204 
 7,603 
 16,039 
 111,645 
 127,684 
 88,259 

Tonnage (kt)
 330 
 466 
 796 
 513 
 330 
 466 
 796 
 513 
–
–
–
– 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.77 
 0.87 
 0.86 
 0.71 
 0.90 
 1.85 
 1.84 
 1.50 
 0.77 
 0.86 
 0.85 
 0.70 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.31 
 0.87 
 0.81 
 0.72 
 0.78 
 0.69 
 0.69 
 0.73 
 0.31 
 0.90 
 0.82 
 0.72 

Grade (g/t Au)
 3.86 
 3.54 
 3.67 
 2.61 
 3.86 
 3.54 
 3.67 
 2.61 
 – 
– 
– 
– 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.47 
 3.77 
 4.24 
 2.60 
 0.001 
 0.11 
 0.11 
 0.06 
 0.47 
 3.66 
 4.13 
 2.54 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.16 
 3.54 
 3.70 
 2.22 
 0.0002 
 0.32 
 0.32 
 0.18 
 0.16 
 3.22 
 3.38 
 2.04 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.04 
 0.05 
 0.09 
 0.04 
 0.04 
 0.05 
 0.09 
 0.04 
 – 
– 
–
–

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

63

 
Reserves & Resources   continued

Albyn Open Pit and Underground Mineral Resources

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Tonnage (kt)
 13,395 
 108,271 
 121,666 
 25,344 
 9,887 
 67,470 
 77,356 
 18,968 
 3,508 
 40,801 
 44,309 
 6,376 

Tonnage (kt)
 13,384 
 105,268 
 118,651 
 18,380 
 9,887 
 65,472 
 75,358 
 13,342 
 3,497 
 39,796 
 43,293 
 5,038 

Tonnage (kt)
 – 
 1,998 
 1,998 
 5,626 
 – 
 1,998 
 1,998 
 5,626 
–
–
–
– 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.75 
 1.04 
 1.00 
 1.33 
 0.63 
 1.01 
 0.96 
 1.36 
 1.08 
 1.09 
 1.09 
 1.24 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.75 
 1.02 
 0.99 
 1.07 
 0.63 
 0.98 
 0.93 
 0.99 
 1.08 
 1.09 
 1.09 
 1.29 

Grade (g/t Au)
 – 
 2.00 
 2.00 
 2.23 
 – 
 2.00 
 2.00 
 2.23 
 – 
– 
– 
– 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.32 
 3.61 
 3.93 
 1.08 
 0.20 
 2.18 
 2.38 
 0.83 
 0.12 
 1.43 
 1.55 
 0.25 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.32 
 3.45 
 3.77 
 0.64 
 0.20 
 2.06 
 2.26 
 0.43 
 0.12 
 1.39 
 1.52 
 0.21 

Metal (Moz Au)
 – 
 0.13 
 0.13 
 0.40 
 – 
 0.13 
 0.13 
 0.40 
 – 
– 
–
–

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Albyn Open Pit Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Albyn Underground Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

64  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Pioneer Open Pit and Underground Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Pioneer Open Pit Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Pioneer Underground Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Tonnage (kt)
 26,118 
 183,373 
 209,491 
 106,875 
 10,825 
 36,220 
 47,046 
 67,104 
 15,293 
 147,152 
 162,445 
 39,771 

Tonnage (kt)
 25,763 
 180,684 
 206,447 
 105,777 
 10,471 
 34,713 
 45,183 
 66,603 
 15,293 
 145,971 
 161,264 
 39,173 

Tonnage (kt)
 355 
 2,689 
 3,044 
 1,098 
 355 
 1,508 
 1,862 
 501 
 – 
 1,181 
 1,181 
 598 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.76 
 0.73 
 0.74 
 0.47 
 0.71 
 0.88 
 0.84 
 0.37 
 0.80 
 0.70 
 0.71 
 0.65 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.67 
 0.67 
 0.67 
 0.44 
 0.49 
 0.70 
 0.65 
 0.34 
 0.80 
 0.66 
 0.67 
 0.61 

Grade (g/t Au)
 7.40 
 5.08 
 5.35 
 3.45 
 7.40 
 4.93 
 5.40 
 4.00 
 – 
 5.27 
 5.27 
 2.98 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.64 
 4.32 
 4.96 
 1.63 
 0.25 
 1.02 
 1.27 
 0.80 
 0.39 
 3.30 
 3.69 
 0.83 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.56 
 3.88 
 4.44 
 1.51 
 0.16 
 0.78 
 0.94 
 0.73 
 0.39 
 3.10 
 3.49 
 0.77 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.08 
 0.44 
 0.52 
 0.12 
 0.08 
 0.24 
 0.32 
 0.06 
 – 
 0.20 
 0.20 
 0.06 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

65

Reserves & Resources   continued

Pokrovskiy Open Pit and Underground Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Pokrovskiy Open Pit Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Pokrovskiy Underground Mineral Resources

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Tonnage (kt)
 5,009 
 22,148 
 27,157 
 36,709 
 5,009 
 22,148 
 27,157 
 36,709 
 – 
– 
–
– 

Tonnage (kt)
 4,182 
 20,951 
 25,134 
 36,203 
 4,182 
 20,951 
 25,134 
 36,203 
 – 
– 
–
– 

Tonnage (kt)
 827 
 1,196 
 2,023 
 506 
 827 
 1,196 
 2,023 
 506 
 – 
– 
–
– 

Grade (g/t Au)
 1.11 
 0.72 
 0.79 
 0.40 
 1.11 
 0.72 
 0.79 
 0.40 
– 
– 
 – 
– 

Grade (g/t Au)
 0.70 
 0.62 
 0.63 
 0.36 
 0.70 
 0.62 
 0.63 
 0.36 
– 
– 
 – 
– 

Grade (g/t Au)
 3.20 
 2.45 
 2.76 
 2.96 
 3.20 
 2.45 
 2.76 
 2.96 
– 
– 
 – 
– 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.18 
 0.51 
 0.69 
 0.47 
 0.18 
 0.51 
 0.69 
 0.47 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.09 
 0.42 
 0.51 
 0.42 
 0.09 
 0.42 
 0.51 
 0.42 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.09 
 0.09 
 0.18 
 0.05 
 0.09 
 0.09 
 0.18 
 0.05 
– 
– 
– 
– 

66  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Tokur Total Mineral Resources (all open pit)

Total 

Non-Refractory

Refractory

Category
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred
Measured
Indicated
Measured+Indicated
Inferred

Tonnage (kt)
 11,952 
 16,096 
 28,048 
 10,706 
 11,952 
 16,096 
 28,048 
 10,706 
 – 
– 
–
– 

Grade (g/t Au)
 1.30 
 1.06 
 1.16 
 1.09 
 1.30 
 1.06 
 1.16 
 1.09 
– 
– 
 – 
– 

Metal (Moz Au)
 0.50 
 0.55 
 1.05 
 0.38 
 0.50 
 0.55 
 1.05 
 0.38 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Notes: 

(1) Mineral Resources include Ore Reserves. 

(2) Mineral Resource estimates for Pokrovskiy, Pioneer, Malomir and Albyn were prepared internally by the Group in accordance with JORC Code 2012 as an update of the April 2017 statement audited by WAI; 

Mineral Resources for Tokur were reviewed by WAI in 2010 in accordance with JORC Code 2004 and there have been no changes to the Tokur estimates since that date. 

(3) Open Pit Mineral Resources for Pokrovskiy, Pioneer, Malomir and Albyn are constrained by conceptual open-pit shells at a US$1,700/oz long term gold price; Tokur Mineral Resources have no open pit 

constraints. 

(4) The cut-off grade for Mineral Resources for open pit mining varies from 0.25 to 0.50g/t depending on the type of mineralisation and proposed processing method. 

(5) A cut-off grade of 1.5g/t is used to report Mineral Resources for potential underground mining at all sites with exception of Albyn; 1.0g/t cut-off was used at Albyn. 

(6) Mineral Resources are not Reserves until they have demonstrated economic viability based on a feasibility or pre-feasibility study. 

(7) Grade represents estimated contained metal in the ground and has not been adjusted for metallurgical recovery.

(8) Figures may not add up due to rounding.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

67

2020 Exploration Outlook
At Elginskoye, exploration will continue to 
de-risk and grow the reserves.

At Unglichikanskoye, exploration will 
resume with the objective of expanding 
reserves.

Exploration at Tokur and Osipkan will 
focus on verifying historical exploration 
results and preparing a maiden reserve 
estimate.

Further exploration of resources which 
have the potential for underground mining 
at Malomir.

Early stage exploration will continue at the 
promising Mariinskiy area.

Further greenfield exploration will take 
place at Chogarskaya and Verkhne-
Udskaya.

Exploration Update

Pioneer 
Exploration at North East Bakhmut (NE 
Bakhmut) focused on payshoots 1 and 2  
to investigate the possibility of higher-grade 
underground mineralisation as well as 
supporting ongoing mining activities. 

Highlights for the year included:

 – Two drill holes intersected mineralisation 30 
to 70m below the pit floor at NE Bakhmut 1, 
confirming mineralisation extends well 
below the current open pit, with significant 
intersections of: 14.2m@1.17g/t (C-6334), 
7.2m@3.77g/t (C-1083) and 5.3m@1.36g/t 
(C-1083);

 – The technical team is currently evaluating 

the possibility of deepening the NE 
Bakhmut 1pit; and 

 – Stope definition drilling and production 

grade control sampling completed at NE 
Bakhmut 2 resulted in underground 
resources increasing from c.127 to 
c.142koz.

Deep drilling at the Nikolaevskaya zone 
resulted in the discovery of further downdip 
extensions of the orebody and an increase in 
the mineral resource potential for underground 
mining.

Deep in-fill drilling at the central section of the 
Andreevskaya zone hit a payshoot with the 
best intersection grading 58.23g/t over a 
thickness of 11.2m. Since this is an in-fill drill 
hole it does not extend the Andreevskaya ore 
body, but demonstrates the existence of 
extremely high-grade pockets of mineralisation 
which would not have been detected by 
40x40m drill grid. Historically, the 
Andreevskaya open pit has produced 
approximately 25% more gold than expected 
due to this effect. As a result, the existing 
Andreevskaya underground resource and 
reserve estimates are likely to be conservative.

Albyn 
Resource expansion drilling on the periphery 
of Elginskoye has extended known gold 
mineralisation in the south-west, south-east 
and north, resulting in a 23% increase in 
Reserves compared to the previous year. 

Drilling at Sukholozhskiy, 500m west of 
the Albyn open pit, intersected high-grade 
mineralisation, with the best intersection 
being 2.5m@12.26g/t.

Malomir 
In-fill drilling at Quartzitovoye confirmed the 
presence of a bulk stockwork to the west  
of the Ore Body 55. This was previously 
considered to be a target for underground 
mining linked to the Quartzitovoye 
underground mine. However, the stockwork 
increasingly appears to be an attractive target 
for an open pit mine that would replace the 
Quartzitovoye underground mine once 
depleted. 

Drilling at Osipkan, a Tokur satellite located 
130km away from Malomir, has identified two 
zones equivalent to Inferred under JORC gold 
resources, including 97koz (2.5Mt @ 1.23g/t) 
and 22koz (458kt @ 1.50g/t).

Other Projects
Early stage exploration at the Chogarskaya 
and Verkhne-Udskaya licences in the 
Khabarovsk region yielded some promising 
results, including grab samples from the 
Chogarskaya licence returning grades of up 
to 22.1g/t. At the Verkhne-Udskaya licence, 
the average grade for mineralised trench 
samples is c.1g/t, whilst grab samples taken 
from the areas not yet trenched have shown 
grades of up to 10g/t.

Preliminary metallurgical tests suggest gold 
mineralisation at Verkhne-Udskaya is 
non-refractory.

Post Year End Events
In February 2020, the Group acquired 
exploration assets at Mariinskiy comprising 
two adjacent exploration licences with a total 
area of c.155km2 located c.30km north-east 
of Malomir and c.50km west from Tokur.

These licences cover an area where extensive 
historical alluvial mining has taken place over 
a strike length of c.18km.

Historical exploration work has identified at 
least 30 quartz veins with gold grades of up  
to 10g/t, as well as disseminated gold 
mineralisation with grades of up to 2.5g/t.

The Company’s in-house exploration team 
believe that this asset has the potential to 
contain substantial gold resources, of a 
similar scale and nature to known orebodies 
at Malomir including its satellites. 

Note: unless stated otherwise all thicknesses quoted are apparent. 

68  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

IRC

IRC produces and develops industrial 
commodities. Based in the Russian Far East,  
it benefits from low production costs and 
proximity to China, the world’s largest consumer 
of IRC’s main product, iron ore. IRC was part of 
Petropavlovsk’s Non-Precious Metal Division 
before it was listed on The Stock Exchange of 
Hong Kong in 2010 (ticker: 1029.HK) as a 
separate entity. In March 2020, Petropavlovsk 
entered into a non-binding preliminary 
agreement with Stocken Board AG to dispose 
of 29.9% of IRC for consideration of 
US$10 million.

IRC Assets 
IRC’s key mining assets are K&S and 
Kuranakh:

 – K&S: a mine producing 65% iron ore 
concentrate, located in the Jewish 
Autonomous Region (EAO) of the Russian 
Far East. The project is currently in phase 
one of two phases, and once ramped up,  
is expected to have a full annual capacity  
of 3.2Mtpa; and

 – Kuranakh: a mine producing iron ore / 

ilmenite concentrate located in the Amur 
region, Russian Far East, currently in care 
and maintenance and under administration.

IRC’s non-core mining assets include: 

 – Bolshoi Seym: an ilmenite deposit located 

north of Kuranakh;

 – The Garinskoye flanks: which is at an early 

stage of exploration; and

 – Kostenginskoye: an area 18km south of 

K&S which is at an early stage of 
exploration.

Operational Performance in 2019

K&S 
In 2019, IRC continued with phase one ramp 
up of K&S, transitioning from a development 
project into a cash generating mine. Once 
fully ramped up, phase one is expected to 
result in the production of 3.2Mtpa of iron  
ore concentrate with a 65% iron (Fe) content. 
Iron ore prices continued rising in 2019, with 
the benchmark 65% Fe Platts spot price 
index averaging US$104/t.

Annual iron ore concentrate production 
increased 15% to 2.6Mt, with the plant 
operating at a steady state capacity of c.81%. 
In October 2019, the K&S plant achieved a 
significant milestone by successfully operating 
at full capacity, despite disruption in August 
due to adverse weather conditions. Q4 2019 
capacity was temporarily affected by technical 

issues with the ball mills, rectified in December, 
allowing K&S to resume its normal production 
rate and commence the use of the Drying Unit 
in time for the winter production period. 

At the end of March 2019, the Amur River 
Bridge was connected. Once the bridge is 
operational, it will further reduce congestion 
and shorten shipment times to IRC’s Chinese 
customers from 7-10 days to 3-5 days, saving 
IRC c.US$5/t.

preliminary agreement becomes a binding 
SPA and its completion is dependent on two 
conditions: 

 – Termination and release of Petropavlovsk 

from all loan guarantees given to 
Gazprombank in relation to IRC; and 

 – The receipt of any consents that may be 

required from the Petropavlovsk’s 
noteholders or a confirmation by the Board 
that none are required. 

Kuranakh 
In response to a challenging operating 
environment and lower iron ore prices, 
Kuranakh was moved to care and maintenance 
in 2016. As a result, there were no sales of iron 
ore concentrate or ilmenite in 2019.

The care and maintenance programme 
involves limiting costs by minimising 
headcount responsible for maintenance and 
security. Prior to being moved to care and 
maintenance, Kuranakh produced c.1.2Mt of 
iron ore concentrate and 0.2Mt of ilmenite per 
annum. During Q4 2019, Kuranakh was 
placed under administration with the option to 
re-open the plant should the iron ore market 
upside prevail.

Refinancing of the ICBC Project Finance 
Facility 
In December 2018, IRC announced the 
agreement of a US$240 million facility  
with Gazprombank to repay in full K&S’s 
outstanding loan facility with ICBC 
(US$169 million). The ICBC facility was 
originally entered into by IRC in 2010 to  
fund development of the K&S deposit.

In March 2019, refinancing of the ICBC loan 
was successfully completed and the facility 
fully drawn down and used to repay the 
outstanding ICBC facility, two bridge loans  
as well as c.US$6 million in fees related to the 
guarantee provided by Petropavlovsk.

Proposed Termination of IRC 
Guarantees and Disposal of 
Petropavlovsk’s Shareholding
On 18 March 2020, Petropavlovsk signed a 
preliminary agreement with Stocken Board 
AG (Stocken) as the first step towards the 
termination of and release of Petropavlovsk 
from all loan guarantees given to 
Gazprombank in relation to IRC and disposal 
of Petropavlovsk’s 29.9% equity holding in 
IRC for a cash consideration of US$10 million 
(or lesser amount to reflect any dilution 
caused through an issuance of IRC shares). 
Upon Gazprombank giving its consent for 
Petropavlovsk to reduce its stake in IRC, the 

Should Stocken be successful in relieving 
Petropavlovsk of the loan guarantees at any 
time within 180 days from entering into the SPA 
(which is extendable at Petropavlovsk’s 
discretion), Petropavlovsk undertakes to transfer 
the 29.9% holding in IRC to Stocken in return for 
a cash payment of US$10 million payable up to 
31 December 2021. Until full payment of the 
US$10 million has been received, Stocken has 
an option (“Option”) which allows it to return the 
29.9% holding to Petropavlovsk. If the Option is 
exercised, there would be no effect on the 
guarantee release and the IRC shares which 
Petropavlovsk transferred to Stocken will be 
returned to Petropavlovsk without the 
guarantees attached and any consideration 
paid up to that date will be refunded to Stocken. 
The Option also protects Petropavlovsk in the 
event of a deterioration in IRC’s financial 
performance during this period, such that 
Stocken would be unable to exercise the option 
if any of the following thresholds are breached 
with respect to IRC’s financial performance:  
(i) Net debt of less than US$275 million, (ii) Net 
debt / EBITDA ratio which is 35% above that  
on the date of the SPA, and (iii) IRC’s market 
capitalisation not to fall below 50% of the market 
capitalisation as at the date of the SPA. 

FY 2019 Financial Results 
In 2019, IRC reported iron ore concentrate 
sales of over 2.4Mt, a c.11% increase 
compared to 2018, at a selling price of 
US$71/t (2018: US$68/t). Due to increased 
sales, IRC reported a c.31% increase in 
revenue before hedging losses totalling 
US$200 million (2018: US$153 million). 
The positive operational performance 
resulted in a 39% increase in adjusted 
EBITDA (excluding foreign exchange),  
to US$33 million (2018: US$24 million). 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

69

Financial Performance

Key Performance Indicators

Revenue  
(US$ million)

2019 

2018 

2017 

Total Cash Costs◆ per Ounce of Gold for Hard-Rock Mines  
(US$/oz)

741.6

2019 

499.8

587.4

2018 

2017 

678

749

741

Definition 
Revenue is the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable through the sales of gold 
and silver as well as the rendering of services 
by the Group’s various in-house companies. 

Relevance 
Revenue is an indicator of the Group’s ability 
to generate operating cash flows which are  
a source of funding for the Group’s working 
capital requirements, capital expenditure and 
debt service obligations.

Performance in 2019
Group revenue during the period increased  
by 48% to US$741.6 million (2018: US$499.8 
million), due to higher gold sales volumes and 
an improved average realised gold price. 
Gold remains the key commodity produced 
and sold by the Group, comprising 93% of total 
revenue generated in 2019. Physical volume of 
gold sold increased by 39% from 369,611oz in 
2018 to 514,005oz in 2019, at average realised 
gold price of US$1,346/oz (2018: US$1,263/oz) 
inclusive of a US$(61)/oz effect from hedge 
arrangements (2018: US$(9)/oz). In addition, 
the Group sold 56,568oz of silver in 2019 at  
an average price of US$15/oz, compared to 
54,746oz in 2018 at an average price of  
US$15/oz. Revenue generated by the  
Group’s in-house service companies 
increased by 68% to US$49.0 million in 2019 
(2018: US$29.1 million). This revenue stream is 
substantially attributable to sales generated by 
the Group’s engineering and research institute, 
Irgiredmet, primarily through engineering 
services and the procurement of materials, 
consumables and equipment for third parties.

Going forward 
The Company is targeting 2020 gold 
production of between 620koz and 
720koz, with total revenue largely 
dependent on the average realised gold 
sales price during the period.

For further information on Revenue please 
refer to the CFO Statement on pages 72 to 
82 of this report.

Definition 
Total cash cost per ounce (“TCC”) is the cost  
of producing and selling an ounce of gold from 
the Group’s hard-rock mines (Pioneer, Malomir 
and Albyn) and the processing and selling an 
ounce of gold by the treatment of third-party 
sourced refractory concentrate at the POX 
Hub. The Group’s hard-rock mines are its key 
assets, accounting for approximately 90% of 
the Group’s total gold production in 2019.

TCC◆ are calculated by the Group as operating 
cash costs less co-product revenue. TCC◆ per 
oz are calculated as Total Cash Costs◆ divided 
by ounces of gold sold and are presented on a 
segmental basis.

Operating cash costs are defined by the 
Group as operating cash expenses plus 
refinery and transportation costs, other taxes 
and mining tax.

The key components of the operating cash 
expenses are wages, electricity, diesel, 
chemical reagents and consumables.  
The key cost drivers affecting the operating 
cash expenses are production volumes of  
ore mined and processed, grades of ore 
processed, recovery rates, cost inflation  
and fluctuations in the Rouble to US Dollar 
exchange rate. Refinery and transportation 
costs are variable costs dependent on 
production volume. Mining tax is also a 
variable cost dependent on production 
volumes and the gold price realised.

The Russian statutory mining tax rate is 6%. 
Under the Russian Federal Law 144-FZ dated 
23 May 2016 that introduced certain 
amendments to the Russian Tax Code, 
taxpayers who are participants in Regional 
Investment Projects (“RIP”) have the right to 
apply the reduced mining tax rate provided 
certain conditions are met. LLC Malomirskiy 
Rudnik and LLC Albynskiy Rudnik met 
eligibility criteria and applied 1.2% mining tax 
rate in 2019, while JSC Pokrovskiy Rudnik 
applied full mining tax rate in 2019, resulting in 
US$15.9 million mining tax expense compared 
to nil in 2018 when 0% mining tax rate was 
applied by the Group.

70  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Relevance
The Group closely monitors its current and 
projected costs to track and benchmark the 
ongoing efficiency and effectiveness of its 
operations. This monitoring includes analysing 
fluctuations in the components that constitute 
cash costs and cost per tonne mined and 
processed to identify whether and where 
efficiencies may be made.

Performance in 2019
Total Cash Costs◆ for hard-rock mines 
increased from US$678/oz in 2018 to US$749/
oz in 2019. The increase in TCC◆ primarily 
reflects the effect of inflation of certain Rouble 
denominated costs, costs associated with the 
ramp-up of the POX Hub and Malomir flotation, 
application of the full 6% mining tax rate at 
Pioneer and progressive increase in mining tax 
rate to 1.2% at Albyn and Malomir. This effect 
was partially mitigated by higher grades of non-
refractory ore processed at Pioneer, Albyn and 
Malomir and higher recoveries achieved at 
Pioneer and Malomir as well as by the effect  
of Rouble depreciation.

Going forward 
The Group expects TCC◆ for 2020 to be  
in the range of c.US$700 – US$800/oz, 
excluding third-party concentrate, as the 
price of concentrate depends on the 
volatility of the gold price. 

For further information on TCC◆ please refer 
to the CFO Statement on pages 72 to 82 of 
this report.

◆  Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative 

Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages  
256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

Our key performance indicators appear throughout this report and introduce the operational,  
financial and sustainable development sections; respectively pages 42, 70 and 86.

All-in Sustaining Costs◆  
(US$/oz)

Underlying EBITDA  
(US$ million)

Profit / (Loss) For The Period  
(US$ million)

2019 

2018 

2017 

1,020

2019 

1,079

2018 

963

2017 

264.8

2019 

182.7

196.8

2018 

2017 

25.7

25.9

37.1

Definition 
All-in sustaining cash costs (“AISC”) include 
both operating and capital costs required to 
sustain gold production on an ongoing basis, 
over and above the direct mining and selling 
costs shown by TCC◆. AISC◆ are calculated in 
accordance with guidelines for reporting AISC◆, 
as published by the World Gold Council. 

Definition 
EBITDA is a common measure used to 
assess profitability without the impact of 
different financing methods, tax, asset 
depreciation and amortisation of intangibles 
and items of an exceptional / non-recurring 
nature, or those that could make comparison 
of results from prior periods less meaningful. 

Relevance 
AISC◆ allows for a better understanding of  
the true cost of producing gold once key 
components such as central admin costs and 
the cost of sustaining capital and exploration 
expenditure are taken into account. 
Management uses this measure to monitor 
the performance of our assets and their ability 
to generate positive cash flows. 

Performance in 2019 
AISC◆ decreased from US$1,079/oz in 2018 
to US$1,020/oz in 2019. The decrease 
primarily reflects reversal of impairment of 
non-refractory ore stockpiles at Albyn, as well 
as an increase in physical ounces sold in 2019 
with an aggregate of sustaining exploration 
and capital expenditures related to the 
existing mining operations and underground 
mining projects at Pioneer and Malomir, 
Malomir flotation plant and capitalised 
stripping expenditure during the period 
remaining at a similar level to 2018. This effect 
was partially offset by an increase in TCC.

Going forward 
The Group expects AISC◆ for 2020 to be in 
line with changes in TCC.

For further information on AISC◆ please refer 
to the CFO Statement on pages 72 to 82 of 
this report.

Relevance 
Underlying EBITDA◆ is an indicator of the 
Group’s ability to generate operating 
cashflows, which are the source of funding  
for the Group’s working capital requirements, 
Capital Expenditure◆ and debt service 
obligations. It is also widely used by various 
stakeholders. 

Performance in 2019
In 2019, the Group generated Underlying 
EBITDA of US$264.8 million, compared with 
US$182.7 million in 2018. The 2019 figure 
represents a 45% increase in Underlying 
EBITDA primarily due to an increase in 
physical ounces of gold sold at a higher 
average realised gold price compared to the 
same period in 2018, partially offset by a rise 
in TCC◆.

Going forward 
The Group aims to continue to produce 
and sell gold at competitive margins, 
which will, amongst other factors, 
influence the Group’s future Underlying 
EBITDA◆ levels. 

For further information on Underlying 
EBITDA◆ please refer to the CFO Statement 
on pages 72 to 82 of this report.

Definition 
Profit / (loss) for the period is calculated by 
deducting operating and net finance 
expenses, taxation and any relevant share of 
results of associates for the applicable years 
from total revenue. 

Relevance 
Profit / (loss) for the period is often referred to 
as the ‘bottom line’ of the income statement 
and is the income attributable on a per share 
basis when it is divided by the weighted 
average number of shares outstanding  
during the reporting period.

Performance in 2019
Profit for the period amounted to US$25.7 
million in 2019, compared to a profit of 
US$25.9 million in 2018. The Group’s profit  
for the period was driven by higher underlying 
EBITDA of US$264.8 million (2018: US$182.7 
million), as well as net impairment gains on 
financial instruments totalling US$30.8 million 
(2018: US$28.6 million net impairment losses), 
partially offset by lower impairment reversal of 
mining assets and in-house services totalling 
US$52.2 million (2018: US$101.7 million).

Going forward 
The Group aims to continue to produce 
and sell gold at competitive margins, 
which will, amongst other factors, 
influence the Group’s future profit / (loss) 
for the period.

◆  Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative 

Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages  
256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

71

CFO Statement

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Note: Figures may not add up due to rounding  

Financial Highlights

Gold produced 
Gold sold 
Group revenue 
Average realised gold price◆
Average LBMA gold price afternoon fixing 
Total Cash Costs◆ (a),(c) 
All-in Sustaining Costs◆ (b),(c)
All-in Costs◆ (b) 
Underlying EBITDA◆ (c)
Operating profit
Profit before tax
Profit for the year 
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of Petropavlovsk PLC
Basic profit per share 
Cash generated from operations before working capital changes
Net cash from operating activities

(a)  Calculation of Total Cash Costs◆ (“TCC”) is set out in the section hard-rock mines section below. 

’000oz
’000oz
US$ million
US$/oz
US$/oz
US$/oz
US$/oz
US$/oz
US$ million
US$ million
US$ million
US$ million
US$ million
US$
US$ million
US$ million

2019
517.3
514.0
741.6
1,346
1,393
749
1,020
1,103
264.8
115.4
52.9
25.7
26.9
0.01
250.5
95.4

2018(c)
422.3
369.6
499.8
1,263
1,269
678
1,079
1,332
182.7
126.6
82.4
25.9
24.5
0.01
162.3
264.2

(b) All-in Sustaining Costs◆ (“AISC”) and All-in Costs◆ (“AIC”) are calculated in accordance with guidelines for reporting All-in Sustaining Costs◆ and All-in Costs◆ published by the World Gold Council. Calculation 

is set out in the section All-in Sustaining Costs◆ and All-in Costs◆ below. 

(c)  Following a review of the nature of the deferred stripping costs the Group has made a reclassification of deferred stripping costs balance from the Inventory balance into the Mining assets within Property, plant 

and equipment. Comparative information on TCC, AISC and EBITDA for 2018 have been re-calculated accordingly to reflect the effect of the aforementioned re-classification.

Cash and cash equivalents 
Notes(d)
Convertible bonds(e)
Net debt◆

(d) US$500 million Guaranteed Notes due on 14 November 2022 at amortised cost. 

(e)  US$125 million convertible bonds due on 03 July 2024 at amortised cost.

Revenue 

Revenue from hard-rock mines
Revenue from other operations

31 December 
2019 
US$ million
48.2
(500.4)
(109.1)
(561.3)

31 December 
2018 
US$ million
26.2
(499.0)
(95.2)
(568.0)

2019  
US$ million
692.6
49.0
741.6

2018  
US$ million
470.7
29.1
499.8

Group revenue during the period was US$741.6 million, 48% higher than the US$499.8 million achieved in 2018.

Revenue from hard-rock mines during the period was US$692.6 million, 47% higher than the US$470.7 million achieved in 2018. Gold 
remains the key commodity produced and sold by the Group, comprising 93% of total revenue generated in 2019. The physical volume of 
gold sold from hard-rock mines increased by 39% from 369,611oz in 2018 to 514,005 oz in 2019. The average realised gold price◆ increased 
by 7% from US$1,263/oz in 2018 to US$1,346/oz in 2019. The average realised gold price◆ includes a US$(61)/oz effect from hedge 
arrangements (2018: US$(9)/oz). 

Hard-rock mines sold 56,568oz of silver in 2019 at an average price of US$15/oz, compared to 54,746oz in 2018 at an average price of 
US$15/oz. 

◆ Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages 256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

72  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Revenue generated as a result of third-party 
work by the Group’s in-house service 
companies was US$49.0 million in 2019, a 
US$19.9 million increase compared to 
US$29.1 million in 2018. This revenue is 
substantially attributable to sales generated by 
the Group’s engineering and research institute, 
Irgiredmet, primarily through engineering 
services and the procurement of materials, 
consumables and equipment for third parties, 
which comprised US$45.1 million in 2019 
compared to US$25.1 million in 2018.

Cash flow hedge arrangements
In order to increase certainty in respect of a 
significant proportion of its cash flows, the 
Group has entered into a number of gold 
forward contracts. 

Forward contracts to sell an aggregate  
of 230,000oz of gold matured during the  
2019 and resulted in a US$(31.5) million  
net cash settlement by the Group (2018: 
US$(3.4) million net cash settlement paid  

Underlying EBITDA◆ and analysis of operating costs 

by the Group on forward contracts to sell  
an aggregate of 200,000oz of gold).

The Group constantly monitors the gold  
price and hedges some portion of production 
as considered appropriate. All forward 
contracts were realized in 2019 and the  
Group had no open hedge positions as  
at 31 December 2019. 

Profit for the year
Add/(less):
Net (impairment reversals)/ impairment losses on financial instruments 
Investment and other finance income 
Interest expense 
Net other finance losses/(gains) 
Foreign exchange losses/(gains)
Taxation
Depreciation
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of ore stockpiles
Impairment of gold in circuit
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and in-house service
Share of results of associate(a) 
Underlying EBITDA◆

2019 
US$ million
25.7

2018 
US$ million
25.9

(30.8)
(8.8)
59.9
42.2
20.8
27.2
137.8
–
(2.8)
0.1
(52.2)
45.7
264.8

28.6
(3.8)
29.5
(10.2)
(8.5)
56.5
142.0
12.2
18.0
2.1
(101.7)
(8.1)
182.7

(a)  Group’s share of interest expense, investment income, other finance gains and losses, foreign exchange gains/losses, taxation, depreciation and impairment/reversal of impairment  

recognised by an associate (IRC).

Underlying EBITDA◆ as contributed by business segments is set out below.

Pioneer
Pokrovskiy
Malomir
Albyn
Total hard-rock mines
Corporate and other
Underlying EBITDA◆ 

2019  
US$ million
53.3
–
104.2
149.3
306.8
(41.9)
264.8

2018  
US$ million
64.0
(0.5)
48.3
104.8
216.8
(34.0)
182.7

Hard-rock mines 
During this period, the hard-rock mines 
generated Underlying EBITDA◆ of US$306.8 
million compared to US$216.8 million 
Underlying EBITDA◆ in 2018.

Total Cash Costs◆ for hard-rock mines 
increased from US$678/oz in 2018 to 
US$749/oz in 2019. The increase in TCC◆ 
primarily reflects the effect of inflation of 
certain Rouble denominated costs, costs 
associated with the ramp-up of the POX Hub 
and Malomir flotation, application of the full 

6% mining tax rate at Pioneer and progressive 
increase in mining tax rate to 1.2% at Albyn 
and Malomir. This effect was partially 
mitigated by higher grades of non-refractory 
ore processed at Pioneer, Albyn and Malomir 
and higher recoveries achieved at Pioneer 
and Malomir as well as by the effect of Rouble 

◆ Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages 256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

73

CFO Statement   continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

depreciation. The increase in physical ounces 
sold from 369,611oz in 2018 to 514,005oz in 
2019 resulted in US$84.4 million increase in 
the Underlying EBITDA◆. The increase in the 
average realized gold price◆ from US$1,263/
oz in 2018 to US$1,346/oz in 2019 contributed 
to a further US$42.7 million increase in the 
Underlying EBITDA◆. This effect was partly 
mitigated by the increase in TCC◆ with 
US$(36.5) million effect on the Underlying 
EBITDA◆.

The key components of the operating cash 
expenses are wages, electricity, diesel, 
chemical reagents and consumables, as set 
out in the table below. The key cost drivers 
affecting the operating cash expenses are 
production volumes of ore mined and 
processed, grades of ore processed, 

recovery rates, cost inflation and fluctuations 
in the Rouble to US Dollar exchange rate.

Compared with 2018 there was ongoing 
inflation of certain Rouble denominated costs, 
in particular, electricity costs increased by 3% 
in Rouble terms (no changes in US Dollar 
terms) and the cost of diesel increased by 
12% in Rouble terms (increased by 8% in US 
Dollar terms). The Rouble depreciated against 
the US Dollar by 3% in 2019 compared to 
2018, with the average exchange rate for the 
year of RUB64.69 : US$1 in 2019 compared 
to RUB62.68 : US$1 in 2018, somewhat 
mitigating the effect of Rouble denominated 
costs inflation. 

Refinery and transportation costs are variable 
costs dependent on production volume. 

Mining tax is also a variable cost dependent 
on production volume and the gold price 
realised. The Russian statutory mining tax 
rate is 6%. Under the Russian Federal Law 
144-FZ dated 23 May 2016 that introduced 
certain amendments to the Russian Tax 
Code, taxpayers who are participants in 
Regional Investment Projects (“RIP”) have the 
right to apply the reduced mining tax rate 
provided certain conditions are met. LLC 
Malomirskiy Rudnik and LLC Albynskiy 
Rudnik met eligibility criteria and applied 1.2% 
mining tax rate in 2019 while JSC Pokrovskiy 
Rudnik applied full mining tax rate in 2019, 
resulting in US$15.9 million mining tax 
expense compared to nil in 2018 when 0% 
mining tax rate was applied by the Group.

Staff cost 
Materials
Flotation concentrate purchased
Fuel
Electricity
Other external services
Other operating expenses 

Movement in ore stockpiles, gold in circuit, bullion in process, limestone and 
flotation concentrate attributable to gold production
Total operating cash expenses

2019

2018

US$ million
83.2
86.6
74.0
43.3
34.0
42.3
32.0
395.5

(34.2)
361.4

%
21
22
19
11
8
11
8
100

US$ million
62.8
87.4
-
39.9
25.9
17.9
21.8
255.7

(8.6)
247.1

%
24
34
-
16
10
7
9
100

◆ Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages 256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

74  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
Revenue
Gold 
Including:
Gold from 3d parties concentrate
Silver
Flotation concentrate

Expenses
Operating cash expenses 
Refinery and transportation
Other taxes
Mining tax
Depreciation 
Reversal of impairment of mining assets
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of ore stockpiles and  
gold in circuit
Operating expenses 
Result of precious metals operations 
Add/(less): 
Depreciation
Reversal of impairment of mining assets
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of ore stockpiles and  
gold in circuit
Segment EBITDA◆

Hard-rock mines

Pioneer 
US$ million

Malomir 
US$ million

Albyn 
US$ million

2019

Total 
US$ million

2018

Total 
US$ million

     223.2 

      239.4 

     229.1 

     691.7 

466.7

62.9
         0.5 
–
     223.7 

     158.2 
         0.3 
         1.5 
       10.3 
       41.2 
         (42.8)
–

         0.6
     169.4 
       54.3 

       41.2 
         (42.8)
          –   

–
         0.3 
–
      239.6 

      128.1 
         0.3 
         4.2 
         2.8 
46.5 
           –
–

         0.7 
      182.7 
       56.9 

       46.5 
           –
           –   

         0.6
       53.3 

         0.7 
       104.2 

–
         0.1 
–
     229.3 

       75.0 
         0.3 
         1.9 
         2.9 
       48.1 
          –
–

        (4.0)
     124.2 
     105.1 

       48.1 
          –
          –   

        (4.0)
     149.3 

62.9
         0.9 
–
     692.6 

     361.4 
         0.9 
         7.6 
       15.9 
     135.9 
         (42.8) 
–

        (2.7)
     476.3 
     216.3 

     135.9 
 (42.8) 
          –   

        (2.7)
306.8

–
0.8
3.2
470.7

247.1
0.6
6.2
–
141.6
(83.0)
12.2

20.1
344.9
125.8

141.6
(83.0)
12.2

20.1
216.8

Physical volume of gold sold, oz
Including:
Physical volume of gold sold from 3d parties concentrate, oz
Cash costs
Operating cash expenses 
Refinery and transportation
Other taxes
Mining tax
Operating cash costs
Deduct: co-product revenue
Deduct: cost of flotation concentrate
Total Cash Costs◆ 
Including:
Total cash costs from 3d parties concentrate

TCC◆, US$/oz

163,398

179,791

170,817

514,005

369,611

42,442

–

–

42,442

–

     158.2 
         0.3 
         1.5
       10.3 
     170.3 
        (0.5)
          –   
     169.9 

      128.1 
         0.3 
         4.2
         2.8 
      135.4 
        (0.3)
           –   
      135.2

53.4

–

     1,040 

        752 

       75.0 
         0.3 
         1.9
         2.9 
       80.0
        (0.1)
          –   
       79.9 

–

468 

     361.4 
         0.9 
         7.6
       15.9 
     385.8 
        (0.9)
          –   
     384.9 

53.4

749

247.1
0.6
6.2
–
254.0
(0.8)
(2.6)
250.6

–

678

◆ Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages 256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

75

CFO Statement   continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

All-in Sustaining Costs◆ and All-in 
Costs◆
AISC◆ decreased from US$1,079/oz in 2018 
to US$1,020/oz in 2019. The decrease in 
AISC◆ primarily reflects reversal of 
impairment of non-refractory ore stockpiles 
at Albyn as well as increase in physical 
ounces sold in 2019 with an aggregate of 

sustaining exploration and capital 
expenditures related to the existing mining 
operations and underground mining projects 
at Pioneer and Malomir, Malomir flotation 
plant, and capitalized stripping expenditure 
during the period remaining at approximately 
the same level as in 2018. This effect was 
partially offset by the increase in TCC. 

AIC◆ decreased from US$1,332/oz in 2018 to 
US$1,103/oz in 2019, reflecting the decrease in 
AISC◆ explained above, decrease in Capital 
Expenditure◆ in relation to the POX project, 
with POX Hub commissioned during the 
period and Pioneer flotation plant in 
development, as well as no perspective 
stripping expenditure capitalized in the period.

Hard-rock mines

Pioneer 
US$ million

Malomir 
US$ million

Albyn 
US$ million

2019

Total 
US$ million

2018

Total 
US$ million

Physical volume of gold sold, oz

  163,398 

  179,791 

  170,817 

  514,005 

369,611

Total Cash Costs◆

TCC◆, US$/oz

     169.9 

      135.2

       79.9 

     384.9 

250.6

     1,040 

        752 

468 

749

678

Impairment/(reversal of impairment)   of ore stockpiles and 
gold in circuit
Adjusted operating costs

Central administration expenses
Capitalised stripping
Close down and site restoration
Sustaining exploration expenditures
Sustaining Capital Expenditure◆
All-in Sustaining Costs◆

         0.6
     170.4 

       16.7
14.5
         0.2 
         4.0 
       16.9 
     222.7 

         0.7 
      135.9 

       18.4 
12.7
         0.2 
         0.1 
       16.5 
      183.7

        (4.0)
       75.9 

       17.5 
–
         0.6 
         0.0 
       23.9 
     117.9 

        (2.7)
     382.3 

       52.5 
27.1
         1.1 
         4.1 
       57.2 
     524.3 

20.1
270.7

39.2
33.0
1.2
18.5
36.1
398.7

All-in Sustaining Costs◆, US$/oz 

     1,363 

      1,022 

        690 

     1,020 

1,079

Exploration expenditure◆
Capital Expenditure◆ 
Capitalised stripping
All-in Costs◆

All-in Costs◆, US$/oz 

         0.7 
       22.2 
–
     245.5 

         1.1 
       10.2 
–
      195.0 

         8.4 
          –   
–
     126.3 

       10.1 
       32.4 
–
     566.8 

3.1
76.7
14.0
492.5

     1,503 

      1,085 

        739 

     1,103 

1,332

Corporate and other
Corporate and other operations contributed 
US$(41.9) million to Underlying EBITDA◆ in 
2019 compared to US$(34.0) million in 2018. 
Corporate and other operations primarily 
include central administration function, the 
results of in-house service companies and 
related charges, and the Group’s share of 
results of its associate IRC. 

The Group has corporate offices in London, 
Moscow and Blagoveschensk, which 

together represent the central administration 
function. Central administration expenses 
increased by US$13.3 million from 
US$39.2 million in 2018 to US$52.5 million  
in 2019. 

The Group recognised US$12.0 million share 
of IRC losses and a further US$23.4 million 
impairment of investment in IRC (2018: 
US$15.5 million share of profit generated  
by IRC, including US$28.1 million effect from 
partial reversal of impairment at K&S mine 

and US$(5.7) million impairment of investment 
in IRC). IRC contributed US$10.3 million to the 
Group’s Underlying EBITDA◆ in 2019. 

Impairment review
Impairment of mining assets
The Group undertook a review of impairment 
indicators and impairment reversal indicators 
of the tangible assets attributable to its gold 
mining projects and supporting in-house 
service companies. Detailed calculations of 
recoverable amounts, which are value-in-use 

◆ Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages 256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

76  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
calculations based on discounted cash  
flows, were prepared which concluded no 
impairment was required as at 31 December 
2019 and 2018. 

Having considered the excess of estimated 
recoverable amounts over the carrying values 
of the associated assets on the statement of 
financial position as at 31 December 2019 
and taking into consideration removed 
uncertainty connected with the timing of the 
final construction and performance of the 
POX hub, the Directors concluded on the 
following:

 – A reversal of impairment previously 

recorded against the carrying value of the 

assets that are part of the Pioneer CGU 
would be appropriate. Accordingly, a 
pre-tax impairment reversal of US$43.5 
million (being a post-tax impairment reversal 
of US$34.8 million) has been recorded 
against the associated assets within 
property, plant and equipment. The 
aforementioned impairment reversal takes 
into consideration the effect of depreciation 
attributable to relevant mining assets and 
intra-group transfers of previously impaired 
assets to Pioneer. 

 – A further reversal of impairment previously 
recorded against the carrying value of the 
assets of the supporting in-house service 

companies would be appropriate. 
Accordingly, a pre-tax impairment reversal of 
US$9.4 million (being a post-tax impairment 
reversal of US$7.8 million) has  been recorded 
against the associated assets within property, 
plant and equipment. The aforementioned 
impairment reversal takes into consideration 
the effect of depreciation attributable to 
relevant assets and intra-group transfers of 
previously impaired assets. 

As at 31 December 2018, the Group 
recognised impairment reversals at the 
Malomir and Albyn CGUs of US$83.0 million 
(US$66.4 million post-tax) and US$18.7 
million (US$15.2 million post-tax), respectively.

The key assumptions which formed the basis of forecasting future cash flows and the value in use calculation are set out below:

Long-term real gold price
Discount rate (a)
RUB : US$ exchange rate

(a)  Being the post-tax real weighted average cost of capital, equivalent to a nominal pre-tax discount rate of 8.7% (2018: 12.5%).

2019
US$1,400/oz
7.0%

2018
US$1,300/oz
8.5%
RUB66 : US$1 RUB67 : US$1

Impairment of exploration and evaluation 
assets
As at 31 December 2019, the Group 
performed a review of its exploration and 
evaluation assets and concluded no 
impairment was required (31 December  
2018: the Group performed a review of its 

Investment and other finance income 

Investment income 
Guarantee fee income (a)

exploration and evaluation assets and 
concluded to suspend exploration at the 
Flanks of Malomir and surrender the relevant 
licences. An aggregate impairment charge  
of US$12.2 million was recorded against 
associated exploration and evaluation assets).

As at 31 December 2019, all exploration and 
evaluation assets in the statement of financial 
position related to the areas adjacent to the 
existing mines with ongoing drilling and 
technical studies being performed.

2019 
US$ million
3.2
5.6
8.8

2018 
US$ million
3.8
–
3.8

(a)  Guarantee fee income under Gazprombank Guarantee arrangements, as set out in section “Corporate activities” below.

The Group recognised US$1.8 million interest income on loans granted and US$1.4 million interest income on cash deposits with banks. 

Interest expense

Interest expense
Interest capitalised
Other

2019 
US$ million
71.6
(12.3)
0.6
59.9

2018 
US$ million
62.8
(33.7)
0.4
29.5

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

77

  
 
  
CFO Statement   continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Interest expense for the year comprised 
US$42.0 million of effective interest on the 
Notes, US$13.0 million of effective interest  
on the Convertible Bonds, US$16.0 million  
of interest on prepayments on gold sale 
agreements and US$0.6 million interest on 
finance lease (2018: US$41.9 million of 
effective interest on the Notes, US$12.6 
million of effective interest on the Convertible 
Bonds, US$1.1 million of effective interest on 
bank facilities and US$7.2 million of interest on 
prepayments on gold sale agreements). 

As the Group continued with completion of 
the POX Hub, this project met eligibility criteria 
for borrowing costs capitalisation under IAS 
23 “Borrowing Costs”. US$12.3 million of 
interest expense was capitalised within 
property, plant and equipment (2018: 
US$33.7 million interest capitalised within 
property, plant and equipment ). With all  
four autoclaves of the POX Hub now fully 
functional, interest capitalisation in relation  
to POX Hub ceased in December 2019,  

Taxation 

Tax charge

with increase in net interest expense from 
December 2019 onwards. Construction  
of the flotation line at Pioneer met eligibility 
criteria for borrowing costs capitalization  
with relevant interest to be capitalized  
going forward.

Net other finance gains/(losses)
Net other finance losses for the year totalled 
US$(42.2) million compared to US$10.2 million 
of net other finance gains in 2018.  
Key elements of other finance gains  
and losses this period include:

 – US$(31.1) million fair value loss from 

re-measurement of the conversion option  
of the convertible bonds; 

 – US$(11.2) million loss on repurchase of  
the Existing Bonds as set out in section 
“Corporate activities” below;

 – US$3.6 million gain from re-measurement 

of receivable from IRC under ICBC 

Guarantee arrangements to fair value as set 
out in section “Corporate activities” below; 

 – US$(2.0) million fair value loss on the call 
option to acquire 25% interest in the 
Group’s subsidiary LLC TEMI from its 
current shareholder as set out in section 
“Corporate activities” below; 

 – US$(1.5) million net loss on other items. 

Net impairment reversals/(impairment 
losses) on financial instruments 
In 2019, the Group recognised US$2.3 million 
reversal of impairment of financial assets 
(2018: US$3.2 million impairment losses of 
financial assets) and net of US$28.5 million 
reversal of provision for expected credit 
losses under Gazprombank and ICBC 
guarantee arrangements (2018: US$25.5 
million provision for expected credit losses 
under ICBC guarantee arrangements), as set 
out in section “Corporate activities” below. 

2019 
US$ million
27.2

2018 
US$ million
56.5

The Group is subject to corporation tax under 
the UK, Russia and Cyprus tax legislation. 
The statutory tax rate for 2019 was 19.0% in 
the UK and 20% in Russia. Under the Russian 
Federal Law 144-FZ dated 23 May 2016 
taxpayers who are participants in Regional 
Investment Projects (“RIP”) have the right to 
apply the reduced corporation tax rate over 
the period until 2027, subject to eligibility 
criteria. In 2019 and 2018, LLC Albynskiy 
Rudnik has received tax relief as a RIP 
participant and was entitled to the reduced 
statutory corporation tax rate of 17%. In 2019 
LLC Malomirskiy Rudnik has received tax 

relief as a RIP participant and was entitled to 
the reduced statutory corporation tax rate 
of 17%.

The tax charge for the year primarily related  
to the Group’s gold mining operations and is 
represented by a current tax charge of 
US$29.7 million (2018: US$19.9 million) and a 
deferred tax credit, which is a non-cash item, 
of US$2.4 million (2018: deferred tax charge  
of US$36.6 million). Included in the deferred 
tax credit in 2019 is a US$20.4 million credit 
(2018: US$30.6 million charge) foreign 
exchange effect which primarily arises 

because the tax base for a significant portion 
of the future taxable deductions in relation to 
the Group’s property, plant and equipment 
are denominated in Russian Roubles, whilst 
the future depreciation charges associated 
with these assets will be based on their US 
Dollar carrying value. 

During the period, the Group made 
corporation tax payments in aggregate of 
US$32.7 million in Russia (2018: corporation 
tax payments in aggregate of US$5.0 million 
in Russia). 

Earnings per share 

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of Petropavlovsk PLC
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares
Basic profit per ordinary share

2019

2018
US$26.9 million US$24.5 million
3,309,193,559 3,305,069,755
US$0.01

US$0.01

Basic profit per share for 2019 was US$0.01 (2018: basic profit per share was US$0.01). The total number of Ordinary Shares in issue as at 
31 December 2019 was 3,310,210,281 (31 December 2018: 3,307,151,712).

78  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

  
Financial position and cash flows

Cash and cash equivalents 
Notes (a)
Convertible bonds (b)
Net debt◆

(a)  US$500 million Guaranteed Notes due on 14 November 2022 at amortised cost. 

(b) US$125 million convertible bonds due on 03 July 2024 at amortised cost.

Net cash from operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities(c)
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

(c)  Including US$103.8 million Capital Expenditure◆ (2018: US$134.4 million).

Key movements in cash and Net debt◆

As at 1 January 2019
Net cash generated by operating activities before working capital changes
Decrease in working capital(d)
Corporation tax paid
Capital Expenditure◆ 
Capitalized stripping
Repayment of loans granted to an associate
Issue of Bonds, net of transaction costs
Repurchase of the Existing Bonds
Interest accrued
Interest paid
Payment for the call option to acquire non-controlling 25% interest in the Group’s subsidiary 
LLC TEMI
ICBC Guarantee fee 
Interest received
Other
As at 31 December 2019

Cash  
US$ million
26.2
250.5
(61.2)
(32.7)
(103.8)
(27.1)
56.2
120.6
(108.0)

(67.2)(e)  

(13.0)
6.0
3.3
(1.6)
48.2

31 December 
2019 
US$ million
48.2
(500.4)
(109.1)
(561.3)

31 December 
2018 
US$ million
26.2
(499.0)
(95.2)
(568.0)

2019 
US$ million
95.4
(84.7)
8.9

2018 
US$ million
264.2
(233.5)
(13.0)

Debt  
US$ million
(594.2)

Net debt◆
 US$ million
(568.0)

(107.8)
96.8 
(55.0)
50.7

(609.5)

(561.3)

(d) Including an aggregate of US$187.4 million advance payments received from Gazprombank and Sberbank outstanding as at 31 December 2019. Advance payments are to be settled against physical delivery 
of gold produced by the Group in regular intervals over the period of up to twelve months from the reporting date based on the sales price prevailing at delivery that is determined with reference to LBMA fixing. 

(e)  Including US$16.0 million interest paid in relation to advance payments from Gazprombank and Sberbank.

Capital Expenditure◆
The Group invested an aggregate of US$103.8 million in 2019 compared to US$134.4 million in 2018. The key areas of focus in 2019 
were on the POX project completion, exploration and development to support the underground mining at Pioneer and Malomir, expansion 
of tailings dams at Pioneer and Albyn and ongoing exploration related to the areas adjacent to the ore bodies of the Group’s main mining 
operations. The Group capitalised US$12.3 million of interest expense incurred in relation to the Group’s debt into the cost of the POX Hub, 
Malomir flotation and Pioneer flotation (2018: US$33.7 million into the cost of the POX Hub and Malomir flotation).

◆ Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages 256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

79

  
CFO Statement   continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

POX(a)
Pioneer (b),(c)
Malomir (d),(e)
Albyn (f)
Corporate and in-house services

Exploration 
expenditure 
US$ million
–
4.7
1.2
8.4
–
14.2

Development 
expenditure and 
other CAPEX◆ 
US$ million
17.1
29.9
14.1
21.6
6.9
89.6

Total CAPEX◆
US$ million
17.1
34.6
15.2
30.0
6.9
103.8

(a)  Including US$17.1 million of development expenditure in relation to the POX Hub which is considered to be non-sustaining Capital Expenditure◆ for the purposes of calculating AISC◆ and AIC◆.

(b) Including US$8.8 million of expenditure in relation to the underground mining project at Pioneer to be sustaining Capital Expenditure◆ for the purposes of calculating AISC◆ and AIC◆.

(c)  Including US$15.2 million development  expenditure in relation to the Pioneer flotation (including tailing dams)  to be non-sustaining Capital Expenditure for the purposes of calculating the AISC◆ and AIC◆.

(d) Including US$2.8 million of development  expenditure in relation to the underground mining project at Malomir to be sustaining Capital Expenditure◆ for the purposes of calculating AISC◆ and AIC◆.

(e)  Including US$8.2 million of development  expenditure in relation to Malomir flotation (including tailing dams), which is considered to be sustaining Capital Expenditure◆ for the purposes of calculating AISC◆ and AIC◆.

(f)  Including US$10.1 million of development expenditure in relation to Albyn tailing dams and US$5.3 million in relation to road between Elginskoye and Albyn processing facilities, which are considered to be 

sustaining Capital Expenditure for the purposes of calculating AISC and AIC.

Foreign currency exchange differences 
The Group’s principal subsidiaries have a US Dollar functional currency. Foreign exchange differences arise on the translation of monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, which for the principal subsidiaries of the Group are the Russian Rouble and GB Pounds Sterling. 

The following exchange rates to the US Dollar have been applied to translate monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.

GB Pounds Sterling (GBP : US$)
Russian Rouble (RUB : US$)

The Rouble recovered by 11% against the US 
Dollar during 2019, from RUB69.47 : US$1 as 
at 31 December 2018 to RUB61.91 : US$1 as 
at 31 December 2019. The average year-on-
year depreciation of the Rouble against the 
US Dollar was approximately 3%, with the 
average exchange rate for 2019 being 
RUB64.69 : US$1 compared to RUB62.68 : 
US$1 for 2018. The Group recognised foreign 
exchange losses of US$21 million in 2019 
(2018: gains of US$8.5 million) arising 
primarily on Rouble denominated net 
monetary assets.

Corporate activities
Guarantee over IRC’s external 
borrowings and refinancing of IRC’s 
project finance facility 
The Group historically entered into an 
arrangement to provide a guarantee over its 
associate’s, IRC, external borrowings, the 
ICBC Facility (‘ICBC Guarantee’). At 31 
December 2018 the principal amounts 
outstanding subject to the ICBC guarantee 
were US$169.6 million. Under the terms of the 
arrangement the Group was entitled to 
receive an annual fee equal to 1.75% of the 
outstanding amount, which amounted to 

US$0.6 million during the period (2018: 
US$4.0 million). 

In March 2019, IRC has refinanced the ICBC 
Facility through entering into a US$240 
million new facility with Gazprombank 
(‘Gazprombank Facility’). The facility was 
fully drawn down during the year ended 
31 December 2019 and was used, inter alia, 
to repay the amounts outstanding under the 
ICBC Facility in full, the two loans provided 
by the Group in the equivalent of 
approximately US$57 million and part of the 
guarantee fee of US$6 million owed by IRC 
to the Group in respect of the guarantee of 
the ICBC Facility. At  31 December 2019 the 
remaining outstanding contractual 
guarantee fee was US$5.0 million, which had 
a corresponding fair value after provision for 
credit losses of US$4.4 million and is payable 
by IRC no later than 31 December 2020 (31 
December 2018: outstanding contractual 
guarantee fee of US$10.3 million with a 
corresponding fair value after provision for 
credit losses of US$6.8 million).

A new guarantee was issued by the Group 
over part of the Gazprombank Facility 
(‘Gazprombank Guarantee’), the guarantee 

31 December 2019
0.75
61.91

31 December 2018
0.78
69.47

mechanism is implemented through a series 
of five guarantees that fluctuate in value 
through the eight-year life of the loan, with  
the possibility of the initial US$160 million 
principal amounts guaranteed reducing to 
US$40 million within two to three years, 
subject to certain conditions being met. 
For the final two years of the Gazprombank 
Facility, the guaranteed amounts will increase 
to US$120 million to cover the final principal 
and interest repayments. If certain springing 
recourse events transpire, including default 
on a scheduled payment, then full 
outstanding loan balance is accelerated and 
subject to the guarantee. The outstanding 
loan principal was US$225 million as at 
31 December 2019. Under the Gazprombank 
Guarantee arrangements, the guarantee fee 
receivable is determined at each reporting 
date on an independently determined fair 
value basis, which for the year ended 
31 December 2019 was estimated at the 
annual rate of 3.07% for 2019 by reference to 
the average outstanding principal balance 
under Gazprombank Facility. The guarantee 
fee charged for 2019 was US$5.6 million, with 
corresponding value of US$5.0 million after 
provision for expected credit losses

◆ Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages 256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

80  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
The following assets and liabilities have been recognised in relation to the ICBC Guarantee and Gazprombank Guarantee as at 31 December 
2019 and 31 December 2018: 

Other receivables – ICBC Guarantee 
Other receivables – Gazprombank Guarantee 
Financial guarantee contract – ICBC Guarantee 
Financial guarantee contract – Gazprombank Guarantee 

31 December 2019  
US$ million
4.4
5.0
–
(8.9)

31 December 2018  
US$ million
6.8
–
(37.4)
–

The following gains and losses resulting from the aforementioned transactions were recognised during the period:

Fair value change on ICBC Guarantee fee receivable 
Gazprombank Guarantee fee for the year 
De-recognition of liability under ICBC Guarantee arrangements 
Recognition of liability under Gazprombank Guarantee arrangements 
Interest on loans advanced to IRC
Reversal of provision for expected credit losses following repayment of loans advanced to IRC 

Option to acquire non-controlling  
25% interest in LLC TEMI
In May 2019, the Group entered into the 
option contract to acquire non-controlling 
25% interest in LLC TEMI, holder of  
licenses for the Elginskoye Ore Field and 
Afanasievskaya Prospective Ore Area, from 
its shareholder Agestinia Trading Limited for 
an aggregate consideration of US$60 million 
(adjusted to US$53.5 million if certain 
conditions are met). The option premium 
payable is US$13 million, which was paid 
during the year ended 31 December 2019. 
The exercise period of the option is 730 days 
from 22 May 2019.

The Group employed an independent 
third-party expert to undertake the valuations 
of the underlying 25% interest in LLC TEMI 
and the call option. As at 31 December 2019, 
the fair value of the derivative financial asset 
was US$11.0 million reflecting a loss on 
re-measurement to fair value of US$2.0 million 
and the initial US$13 million cash payment.

Placement of US$125 million new 
convertible bonds and concurrent 
repurchase of outstanding US$100 
million Convertible Bonds
In July 2019, the Group has issued US$125 
million convertible bonds due 2024. The 
bonds were issued by the Group’s wholly 
owned subsidiary Petropavlovsk 2010 Limited 
(the “Issuer”) and are guaranteed by the 
Company. The bonds carry a coupon of 
8.25% per annum, payable quarterly in 
arrears. The bonds are, subject to certain 
conditions, convertible into fully paid ordinary 

shares of the Company with an initial 
exchange price of US$0.1350, subject to 
customary adjustment provisions.   

Concurrently with the issue of the US$125 
million convertible bonds, the Group also 
concluded the invitation to repurchase (the 
“Repurchase”) any and all of the outstanding 
US$100 million 9.00% convertible bonds due 
2020 (the “Existing Bonds”). Holders whose 
Existing Bonds have been accepted for 
purchase by the Issuer pursuant to the 
Repurchase were eligible to receive US$1,080 
per US$1,000 in principal amount of the 
Existing Bonds (the “Repurchase Price”). 
The Issuer also paid, in respect of Existing 
Bonds accepted for purchase pursuant to the 
Repurchase, a cash amount representing the 
accrued but unpaid interest (“Accrued 
Interest”) on each US$1,000 in aggregate 
principal amount of Existing Bonds accepted 
for repurchase from and including 18 June 
2019, being the immediately preceding 
interest payment date applicable to the 
Existing Bonds, to but excluding the 
settlement date for the Repurchase (the 
“Repurchase Settlement Date”). The 
remaining Existing Bonds were redeemed at 
the Repurchase Price on 9 July 2019. The 
Issuer also paid a cash amount representing 
the Accrued Interest on each US$1,000 in 
aggregate principal amount of Existing Bonds 
from and including 18 June 2019 to 
redemption. The Existing Bonds were 
subsequently cancelled by the Issuer.

2019  
US$ million
3.6
5.0
37.4
(8.9)
1.8
3.2
41.1

The US$11.2 million difference between cash 
paid to purchase the Existing Bonds and the 
carrying value of respective debt was 
recognised as loss on re-purchase of the 
Existing Bonds.

Going concern
The Group monitors and manages its liquidity 
risk on an ongoing basis to ensure that it has 
access to sufficient funds to meet its 
obligations. Cash forecasts are prepared 
regularly based on a number of inputs 
including, but not limited to, forecast 
commodity prices and the impact of hedging 
arrangements, the Group’s mining plan, 
forecast expenditure and debt repayment 
schedules. Sensitivities are run for different 
scenarios including, but not limited to, 
changes in commodity prices, cost inflation, 
different production rates from the Group’s 
producing assets and the timing of 
expenditure on development projects.  
This is done to identify risks to liquidity and 
enable management to develop appropriate 
and timely mitigation strategies. The Group 
meets its capital requirements through a 
combination of sources including cash 
generated from operations, advances 
received from customers under prepayment 
arrangements and external debt.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

81

 
 
CFO Statement   continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

The directors have also considered the 
potential impacts of COVID-19 which are 
described in detail on pages 6, 30 and 
31 of the Annual Report.  

Having taken into account the 
aforementioned factors, and after making 
enquiries and considering the uncertainties 
described above, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group  
will have adequate resources to continue  
in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future, being at least the next 12 months from 
the date of approval of the 2019 Annual 
Report and Accounts. Accordingly, they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing these consolidated 
financial statements.  

2020 Outlook 
Production is on track to meet the full year 
target of 620 – 720koz of gold in 2020. 
The Group expects TCC◆ in 2020 to be in  
the range of US$700 – US$800/oz excluding 
third-party concentrate as the pricing of 
concentrate depends on highly volatile 
gold price. 

Danila Kotlyarov
Chief Financial Officer 

The Group performed an assessment of the 
forecast cash flows for the period of at least 
12 months from the date of approval of the 
2019 Annual Report and Accounts. As at 
31 December 2019, the Group had sufficient 
liquidity headroom. The Group is also satisfied 
that it has sufficient headroom under a base 
case scenario for the period to June 2021. 
The Group has also performed projections 
under a layered stressed case that is based  
on a gold price, which is approximately 10% 
lower than the upper quartile of the average of 
the market consensus forecasts, processing 
of third-party concentrate through POX 
facilities is approximately 10% lower than 
projected and oxide gold production from 
underground operations at Pioneer and 
Malomir approximately 10% lower than 
projected, and Russian Rouble : US Dollar 
exchange rate that is approximately 10% 
stronger than the average of the market 
consensus forecasts. This layered stressed 
case indicates sufficient liquidity for a period of 
at least 12 months including under downside 
IRC performance scenarios.  

As at 31 December 2019, the Group has 
guaranteed the outstanding amounts IRC 
owed to Gazprombank. The outstanding loan 
principal was US$225 million as at 31 
December 2019 and the facility is subject  
to an initial US$160 million guarantee by the 
Group (see note 26). The assessment of 
whether there is any material uncertainty that 
IRC will be able to repay this facility as it falls 
due is another key element of the Group’s 
overall going concern assessment. IRC 
projections demonstrate that IRC expects  
to have sufficient liquidity over the next 12 
months and expects to meet its obligations 
under the Gazprombank Facility. If a missed 
repayment under debt or guarantee 
obligations occurs which, if not remedied by 
the Group, would result in events of default 
which, through cross-defaults and cross-
accelerations, could cause all other Group’s 
debt arrangements to become repayable 
on demand. 

◆ Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)” section on pages 256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

82  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
 
 
 
 
Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

83

Sustainable Development

84  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

85

Sustainability Performance

Our key performance indicators appear throughout this report and introduce the operational,  
financial and sustainable development sections; respectively pages 42, 70 and 86.

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) 

1.61

2019 

2018 

2017 

2.52

3.11

Definition
Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) is a 
measure of the rate of recorded accidents, 
including fatalities, which occur at the Group’s 
premises within the reporting period, per 
million man-hours worked. Contractors  
are excluded.

Relevance
As a mining company, safety is our first  
priority and we are committed to achieving  
a zero-harm workplace and ensuring that  
our employees return home safely. We strive  
to maintain a safe environment across our 
operations and are continuously looking at 
ways to improve safety performance, which 
includes implementing additional safety 
protocols, providing protective equipment and 
effectively managing risks. LTIFR is one of the 
key performance indicators used to measure 
the effectiveness of the occupational health 
and safety policies and practices, and to 
identify trends and areas of focus. It is an 
integral part of a complex system covering  
the database of statistics, educational 
programmes and operating parameters which 
are subject to an ongoing analysis and control. 
LTIFR ensures the Group’s compliance with 
Russian legislation and provides the Group 
with a basis for continuous improvement.

Verification / assurance
Reported LTIFR data has been verified by an 
independent audit undertaken by Wardell 
Armstrong International (WAI) (please refer to 
page 124). 

Performance in 2019
For the year ended 31 December 2019, 
Group operations recorded an LTIFR of 1.61 
accidents per million man-hours worked, 
representing a 36% improvement from 2.52 
accidents per million man-hours worked in 
2018. The improvements are mainly 
attributable to stricter and more rigorous 
safety control across the Group.

During 2019, we continued to address any 
gaps in knowledge of safety procedures. 
Training was conducted for relevant 
departments to reinforce the drive to 

86  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

create a safer workplace and to highlight 
everyone’s personal responsibility in 
achieving this goal.

The Company recognises both the personal 
responsibility of each employee at every site 
and workplace, and the Group’s accountability 
for the safety measures and actions to create 
the safety environment, striving for the ultimate 
zero-injury record. 

Going forward
In 2020 we will continue to analyse our  
health and safety performance by 
ensuring a constant dialogue with our 
people, who help us to identify areas for 
improvement. Health and safety is an 
integral aspect of our culture and we are 
continuously looking at ways of improving 
our performance. One of these methods is 
to continue developing and providing 
safety programmes and training to our 
employees. We will continue our efforts in 
maintaining an LTIFR lower than or equal 
to 1.61.

Our focus will be on health and safety 
training across the Company through the 
use of recognised tools, as well as through 
the introduction of additional programmes, 
in which the Pokrovskiy Mining College 
(the Group’s in-house educational facility) 
plays an important part as a place of study 
for future and current employees.

We look to continue maintaining a high level 
of health and safety awareness using 
campaigns, emergency drills and measures 
aimed at preventing the occurrence of 
occupational diseases. Safety performance 
will continue to be monitored at all levels of 
the business, with ultimate oversight by the 
Board of Directors. 

For more information on Health & Safety 
please go to page 109.

Total Headcount and Gender Split 

2019 

2018 

2017 

6,819   2,261

9,080

= 24.9% female staff

6,713   2,187

8,900

= 24.6% female staff

6,674 1,950 8,624

= 22.6% female staff

■ Male

■  Female

Definition 
Total headcount is the total number of 
personnel employed by the Group, while 
Gender split is the number of male and female 
staff as a proportion of the overall workforce. 
Both data points are reported as at 
31 December of each calendar year.

Relevance 
This KPI allows the Group to ensure that there is 
an appropriate number of employees to fulfil the 
strategy and to maintain a balanced split of 
males and females throughout the business. 
Management firmly believes that the Group’s 
ongoing success depends in part on its ability to 
hire, motivate, develop and retain staff with the 
right skills and experience, to help them master 
challenges and make the most of opportunities. 
Although traditionally the mining industry in 
Russia has been heavily male dominated, the 
Group actively seeks to apply meritocratic 
principles and provides equal opportunities  
and pay for all employees, regardless of gender. 
Female employees occupy senior positions 
across the business which include 
departmental heads, deputy directors, chief 
accountants and managers of laboratories. 
We consider the ratio of female workers to be  
of material importance to the Group and look to 
ensure that they have equality of opportunity 
within the business. All employees, regardless 
of age, gender, race, sexuality, disability or 
culture have equal opportunities for professional 
development and training. 

Performance in 2019 
Total headcount remained stable throughout 
2019. 97.5% of our personnel were employed 
on a full-time basis and 96.5% of our 
employees had permanent contracts.  
As part of the Company’s strategy to avoid 
redundancies as a result of the cessation of the 
Pokrovskiy mine, a decision was taken to build 
the POX Hub using the mine’s existing 
infrastructure and this was instrumental in 
saving the majority of jobs. Employees in 
redundant positions at the new POX Hub  
were offered an opportunity to be transferred 
to other Petropavlovsk operations and most 
accepted. As a result, we were able to avoid 
dismissals and actually finished 2019 with a 
slight increase of 4.6% in total headcount. 

As at 31 December 2019, 2,261 employees 
were female, representing almost a quarter  
of the Group’s total workforce. The ratio of 
female employees increased slightly when 
compared to 2018 and remained well above 
our target of 20%. 

We have a relatively high ratio of female 
employees in managerial positions of 34% and 
35% in the exploration department. The lowest 
ratio of female employees is in construction and 
blast holes drilling departments (amounting to 
5.5% and 7.6% respectively). This is due to 
legislative restrictions set out in Labour 
legislation of the Russian Federation which 
include a list of jobs and occupations with 
harmful and/or hazardous working conditions, 
where the use of women’s labour is prohibited, 
such as welding, drilling, metal fitting etc.

Going forward 
Staff diversity reviews at Petropavlovsk  
are conducted on an ongoing basis. 
The Group is committed to operating as  
a responsible employer, promoting equal 
opportunities, fair treatment and non-
discrimination of workers, as required 
under both Russian and UK law. As the 
business continues to grow, evolve and 
develop, as part of the resourcing and HR 
strategy, the Group will seek to ensure that 
it continues to hire a diverse range of 
well-qualified personnel. 

In 2020, we will continue to focus on  
keeping our gender diversity ratio above  
20%. As a part of this aim, we will assess 
the equality of opportunity offered by 
recruitment programmes and practices 
through the Group.

In 2020, Petropavlovsk is launching a 
gender diversity programme, developed  
in partnership with Women in Mining. 
The programme is aimed at promoting 
opportunities within the mining industry 
among female graduates and increasing 
the focus on gender diversity.

For more information on Diversity please go  
to page 100.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

87

Sustainability Performance   continued

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions 

2019  206,379 

248,502 

454,881 

GHG emissions (t CO2e)

2018  209,164 

218,854 

428,018 

■  Scope 1: Direct GHG emissions

2017  218,502 

227,305 

445,807 

■  Scope 2: Indirect GHG emissions

2019 

2018 

2017 

0.88

GHG emissions intensity 
(t CO2e / oz)

1.01

1.01

Methodology 
The Company has adopted a methodology  
for reporting its Greenhouse Gases (GHG) 
emissions measured in CO2 equivalent (CO2e). 
In our approach we are guided by the reporting 
principles as set out by the GHG Protocol 
Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard (GHG Protocol Corporate Standard).

In accordance with the laws of the Russian 
Federation GHG emissions associated  
with our consumption of diesel, kerosene, 
benzene and coal (Scope 1) are calculated 
using approved formulae. GHG emissions 
associated with our consumption of  
electricity (Scope 2) are calculated using the 
International Energy Agency (IEA) electricity 
conversion factor for the Russian Federation 
and are measured in tonnes of carbon 
dioxide. All emissions values disclosed above 
are presented gross, with no deductions for 
export of renewable energy or purchases of 
certified emission reduction.

The Company reports all emissions sources 
as required under the Companies Act 2006 
(Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports) 
Regulations 2013. These sources fall within 
our consolidated financial statements.  
We do not have responsibility for any  
emission sources not included as part of  
the Company’s consolidated statements.

As a gold producer, we consider ounces of 
gold as the appropriate measurement unit for 
intensity calculations. In 2019, Petropavlovsk 
produced 517.3koz and this figure has been 
used to calculate GHG emissions intensity.

88  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Relevance
The Group recognises its responsibility to 
manage and reduce GHG emissions in order 
to diminish its overall carbon footprint. 
Monitoring progress with this goal is essential 
in terms of our focus on climate-related risks 
and opportunities. A reduction in GHG 
emissions may result in a decrease in 
operating expenditure as a result of 
efficiencies achieved.

Verification / assurance
Reported GHG emissions data has been 
verified by an independent audit undertaken  
by WAI (please refer to page 124). The Group 
also submits annual emissions reports to  
the Russian Environmental Agency, 
Rosprirodnadzor. Internal verification  
is conducted at a corporate level. 

Performance in 2019
In 2019, Scope 1 direct GHG emissions 
originated from the following sources:

 – Diesel: excavators, trucks, bulldozers, 
crushers, screens, pumps and cars;

 – Kerosene: helicopters;

 – Petrol: cars; and

 – Coal: heating plants. All heat generated is 

re-used by the Group.

Scope 2 indirect GHG emissions originate 
from electricity purchased for the Group’s 
needs. Supply of electricity is carried out 
under several power supply agreements with 
a major supplier to the Amur region (PJSC 
Far-Eastern Energy Company (FEEC)). 

Electricity generated in the Amur region is 
produced predominantly by two hydropower 
plants (HPP), the Zeyskaya and Bureyskaya 
HPPs which are among the largest renewable 
power plants in Russia. Approximately 90% of 

electricity purchased by the Group comes 
from renewable sources.1

In 2019 the Group achieved a 13% reduction in 
the intensity of GHG emissions as a result of 
the focus on energy efficiency and an increase 
in gold production when compared to 2018, 
despite a 4% increase in total GHG emissions. 

Going forward
The Group will continue to monitor its  
GHG emissions and analyse all relevant 
data on a quarterly basis to better 
understand where improvements can be 
made. Given the production forecast for 
2020, our strategic target is to further 
decrease GHG emissions intensity by at 
least 1% next year. Quarterly updates on 
GHG emissions will be reported by the 
Group’s accordingly.

In 2020, as a part of our comprehensive 
Sustainability strategy, we are planning to 
align our reporting standards with the 
GHG Protocol Corporate Standard, which 
will include:

 – Conducting GHG inventory to ensure  
all sources of emissions are included; 

 – Establishing a base year to track our 
progress towards a GHG emissions  
target; and

 – Identifying the sources of Scope 3 

emissions.

For more information on emissions please go  
to page 116.

1.  90% is a reasonable assumption made by Petropavlovsk 
based on the high density of hydro-electric facilities in the 
region. FEEC was unable to confirm the exact portion of 
electricity generated from renewable sources due to data 
unavailability.

 
 
 
Introduction from the Chairman of the Safety, 
Sustainability & Workforce Committee

Dear Shareholder

After my first full year as Chairman of  
the Safety, Sustainability & Workforce 
Committee, I am delighted to share with you 
Petropavlovsk’s 2019 Sustainability Report 
which outlines our achievements over the 
past twelve months and sets out our goals 
and ambitions in this critical aspect of our 
business for the years ahead. 

Our people are the foundation of our business 
and there is nothing more important to us 
than their safety, their health and their 
wellbeing. At this time of significant concern 
over the tragic consequences of the 
COVID-19 pandemic, the Committee is 
working closely with management to ensure 
that the Company does everything it can to 
protect its employees and their families and  
to support the local and national governments 
with whom we work in their efforts to contain 
the outbreak. More details on Petropavlovsk’s 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic are 
available on page 6.

A fundamental pillar of the operational and 
financial success of our business is that we 
continue to improve the health and safety 
environment within which our people work. 
We passionately believe that it is the right of 
everyone working within our business to 
return to their families and friends unharmed 
at the end of every working day and shift 
cycle. It is our firm commitment to cause zero 
harm. Through the use of effective systems, 
processes, leadership and employee 
engagement we strive to eliminate all fatal and 
serious accidents and to continue to drive 
down the number of incidents as measured 
by our LTIFR.

I am pleased to report that over the past year 
the Group’s LTIFR has fallen from 2.52 in 2018 
to 1.61, a reduction of 36% and this 
improvement reflects our determination to 
deliver on our goal of zero harm. In addition, 
I am proud to report that there were no 
material health or environmental incidents at 
any of our operations during the year. The 
Committee has worked with management to 
identify ways of continuing to improve the 
design, reporting and implementation of 
health, safety and environmental strategies 
and it is our aim to be able to report further 
improvements during the coming year. More 
details on management’s plans to improve 
our health and safety record further during 
2020 is provided on pages 109 to 111. 
Training and development are vital catalysts 
for improvement and much of this work is 

done through our Pokrovskiy Mining College 
details of which can be found on page 110.

As set out on page 88, I am also pleased to 
confirm a reduction in the intensity of the 
Group’s greenhouse gas emissions over the 
past year. This improvement came as a result 
of the more efficient use of resources in the 
company’s operations and a Group-wide 
energy saving programme. The latter is based 
on the implementation of modern technology 
as well as compact space planning solutions 
for buildings and their positioning. The Group 
has continued to gradually switch away from 
the use of coal and diesel wherever it can  
and now draws 46% of its total energy 
requirement from the Amur region’s electrical 
grid. Every opportunity to further lower the 
reliance on fossil fuels is being taken in order 
in order to minimise the Group’s carbon 
footprint and resulting impact on the 
environment. 

In April 2019, as a part of our workforce 
engagement programme, my colleagues and 
I travelled to the Group’s operational sites in 
the Far East of Russia to meet with both 
workforce and Trade Union representatives, 
including the Chairman of the independent 
Trade Union organisation of Pokrovskiy mine. 
The purpose of the visit was to increase 
bilateral dialogue with the workforce and to 
see for ourselves the work that is being done 
to improve the health and safety of 
employees. In addition, we assessed the 
controls in place to manage our hydraulic 
storage facilities and we reviewed the 
proactive community support that is being 
provided into the remote areas surrounding 
our operations. The Committee met with the 
Head of Health & Safety at Malomir and also 
with the Head of our Environmental 
Department, who presented to the 
Committee on the Group’s approach to 
environmental management.

In 2019 Petropavlovsk celebrated 25 years  
of operation and we are very proud of the 
efforts we have made to support our local 
communities. Throughout this time we have 
built strong relationships with our employees, 
the large majority of whom reside in the  
Amur region. As one of the largest, non-
governmental employers in the area 
Petropavlovsk plays a significant role in 
contributing to local economic activity, 
infrastructure development, social cohesion 
and emergency support in times of hardship. 

An important aspect of ensuring strong 
community engagement is to be fully 
transparent on any issues that may affect  

local stakeholders. While our first objective  
is always to discuss any issues directly with  
those affected, in 2019 we developed a new 
grievance procedure to enable members of the 
public and other stakeholders to confidentially 
raise any issues concerning our activities that 
they may have. Through this process they are 
assured that the issues will be carefully 
assessed and that a comprehensive written 
response will be provided.

In December 2019 Petropavlovsk was very 
pleased to join the United Nations (UN) Global 
Compact initiative. The Company is proud to 
join thousands of other companies who are all 
committed to responsible business decision-
making in pursuit of a better and more 
sustainable world. We look forward to learning 
from other participants and to setting an 
example and promoting best practice within 
Russia and the wider global mining industry. 

Sustainability has always been integral to 
Petropavlovsk’s operations. The ever-growing 
and dynamic nature of environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) factors however 
means that we need to closely monitor how 
best we can apply emerging developments in 
these fields to our business. To do this we are 
in the process of establishing of a new 
comprehensive ESG programme which will 
contain a set of ambitious short and long-
term targets. These targets will be designed 
to enhance Petropavlovsk’s sustainability 
policies and practices and to ensure the 
business is set on a course of long-term 
improvement. I look forward to sharing these 
with you next year, as well as commenting on 
the progress we have made towards their 
attainment. 

I hope that you will find this Sustainability 
Report interesting and informative.  
Finally, I would like to thank management,  
our employees and my fellow committee 
members for all their hard work and dedication 
over the past year in further improving the 
health, safety, environmental management  
and sustainability of the company. 

Harry Kenyon-Slaney
Chairman, Safety, Sustainability & Workforce 
Committee

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

89

 
Our Approach

Overview

For the past 25 years, responsible business and sustainable development have been integral to our 
operations. The Company’s approach to sustainability has evolved over time and will continue to adapt and 
grow as we look forward. At the heart of our ethos has always been a recognition that our ethical, social 
and environmental practices should always be fully incorporated into our business model and aligned with 
our strategy. 

Sustainability framework

Board of Directors Petropavlovsk PLC

Safety, Sustainability & Workforce Committee

Safety, Sustainability & Workforce Committee

General Director of MC Petropavlovsk

Petropavlovsk 
Foundation

Head of Welfare &
Community Liaison

General Directors 
of Production and 
Ancillary Facilities 

Chief Engineers 

Head of 
Environmental
Safety

Human Resources
Departments

Health & Safety
Departments

Environmental 
Departments

90  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

We produced our first sustainability report in 
2006 – long before the significantly increased 
level of societal focus on this fundamental area 
we see today. In this early report, we asserted 
our belief that maintaining high levels of 
economic, environmental and social 
performance contributes to increased 
shareholder value and maintains and 
enhances our “social licence to operate” within 
our host communities. This principle persists to 
this day and forms the backbone of our 
thinking. Beyond the obvious advantage of 
being the right way to do business, operating in 
a responsible manner has significant benefits, 
which include improved productivity, a lower 
risk profile and the creation of additional value 
for our stakeholders.

Our sustainability approach is underpinned by 
our corporate values and guiding principles 
(shown below). Our objective is to act in the 
interests of our stakeholders, including 
shareholders, employees and the communities 
in which we operate, by ensuring our activities 
are efficient, transparent and sustainable.

We place people first. Responsible practices 
are our highest priority and we aim to operate 
safely, efficiently and transparently, continually 
seeking new ways to ensure an injury-free 
workplace. We are committed to respecting 
our environment which means preventing 
pollution, minimising waste, increasing 
carbon efficiency and optimising natural 
resource usage. We develop innovative 
solutions to manage and mitigate 
environmental risks and welcome an active 
dialogue with local communities. Cognisant 
of the socio-economic impact we are able to 
make within the Amur region, we prioritise 
local recruitment and procurement.

We are particularly proud of the new 
technology we have implemented at the POX 
Hub, which is regarded as the most efficient, 
robust and environmentally responsible way 
of processing a diverse range of refractory 
concentrates. 

Sustainability is managed via a robust 
framework (as demonstrated on page 90)  
to ensure the responsible management of 
health, safety, environmental and social 
issues and we have reporting systems in 
place to enable adequate reporting and 
communication of performance, issues and 
progress. The Board is ultimately responsible 
for this area of the business. 

We report on sustainability performance on 
an annual basis and encourage any feedback 
or questions to be addressed to 
sustainability@petropavlovsk.net.

 – Contribute to the social, economic  
and institutional development of the 
communities in which the Company 
operates; and 

 – Implement effective and transparent 
engagement, communication and 
independently verified reporting 
arrangements with Group stakeholders. 

Our commitments 
 – Managing our operations to ensure the 

health, safety and security of employees, 
contractors and local communities, and to 
limit any negative impact on the surrounding 
environment. In planning our approach to 
business, we recognise that we have duties 
to shareholders and responsibilities to a 
wider group of stakeholders (those who can 
affect or who are affected by our activities);

 – Undertaking all our operations in 

compliance with Russian regulatory 
requirements and international good 
practice, wherever possible; and 

 – Going beyond legal compliance where 
necessary to protect our workers, the 
surrounding environment and the 
communities within which we operate. 

The UN Global Compact 
Since 2019 Petropavlovsk PLC has been 
committed to the UN Global Compact 
corporate responsibility initiative and its 
principles in the areas of human rights, labour, 
the environment and anti-corruption. Read 
more on page 97.

Full description of how our environmental and 
social risks are managed is covered in Principle 
Risks section on page 26.

Our sustainability values
 – We aim to operate such that we avoid 

causing harm to employees, the 
environment and local communities;

 – Work-related incidents, illnesses and 

injuries are preventable;

 – Foreseeable hazards and environmental 

impacts must be identified, the associated 
risk assessed and, where reasonably 
practical, eliminated or minimised; 

 – We respect the human rights of our 

workers, suppliers and host communities; 

 – There is a safe and correct way of doing 
every task, however urgent or important; 

 – All employees are responsible for their own 

actions and the workplace health and safety 
of their fellow workers; and 

 – Health, safety and environmental 

performance and community engagement 
can be continually improved. 

Our guiding principles 
We will:

 – Implement and maintain ethical business 

practices and sound systems of corporate 
governance;

 – Integrate sustainable development 
considerations within the corporate 
decision-making process; 

 – Uphold fundamental human rights and 
respect cultures, customs and values in 
dealings with employees and others who 
are affected by our activities; 

 – Implement risk management strategies 
based on valid data and sound science; 

 – Seek continual improvement of the 

Company’s health and safety performance; 

 – Seek continual improvement of the 

Company’s environmental performance; 

 – Contribute to conservation of biodiversity 
and integrated approaches to land use 
planning; 

 – Facilitate and encourage responsible 

product design, use, re-use and recycling; 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

91

Our Approach   continued

Stakeholder engagement
The Group is committed to establishing and maintaining constructive relationships with all stakeholders to foster sustainable, positive and 
transparent interaction, and to ensure there are benefits to all stakeholders from the Group’s activities during the lifetime of each operation 
and beyond. All persons or groups that are directly or indirectly involved in the operations of the Group are considered stakeholders. 
New stakeholders are regularly identified and included in the consultation process.

Stakeholder engagement in 2019

Stakeholder group

Why they are important

Shareholders, 
lenders, bondholders 

Our equity and fixed income investors are de-facto owners of the Company and hence concerned with 
sustainability and long-term value creation. By having robust engagement processes, we build trust in the future 
of the Company and ensure that investors have a full spectrum of information available to them when making 
investment decisions. 

Amongst other things, this group of stakeholders are also providers of funding and therefore effective 
engagement is paramount to ensure that our cost of capital truly reflects the investment proposition the 
Company offers.

Employees

We regard people as our most valuable asset and believe that investing in our employees delivers long-term 
rewards in the form of a skilled and loyal workforce. Our employees’ experience and expertise is a major driver  
of the Group’s successful operations. 

The health and safety of our people remains our number one priority and we are continually seeking new ways  
of achieving an injury-free workplace. 

Suppliers and 
contractors

Suppliers and contractors are essential to the successful running of our business. Responsible supply chain 
management is an important part of achieving our goal of continuous sustainable development.

We strive to work with suppliers and contractors who share our approach to legal compliance, industrial safety, 
human rights and environmental protection.

Local communities, 
including Indigenous 
communities 

Building long-term relationships with local communities and enhancing their lives is important to us. We aim to 
engage in an open and transparent manner with all local communities and NGOs.

Government and 
industry authorities

Good relations with the national and local governments are required to maintain our licence to operate. 

 – Meetings, round-table conferences

 – CEO

 – Tax 

 – 0 environmental fines,

Petropavlovsk complies with all laws and regulations relevant to our business.

 – Industry conferences

 – Managing directors 

 – Legal 

 – 0 moderate or serious environmental 

We recognise the socio-economic influence we have as one of the major employers and taxpayers in the 
Amur region. 

92  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 – Investor conferences, conference 

 – Deputy CEO

calls, one-to-one meetings

Engagement mechanism

 – AGM

 – Annual Report

 – Site visits

 – Website

 – Intranet

 – Corporate newspaper Pokrovka 

Plus, Social media accounts

 – Trade Union

 – Meetings and face-to-face 

communication with management

Who is responsible  

within the Group 

 – Board

 – CEO

 – Investor Relations 

department 

 – Welfare and 

Community Liaison 

team

 – HR Departments

 – Health & Safety 

Departments

 – General Directors of 

production and 

Ancillary facilities

Key topics

Results 2019 

 – Economic 

performance

 – Anti-corruption

 – Share price gain of 102% in 2019

 – Group-wide Anti-Bribery Policy in place

 – Five sustainability statistics now reported 

quarterly

 – Capital Markets Day held in September 2019

 – Convertible bond issue in June 2019 

significantly oversubscribed 

More on page 5 and on our website  

www.petropavlovsk.net/investors/

 – Health & Safety

 – 0 fatalities

 – Training and 

education

 – Employment 

and salaries

 – 36% improvement in LTIFR

More on Health & Safety page 109 

 – 62 hours on average of training and  

education per employee

More on training on page 102

 – Average wages 32% above the national  

average

More on remuneration and benefits on page 101

 – Direct correspondence

 – Operations directors 

 – Local 

 – 41% of procurement derived from local 

 – Meetings

 – Contractual relationships

and Chief engineers

procurement

suppliers 

 – Procurement 

departments

 – Open channels of 

 – US$313.3 million paid to suppliers

communication 

More on page 96

 – Public hearings

 – Welfare and 

 – Tax 

 – 65.3% of workforce employed locally 

 – Corporate newspaper Pokrovka 

Plus, Social media accounts

 – Social and charity activities

 – Company website

 – Site visits

 – Grievance procedure

Community Liaison 

team

 – Petropavlovsk 

Foundation team 

 – Investment in 

 – US$1.6 million of social investment

community 

development

 – Rights of 

Indigenous 

communities

 – Agreement signed by Albyn mine and the 

Association of Indigenous Minorities of the 

North of the Selemdzhinsky District in 2019

More on page 105

 – Direct correspondence

 – Company website 

 – Circulation of information 

(brochures, factsheets, leaflets, 

etc.)

at operations

compliance 

accidents

 – Welfare and 

 – Contributing to 

More on page 114 

Community Liaison 

infrastructure 

team

 – Legal team

 – GR team

and quality of life

 – 174 km high-voltage power line built in 

cooperation with the government

More on page 108

Stakeholder group

Why they are important

Shareholders, 

lenders, bondholders 

Our equity and fixed income investors are de-facto owners of the Company and hence concerned with 

sustainability and long-term value creation. By having robust engagement processes, we build trust in the future 

of the Company and ensure that investors have a full spectrum of information available to them when making 

investment decisions. 

Company offers.

Amongst other things, this group of stakeholders are also providers of funding and therefore effective 

engagement is paramount to ensure that our cost of capital truly reflects the investment proposition the 

Employees

We regard people as our most valuable asset and believe that investing in our employees delivers long-term 

rewards in the form of a skilled and loyal workforce. Our employees’ experience and expertise is a major driver  

of the Group’s successful operations. 

of achieving an injury-free workplace. 

The health and safety of our people remains our number one priority and we are continually seeking new ways  

Suppliers and 

contractors

Suppliers and contractors are essential to the successful running of our business. Responsible supply chain 

management is an important part of achieving our goal of continuous sustainable development.

We strive to work with suppliers and contractors who share our approach to legal compliance, industrial safety, 

human rights and environmental protection.

Local communities, 

including Indigenous 

communities 

engage in an open and transparent manner with all local communities and NGOs.

Engagement mechanism

 – AGM

 – Annual Report

Who is responsible  
within the Group 

 – Board

 – CEO

 – Investor conferences, conference 

 – Deputy CEO

calls, one-to-one meetings

 – Site visits

 – Investor Relations 

department 

Key topics

Results 2019 

 – Economic 

performance

 – Anti-corruption

 – Share price gain of 102% in 2019

 – Group-wide Anti-Bribery Policy in place

 – Five sustainability statistics now reported 

quarterly

 – Capital Markets Day held in September 2019

 – Convertible bond issue in June 2019 

significantly oversubscribed 

More on page 5 and on our website  
www.petropavlovsk.net/investors/

 – Website

 – Intranet

 – Corporate newspaper Pokrovka 

Plus, Social media accounts

 – Trade Union

 – Meetings and face-to-face 

communication with management

 – Welfare and 

 – Health & Safety

 – 0 fatalities

Community Liaison 
team

 – HR Departments

 – Health & Safety 
Departments

 – General Directors of 

production and 
Ancillary facilities

 – Training and 
education

 – Employment 
and salaries

 – 36% improvement in LTIFR

More on Health & Safety page 109 

 – 62 hours on average of training and  

education per employee

More on training on page 102

 – Average wages 32% above the national  

average

More on remuneration and benefits on page 101

 – Direct correspondence

 – Meetings

 – Contractual relationships

 – Operations directors 
and Chief engineers

 – Local 

 – 41% of procurement derived from local 

procurement

suppliers 

 – Procurement 
departments

 – Open channels of 
communication 

 – US$313.3 million paid to suppliers

More on page 96

Building long-term relationships with local communities and enhancing their lives is important to us. We aim to 

 – Public hearings

 – Welfare and 

 – Tax 

 – 65.3% of workforce employed locally 

 – Corporate newspaper Pokrovka 

Plus, Social media accounts

 – Social and charity activities

 – Company website

 – Site visits

 – Grievance procedure

Community Liaison 
team

 – Petropavlovsk 

Foundation team 

 – Investment in 
community 
development

 – Rights of 

Indigenous 
communities

 – US$1.6 million of social investment

 – Agreement signed by Albyn mine and the 
Association of Indigenous Minorities of the 
North of the Selemdzhinsky District in 2019

More on page 105

Government and 

industry authorities

Good relations with the national and local governments are required to maintain our licence to operate. 

 – Meetings, round-table conferences

 – CEO

 – Tax 

 – 0 environmental fines,

Petropavlovsk complies with all laws and regulations relevant to our business.

 – Industry conferences

 – Managing directors 

 – Legal 

 – 0 moderate or serious environmental 

We recognise the socio-economic influence we have as one of the major employers and taxpayers in the 

Amur region. 

 – Direct correspondence

 – Company website 

 – Circulation of information 

(brochures, factsheets, leaflets, 
etc.)

at operations

 – Welfare and 

Community Liaison 
team

 – Legal team

 – GR team

compliance 

accidents

 – Contributing to 
infrastructure 
and quality of life

More on page 114 

 – 174 km high-voltage power line built in 

cooperation with the government

More on page 108

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

93

Our Approach   continued

Materiality assessment
We conducted a materiality assessment to 
define the sustainability topics that are most 
important to our business and most relevant to 
our internal and external stakeholders, thereby 
enabling us to report on these themes in 
accordance with GRI Standards (Core Option).

The initial step in the process was to identify 
and rank over 50 topics, including broad 
sustainability trends affecting the Company as 
well as specific topics that could significantly 
impact long-term business viability. In defining 
these topics, we looked at industry trends and 
risks, internal information and data, peer 
disclosure and media analysis. We then 
identified three key groups of stakeholders, 
which included employees, shareholders and 
local communities in the areas where we 
operate and consulted them on our material 
topics. This process not only provided the 
Company with a valuable engagement tool, 
but also allowed us to better understand the 
ESG topics considered by our stakeholders to 
be of the highest importance.

Stakeholder feedback was collected via an 
online survey and ranked in terms of the 
importance of each topic on a three-point 
scale based on our assessment of aggregate 
feedback. 

The results showed that, for our employees, 
training and education opportunities were 
crucial, alongside salaries, operational 
performance and occupational health and 
safety. For our local communities, the payment 
of taxes was considered of paramount 
significance. Our shareholders prioritised 
economic performance. All three stakeholder 
groups considered the environmental impact 
of our operations to be important. 

When assessing whether a topic is material, 
two main criteria were used: the importance 
to stakeholders and the significance of its 
impact on our business. As a result, we 
identified and ranked 16 material topics  
which are presented in this report.

Certain topics are overarching themes  
which consider a number of sub-themes  
and have been grouped to ensure a concise 
overview of materiality. An example of this 
would be ‘ethical business practices’, which 
includes diversity, non-discrimination, human 
rights, anti-corruption, which is important  
to our shareholders, and other ethical 
considerations. Similarly, occupational  
health and safety importantly also includes 
emergency preparedness, while employment 

covers numerous responsible practices 
surrounding remuneration, benefits and 
elements of labour relations. 

Addressing the key findings of this feedback 
will be one of our priorities in 2020 and forms 
part of our ESG framework. 

On the basis the GRI tax standard was 
launched in 2019, we have taken the decision 
to report on this from 2020 onwards.

Materiality assessment flow chart

Defining and  
analysing 
preliminary  
list of material 
topics

Identification  
of stakeholders

Engaging with 
stakeholders

Assessment  
of the priorities 
assigned by the 
stakeholders  
to the issue

Prioritising  
material  
topics

Assessment of priorities assigned by stakeholders

High

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
s

o
t

e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

Medium 
Priority

Waste
management

Energy, emissions
management

Top Priority

Tax

Environmental
Compliance

Economic
performance

Employment

Training & education

Responsible
procurement

Biodiversity &
rehabilitation

Water 
management

Local communities

Rights of 
indigenous people

Freedom of 
association and 
collective bargaining

Occupational H&S

R&D, 
Use of Modern 
Technologies

Ethical business 
practices

Social

Environmental

Economic

Low

Low

Significance of impact on business

High

94  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
Approach to reporting
Our approach to reporting follows five key steps:

1

2

3

4

5

Reporting boundaries
The reporting boundaries used for the 
sustainability section of this report include all 
Petropavlovsk’s operating assets and entities 
within the Group, unless stated otherwise. 
Total employee numbers are reported at 
Group level. From an environmental indicator 
perspective, data primarily covers the direct 
impacts from Petropavlovsk’s operating 
assets (Pioneer, Albyn, Malomir, the POX  
Hub and support functions ) with other 
administrative offices excluded due to 
immateriality. Thus, GHG emissions are 
recorded for operating assets only.  
We will look to include emissions from  
our headquarters in Moscow in future. 
Non-managed joint ventures and contractors  
are excluded.

1.  Sustainability report working group is 
established, with ownership and 
accountability defined. 

2.  Materiality assessment is conducted using 

a stakeholder engagement process.

3.  HSE and social performance data is 

collected and analysed, with feedback 
received for the previous report from 
Board, advisers and other stakeholders.

4.  The report is drafted, with a focus  
on materiality, transparency and 
completeness, with the aim of providing  
a meaningful and comprehensive update 
on the Group’s sustainability activities.  
The draft report then undergoes a 
comprehensive internal verification 
process.

5.  The report and data are submitted to the 
CEO and Deputy CEO for review and sign 
off. External verification has been provided 
by Wardell Armstrong International (more 
information on page 124).

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

95

Our Approach   continued

Supply chain management  
and responsible procurement
Responsible supply chain management is an 
important part of achieving our goal of 
continuous sustainable development. Our 
operations are supported by a supply chain 
which predominantly comprises goods and 
services required for the mining, processing 
and recovery of gold. Two thirds of all Group 
purchases are procured for mining 
operations, including fuel, explosives, 
processing chemicals, milling materials and 
mechanical spares and tyres. The Company 
continues to strengthen relationships with 
local suppliers to enhance its socio-economic 
contribution to the Amur region in which its 
operations are based.

We strive to work with suppliers who share 
our approach to legal compliance, industrial 
safety, human rights, fair employment 
practices and environmental protection. 
All our suppliers are required to comply with 
our safety and environmental policies. In order 
to prevent modern slavery and human 
trafficking in our supply chain, we require our 
suppliers to confirm that they have adequate 
policies in place to protect against these 
issues. All new suppliers are contractually 
obliged to acknowledge and unconditionally 
renunciate any type of slavery, human 
trafficking, servile, forced or compulsory 
labour, or any exploitation as legally defined. 
This process is being progressively applied to 
all suppliers as Group contracts continue to 
be renewed.

Supplier assessment is carried out according 
to an internal system based on financial, legal, 
social and environmental principles 
developed and approved internally. Various 
structural divisions throughout the Group are 
involved in the procurement and supplier 
selection procedures, thereby ensuring a 
multi-dimensional approach and a thorough 
screening process. Once the supplier meets 
our requirements, we strive to conclude 
long-term and mutually beneficial contracts, 
whilst continuing to monitor all existing 
suppliers on a regular basis. An audit of 
suppliers by the Company’s internal audit 
team is a part of our ongoing risk 
management process, with reports being 
provided to the Audit Committee.

We strive to make the supply chain 
management process as transparent as 
possible. The Group maintains open channels 
of communication with its suppliers and 
encourages them to raise any issues or 
concerns that arise in the conduct of their 
business. 

Suppliers of hazardous substances and gold 
concentrate are subject to special controls to 
ensure that their activities comply with all legal 
standards and responsible business practices.

Petropavlovsk recognises its ability to have a 
positive socio-economic impact in the Amur 
region, particularly with regards to local 
procurement. We therefore give preference to 
regional suppliers and continuously strive to 
strengthen relationships with them. In 2019, we 
conducted business with over 2,000 suppliers 
of various sizes operating in 79 regions of 
Russia. 41% of procurement was derived from 
local1 suppliers, with other 43% being delivered 
primarily from other regions of Russia. 
International suppliers are included in ‘Others’ 
category as their contribution is not significant.

Geographic location of suppliers

Region
Moscow
Amur region
Khabarovsk region
Others 

%
16
13
28
43

Customers and markets served 
Our gold and silver bars are mainly sold to 
Russian banks and 100% of our total sales  
in 2019 were in bullion form. All processes 
comply with applicable national and 
international regulations. We ensure full 
compliance with Russian regulations in 
product quality, shipment and transportation. 
We have never received any significant fines 
for non-compliance with laws and 
international regulations relating to the use 
and provision of products and services. 

Sustainable Development Goals
As part of our commitment to align our 
business with global initiatives in the area of 
sustainable development, Petropavlovsk 
joined the United Nations (UN) Global 
Compact on 18 December 2019. 

The UN Global Compact is a call to 
companies to align their operations and 
strategies with ten universally accepted 
principles in the areas of human rights, labour, 
environment and anti-corruption (The Ten 
Principles), and to take action in support of 
UN goals and issues embodied in the 
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 

The Ten Principles of the UN Global Compact 
provide a common ethical and practical 
framework for our corporate social 
responsibility, whilst the 17 SDGs represent 
aspirational, long-term targets for business 
and other stakeholders to work in 
collaboration towards creating the better 
world for all. Together, the Ten Principles and 
the Global Goals will guide our values and 
vision to help us make the biggest 
contribution possible to people and planet.

In 2019, following the process of principled 
prioritisation of the SDGs in alignment with the 
Ten Principles, we identified the goals where 
we consider the Company has the best 
opportunity of maximising its positive 
contribution, while minimising its negative 
impact. The findings were presented to the 
senior management and the members of the 
SS&W Committee who discussed the 
importance of instigating relevant targets and 
disclosing the Company’s efforts in driving 
positive changes among our stakeholders. 

While Petropavlovsk recognises the 
importance of all 17 SDGs and aspires to 
making a contribution to all goals in future, in 
2019 our focus was devoted to the five goals 
outlined below.

In 2020, while continuing our efforts in 
contributing to the SDGs, we will collect and 
analyse the data that will allow us to select a 
set of performance indicators which clearly 
link to the identified targets in order to 
measure our progress.

1 ”Local” in this context is considered to be those from the 

Amur ad Khabarovsk regions. 

96  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

SDG

Ensure healthy  
lives and promote 
wellbeing for all at 
all ages

Ensure inclusive  
and equitable  
quality education  
and promote lifelong 
learning opportunities 
for all

Ensure availability  
and sustainable 
management of water 
and sanitation for all

Build resilient 
infrastructure,  
promote inclusive  
and sustainable 
industrialisation and 
foster innovation

We maintain healthy 
workplaces at all times and 
promote wellbeing among 
all our stakeholders:

 – Stringent approach to 

safety management, with 
zero harm commitment;

We aim to make a 
meaningful contribution to 
education and learning in the 
Amur region by providing 
professional training 
opportunities and assisting 
local educational facilities:

 – Providing access to 

quality healthcare for all 
our employees; 

 – Additional support 

through financing the 
treatment at specialised 
health centres; 

 – Availability of sport 

facilities at each mine; 
and

 – Organising and 

sponsoring various 
sports events for 
employees and local 
communities.

Read more on page 109.

 – Advancing science, 

technology, engineering 
and mathematics (STEM)
education through our 
Pokrovskiy Mining 
College – a unique 
educational institution 
funded by the Group; 

 – Ensuring equal access to 
education and training for 
our male and female 
employees; 

 – Providing facilities and 
resources for higher 
education and vocational 
education institutions; 
and 

 – Supporting high schools 

by delivering career 
guidance and providing 
learning opportunities.

Petropavlovsk contribution

We continue to investigate 
and bring into operation 
new, underground drinking 
water sources which can 
be used both by our 
operations and the local 
community, and strive to 
minimise our impact on 
water resources: 

 – Closed circuit water 

supply leading to zero 
water discharges;

 – Three-stage treatment of 
wastewater, involving 
BioDisc- and UV-
equipment - with reuse 
for operational purposes; 
and 

 – Exploration of 

underground drinking 
water deposits to supply 
our mines and local 
communities with 
drinking water. 
10 drinking water 
deposits have been 
discovered since the 
inception of the Group.

We are developing 
infrastructure for the stable 
operation of our mines and 
the sustainable 
development of local 
settlements:

 – Increasing transport 

accessibility in remote 
areas;

 – Bridge repair and 

construction;

 – Construction of bypass 

roads between our mines 
in order to minimise the 
impact on local 
settlements;

 – Investment in new gold 
mining and processing 
technologies and R&D; 
and 

 – The establishment of 
innovative research 
centres, institutes and 
training organisations 
within the Group. 

Read more on pages 56 
and 108. 

Read more on pages 102 
and 105.

Read more on pages 107 
and 114. 

Protect, restore and 
promote sustainable  
use of terrestrial 
ecosystems, sustainably 
manage forests, combat 
desertification, halt and 
reverse land degradation 
and halt biodiversity loss

We are committed to 
protecting forests and 
restoring biodiversity:

 – Environmental Impact 

Assessments conducted 
for every operation as 
part of permitting 
process;

 – All operations are 

certified as ISO 14001 
compliant;

 – Forest protection, 
including forest fire 
protection campaigns;

 – Re-forestation 
programmes; 

 – Complex land 

reclamation programme; 
and 

 – Fish release 

programmes. 

Read more on page 118.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

97

Our Approach   continued

Our sustainability progress in 2019 and future plans

Objective 

2019 goals

Status

Performance 

2020 goals and plans 

Health & Safety

Safety 
performance 
improvement 

Reduce LTIFR at  
each mine 

Health & 
Safety 
framework 
development 

Review and update 
H&S Policies to 
ensure safe working  
at POX Hub

Safety culture 
development 

Conduct safety 
campaign to raise 
awareness 

 Corporate Social Responsibility

Stakeholder 
relationship 
building 

Increase bilateral 
communications 
with the workforce

Increase bilateral 
communications 
with the community

Further strengthen 
the relationship with 
indigenous 
communities

CSR 
Framework 
Development

Adopt Speak-up 
and Anti-Bribery 
Policies aligned with 
international 
industry standards

Align grievance 
procedure with 
international 
industry standards

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Environmental management

Energy 
efficiency

Harness innovation 
for further 
improvements

Water 
management 

Maintain zero water 
discharge 

Emissions 
reduction

GHG intensity 
reduction 

● 

●

●

● Achieved 

  ● In progress

98  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Significant decrease in LTIFR across all mining 
operations: Group LTIFR improved by 36% to 1.61.

Improve or sustain the Group LTIFR  
of 1.61.

POX Hub H&S policies were updated to reflect the 
introduction of new technologies to the Group’s 
portfolio.

Further review and strengthen the 
Group’s policies and standards across 
all operations.

Road Safety Campaign and Slips/Trips/Falls 
Campaign were conducted to raise awareness 
and improve the safety culture. 

Continue with Group-wide training 
programme, including the specific 
courses for the POX Hub developed  
at the Pokrovskiy Mining College.

Board members visited all the mines as a part  
of our workforce engagement programme. 
An Instagram account was created to 
communicate Group news to employees via 
popular network service.

Three community consultations organised in 2019 
and early 2020 to introduce and explain our 
projects to local residents.
Six site visits were arranged for local residents.

An agreement for harmonious development of the 
Ivanovskoye Evenk community signed between 
Albyn mine and the Association of Indigenous 
Minorities of the North of the Selemdzhinskiy 
District.

Policies were developed during 2019 and adopted 
in early 2020 as part of our commitment to 
maintaining a culture of openness across all the
Group and ensuring the highest standards of
probity and accountability.

Develop direct engagement channels 
between management and personnel 
as a part of employee satisfaction 
monitoring.

Enhance opportunities for open 
dialogue by holding community 
consultations.
Conduct further social impact 
assessments at our operations.
Review and update our local 
communities strategy.

Conduct an information campaign, 
throughout the Group to ensure all 
employees are aware of their rights  
and responsibilities, and to encourage 
them to report any concerns regarding 
malpractice.

Completed implementation of the grievance 
procedure, aligning the mechanism with ICMM 
Principles.

Review current Code of Business 
Conduct and Ethics and implement 
any required updates.

Implemented Waste Heat Recovery (WHR) system 
at the POX Hub.

Further upgrade WHR system in order 
to supply heat to the shift camp.

Zero discharge to surface and underground  
water bodies, verified by sample analysis. 

13% reduction in GHG emissions intensity 
achieved. 

Maintain zero water discharge.

Reduce GHG emissions intensity by at 
least 1% and formalise our medium- 
and long-term targets.

Corporate Social Responsibility

Uliana Levanova  Head of Welfare and Community Liaison

“We are very proud of our enthusiastic, innovative and diverse team and continue to invest 
in their development. We are pleased to have been able to maintain positive and 
constructive relationships with our local communities and are honoured to be able to make 
a meaningful contribution in the form of employment opportunities, education, support 
and assistance.” 

Key facts 2019

30% 

Of employees occupying senior, executive 
and mid-level management positions across 
the business are female

62 hrs 

On average training and education at the 
Pokrovskiy Mining College1

20%

Increase in the number of employees involved 
in mentoring programmes

We regard our people as our most valuable 
asset and are committed to responsible 
employment practices, by promoting the fair 
treatment of our workforce, providing equal 
opportunity, preventing discrimination and 
upholding human rights , including our 
workers’ rights to exercise freedom of 
association or collective bargaining. 

We believe that attracting the best talent and 
maintaining an inspired, driven and enthused 
workforce with a strong culture, underpinned 
by our values of responsibility, innovation, 
integrity, excellence and sustainability is 
essential to our future success. We look to 
encourage the development of our 
employees by offering a high level of training 
and ensuring we engage with them in an 
appropriate way. 

1.  Scope includes employees of Amur region-based 

companies

Whilst the Board oversees governance, the 
SS&W Committee has overall responsibility for 
the key social aspects of the business and, along 
with the Board, evaluates the effectiveness of the 
Company’s key social, human resources (HR) 
and ethical policies and procedures. The Group 
has site level HR departments at all our 
operations who report to their respective General 
Directors. They, in turn, report to the General 
Director of MC Petropavlovsk, who sits on the 
Executive Committee and can ensure an 
effective line of communication of all social issues 
up to Board level.

Ethics and human rights
Petropavlovsk operates with a strong 
emphasis on governance and ethical 
behaviour, underpinned by our culture  
and values. As a signatory of the UN Global 
Compact, we are committed to upholding  
the human rights of all our stakeholders, 
including employees, suppliers, contractors 
and partners and have a policy of fair dealing 
and integrity in place. We have developed a 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics 
(the ‘Code’) which sets out our principles 
applicable to our employees and stakeholders. 
A comprehensive training programme is 
currently being developed to ensure that all 
aspects of the Code are understood and 
embedded in the Group’s culture. 

In addition to the Code, the main policies  
and procedures we have in place in order  
to address human rights are:

 – Annual publication of Modern Slavery 

Statement, with on-line training provided  
to employees in both Russia and London 
in 2019; 

 – A Grievance mechanism for all our 

stakeholders, which has been implemented 
in line with the UN Guiding Principles on 
Business and Human Rights; 

 – Continuous engagement with our all our 

stakeholders; and

 – HR policies in compliance with the 

requirements of the Russian Federation.

Anti-corruption
Petropavlovsk is committed to preventing 
corruption and the consequences of such 
actions. All anti-corruption initiatives are 
implemented with the direct support of the 
company’s top management. All related 
matters are closely monitored by the 
Executive Committee and discussed in 
regular meetings. The responsibility for 
ensuring enforcement of any decisions is 
taken by the CEO, who then formally reports 
on this to the Board of Directors.

The Group has adopted certain policies and 
procedures to prevent, combat and reduce 
bribery and corruption and to reinforce its 
zero-tolerance approach. These include a 
Group-wide Anti-Bribery Policy, a Speak-up 
Policy (which provides detailed guidance on 
how employees can raise ethical concerns),  
a Standard Procedure for Processing 
Transactions, as well as internal controls for 
the implementation of related Federal Law. 
A clause aimed at preventing corruption is 
also included in the Code. 

We have an explicit clause regarding anti-
corruption within our contractual terms with  
all our suppliers, formulated in line with our 
Anti-Bribery Policy. No violations of anti-
corruption legislation were identified in 2019. 

In 2018, a grievance mechanism was initiated 
to enable employees and other stakeholders 
to raise any ethical concerns. No cases of 
unethical behaviour were reported through 
this channel in 2019.

We have various plans in 2020 to further 
strengthen initiatives in the business, 
including: 

 – Detailed implementation of Anti-Bribery 
Policy, approved by the Board in the 
beginning of 2020, throughout the 
Company’s departments; 

 – Introductory briefings on the inadmissibility 
of corruption actions for employees and 
contractors; and

 – Anti-Bribery training. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019 

99

Our People

Our workforce 

We aim to employ local residents wherever possible and we are proud of the fact that this enables people 
to find opportunities close to their hometowns in relatively remote areas of the Russian Far East. The vast 
majority of our workforce (65%) is from the Amur region, many of which mastered professions in mining 
and metallurgy at our Pokrovskiy Mining College. 

Diversity and equal opportunity
Petropavlovsk is committed to operating as  
a responsible employer, both by promoting 
the fair treatment of its workforce through 
equal opportunity, and by the absence of 
discrimination required under both Russian 

and UK law. The Group considers 
professional qualities of employees and is 
committed to providing equal opportunity  
to all, regardless of gender, ethnicity, race, 
disability or sexual orientation. 

We are proud of the gender diversity 
demonstrated amongst our broader 
workforce, with around a quarter of our 
employees being female. The ratio of women 
in senior and executive positions across the 
business is higher still, reaching 35% in 2019.

Ksenia Maltseva  Chief Technology Officer

We are proud of the 
many women we 
have in positions that 
traditionally have 
been occupied by 
men in the Russian 
mining industry. 
Ksenia Maltseva 
embodies the 

development opportunities available to 
women at Petropavlovsk. Ksenia has 
recently returned to work after maternity 
leave and, given her position as Chief 
Technology Officer and Chief Engineer of 
Pioneer RIP Plant-2, she will be deeply 
involved in the commissioning of Pioneer 
flotation unit.

Rashida Mustafina Operator-technologist

Rashida lives in 
Kazakhstan, where 
she previously 
worked at a copper 
refining factory. 
She holds two 
diplomas of higher 
education, in 
metallurgical 

engineering, and economics. She first arrived 
at our POX Hub in February 2019, brought 
here by her interest in being a part of the most 
advanced operation in gold mining.

“After graduating from Tomsk Polytechnic 
University in 2007, I moved to the Far East of 
Russia and started as a hydro metallurgist at 
Pioneer - my first and only place of work. 
I then moved into the position of shift 
foreman and was promoted to production 
manager at RIP Plant-1. In 2013, having 
been directly involved in the construction 
and commissioning of RIP Plant-2, I was 
appointed as its Head Engineer. 

I must admit, at first it was challenging, 
especially being new to an executive position, 
with responsibilities for all operational issues 
at the plant. I was able to rely on my prior 
experience and my authority, which I had 
nurtured and earned over time by working in 
different positions at Pioneer throughout my 
career – all of which enabled me to 
successfully lead a large team.”

“It’s now been almost a year since I started 
working at the Pokrovskiy Hub. The main 
difficulty for me was getting here as it takes 
two and a half days by plane or six days by 
train. However, I do not regret a single minute 
about my decision. Working in the mining 
industry feels like my predestination, but the 
POX Hub is more than mining. It represents 
cutting edge technologies. I like everything 
here - the operation, people and our team. 
I like being responsible for many issues, 
including safety procedures, reagent 
consumption rate, and so on. Before starting 
work, I was trained in-house, mentored, and 
then started working on my own. 
The autoclave does not divide people 
according to gender. Here it is experience 
and professional qualities that matter.”

100  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk employees*  
by age and gender

4,331

25.6%

74.4%

2,781

25.4%

74.6%

1,958
22.5%

77.5%

<30 YO

30-50 YO

>50 YO

Male

Female

Petropavlovsk employees* by region of 
residency

Amur region (65.3%)
Other regions of the Far 
East of Russia (25.7%)
Other regions of  
Russia (8.7%)
CIS countries (0.1%)
UK (0.2%)

Petropavlovsk employees* by function

6,376

1,777

917

Workers

Qualified 
employees

Management

*  reporting scope includes Amur region based companies, 
Moscow and London offices, Irgiredmet, Hydromellurgy, 
PHM-Engineering.

27 people with disabilities are employed by 
the Group, with necessary adaptations made 
to working environments where required. 

Employee communication
Employee engagement is facilitated via 
multiple channels, including the internal 
‘PokrovkaPlus’ newspaper, which is delivered 
in both digital and print formats to ensure the 
involvement of any employees on site with 
limited computer access. The newsletter is 
also circulated to local residents and provides 
an important tool for responding to any 
community questions, with input in the 
publication from internal professionals with 
specialist knowledge of the subject in question. 
Social media constitutes an important 
engagement tool, with a Company Facebook 
and Instagram account in operation. Employee 
feedback can be director to HR departments 
and the Head of Welfare and Community 
Liaison via e-mail or telephone. 120 such 
enquiries were made in 2019, with the most 
frequent topics being education and training 
opportunities, arrangement of the 25-year 
Company celebrations and requests for 
assistance in difficult personal circumstances. 

Employee satisfaction 

Turnover rate

2019 

2018 

33.1%

34.9%

We consider employee turnover to be one  
of the indicators that demonstrates our 
progress in building long-term relationships 
with employees. In 2019, we had a decrease 
in turnover of 1.8% compared to 2018.  
Whilst, we still consider current turnover  
rates to be quite high, we are pleased with  
the downwards trajectory. We believe that 
instability has been the main factor 
contributing to the high turnover of our 

employees in recent years. However, we have 
now passed a turning point by bringing the 
POX project into operation, providing a stable 
future for our mines. In addition to this, the 
original chief operational team has now 
returned to successfully complete this project, 
thereby boosting morale and confidence. 

Turnover rate is lowest in our offices, among 
management personnel and engineering and 
technical workers. Turnover is highest amongst 
workers on long shifts (30 consecutive days), 
especially those at our most remote mines. 

Whilst Company loyalty is high amongst many 
of our employees, with over one third of our 
workforce having been with Petropavlovsk for 
more than five years, we recognise that we 
need to address turnover rates and are 
committed to reducing these to 25% by 2025. 
In 2020, we plan to introduce a survey for 
those leaving the Company in order to better 
understand the turnover issue. We will also 
conduct surveys throughout the year to 
monitor employee satisfaction, gather 
feedback and better understand material 
issues for our employees.

Employment practices, competitive 
remuneration and benefits 
All employees are issued with contracts 
detailing their working hours, paid annual 
leave and other guarantees, in line with 
Russian or UK legislation (as applicable). 
In Russia, the Group operates in accordance 
with the Constitution of the Russian 
Federation, which details the rights and 
freedoms of citizens.

Petropavlovsk provides competitive 
remuneration to its employees, with our 
minimum salaries exceeding regional  
minimum wage by 83% and our average 
wages being 32% above the national 
averages. Both average and minimum 
Petropavlovsk wages increased both in 

Roubles and in US$ when compared to  
2018. In order to motivate and encourage  
our workforce, the Group also has variable, 
performance-based components to 
remuneration, which is available for all 
employees who have worked for the Company 
for over one year. The performance-based 
component amounts to 20% of the wage,  
with two types of bonuses, one is paid over  
the period of one month (for employees of  
the month), and the other is paid over a period 
of one year (for employees of the year). 
The share of workers allotted with the wage 
bonus increased from 1,933 people (22%) in 
2018 to 2,252 people (26%) in 2019. 

Eligibility for performance-based bonuses is 
dependent on having no violations of work 
discipline and health and safety rules.

Social benefits, such as pensions, maternity/
paternity leave, and employee assistance 
programmes are provided by Petropavlovsk. 
212 female and 5 male employees took 
parental leave in 2019. The Group also pays 
for the employee assistance programmes 
which fund one-off payments in the case of 
childbirth, marriage, and medical treatment, 
funeral costs for close family, financial 
difficulties and natural disasters. In 2019, 
1,072 employees received such assistance.

Non-compensation benefits for our employees 
includes health resort treatment and in 2019, 
198 employees received holiday packages, 
with 164 employee children receiving vacation 
packages for summer camps. 

Petropavlovsk* minimum and average salaries vs. regional and national average, US$ per month

Average salary in Russia 

Average salary in Amur region 

Petropavlovsk average salary 

Minimum salary in Amur region 

271

Petropavlovsk minimum salary 

*Amur region based companies only.

496

659

688

872

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  101

Our People   continued

Living conditions and leisure 
opportunities at our accommodation 
camps
Shift patterns are organised in such a way as  
to promote uninterrupted operations, but also 
to allow employees to perform their duties 
whilst providing for family commitments. 
These patterns are usually either 14, 30 or  
45 days at the mine with subsequent leave  
of the same duration. Whilst on duty,  
employees live on site in comfortable, hotel-style 
accommodation with access to leisure facilities.

At all Petropavlovsk mines, there are gyms,  
as well as outdoor sport courts for our 
employees to keep fit. Sports tournaments 
are held regularly in cross country running, 
chess, darts, volleyball, table tennis and 
football. In 2019, more than 500 people, 
including employees, contractors and interns, 
took part in a variety of sports tournaments.

Employee education, training and 
development
Employee education and development are 
critical not only to the Company but also to 
the mining industry as a whole and we take 
our responsibility to providing development 
opportunities seriously. We see this area of 
the business as vitally important not only to 
ensure that our workforce has the correct 
level of skills and abilities but also consider  
it to be an important way of improving 
employee retention by continuously furthering 

the careers of our people. We take pride in  
our ability to innovate and therefore focus on 
providing a high level of technical training. 
We have systems in place within the HR 
department to assess the skills and 
educational requirements of our workforce 
and encourage our employees to constantly 
further their abilities and meet professional 
goals and ambitions. More than 23% of our 
employees hold university diplomas, with 
another 19% having obtained professional 
education. All employees, regardless of their 
education level, are trained and have access 
to in-house educational opportunities at the 
Pokrovskiy Mining College to master new 
skills and technologies. 

Established in 2008, the Pokrovskiy Mining 
College is well equipped, has a modern 
campus and highly qualified teachers. This 
private, non-profit, innovative educational 
institution offers a wide range of in-house 
training courses, which include: 

 – Secondary education (training of mid-level 

specialists, skilled workers and employees); 

 – Additional education (retraining for a new 

activity, advanced training); and

 –  Professional training (with over 40 

programmes available – ranging from 
analytical chemistry to electrical fitting.

Improving living conditions for our employees at the accommodation  
camp at Pokrovskiy

The launch of the POX Hub extended the life 
of the Pokrovskiy mine for decades and, in 
the summer of 2019, a renovation project 
started at the oldest accommodation camp, 
where some of the earliest buildings were 
constructed more than 15 years ago. 

Commenting on the importance of the 
refurbishment programme, Anatoly Lapa, 
head manager of the POX camp said: “The 
operation is expanding, and new employees 
and contractors are coming to site; many of 
whom are of the younger generation. 
Comfort is very important to them and 
therefore, if we want to attract this 

generation, it is important that we take 
account of their feedback and do our best to 
accommodate their requests. Some 
employees spend almost half of their time in 
our camps and therefore we are committed 
to ensuring they are as comfortable as 
possible.” 

During the summer, four buildings were 
renovated and we plan to complete 
refurbishments to all other buildings in 2020. 
This involves rewiring, carrying out cosmetic 
repairs, replacing wooden windows with 
plastic frames, and sheathing external walls.

 – In 2019, over 2,600 employees were trained 

and educated at the Pokrovskiy Mining 
College, with the majority of these people 
coming from Pokrovskiy and Pioneer. A key 
training programme carried out during the 
year focused on POX Hub safety. 

Mentoring and work experience 
programmes
With a balanced distribution of ages amongst 
our workforce, we have good opportunities 
for mentoring and transfer of optimal work 
practices. Mentoring programmes are 
designed to pass on work experience, 
knowledge, as well as corporate culture from 
our employees to those joining the Company, 
and to facilitate the induction and adjustment 
process. Mentoring programmes are also a 
part of vocational training for the students of 
our Pokrovskiy Mining College, as well as for 
university students and graduates during their 
internship with the Company. Employees 
acting as mentors are paid a bonus salary 
and, in 2019, 196 employees were involved in 
such programmes, representing a 20% 
increase from 2018. 

In 2019, 217 students from Russian 
universities completed internships at 
Petropavlovsk, where they acquired a 
practical understanding of a modern mining 
enterprise operation. Many of these will return 
to the Company upon graduation.

Our employee level of education

 Upper and compulsory secondary (44.8%)

 Elementary professional training (12.7%)

 Professional/Vocational education (19.4%)

 University degree (23.1%)

102  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Collaborating with suppliers to improve training 

In the summer of 2019, Petropavlovsk, 
together with Caterpillar, organised a 
professional skills contest among mining 
equipment operators (dump truck drivers, 
bulldozer and excavator operators).

The winners in each of the three categories 
were rewarded with a trip to Spain to visit  
the Caterpillar demonstration and training 
centre in Malaga. All the winners are 

experienced operators, who had been  
with the Company between 6 to 10 years. 

In Malaga, Petropavlovsk operators were 
given a tour of all the demonstration and 
training facilities. They were given the 
opportunity to become acquainted with 
Caterpillar technologies and programmes for 
monitoring road safety, obstacle detection, 
as well as new technologies the Company is 

planning to implement. Petropavlovsk 
employees provided valuable feedback on 
operating Caterpillar machinery in the harsh 
weather conditions of the Russian Far East. 

In 2020, Petropavlovsk and Caterpillar are 
planning to hold the competition again, and 
add additional stages, so that as many 
operators as possible have the opportunity 
to take part and test their professional skills. 

Trade Union and freedom of association
We believe that upholding workers’ rights is a 
fundamental way of maintaining an engaged 
and committed workforce. We recognise the 
rights of our employees to join a Trade Union, 
to bargain collectively or to engage in Trade 
Union activities.

A Trade Union was formed by Pokrovskiy 
employees and a Collective Bargaining 
Agreement (covering all employees, including 
those who are not unionised), between the 
Trade Union and the Company, was signed  
in 2006 for an initial duration of three years. 
Since then it has been renewed four times, 
with the most recent ratification in 2018.

Today, 1,599 employees are members of  
the Trade Union, consisting of 1,021 males, 
and 578 females. In a continuation of the 
Group’s historical record, no strikes occurred 
during 2019.

In February 2020, the Board of Directors 
adopted a Freedom of Association Policy, 
officially recognising the rights of our 
employers and workers to join or create an 
employee organisation such as a trade union, 
a worker association, a worker council or 
committee for the promotion and defence of 
occupational interests of their choice, without 
negative consequences to them. This also 
includes the freedom not to be forced to join 
any of these groups.

Petropavlovsk operates in Russia, which has 
ratified the International Labour Organisation’s 
Convention No. 87 (Freedom of Association 
and Protection of the Right to Organise, 1948) 
and Convention No. 98 (Right to Organise 
and Collective Bargaining Convention, 1949). 
In accordance with the laws of the Russian 
Federation, all employees are free to join or 
not join a Trade Union. 

As such, we do not consider there to be a risk 
within the Group for workers’ rights to 
exercise freedom of association or collective 
bargaining to be violated or at significant risk.

Photo by Pospelov Production

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  103

Our People   continued

Petropavlovsk celebrates its 25-year anniversary 

Award ceremonies, concerts, sporting and 
entertainment events were held at all of our 
mines in July 2019 to celebrate 25 years 
since the Group’s foundation. 

Longstanding employees, who have been 
working at Petropavlovsk for more than 5, 
10, 15, 20 and 25 years respectively, 
received medals and salary bonuses. 

Employees and their children were invited to 
take part in creative competitions, producing 
drawings, music compositions and videos to 
mark the occasion. One such video was 

shot by employees of the Pokrovskiy mine, 
and featured over 150 of our colleagues. 
Singing and dancing groups performed at 
Pokrovskiy, one of our mines, which was 
brought into production in 1999. The 
following day, the groups visited Pioneer, 
where families of our employees living in the 
nearby villages, were invited to the concert to 
watch their relatives being rewarded for their 
dedication to the Company.

Employees at Albyn also organised several 
vocal and dance groups and performed 

along with local children from the area in 
Zlatoustovsk.

A large celebration ceremony was held in 
Blagoveschensk, with all those present 
congratulated by the Group CEO Pavel 
Maslovskiy and an award was presented to 
the most highly commended Petropavlovsk 
employee. City and regional government 
officials thanked our employees for their work 
and praised their invaluable contribution to the 
economy of the Amur region.

104  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Local Communities

Community engagement

Building long-term relationships with local communities and local residents is important to us and we aim  
to engage in an open and transparent manner. We have various channels through which we can seek 
community feedback and disseminate information about the Company, including the ‘PokrovkaPlus’ 
newsletter, social media accounts, as well as our Head of Welfare and Community Liaison. 

Key facts 2019

US$1.6 million 

Of social investment 

65.3% 

Of our employees are from the Amur region

174km

High-voltage power line built in cooperation 
with the Government 

We are committed to maintaining our ‘social 
licence to operate’ and are aware of our duty 
to engender and maintain the acceptance 
and approval of our local stakeholders. 
Recognising our responsibility to make a 
meaningful socio-economic contribution to 
the communities in which we operate, we 
have various tools in place to enable us to 
provide support and assistance. One of the 
most obvious inputs is the employment we 
offer (covered on pages 100 to 101), but in 
addition to this we look to support the 
community through education (both at our 
College and also by providing assistance to 
educational institutions), other financial 
assistance through the Petropavlovsk 
Foundation, preferential local procurement 
and the provision of local infrastructure. 

We value open and transparent engagement 
with our local stakeholders and look to uphold 
cultural traditions and respect indigenous 
communities.

The SS&W Committee is ultimately responsible 
for this area of the business, however we also 
have a Head of Welfare and Community 
Liaison who is tasked with day-to-day 
supervision and there is significant executive 
management input, with the General 
Managers at each mine administering the 
Company’s social initiatives in the local 

communities and allocating the budget. 
The General Director of MC Petropavlovsk is 
responsible for establishing overall budgets for 
the community development projects and 
approving key areas of focus, both are which 
are subject to approval by the CEO. 

We value open and transparent engagement 
with our local stakeholders and look to uphold 
cultural traditions and respect indigenous 
communities. Local community engagement 
is carried out at all our operations and we 
have various tools in place to facilitate this. 
Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA) are 
performed at all projects, with results 
disclosed in the public arena. Community 
development programmes are in place at 
each of our projects, based on local 
stakeholder requirements, with further 
information available on pages 105 to 108.

We review socio-economic data and statistics 
in order to further evaluate our approaches to 
community contribution.

Various community consultations and site 
visits were organised in 2019 to facilitate open 
dialogue with local residents, NGOs and 
regional and municipal level officials. 
A significant proportion of the local community 
attended these public consultations, with all 
information and data made available to 
attendees in advance of the meeting. 

At the beginning of the year, residents of  
the Selemdzhinskiy District were consulted 
regarding the expansion of hydrotechnical 
facilities at Albyn. Questions arising during  
the meeting centred around the stability of  
the facility during emergency situations, 
construction safety. In December 2019, 
Petropavlovsk held public consultations  
in Ekimchan village to discuss the EIA of 
underground development of the Malomir 
Quartzitovoye pit. Company representatives 
gave local residents and other stakeholders 
an in-depth description of the technical 
features of the project. They key focus of  
the discussion was on the environmental 
safety review. 

We have a Group-wide grievance mechanism 
in place covering all operations, which 
enables members of the public and other 
stakeholders to raise complaints or issues 
concerning the Company’s activities and to 
be assured that these complaints will receive 
due consideration and a written response. 
The introduction of the system was approved 
by the Board of Directors and implemented in 
2019. Any complaints are registered online 
(with high internet connectivity in the Amur 
region enabling this process); only one was 
posted in 2019. We have therefore planned an 
information campaign in 2020 to raise 
awareness of the service and plan to trial and 
expand the number of communications 
methods in order to optimise the procedure. 

Providing educational support in the 
Amur region 
We are proud of the training we are able to 
facilitate not only for our employees but also 
for community members. By facilitating 
technical education, we not only contribute  
to the socio-economic environment but also 
develop a pipeline of local talent for the 
Company. School graduates in the Amur 
region have access to mining education at  
our Pokrovskiy Mining College, where study, 
tuition and accommodation are free for 
students for the duration of their training,  
and those who demonstrate outstanding 
results receive a stipend. 

In 2019, 34 students graduated in mining  
and electrical equipment maintenance and 
12 people received training as mid-level 
specialists in analytical chemistry. All of  
these former students are now employed  
by Petropavlovsk. Training at our college  
is becoming increasingly prestigious and 
competitive, with five applications for every 
entrant in 2019.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  105

Local Communities  continued

Community site visits

Russian Federation aimed at guaranteeing 
the rights of Indigenous people.

As a part of Petropavlovsk’s commitment to 
respect and form long-lasting relations with the 
Indigenous Community, Albyn mine signed an 
Agreement with the Association of Indigenous 
Minorities of the North of the Selemdzhinsky 
District in 2019, legally represented by its head 
Sergey Nikiforov. Under this agreement 
Petropavlovsk has committed to assisting  
in the development of the local community. 

This is an important step both in terms of the 
basis of the Agreement but also the cooperation 
it demonstrates and the engagement and 
dialogue with the community it enables. 
The Agreement provides the Evenk community 
with a transparent framework that enables 
them to identify their priorities and plan the 
community’s development. 

This forms part of Petropavlovsk’s policy to 
support Indigenous communities in their 
effort to save their native language and pass it 
on to the next generations. By supporting the 
socio-economic development of the village, 
we aim to improve quality of life for the Evenk 
community. In November 2019, the Company 
sponsored the participation of schoolchildren 
from Ivanovskoye village and their teacher in 
the ‘Turen-2019’ conference, dedicated to the 
language and culture of Russian Evenks and 
the Orochons of the Northern China. 

Petropavlovsk also has a partnership with 
leading universities in the Amur region. For 
example, we partner with the Faculty of Natural 
Sciences of Blagoveschensk Pedagogical 
University on the education of qualified staff for 
the Group’s analytical laboratories. The faculty 
celebrated its 85th anniversary this year, and 
was presented with computers and laboratory 
equipment by the Company. 

Supporting indigenous communities
Our Albyn mine is located approximately 
20km from Ivanovskoye village, with a 
population of c.370 people, the majority of 
which are Evenk, an Indigenous people of  
the Amur region. This village is located in a 
traditional gold mining area, where alluvial 
gold has been mined since the 19th century, 
and various local companies (which are not 
part of the Group) continue to mine alluvial 
gold in the vicinity. 

We recognise that prior to the 
commencement of mining at Albyn by 
Petropavlovsk, past alluvial operations  
have sometimes negatively impacted the 
Evenk community and their surrounding 
environment, without creating any meaningful 
benefit for them. As one of our primary 
stakeholder groups in the region, we are 
committed to protecting their rights, 
acknowledging that they face similar 
socio-economic challenges to others in the 
region but are also confronted with the unique 
issue of saving their culture and traditional 
lifestyle. Our approach in this regard also 
aligns with legislative framework in the 

106  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

We organise community site visits to ensure 
that local residents understand our 
operations and to maintain a strong, 
transparent level of dialogue with them. 
In 2019, Albyn and Malomir were visited by 
high school students living in neighbouring 
villages. They observed operations at the 
mine, visited the chemical laboratory, and 
toured RIP plants and accommodation 
camp. Students and their teachers enquired 
about environmental protection measures, 
operational performance and employment 
prospects. Children were most impressed 
by the Caterpillar trucks, whereas the 
interest from teachers mainly centred  
around the high-tech equipment used at  
the chemical laboratory and at the plant. 

Site visits were also arranged throughout the 
year for local NGOs, industry authorities and 
analysts and investors.

In 2019, Petropavlovsk also supported the 
Evenk community to facilitate their traditional 
reindeer herding. There were no incidents of 
violations involving rights of Indigenous 
peoples in 2019.

Petropavlovsk Foundation
Petropavlovsk provides direct support to local 
communities through the Petropavlovsk 
Foundation. Established in 2010, the 
Foundation invests in programmes aimed at 
encouraging socio-economic development, 
improving the quality of life for local 
communities and maintaining a positive 
socio-cultural environment. Support is 
informed by the local community 
development programmes at each of our 
operations which is based on local 
stakeholder needs.

The Foundation’s social projects fall under 6 
strategic areas:

 –  Education; 

 – Future generations (child development); 

 – Research and development; 

 – Culture; 

 – Quality of life; and 

 – Sport. 

Key projects in 2019

In 2019, the Petropavlovsk Foundation continued to support social and educational institutions, regional NGOs, and significant public 
initiatives throughout the Amur region. Some of the key areas of support we offer through the Foundation are as follows:

Childcare and school 
facilities

The creation of modern and safe conditions for pupils in preschool and educational institutions of the Amur region is one 
of the significant areas of work of the Petropavlovsk Foundation. 

Sport

In 2019, we took part in providing drinking water to nurseries in the Mazanovskiy district, which suffered from a massive 
flood in the Amur region in the summer of 2019. Water in the village is supplied from drill holes and wells, however, lab 
tests showed that it was not suitable for drinking. The Petropavlovsk Foundation acquired the necessary equipment for 
water treatment. The clean water was secured, and the nurseries opened their doors. Another project in 2019 involved 
buying playground equipment for schoolchildren in Tygda village, where many Pokrovskiy employees live.

In order to develop grassroots children’s football in the Amur region, the Petropavlovsk Foundation continued its 
cooperation with the Amur regional Children’s Football League. We contributed to an international tournament,  
local competitions among football teams, advanced training courses for coaches and master classes with professional 
football players. Over 500 children benefited from the programme. In 2019 the Foundation conducted the ninth  
annual Open Petropavlovsk Cup football tournament. Amateur athletes from Amur villages competed, as well as 
Petropavlovsk team.

Culture and history

The ‘Albazino Expedition’ project was supported by the Foundation, aiming to facilitate research and development of the 
historical and cultural heritage of the Amur region.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  107

Local Communities  continued

“The Albazino Expedition” A Cultural and Historical Awareness Project 

In 2017, the Petropavlovsk Foundation  
was awarded a Presidential Grant for 
Non-Governmental Organisations worth 
RUB1.7 million, which was used to film a 
historical documentary called the “Albazin’s 
legacy” charting the discovery and 
subsequent development of Siberia and  
the Russian Far East by early Russian 
explorers, including the founding of 
Russia’s first city on the Amur River in  
the XVII century and the Albazin fortress.

Through documenting the unique cultural 
heritage of this region, the project has greatly 
benefitted school children and the wider 
community, and an exhibition of various 
findings and artefacts from the project is  
also on display in Moscow at the Streletsky 
Chambers museum following its opening at a 

ceremony attended by Vladimir Medinsky, the 
Minister of Culture for the Russian Federation.

The documentary has been made  
available on YouTube in Russian with English 
subtitles (www.youtube.com/watch?v=-
gz95mpL0_w&feature=youtu.be) and has 
been shown at venues across the Far East, 
including the Amur Autumn film festival in 
2018, the History department of the Russian 
Academy of Sciences and the Streletskie 
Chamber Museum in Moscow. It has also 
been sent to all schools and Universities in 
the Amur region where feedback has been 
overwhelmingly positive, particularly from 
schoolteachers. 

Given the success of the project, the 
Foundation considered it logical to talk about 

the next important stage in the history of the 
region, when the territory became part of 
Russia again in the mid-19th century.  
At the end of 2018, the Foundation again  
won a RUB2.4 million Presidential Grant for  
filming another documentary focusing on  
this period.

The Foundation also published a book in 
2019 spanning 500 years of the region’s 
history in collaboration with Novosibirsk 
University and using materials from the 
filming of the Albazin Expedition.

In 2020, the Foundation plans to publish a 
book for children about the history of the 
Russian Far East, make a new documentary 
film and exhibit items found during the 
making of the Albazin Expedition.

Contributing to infrastructure and 
quality of life
Some of our operations are located in remote 
areas, with inherent transport and accessibility 
issues, specifically in the northern 
Selemdzhinskiy district. Petropavlovsk actively 
invests in the construction of infrastructure, 
which is instrumental to the development of 
our projects but also significantly improves the 
quality of life for local residents. Ways in which 
we are able to contribute to local infrastructure 
through the sharing of our services include:

 – Funding and constructing road networks, 
including the car and pedestrian bridge 
across the Karaurak River, built by 
Petropavlovsk for a cost of RUB13 million 
and opened in 2019; 

 – Allowing emergency services and services 
such as sanitation and forest protection to 

use our helipads, thereby enabling quick 
and qualified assistance to residents of 
remote areas; and

 – The construction of a high-voltage  

power line in 2019 in cooperation with 
Government, providing our enterprises 
(including the Malomir flotation line) and 
local villages with a reliable electricity 
supply. The 220 kV, 174km long 
transmission line (February-Rudnaya) and  
a 220 kV substation in the village of Koboldo 
(Rudnaya) were successfully tested at the 
end of 2019 and launched in early 2020. 

Economic performance
We are aware that one of the most significant 
positive contributions we can make is the 
economic value we bring to our stakeholders 
and the regions in which we operate. Given the 
remote location of our mines and the local 

socio-economic environment, this is 
considered to be our most material impact  
and one that we take very seriously. We are 
committed to the transparent payment of 
taxes, preferential recruitment of local people 
with fair and favourable remuneration, 
prioritised spend with local suppliers and 
community-led investment and support. 
Strong economic performance by the 
Company directly impacts all our stakeholders 
and enables us to contribute to sustainable 
development and provide long-term benefits. 

In 2019, Petropavlovsk distributed 
US$559.2 million, which included payments 
to suppliers, wages and benefits to our 
employees, taxes, and US$1.6 million 
invested in local community projects in  
the Russian Far East.

Direct economic value generated and distributed, US$ million

Direct economic value generated

Revenue
Interest

Economic value distributed:

Operating costs (suppliers)
Payment to employees (wages and benefits)
Taxes1
Payments to capital providers2
Community investment

Economic value retained

Notes: 
1  2017 figure includes $19.9 million of mineral tax accrued in 2016; 
2   Interest expense net of capitalised interest; 

108  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

2019
 744.8 
 741.6 
 3.2 
 559.1 
 313.3 
 131.1 
 53.3 
 59.9 
 1.6 
 185.7 

2018
 503.6 
 499.8 
 3.8 
 375.3 
 217.5 
 101.5 
 26.3 
 29.5 
 0.5 
 128.3 

2017
 588.2 
 587.4 
 0.8 
 450.7 
 270.8 
 103.6 
 50.1 
 25.9 
 0.3 
 137.5 

Health and Safety

Vladimir Novikov  Health & Safety Officer

“We recognise the impact on our employees of the remote locations of our operations 
and the sometimes-harsh weather conditions. Therefore, our task as health and safety 
management is to protect their safety, sustain their health and support them in every way 
possible. I am pleased to note a strong improvement in safety performance across our 
operations in 2019, demonstrating a significant achievement for all the team, with a 
notable reduction in LTIFR. However, we are careful not to become complacent and look to continue 
further enhancing performance going forward.” 

Key facts 2019

0 

Fatalities

30 hrs 

On average of safety training per employee

36% 

Improvement in LTIFR

Our people are central to the success of  
our business and we recognise the health, 
safety and wellbeing of our workforce and 
contractors as one of our key responsibilities.

At Petropavlovsk, we promote a strong 
culture of responsible health and safety 
management and are focused on its continual 
improvement. Our overall objective is to 
minimise the risk of accidents and of 
occupational illnesses, and to avoid fatalities. 
In 2019, we continued working towards our 
goal of “zero-harm”, with the safety of our 
people remaining our number one priority. 

Our health and safety practices are overseen 
by the Board, with the Board-level SS&W 
Committee meeting regularly to assess and 
evaluate Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) 
management systems. General Managers  
at each operation are responsible for 
overseeing the safety of workplaces at sites 
and protecting the health of our employees. 
We also expect them to set examples through 
leadership and model correct behaviours. 
We believe that safety is our collective 
responsibility and employees at different 

levels of the business actively partake  
in the development of health and safety 
programmes and policies. Every employee  
is involved in decisions relating to collective 
safety, ranging from the use of personal 
protective equipment (PPE) to advanced 
protective automotive systems.

Our health and safety strategy is based on  
the following commitments: 

 – Providing a safe working environment for  

all employees;

 – Ensuring full compliance with the legislation 

of the Russian Federation;

It is our duty to all our stakeholders to comply 
with health and safety legislation and all 
relevant regulations in the regions in which  
we operate and we incorporate all legislative 
developments into our health and safety 
standards in timely manner as they arise. 
Beyond this, Petropavlovsk strives to align 
with industry best practice, both in Russia 
and internationally.

OHS management systems are an integral 
and essential part of our approach and have 
been developed in line with OHSAS 18001 
and based on the guidelines on occupational 
safety and health management systems of 
the International Labour Organisation 
(ILO-OSH 2001). These guidelines are aimed 
at protecting workers and contractors from 
occupational hazards and minimising risks, 
while improving productivity. Our health and 
safety policies are applicable to all employees 
as well as contractors and everyone is 
informed of any amendments to procedures 
as required. Our contractors are regularly 
audited for health and safety practices to 
encourage and improve performance; they 
also take part in health and safety meetings 
held on sites.

An important element of our safety approach 
is the development and promotion of a strong 
safety culture within the Group, based on 
behavioural practice. 

 – Minimising the risk of accidents and 

occupational illness; and

 – Providing high quality, task-specific training.

Any employee at our operations is able to 
effectively contact health and safety officers 
either in person, using communication 
devices (radio, phone, e-mail) or through their 
foremen on site – whether before, after or 
during the shift. This system enables workers 
to come forward with any health and safety 
related proposals – be that in the form of a 
complaint or a suggestion to improve 
conditions in the workplace. In addition, 
employees are encouraged to request any 
required information or clarifications on 
specific health and safety guidance if they  
are unsure of the relevant procedures.

OHS risk assessment 
Risk management is integral to our health and 
safety practices and Petropavlovsk conducts 
regular and rigorous risk assessments to 
ensure we protect our workforce. By requiring 
our workplaces to adopt and apply a 
risk-based approach, we are in a better 
position to more effectively and efficiently 
control the highest risk workplace hazards. 

The risk assessment process consists of:

 – Assessing workplace hazards and 
assigning a level of risk to them;

 – Controlling workplace hazards;

 – Ensuring that the appropriate education, 
relating to the principal risks, is provided  
to the workforce through seminars and 
‘toolbox’ talks as well as social media; and

 – Ensuring that risk assessments are carried 

out at the appropriate frequency.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  109

Health & Safety   continued

Petropavlovsk collects and evaluates data on 
‘near miss’ incidents in order to quantify the 
risk and evaluate its frequency and impact in 
order to mitigate workplace health and safety 
hazards.

The most common Health & Safety risk 
categories have been slipping and falling 
(predominantly in winter), machine 
maintenance, road transportation and 
accidents occurring during loading and 
unloading. Whilst these categories are still 
relevant today, we have seen a declining 
exposure as employees become more aware 
through ongoing education.

Daily risk assessments are performed at each 
stage of an employee’s work and, should any 
hazard or risk be identified, the assignment is 
not commenced before the risk is removed or 
mitigated to the appropriate level. 

Employees are encouraged to report any 
work-related hazards without reprisal, and we 
have a system in place to enable this, which 
involves a reporting or signalling system, 
whereby the employee should inform his 
foreman of any identified risk. In accordance 
with the specifics of the risk, the foreman then 
either stops the working process until the 
hazard is removed, and if necessary, engages 
higher management, or, if possible, enables 
the immediate elimination of the risk prior to 
commencement of work. Workers may 
remove themselves from any unsafe situations 
until such time as the risk has been removed.

Safety training
All our employees are provided with safety 
training and education and all employees, 
contractors and any other visitors undergo a 
safety induction upon arrival at any of our sites. 

Safety refresher courses and exams are 
mandatory on a six- or twelve-monthly basis 
(depending on the profession). Targeted 
safety training is also provided for those 
carrying out tasks outside of their usual  
scope of work. In the event of an incident, 
investigation findings are presented to all 
involved, with specialised training provided  
to reinforce rules, regulations and practices.

Safety reporting
All accidents resulting in a lost time injury (LTI) 
are recorded, analysed and investigated by the 
onsite safety committee to determine the cause 
of the accident, address issues and improve 
systems to prevent recurrence. They are then 
reported to the Management Company, the 
Executive Committee and Board. Group 
management strategies implemented at  

110  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Health & Safety at the POX Hub

In line with our focus on health and safety,  
the new POX Hub has a robust employee 
verification security system, training,  
and personnel admission. The safety 
management system was developed in  
order to achieve a greater level of control and 
maintenance of necessary qualifications.

In 2019, employees from several specialist 
functions, including the hydrometallurgical 
division, and pump and crane operators, 
underwent specific health and safety 
training at the Pokrovskiy Mining College, 
where they were awarded the necessary 
certificates to continue their function or to 
enable promotion into other functions.

Employees from all functions and 
plant management underwent nuclear 
safety training according to Federal 
programmes run by leading Russian 
universities. This was undertaken to ensure 
that staff at the pressure oxidation plant 
have the necessary radiation safety training 
required under a new clause of the State 

licence issued to the plant. A scheduled site 
visit was made by the Federal watchdog, 
overseeing radiation safety in the sector, and 
the operation successfully passed the 
inspection In addition, the Emergency 
Localisation and Response Plan for the POX 
Hub was approved by the Ministry of 
Emergencies.

As part of the Group’s general OHS 
programme, an annual medical examination 
took place at the POX plant, which included 
x-ray examinations of all plant employees to 
detect lung disease or related issues. An 
annual mandatory vaccination programme 
was also conducted to protect employees 
against the encephalitis tick, which is 
prevalent in the region. 

In 2020, we are planning to introduce new 
software aimed at automating certain health 
and safety procedures in order to minimise 
paperwork and enable health and safety 
officers to focus on more essential tasks at 
the site.

all sites are aimed at reducing the number 
accidents, leading to a lower LTIFR. 

Regular internal on-site inspections are 
carried out to ensure that working 
environments are safe. External audits are 
conducted by various Russian authorities to 
confirm compliance with the legislation.

Fatalities

2019  0

2018 

2017 

1

3

Incident investigation and prevention
Having investigated and scrutinised the 
accidents that have occurred at our operations 
over the last three years by type and root 
cause, we have determined the following areas 
of increased focus going forward:

 – Operation and maintenance of automotive 

equipment;

 – Road safety; and

 – Slips, trips and falls.

This has enabled the initiation of a focused 
health and safety programme across the Group.
Safety memorandums were circulated to 
familiarise employees with incidents and 
briefings and tailored training were carried out. 
Corrective measures were introduced to 
address each of the focus areas and targeted 
health and safety campaigns continue to be 
carried out to prevent reoccurrence of incidents. 
Various measures were implemented in 
response to the fatalities that occurred in 2018 
and 2017, which included: refresher or targeted 
health and safety training to reinforce the risks 
and remind employees of hazards, and where 
appropriate, seasonal threats. As a result of all 
these measures, several HSE parameters have 
demonstrated steady improvement. 

A road safety campaign was conducted from 
January to March 2019, which resulted in a 
decrease in automotive accidents.

In 2019, US$2.6 million were spent on initiatives 
aimed at improving industrial safety and 
occupational health. The majority of funds  
were spent on the provision of PPE, conducting 
medical examinations of employees, voluntary 
health insurance and on OHS training. 

Emergency preparedness
In order to minimise potential risks and hazards 
at our sites, the Company regularly conducts 
emergency drills. These are based on 
emergency preparedness plans, involve 
different exercises and engage both the workers 
of the mines, as well as medical specialists and 
firefighting units. It is vital that everyone knows 
their role and is prepared to participate should 
the circumstances require. Training and 
education here are of great significance.

In addition to ensuring readiness amongst the 
required personnel, we need to ensure that all 
machinery and equipment are in the best 
possible condition. This requires adherence 
to the maintenance schedule and monitoring 
and control of relevant vehicles and machines 
on a daily basis, as appropriate.

Emergency preparedness performance is 
reviewed as part of our regular internal and 
external audits.

Health 
At Petropavlovsk we pride ourselves on our 
commitment to providing a healthy working 
environment for our employees. All our sites 
are equipped with medical facilities, which are 
accessible to all employees with doctors and 
essential medication available. Annual medical 
examinations are conducted to assess the 
health of our employees, as well as provide 
vaccinations. All personal data of our 
employees, including that of their health  

status, is kept confidential in accordance with 
Russian legislation and is protected under the 
Company’s confidentiality policy.

We promote a healthy lifestyle among our 
employees and all sites have sports facilities, 
including football pitches, volleyball courts, 
table tennis tables and gymnasiums. Every 
year we organise sports competitions to 
boost the team spirit of our workforce and  
to encourage healthy living.

Employees of pre-retirement age with  
medical conditions are sent to healthcare 
resorts to improve their health. In addition to 
the standard state insurance which covers all 
of our employees, 26% of the Group’s 
employees have taken up the option of private 
medical insurance, provided by the Group, 
which includes outpatient, dental care, doctor 
home visits and an ambulance service. 70% 
of the Group’s total workforce undertook a 
health examination in 2019, which is 
mandatory for all operational personnel  
and voluntary for the office personnel.

In accordance with Russian legislation, we 
record all occupational (work related) and 
recordable (non-work related) diseases  
which occur at a place of work and affect  
an employee’s health. The most commonly 
occurring occupational diseases in the past 
three years were vibrational disease, hearing 
loss and radiculitis. However, the number of 
cases of these and other occupational and 
recordable diseases remain low with 11 
having been identified in 2019.

Recently, additional diseases were introduced 
into the register reflecting the wider range of 
medical diagnostics, and more rigorous 
medical examinations.

Measures have been taken to carry out 
stricter monitoring of the effect of equipment 
and impact of the work zone on employees’ 
health and the impact in the work zones. 
Along with this, medical treatment of 
occupational diseases’ is provided to  
those necessitating such.

As part of our ongoing Health & Safety 
initiatives, all drivers across the Group are 
required to undergo a medical check-up 
before the start of each shift. 

Antismoking and anti-alcohol campaigns are 
conducted on a regular basis in form of flyers 
and ‘health talks’ during health and safety 
trainings and briefings. Alcohol consumption 
is strictly prohibited on site. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  111

112  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Environmental Stewardship

Vera Usova  Head of Environmental Safety Department

“Petropavlovsk’s environmental specialists are enthusiasts, who are devoted to attaining 
their goals. They work tirelessly to protect our natural environment, continuously 
monitoring any potential negative impacts and always looking to responsibly manage and 
improve environmental performance at all stages of our operations from construction, 
through production to rehabilitation.” 

25 years of protecting nature
At Petropavlovsk, we recognise that our 
mining operations have the potential to 
negatively impact the natural environment 
and therefore our main aim is to prevent 
environmental harm wherever possible. 
We also have policies, systems and tools in 
place to manage, reduce and mitigate these 
impacts. We are cognisant of the negative 
influence on the Company’s licence to 
operate should any environmental impacts 
exceed acceptable limits and strongly believe 
for our business to have a lasting future, we 
must recognise our responsibilities and strive 
to continually improve our environmental 
performance. 

Key facts 2019

13% 

Reduction GHG emissions intensity

Zero 

Water discharge

54% 

Of waste rock re-used 

Zero 

Environmental fines

Since its formation, Petropavlovsk has been 
committed to upholding the highest 
standards of environmental management. 
Effective environmental protection is a key 
element of our business strategy and it is 
fundamental to our day-to day operations, 
planning and decision making.

Recognising that our operations involve a 
number of environmental risks, we have 
developed Environmental Management 
Systems (EMS) that help identify and manage 
those risks and achieve resource and energy 
efficiency. EMS at all our operational sites are 
fully certified for compliance with ISO 14001. 
Our environmental risk management strategies 
are based on continuous and rigorous 
monitoring, training, external assurance by  
the state bodies and emergency 
preparedness. Detailed emergency response 
plans are developed and approved every year. 
All environmental risks are included in the 
Group-wide risk matrix which is reviewed  
and updated on regular basis.

We have environmental policies in place at  
all our sites, which are regularly reviewed  
and updated as the business evolves and 
develops. The policies serve as guidelines of 
the precautionary approach to environmental 
challenges adopted by the company.

Petropavlovsk manages its operations  
in accordance with stringent Russian 
environmental legislation which regulates 
discharges to air, water, soil, tailings and 
waste management. The Group is developing 
and using advanced technologies, equipment 
and materials with the aim of reducing the 
consumption of natural resources. 
The environmental impact assessment (‘EIA’), 
which evaluates the state of the environment 
and anticipated impact on water, mineral 
resources, land, soil, air and biodiversity for 
each of our projects, is fundamental to the 
management of our operations. The areas 
covered by the EIA are closely monitored over 
the life of the project and thereby form the 
basis of our environmental approach. 

Transparency and stakeholder engagement 
form a vital part of environmental 

management by the Group. We hold public 
hearings to facilitate feedback on our projects 
from the local community. 

General and specialised environmental 
training is regularly organised for our 
specialists and directors in areas such as 
waste management, environmental safety 
and emergency preparedness. 

The S,S&W Committee oversees and is 
responsible for ensuring that appropriate 
systems are in place to manage 
environmental and compliance risks (read 
more in the Governance section page 135). 
The importance of the Group’s environmental 
commitment is also reflected by the close 
involvement of the senior executive team. 
Environmental reports are prepared monthly 
basis for internal use and quarterly updates 
are published on the Group’s website. 
Executive Committee reviews these on 
regular basis together with detailed analysis  
of the Group’s environmental performance 
and information on documentation or controls 
set up during the period. 

Monitoring and auditing 
The Group conducts regular monitoring of 
groundwater, rivers and streams, soil, air, 
plant and animal life, both to determine their 
state and also better understand the impact 
of our operations. 

Our commitment to applying a rigorous 
approach to environmental management is 
reflected in the range of measures that have 
been implemented to monitor and control 
discharge to air, soil and water, as well as 
protect biodiversity and limit the consumption 
of reagents and chemicals. Samples are 
collected and analysed in the Group’s 
state-accredited laboratories and the data 
analysed in detail by the relevant authorities  
to confirm compliance.

External audits and on-site reviews are 
regularly conducted by environmental 
auditors. In 2019, the Group was a subject to 
six official environmental audits conducted by 
various state and local authorities. There were 
no violations found.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  113

Environmental Stewardship   continued

The Group continued improving its excellent track record in environmental management, as reflected in zero licence violations and zero 
environmental fines for nine consecutive years. The Group has adopted a grading system for environmental incidents based on their potential 
or real impact, from 1 for minor incidents to 3 for the most serious. Category 1 incidents are classified as temporary lapses in normal 
environmental procedures, which once identified, may be remedied with no detrimental impact on the environment. In 2019, there were no 
serious or moderate environmental accidents recorded, the number of minor incidents in 2019 was almost three times less than in 2018. 

Environmental incidents

Category
Category 1 - Minor
Category 2 - Moderate
Category 3 - Serious

Water management systems
Water is an essential resource, which is  
shared with our host communities, natural 
ecosystems and wildlife, and Petropavlovsk  
is therefore committed to responsible usage. 
Our operations are located in non-water stressed 
areas, typicality with surplus of natural water.

Water forms an integral part of our processing 
operations and is used for dust suppression 
and domestic services. Water consumption at 
the Group’s operations is carried out in strict 
accordance with quotas set out in our licences 
and our water intake does not deplete surface 
or underground water sources. All operational 
sites are designed as “zero-discharge” facilities 
and recycled water systems are in place. Such 
systems allow us to minimise the freshwater 
intake from local sources by maximising the 
use of recycled water. Our water management 
systems and aims, which form an integral part 
of our EMS, are based on the original EIA for 
each project and then constantly updated by 

Freshwater withdrawal 

Underground
Surface
Total 

Water consumption by source

 2019
19
0
0

 2018
53
0
0

 2017
41
0
0

our environmental specialists to ensure they 
remain in line with regulation; we also look to 
surpass legislative requirements where 
possible, as demonstrated by our significant 
water recycling capacity. Water reuse is one of 
the key elements to our water management 
strategies - all operational sites are designed 
as “zero-discharge” facilities and recycled 
water systems are in place.

The quality of surface and underground water 
is monitored on an ongoing basis, and the 
analysis of water samples recorded in the 
state register. At the end of each year, a report 
is prepared and submitted to all relevant state 
bodies. Maximum permissible concentrations 
were not exceeded for any pollutants in 2019.

mining transport complexes and each well is 
licensed and certified as compliant with 
sanitary norms and rules. Water supplied for 
household purposes undergoes treatment 
and is made safe in accordance with 
applicable standards. 

Domestic effluents are purified at sewage 
treatment facilities using biological treatment, 
post-treatment and disinfection. Purified water 
is returned to the recycling water supply 
system or used for dust suppression. Pit 
waters and rain and snow-melt waters from 
shift camps are collected, purified and sent to 
the recycling water supply system or used for 
dust suppression. Water hydrotechnical dams 
are utilised in the recycling water supply system 

Water supply for domestic and industrial 
needs is provided by surface and 
underground water sources. Intake wells are 
generally located close to where water is 
consumed, including shift camps, factories, 

Whilst overall water consumption increased  
in 2019, the intensity, which enables us to 
monitor efficiency, has improved by 10%, 
demonstrating the effectiveness of the 
Company’s strategy on water management.

Units 
m3 million
m3 million
m3 million

2019
         1.13 
         4.71 
         5.84 

2018
        0.66 
        4.55 
        5.21 

2017
        0.52 
        4.57 
        5.09

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m

3

m

,
n
o
i
t
p
m
u
s
n
o
c

r
e
t
a
W

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2017

2018

2019

114  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

60

50

40

30

20

10

)

l

d
o
g

e
c
n
u
o

r
e
p
3

m

(

y
t
i
s
n
e
t
n

I

Intensity

Underground
Surface
Recycled and re-used
Discharged
Total water consumption

Units
m3/oz

2019
45.4

2018
50.2

2017
49.4

m3 million
m3 million
m3 million
m3 million
m3 million

 1.13
 4.71 
 17.64 
0.00
 23.49 

 0.66 
 4.55 
 16.01 
0.00
 21.22 

 0.52 
 4.57 
 16.65 
0.00
 21.74 

Water use is reported to authorities in m3. To convert to megalitres, divide by 1,000.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Achieving zero-discharge water target

BioDisc treatment facilities were first built  
in 2009 at the Pioneer mine and then 
subsequently at Pokrovskiy, Albyn and 
Malomir in 2010, allowing the Group to 
achieve zero water discharge to surface and 
underground waters. An additional benefit 
of BioDisc is that surplus sludge can be 
used in land rehabilitation in order to make 
the soil more fertile.

We are committed to decreasing the amount 
of energy used at our operations, and this is 
one of the key focus areas of our business. 
We have a Group wide energy saving 
programme, which is based on the 
implementation of modern technologies and 
includes the following measures:

 – Compact space-planning solutions for 
buildings and their strategic positioning; 

 – Use of modern equipment with increased 

efficiency;

 – Use of energy-saving light sources (LED 
lamps) and automatic control of outdoor 
lighting; 

 – Placement of switchgears near the location 

of concentrated loads; and

 – Use of a frequency-controlled electric motor 
drive of technological equipment. This allows 
the operator to maintain the required speed 
when changing the load on the motor shaft, 
thereby reducing energy consumption.

BioDisc is a modern technology utilising a 
natural biological process for the treatment of 
wastewater based on the principle of rotating 
biological contactors (RBCs). This process 
has many inherent operating characteristics 
that make it ideally suited for the treatment of 
wastewater. The BioDisc process requires 
less electrical energy than other treatment 
processes and is environmentally friendly 
due to the fact that it does not require open 
ponds or exposed tanks. 

Energy consumption and carbon 
emissions
Mining and processing are energy intensive 
activities, with various sources of energy in use. 
Diesel is used in fixed and mobile equipment, 
kerosene is used in our helicopters and petrol 
in cars. Electricity is used for heating and 
charging fixed mining equipment. Coal is used 
in heating plants. The Group’s electricity supply 
is purchased; predominantly from the national 
grid. Each of the Group’s operations has direct 
access to electric power. Mining operations 
such as stripping, transportation infrastructure, 
waste storage facilities and energy use are all 
sources of air emissions which can impact on 
people and the environment if not managed 
properly. These include carbon dioxide as well 
as nitrogen, sulphur oxides and dust emissions 
(covered in detail on page 116).

The Group’s energy strategy is based on  
the requirements of Russian legislation and is 
also aligned with best international practices. 
All the Group’s facilities are constructed in 
compliance with Federal Law, which  
specifies obligations surrounding internal 
microclimates and other operating conditions 
that ensure efficient use of energy resources.

Energy consumption by source

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

J
T

,
n
o
i
t
p
m
u
s
n
o
c

y
g
r
e
n
E

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

)

l

d
o
g

e
c
n
u
o

r
e
p
J
T

(

y
t
i
s
n
e
t
n

I

2017

2018

2019

Intensity

Coal

Diesel

Petrol

Coal
Diesel
Petrol
Kerosene
Electricity
Total energy consumption

Kerosene

Electricity

The Group’s operations benefit from the 
production of renewable energy in the Amur 
region, generated from two major hydropower 
dams, which are not only a reliable source of 
low cost and high value electricity but also play 
an important role in flood management.

In 2019 the Group achieved a 27% reduction 
in coal usage compared to 2017 and we will 
continue to reduce our reliance on this 
resource in order to reach our ultimate target  
of becoming a coal-free business by 2030.

Overall electricity usage increased in 2019  
in line with the elevated production levels, 
however, we recorded a significant 
improvement in energy intensity (11%), 
demonstrating the success of our energy 
efficiency measures.

Climate change
Recognising the impact of carbon emissions 
on climate change and the global imperative to 
address this, we look to manage and minimise 
GHG emissions omitted by our operations. 
Our reduction strategies are focused on the 
implementation of energy efficiency measures, 
which have the added benefit of cost savings, 
and we have employed the following strategies 
across our operations:

 – Optimal control schemes of rock mass 

management to prevent multiple 
movements of the same material;

 – Monitoring blasting and crushing in order to 
obtain optimum coarseness for the material 
sent to the processing plants;

 – Using grinding technologies and mills with  
a light rubber lining also contributing to 
energy savings;

 – Using electrical mining excavators; and

 – Installing a Waste Heat Recovery system  

at the POX Hub. 

Units
TJ/1koz

2019
10.7

2018
12.0

2017
12.0

TJ
TJ
TJ
TJ
TJ
TJ

325 
2,598 
32 
2 
2,552 
 5,510 

330 
2,642 
24 
4 
2,076 
 5,076 

446 
2,650 
20 
4 
2,156 
 5,276 

Energy consumption for 2017 and 2018 has been restated due to a conversion error in figures reported in 2018.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  115

 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental Stewardship   continued

In order to manage our GHG emissions  
over the long term and to align our business 
reporting with the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
framework, with we have committed to the 
implementation of the following measures 
over the next 5 years: 

 – Undertaking climate scenario planning;

 – Setting a science-based greenhouse gas 

emissions reduction target; and

 – Carrying out a feasibility study for the 
construction of a solar panel plant.

We have reported on GHG emissions since 
2007 and it is a strategic KPI for the business. 

The climate in the Amur region, where the 
Group’s assets are located, is characterised 
by long, cold winters and short, hot summers, 
with average temperatures ranging from 
-27°C to +42°C in the south. Despite these 
climatic variations, Petropavlovsk’s hard-rock 
mines operate throughout the year, with the 
probability of extreme weather being factored 
into all facilities and machinery design. 

Consequently, our key operations are likely to 
be unaffected by increases or decreases in 
average temperatures that may arise as a 
result of climate change.

The Amur region is landlocked, so the Group 
is unlikely to be affected by rises in sea levels 
and, although water is essential to mining, it is 
unlikely that the Amur region will be affected 
by drought due to climate change.

Rising temperatures could affect some 
exploration activities which rely on the ground 
being frozen (and not boggy). The impact of 
prolonged winters is not thought to be 
significant as the majority of the Group’s 
production comes from all-year-round 
hard-rock mining.

The Group recognises the importance of 
addressing climate change and is planning  
to review and analyse the climate change 
risks posed by its operations in 2020.  
We are also planning to initiate reporting of 
carbon emissions to CDP in 2020. For more 
information on GHG emissions please go to 
page 88.

In addition to risks, we see opportunities within 
the context of climate change, which may 
include a potential benefit to the Group from an 
increase in gold demand due to heightened 
market volatility, uncertainty and risk.

By instigating measures to reduce emissions 
and adapt to climate change, we also see an 
opportunity to further reduce our energy 
consumption which in turn will lead to 
cost savings. 

Air quality and emissions control
Air is one of the four basics elements 
sustaining life on our planet and we take great 
care in preserving its quality. The Group 
implements effective measures to minimise 
air pollution and to reduce concentrations of 
harmful substances at ground level. All the 
Group’s operations hold state-issued permits 
regulating the discharge of emissions to 
atmosphere. Emissions are strictly monitored 
according to a complex programme agreed 
with the federal authorities.

We aim to prevent the discharge of harmful 
substances to the environment by implementing 
the following measures at our sites:

 – All emissions points are equipped with gas 
purifying equipment, which is monitored on 
a regular basis;

 – All technical equipment and vehicles are 
checked according to the maintenance 
schedule to ensure that they fully comply 
with all requirements;

 – Dust suppression by irrigation; and

 – Modern ventilation systems. 

Air emissions

Air pollutant
Sulphur oxides (SOx)
Nitrogen oxides (NOx)
Solids (dust emissions) 
Volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
Carbon oxide (CO)
Other 
Total

unit
t
t
t
t
t
t
t

2019
234.4 
1,835.7 
1,005.3 
278.5 
1,117.5 
250.0 
4,721.3 

2018
231.5 
1,867.0 
965.0 
295.2 
1,110.6 
250.8 
4,720.2 

2017
192.1 
827.5 
551.1 
154.2 
679.5 
159.8 
2,564.2 

Intensity

 t/1 koz 

9.1

11.2

5.8

116  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  117

Environmental Stewardship   continued

Creating value from waste

In 2017, the Group developed a detailed 
technical specification to enable waste 
rock from our operations to be sold to  
third parties as a natural stone for use  
in the construction industry. Following 
comprehensive laboratory testing, the 
specification was successfully certified, 
and surplus waste rock has been  
sold since then. Demonstrating our 
commitment to responsible mining,  
all profits received from the sales are used 
for environmental protection measures. 

Focus on sustainable waste 
management and resource efficiency 
We are committed to the safe and responsible 
management of waste and implement waste 
management programmes, approved by 
regulatory authorities, at all operations. Waste 
management data is reviewed independently 
by local authorities.

We aim to reuse and recycle waste wherever 
possible and have systems and procedures 
to maximise this strategy, thereby minimising 
waste to landfill. Where we cannot utilise, 
reuse or recycle waste, we dispose of it at our 
own waste facilities or transfer it to authorised 
contractors for recycling.

The Group focuses on the efficient use of 
resources, as well as reuse and recycling and 
implements the following initiatives as part of 
this strategy: 

 – Used mineral oils are processed and used 

in the CleanBurn air heating system;

 – Tyres are re-used following the application 

of a new tread to the tire body;

 – Non-hazardous ash is used as an insulating 

layer at the solid waste landfill;

 – Excess sludge from biological sewage 

treatment facilities is used in land 
rehabilitation to increase soil fertility; and

 – Waste materials contaminated with oil  

or petroleum products are utilised at the 
Group’s Thermal Waste Treatment Plant.

In 2019, the Group re-used 46% of its waste; 98% of waste transferred to third parties was recycled. The generation of waste increased in 
line with the production capacities. 

Non-mineral waste

Total waste generated:
Non-hazardous
Hazardous

Reused
Neutralised
Disposed at own landfill
Transferred

unit
t
t
t
t
t
t
t

Small amounts of waste generated at the end of the year are accumulated at temporary waste storage sites before being disposed.

Waste re-used
Intensity

unit
 %
t/1koz

2019 
9,390.2
8,491.8
898.4 
4,312.7
117.3 
2,995.0
1,926.6

2019 
46
18.1

2018
8,005.4
7,454.1
551.3
2,278.6
96.1
2,859.7
2,742.8

2018
28
19

2017
7,499.6
6,950.1
549.5
2,981.0
80.9
1,124.3
2,338.1

2017
40
17.1

Mining generates a significant amount of waste rock as overburden needs to be removed to uncover the ore deposits. While fertile soil is 
stored to be used in land rehabilitation, waste rock is used in a wide range of construction works and backfilling. Surplus waste rock is sold to 
third parties as a certified natural stone.

Mineral waste

Waste rock generated
Re-used

unit
t
%

2019
69,848
54%

2018
88,348
48%

2017
114,924
67%

Preserving biodiversity 
Protection of biodiversity remains one of our 
main priorities and we work hard to ensure that 
wildlife and local habitats are protected for future 
generations through all stages of mine life. The 
Company does not operate in any protected 
areas or regions with high biodiversity value.

be taken in order to manage and mitigate these 
possible risks. This procedure, which is part of 
the EIA, has an important role in the Group’s 
decision-making. Biodiversity management 
plans, outlining preventative measures and 
prohibited activities, are developed and 
implemented at all our operations. 

Before a mine becomes operational, the Group 
outlines potential impacts of the operations on 
wildlife, along with the measures and actions to 

The Group has never operated in or adjacent 
to protected areas or areas of high 

biodiversity value, in line with Russian legal 
requirements and regulations.

Petropavlovsk has developed a biodiversity 
management programme based on the 
following initiatives:

 – Preventing pollution and minimising its 

environmental impact;

 – Minimising noise levels as far as possible;

118  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 – Minimising and controlling the disposal of 
food waste which could attract wildlife;

 – Use of “cat’s eye” road reflectors and other 

wildlife deterrents near areas close to 
moving vehicles, as well as wildlife 
awareness warning signs for drivers;

 – Monitoring discharges to air, soil and water; 

 – Installing digital bird repellent systems to 

protect waterfowl; and

 – Maximising use of all brownfield sites.

We have various biodiversity strategies in 
place to protect flora and fauna and to avoid 
contamination of local rivers, ponds or 
streams, which include:

 – Prohibition of felling trees or clearing 

wooded areas using heavy machinery,  
such as bulldozers, flooding of forest land, 
dumping waste or rubbish, fishing, hunting 
or poaching and driving vehicles outside 
designated zones or existing roads;

 – Replenishing aquatic biodiversity in local 
rivers, in partnership with the Federal 
Authority on Fishery and Biological Resources 
Preservation of Amur region (Amurybvod), 
with over US$185,000 having been spent in 
restocking over the last six years; and

 – Annual information campaigns to raise 
awareness of forest fires, which can  

‘I volunteer’ environmental campaigns 

Employee participation forms an integral 
part of our environmental protection 
strategies. Annual volunteering campaigns 
are carried out at our operations and not 
only assist in environmental management 
but also serve to unite and encourage 
collaboration amongst our employees. 
Such campaigns usually take place in April 
and May and involve cleaning the areas 
adjacent to production facilities in 
preparation for the summer months. In 
addition to this, employees plant flowers and 
remove dry grass and dead wood to prevent 
forest fires close to the mines during the 
fire-hazardous period.

have a potentially devastating impact on 
biodiversity. Our experience shows that  
the use of billboards, posters and warning 
signs at our operations as well as in the 
surrounding area (such as at rest areas  
on the motorways) has a noticeable  
positive effect.

We were able to measure the outcomes of 
various biodiversity management strategies  
in 2019, and specifically saw success with an 
absence of birds were recorded where bird 
scarers were put in place, and road warning 
signs proving effective in raising awareness  
of animal migration routes.

Monitoring of wildlife is an integral part of  
the operational environmental control and is 
carried out in accordance with the approved 
programme. 

In 2020, we plan to review our biodiversity 
management programmes and start 
developing a Group-wide Biodiversity Policy.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  119

Environmental Stewardship   continued

Working together to prevent 
forest fires: high alert seasons 

Large parts of the Amur region are 
wooded which means that forest fires 
could quickly spread if not managed 
adequately, with potentially devastating 
effects on wildlife, the environment and 
local communities. The risk of forest fires is 
considered to be greatest in May, putting 
significant pressure on firefighters. 
Therefore, security measures are 
strengthened at all our operations at this 
time. Each mine has a dedicated fire 
brigade with specially trained fire fighters 
and stations with a wide range of 
fire-fighting equipment and fire-resistant 
workwear. Our teams are on duty 24/7 
and fire safety briefings and drills are 
carried out on a regular basis. Our 
firefighting teams assist local villages with 
house fires emanating from local forests 
when required. 

Land rehabilitation
It is the Group’s intention to ensure that  
after decommissioning the landscape will  
be restored as far as possible to its original 
state. Closure plans for our operations are 
prepared as part of the initial permitting 
process and are updated as the mines 
approach the end of their operating lives. 

The financial provisions to cover the cost  
of the rehabilitation are regularly revised to 
reflect the operational and financial changes.

Ongoing rehabilitation is an integral part of the 
mining operations at all sites – as an example 
of this, after the heaps and piles are levelled, 
pine seedlings are planted. It is the Group’s 

intention to restore landscape to its original 
state as far as possible after decommissioning. 

To date, the Group has not decommissioned 
any of its operations as the Pokrovskiy mine  
is the only project to have reached end of life 
and its facilities have been fully utilised for 
reuse by the POX Hub.

Total disturbed land
Rehabilitated land during the reporting period

unit
ha
ha

2019
10,241
1,043

2018
11,219
305

2017
11,261
3,004

More than 510,000 tree seedlings have 
been planted by the Group over the last 
three years, with pine having been chosen 
due to its high survival rate. The advantage 
of planting seedlings on an artificial surface 
such as a heap is that within ten to fifteen 
years the seedlings will be guaranteed to  
be protected from wildfires.

Cyanide management
Cyanide is widely used in gold mining  
to extract metal from ore. The Company 
applies a rigorous approach handling, 
monitoring and storing cyanide due,  
to is hazardous potential.

Cyanide levels are strictly controlled in pulp, 
surface and ground waters. All facilities are 
fully compliant with the Russian legislation 
and environmental monitoring results are 
provided to the authorities on a regular basis.

Enhanced security measures are also 
implemented at all stages of cyanide 
handling, transportation and storage. 
Only authorised personnel are allowed to 
transport cyanide and all transportation is 
logged. Cyanide is stored in locked, guarded 
warehouses with concrete floors and access 
limited only to qualified personnel, which is 
closely monitored by security staff.

Cyanide consumption, t

2019 

2018 

2017 

5,330

6,295

7,720

120  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Hydraulic Storage Facilities 
Management  

Key facts 2019

8 

Hydraulic storage facilities 

0 

Hazardous incidents 

Regular 

Internal and external audits

Approved 

Safety Declaration 

As part of the normal process of mining and 
recovering gold, various types of Hydraulic 
Storage Facilities (HSF) are required for 
further processing or storage of residues 
created after the initial ore processing. 

Petropavlovsk is fully committed to upholding 
the highest standards of environmental 
management, occupational health and 
industrial safety. We continuously focus  
on zero-harm principles and ensure the 
transparency of our operations. 

All specialists and management working  
at HSFs are certified in the area of dam  
safety. Specialists involved in operational 
management of HSF are also required to  
pass a test at least once every five years in 
accordance with Rosprirodnadzor regulations.

The process of designing and operating  
HFSs is controlled by Group management and 
overseen by state supervisory authorities in 
accordance with stringent Russian legislation. 
There have been no incidents relating to the 
integrity or stability of the Group’s HSFs over 
the entire period of operation.

Optimal management of HSFs is one of the 
most important areas of focus for the Group, 
and all HSFs are insured, operated and 
monitored in accordance with Russian 
legislation and in line with international  
best practices. 

Our HSF strategies, which are based on a 
complex measures to ensure the highest 
standards of design and construction, are 
aimed at minimising risk and enabling safe 
functioning and operation. 

In order to ensure the safe operation of HSFs a 
comprehensive system of internal control has 
been established under the Safety Monitoring 
Programme approved by the Chief Engineer. 
Each enterprise of the Group has a senior 
member of management who is responsible for 
the safety of HSFs management. The system of 
monitoring safety of the hydrotechnical facilities 
includes: the dikes, the beach area, the 
containment pond, the area where the 
hydrotechnical dam is located, pulp pipelines, 
recirculation water pipelines, pumping stations, 
environment (air, soil, eater, flora, fauna), roads, 
communications, lighting, staff education and 
training, availability of operational documents. 

The risk of HSF failure is included in our HSE risk 
management systems, with examinations and 
monitoring performed daily. Hydrotechnical 
dams are designed and built in full compliance 
with the requirements of Russian legislation and 
incorporate detailed geological studies. As a 
result, all the Group’s HSFs are considered to be 
highly reliable and low risk, due to careful and 
professional management of these facilities.

Hydrotechnical dams are located in  
controlled access areas away from any  
local populations. The nearest populated 
settlement is located 6km away from Albyn 
HSF. Approved routes for vehicles and 
pedestrians are clearly displayed at the 
hydrotechnical dams. Warning safety signs 
for the hazardous zone and controlled access 
area are displayed at the entrance.

Civil liability insurance contracts for causing 
damage as a result of an accident at a 
hazardous facility are in place and respective 
insurance policies are issued for all the HSFs. 

A reviewed and approved detailed emergency 
response plan is developed every year. 
The state appraisal on the emergency 
preparedness and ability to protect the 
population and environment as result of an 
accident is issued by the Russian Emergency 
Ministry in the Amur region. 

Table of current HSF 

Enterprise
POX Hub

Pioneer

Malomir

Albyn

HSF
HSF-1
HSF-1
HSF-2
HSF 1
HSF 2
HSF 1-2
HSF 1-3
HSF-1

Raising method
Downstream
Downstream
Downstream
Upstream 
Upstream
Upstream
Upstream
Downstream

Status
Active
Active
Active
Not active, preparation for mothballing
Active
Active
Active
Active

Distance in km from the closest  
populated settlement
8
40
40

40

6

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  121

Environmental Stewardship   continued

In line with legislation, all Group’s HSFs are 
registered in the state register of hazardous 
production facilities and receive state 
certificates corresponding to their hazard 
class. At present, the hazard class of 
operating hydraulic structures corresponds  
to the second class, high hazard.

Environmental monitoring and protection of 
wildlife is an obligatory part of the Operational 

Environmental Control carried out in 
accordance with the approved Environmental 
Monitoring Programme. The monitoring data 
is included in the annual report submitted to 
the state bodies of all levels.

co-ordinated with the state bodies of the 
Regional and Local government and in 
accordance with the environmental 
requirements of the Russian Federation. It also 
undergoes the State Environmental review.

Detailed closure plans are prepared three 
years before the actual closure. The plan 
provides a mechanism for ensuring the 
financing of these works. This project is 

The annual audit undertaken by Rostechnadzor 
in 2019 did not identify any violations.

122  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Environmental Protection at the POX Hub

The pressure oxidation process is regarded as the most efficient, robust and environmentally responsible 
way of processing a diverse range of refractory concentrates. Our POX Hub is designed in line with the 
latest environmental technologies, with the aim of maximising the use of resources and minimising any 
negative impacts. 

Autoclave leaching technology requires a 
significant amount of industrial water in its 
processes; therefore, we have implemented a 
water supply recycling scheme to conserve 
resources, as demonstrated below. As part of 
this, grey waters from the pit are being used in the 
POX Hub water supply systems. and rain and 
snow-fall waters are collected, purified and used 
for dust suppression. Such systems allow a 
significant reduction in clean natural water usage 
at the POX Hub.

2019 was the first full operational year for the 
POX Hub. In order to monitor and analyse its 
environmental performance a set of 
environmental and strategic KPIs have been 
established. 

Environmental KPIs 2019

GHG emissions
Energy consumption
Water consumption

unit
69,143 
t CO2e
GJ
776,629 
m3 3,796,788 

Strategic KPIs 2019

GHG intensity
Energy intensity
Water intensity

unit
t CO2e/oz
GJ/oz
m3/oz

0.39 
4.33 
21.15 

In 2020, we will analyse the environmental 
data on a quarterly basis so that targets for 
the next three years can be determined.

Our achievements

 – Maximum use of previously disturbed land;

 – Waste and resource management systems 

in place;

 – Environmental monitoring programmes  
(for water, air, soil and noise) have been 
developed, approved and implemented;

 – Biodiversity management plans have been 

approved and implemented; and 

 – Zero discharge and recycled water supply 

systems are in place.

The Group operates its POX Hub in strict 
compliance with the requirements of Russian 
legislation, ensuring environmental safety of all 
its facilities. Continuous environmental 
monitoring is carried out to identify the potential 
environmental impacts and any actions that 
are required. Data is collected and processed 
in accordance with a strict schedule approved 
by supervisory authorities. The POX Hub has 
all required water use licences, with related 
quotas determining water sources and 
permitted withdrawal volumes. 

Water use and recycling system at the POX Hub

85% recycled water
15% fresh water

Fresh water

Recycled water pit

Rain & snowmelt 
waters

Shift camp

BioDisc

RIP

POX

Hydrotechnical
facility

Purification

Dust suppression

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  123

Independent Limited Assurance Statement

1 Introduction

1.1 Terms of Reference
Wardell Armstrong International (WAI)  
was engaged by Petropavlovsk PLC 
(Petropavlovsk) to provide independent, basic 
limited level assurance of the sustainability 
section of the 2019 Petropavlovsk Annual 
Report, hereafter referred to as “the 
sustainability section”. This assurance 
statement focuses on the way Petropavlovsk 
manages sustainability performance, and 
how it communicates this in its sustainability 
reporting. This assurance statement also 
includes an assessment of Petropavlovsk’s 
performance and progress regarding three 
requested KPIs. 

1.2 Professional standards applied and 
level of assurance
WAI were engaged to provide a basic  
limited level assurance in accordance with 
internationally recognised standards namely, 
AA1000 Assurance Standard; ICMM 
Assurance Procedure and International Best 
Practice. With more detailed or reasonable 
assurance required for the following three Key 
Performance Indicators (“KPIs”):

 –  Greenhouse gas emissions;

 –  Water consumption; and

 –  Lost time injury frequency rate. 

1.3 Limitations and Exclusions
Due to the level of assurance required a 
high-level overview of data supplied to WAI 
was undertaken. Additional information, not 
reviewed, may lead to differing understanding 
or interpretation than that presented here 
within. 

The information that was assured and its 
presentation in the sustainability section are 
the sole responsibility of the management of 
Petropavlovsk. WAI was not involved in the 
drafting of the Report. Our sole responsibility 
was to provide independent assurance on its 
content.

2 Methodology 

2.1 Activities Undertaken
In support of the Assurance, WAI undertook 
the following activities: 

 –  Site visit to Petropavlovsk assets, namely: 
Pokrovskiy, Pioneer, Malomir and Albyn;

 –  Visit to Petropavlovsk head office in 

Blagoveschensk; 

 –  Interviews with relevant key personnel of 

Petropavlovsk;

124  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 –  Review of internal and external documentary 
evidence produced by Petropavlovsk used 
to inform the sustainability section of the 
2019 Annual Report;

 –  Petropavlovsk’s management and site 

teams show support to a company-wide 
commitment to responsible mining 
practices at operations and projects. 

 –  Audit of performance data presented within 

the sustainability section of the Annual 
Report, including detailed audit of three 
KPIs; and

 –  Review of Petropavlovsk data and 
information systems for collection, 
aggregation, analysis and internal 
verification and review. 

3 Findings

On the basis of our described methodology, 
the data provided, and our understanding of 
the activities carried out by Petropavlovsk, we 
provide limited assurance of the sustainability 
section. Our finding are as follows:

 –  Sustainability aspects of the Petropavlovsk 

operations are managed in a way that 
ensures compliance with Russian 
Legislation;

 –  The information and data included in the 

sustainability section are accurate, reliable 
and free from material misstatements;

 –  Information in the sustainability section is  
for the most part clearly presented and 
understandable (see below for comment 
regarding Lost time injury frequency rate). 
The section is well laid out and is accessible 
to Stakeholders;

 –  The sustainability disclosure provides a fair 
representation and allows readers to form a 
balanced opinion regarding Petropavlovsk’s 
sustainability performance during the 2019 
period;

 –  The reporting has been prepared in 

accordance with the GRI standards (core 
option) and includes appropriate 
consideration of the Reporting Principles; 

 –  Petropavlovsk has appropriate systems in 
place for the collection and analysis of 
environmental KPIs. Based on data seen  
by WAI, it is deemed Petropavlovsk have  
a robust monitoring system, ensuring 
consistency in the quality and assurance  
of reporting;

 –  For the most part Petropavlovsk has 

processes in place for consultation and 
engagement with key internal and external 
stakeholders. It is understood that some 
corporate level policies are still being rolled 
out at site level, a systematic approach to 
information dissemination would assist in 
this regard; and

3.1 Greenhouse Gas Emissions
Current reporting is considered to comply 
with AA1000 AS. An appropriate and robust 
mechanism for the collection, reporting and 
auditing of greenhouse gas emission data is 
in place. Data reporting, regarding GHG 
emissions, could be made more rigorous by 
the inclusion of additional emission streams 
currently excluded, however, the most 
significant emissions are accounted for  
and the data therefore is considered 
representative. Accuracy of GHG emission 
reporting is summarised as follows: 

 –  Scope 1 emissions are covered and most 
likely within +/-5% - currently emissions 
from explosives and ground disturbance 
are excluded although this is considered 
likely to contribute a relatively small amount;

 –  Scope 2 emissions are covered and 

expected to be within +/-5%, based on the 
use of published grid emissions factors by 
IEA ; and

 –  Scope 3 emissions are not currently 

accounted for. Petropavlovsk are looking  
at including this in 2020. Including Scope 3 
emissions is considered best practice but 
under the GHG Protocol reporting of Scope 
3 emissions is optional. 

3.2 Water Consumption 
The water data presented in the 
Environmental Stewardship section is clear 
and understandable. It highlights the principal 
trends in water consumption which were 
shown to increase in 2019 whilst also 
recording increasing water recycling rates  
in the mineral processing operations. 
The inclusion of water intensity data 
demonstrates an improvement in this year’s 
water cycle management and efficiency. 

3.3 Lost time injury frequency rate
The KPI presented is the Lost Time Injury 
Frequency Rate (LTIFR). LTIFR is a measure  
of safety and is clear and understandable. 
The LTIFR KPI data displayed is for the whole 
company. The figures presented are accurate 
and are a mean based on data for each of the 
individual sites.

mining industry. WAI has no vested interest  
in any particular technology, supplier or 
contractor. 

Work was carried out by an independent 
professionally qualified team with experience 
in sustainability reporting and environmental 
and social audits. No member of this team 
has a business relationship with 
Petropavlovsk, its Directors or Managers, 
beyond that of verification and assurance  
of sustainability data and reporting. 

WAI confirms no conflict of interest exists with 
respect to this commission. 

Approved by:

Alison Allen
Technical Director  

27 April 2020  

The Strategic Report was approved by the 
Board on 26 May 2020 and signed on its 
behalf by: 

ON OUR BUSINESS]

Sir Roderic Lyne
Non-Executive Chairman

26 May 2020

4 Adherence to the principles of 
AA1000AS

4.1 Inclusivity
The sustainability section identifies groups  
of key stakeholders and details forms of 
information dissemination that are utilised by 
Petropavlovsk for both internal and external 
stakeholders. The sustainability section 
clearly lays out and communicates what 
engagement and social activities have been 
completed in 2019. Petropavlovsk adheres to 
the requirements of Russian legislation, some 
effort has been made to start moving towards 
international best practice (namely, IFC 
Performance Standards) through the 
development of site-specific Stakeholder 
Engagement Plans. WAI observed 
stakeholder consultation and community 
development activities being implemented 
across Petropavlovsk sites. 

4.2 Materiality 
Petropavlovsk conducted a materiality 
assessment during 2019 taking industry  
and business trends as well as internal and 
external stakeholder feedback into account. 
The process undertaken revealed key 
aspects that were identified as both important 
to stakeholders and having significant impact 
to the business. Five key materiality aspects 
were identified, these are overarching themes 
that comprise of multiple KPIs. 

4.3 Responsiveness
Petropavlovsk has developed minimum 
requirements and systems to respond to 
Stakeholder issues in their grievance 
mechanism. The grievance mechanism is 
presented on the Petropavlovsk website and 
requires internet access. The mechanism 
presented is comprehensive, following a 
6-stage procedure. Petropavlovsk have set  
a time frame for response of 20 days but no 
more than 45 days from receipt of complaint. 
During 2019, two comments were submitted 
via the grievance mechanism, however on 
review these do not represent grievances, the 
mechanism has instead been used as a basic 
form of contact. Whilst the Grievance 
Mechanism has not been formally rolled  
out across project affected communities, a 
disclosure programme is planned for 2020. 

5 Statement by WAI of independence, 
integrity and competence 

WAI is an independent technical engineering 
company that specialises in engineering, 
health, safety, environmental and social 
management with over 180 years history of 
providing technical and audit advice to the 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  125

 
Governance

126  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  127

Introduction from the Chairman

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, I introduce 
Petropavlovsk PLC’s annual Corporate 
Governance Report for the financial year 
ended 31 December 2019.

Corporate governance has played a 
significant part in the striking improvement  
in the Group’s performance, reputation and 
value over the past year.

When I was elected Chairman in 2018,  
one of my key objectives was to strengthen 
corporate governance within the Group and 
ensure that it met both the letter and the spirit 
of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. 
I wanted Petropavlovsk to have a strong, 
independent, highly qualified and diverse 
Board, actively engaged in the strategic 
decision-making and oversight of the Group.

I am glad to report that we have met  
this objective. We have reinforced the 
management and oversight of audit; finance; 
risk; health and safety; environmental, 
community and workforce issues; and  
are placing increasing emphasis on ESG. 
We have a goal of continuous improvement.

With the appointments of Katia Ray and 
Charlotte Philipps, on 8 November 2019,  
and Danila Kotlyarov and Maxim Kharin  
on 21 April 2020, and the proposed 
appointments of Fiona Paulus and Tim 
McCutcheon on 27 May 2020, the Board  
will have, in addition to the Chairman, two 
Executive Directors (the CEO, and Chief 
Financial Officer), one Non-Independent 
Director, and eight independent Directors. 
The Independent Non-Executive Directors 
have a notably wide range of relevant 
experience; with a balance of ages and 
nationality. Following my retirement at the 
Annual General Meeting, three of eight 
Independent Directors, including my 
designated successor, will be highly qualified 
women. This reflects the commitment we 
made to diversify gender representation on 
the Board. 

We have reorganised the Board’s 
Committees. Each Committee is working to  
a full agenda under strong and experienced 
leadership. Harry Kenyon-Slaney, who was 
appointed Senior Independent Director in 
April 2019, has brought his expertise in the 
mining industry to bear on the Safety, 
Sustainability and Workforce Committee,  
to notable effect. Robert Jenkins continues  
to be a skilled and committed Chair of the 
Audit and Remuneration Committees and  
has devoted a great deal of time to the 
upgrading of the audit and finance functions. 
Damien Hackett has conducted a review of 
risk management. As the Chair of the Risk 
Committee from March 2020, he is 
introducing a new approach to risk, informed 
by best practice and tailored to the needs of 
the group. I continue to chair the Nominations 
Committee.

On 30 July 2019 Bektas Mukazhanov, who 
was a non-executive Director nominated by 
Fincraft Holdings Ltd (as the Group’s major 
shareholder) resigned from the Board, 
Fincraft having sold its shareholding to Aeon 
Mining Limited (‘Aeon’). In consequence, on 
14 October 2019, we welcomed Mr Mirzaaziz 
(Aziz) Musakhanov to the Board as a nominee 
of Aeon. Mr Musakhanov resigned from the 
Board on 5 February 2020 following Aeon’s 
decision to sell its shareholding in 
Petropavlovsk. On 21 April 2020, the Board 
appointed in his place Mr Maxim Kharin, a 
nominee of the new major shareholder, the 
Uzhuralzoloto Group of Companies. In each 
of these cases, a Relationship Agreement has 
been signed between Petropavlovsk and the 
nominating company and ultimate beneficial 
shareholder.

In April 2019, all members of the Board visited 
the Group’s operations in the Far East of 
Russia. The Board visited laboratories and 
research facilities in Blagoveschensk, the 
mining and processing operations at Malomir, 
and the Pressure Oxidation Plant at 
Pokrovskiy. Directors had the opportunity for 
extensive conversations with managers and 
other staff representatives in each location 
and were impressed both by the quality of the 
operations and the skill, commitment and 
high morale of the Group’s personnel.

Consultation with shareholders
Board members have stayed in regular 
contact with the Group’s shareholders.

In accordance with corporate governance 
practice, I wrote to a number of significant 
shareholders who had voted against certain 
resolutions at the 2019 Annual General 
Meeting. (Six resolutions proposed at the 
AGM received less than 80% support of 
shareholders who voted, with two resolutions 
failing.) The Senior Independent Director and  
I had constructive meetings with two of the 
shareholder groups who took up the invitation 
to discuss the resolutions. We have sought to 
address the issues raised by shareholders 
and those advising them. One issue was the 
previous lack of gender diversity on the 
Board. This has now been resolved , as 
described above. Another issue raised  
with the Board related to the level of bonus 
disclosure in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report (the ‘DRR’). This was considered  
by the Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee, Robert Jenkins, and I hope 
shareholders will find that this has been 
satisfactorily addressed in this year’s DRR. 

Board activity during the year
Significant tasks, aside from those mentioned 
above, on which the Board focused during 
the year included:

 – Development of the Group’s future strategy: 
This was the subject of a Board Strategy 
Day held in October 2019 and carried 
forward at subsequent Board meetings.  
It is covered elsewhere in this report; 

 – Liability management, including the 

refinancing of the Group’s 9% Convertible 
Bonds due March 2020 (the ‘2020 Bonds’). 
The Board approved and launched a new 
US$125 million 8.25% Convertible Bonds 
due 2024 which not only refinanced the 
2020 Bonds but enabled the Group to 
accelerate the construction of the Pioneer 
flotation plant;

 – An option agreement with the owner of 25% 
of TEMI LLC, which holds the Elginskoye 
licence. (This was the subject of an RNS 
announcement of 23 September 2019). 
The objective is to facilitate the expansion  
of the Group’s Albyn mine; and 

 – The future of Petropavlovsk’s c.31% share  
of the Hong Kong-listed iron-ore mining 
company (and former subsidiary) IRC.

128  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

The Board’s s172 Companies Act 2006 
Statement is provided on pages 24 and 25. 
This details how the Board considered not 
only our shareholders but our wider 
stakeholders in its decision making during 
2019. A vital part of the Board’s responsibility 
includes understanding the views of our 
stakeholders (employees, shareholders,  
local communities, suppliers, regulators  
and governments) and building constructive 
relationships with them.

25th Anniversary year – employee and 
community engagement
Petropavlovsk celebrated its 25th anniversary 
on 1 September 2019. The Group’s growth 
and development over that period – starting 
from scratch in the early days of the Russian 
Federation’s market economy in a remote and 
climatically difficult region – is a remarkable 
story. The Group now employs more than 
9,000 people, the majority of whom are 
residents of the Amur region. We have been 
instrumental in the development of the local 
infrastructure. We have constructed bridges 
and roads in the area in which we operate, 
provided energy supplies and installed cellular 
communications all of which have benefited 
the local community. 

As the largest regional employer, 
Petropavlovsk has a significant role to play in 
the community. We take these responsibilities 
seriously. The Company has built a strong 
reputation locally through a variety of activities 
ranging from philanthropic initiatives to the 
provision of emergency assistance during 
periods of flooding. 

In 2008 the Group established the Pokrovskiy 
Mining College. This private, non-profit 
educational institution offers a wide range of 
in-house training courses with study, training 
and accommodation free for students. It is the 
only higher education institution of its kind in 
the region. To date it has trained more than 
10,000 specialists, providing much-needed 
skills for the local market. Many of our 
employees are graduates of the College.

Culture and Purpose
Petropavlovsk’s purpose is clearly defined as 
part of ‘Who we are’ and set out on page 1 to 3.

The updated UK Corporate Governance 
Code, published in July 2018 (the ‘2018 
Code’) requires Boards to assess and monitor 
culture. We must also provide an explanation 
of the Company’s approach to investing in 
and rewarding our workforce. Our employees 
are pivotal to the Company’s success. Further 
detail is provided on pages 100 to 104.

We are a company which bridges the differing 
systems, cultures and traditions of the United 
Kingdom and the Russian Federation, and 
has responsibilities in both jurisdictions. 
Petropavlovsk is one of a small number of 
Russian-based companies with a listing on 
the London Stock Exchange and stands 
apart from many Russian natural resources 
companies by the diversity of its shareholder 
register. Our responsibility to all of our 
stakeholders, our respect for the culture of 
both countries, and the example we seek to 
set through strict adherence to the highest 
standards of governance and management 
are values which permeate the Board’s 
decision-making. 

We have respect for the environment in which 
we operate. We recognise our responsibility 
to minimise any impact on biodiversity by 
ensuring that wildlife and local habitats are 
protected through all stages of mine life. 
Further details are provided in the Sustainable 
Development section on pages 84 to 123.

During this year’s Board visit to our mining 
operations, Harry Kenyon-Slaney (in his role  
of Safety, Sustainability and Workforce 
Committee Chair) and other members of the 
Board held meetings with representatives of 
our workforce and of the local union. This was 
a constructive beginning to a new process of 
engagement between non-executive Directors 
and the Group’s employees which we intend to 
continue on at least an annual basis. 

We aim to promote a healthy workplace 
culture and one that is inclusive and 
collaborative. We contribute to the local 
community, in which the majority of our 
workforce resides. By investing in training,  
we seek to develop the full potential of our 
employees. 

In December 2019, Petropavlovsk joined the 
United Nations Global Compact initiative on 
corporate sustainability. This is a voluntary 
leadership platform which reflects the Board’s 
commitment to aligning our operation and 
strategies with ten universally accepted 
principles in the areas of human rights, labour, 
environment and anti-corruption. We have 
recently reviewed and updated our ‘Speak-
Up’ and Anti-Bribery policies. We continue to 
pay our workforce competitive salaries which 
exceed regional and country averages. 

By these actions we promote a culture of 
integrity, openness and respect within the 
Company. The Board recognises that this is 
pivotal to delivering the long-term success of 
the Company.

The following pages set out details of  
the Company’s corporate governance 
arrangements, processes and activities 
during the year, and reports from each of  
the Board Committees.

Sir Roderic Lyne
Non-Executive Chairman 
26 May 2020

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  129

 
Board of Directors

An experienced, diverse and well-balanced Board

N

S

N

E

S

A

N

A

R

The Rt. Hon. Sir Roderic Lyne
Non-Executive Chairman

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy 
Chief Executive Officer 

Mr Harry Kenyon-Slaney 
Senior Independent Director

Mr James W Cameron Jr 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Nationality: British  
Appointed: June 2018

Nationality: Russian  
Appointed: June 2018

Nationality: British  
Appointed: November 2018

Nationality: American 
Appointed: October 2018

Experience
Mr Cameron, a US qualified  
lawyer, has extensive international 
experience, providing expertise and 
consulting services for companies 
particularly in the natural resources 
sector within Russia and the former 
Soviet Union, since 1988. He was 
formerly Founder, CEO and 
Chairman of Occupational Urgent 
Care Systems Inc., a company 
traded on the NASDAQ National 
Market System until it was sold 
in 1992. 

External Appointments
Mr Cameron is CEO and Chairman 
of Cameron and Associates

Experience
Mr Kenyon-Slaney has over 37 years 
of experience in the mining industry, 
principally with Rio Tinto. He is a 
geologist by training and his 
experience spans operations, 
marketing, projects, finance and 
business development. Mr Kenyon-
Slaney is a member of the board  
of directors of Schenck Process  
AG. Until 2015, Mr Kenyon-Slaney 
was a member of the Group 
Executive committee of Rio Tinto 
where he held the roles of CEO of 
Energy, and before that CEO of 
Diamonds and Minerals. Prior to  
this he led Rio Tinto’s global titanium 
dioxide business, was CEO of Rio 
Tinto’s listed subsidiary, Energy 
Resources of Australia Ltd, was  
GM Operations at Palabora Mining 
Company in South Africa and held 
senior marketing roles in copper, 
uranium and industrial minerals.

He began his career as an 
underground geologist with Anglo 
American on the gold mines in  
South Africa. Mr Kenyon-Slaney  
has a BSc Geology from 
Southampton University.

External Appointments
Mr Kenyon-Slaney, is currently 
Non-Executive Chairman of Gem 
Diamonds Limited, Non-Executive 
Director of Sibanye Gold Limited 
(trading as Sibanye-Stillwater) and a 
senior advisor to McKinsey & Co. 

Experience
Sir Roderic Lyne was first appointed 
to the Board in April 2009 upon the 
Company’s merger with Aricom PLC, 
and was appointed as the Senior 
Independent Director in November 
2015. He was also Chairman of the 
Company’s Remuneration and HSE 
Committees. Sir Roderic continued to 
act in such a capacity until June 2016, 
when he retired as a Director. He was 
subsequently appointed as Chairman 
of Petropavlovsk following the 
Company’s AGM on 29 June 2018.

Sir Roderic was previously a 
Non-Executive Director of Aricom 
PLC, a position he held from 
October 2006 until April 2009,  
and a Director of the Russo-British 
Chamber of Commerce from April 
2006 to July 2009. He served as 
British Ambassador to Russia from 
January 2000 until August 2004, 
and speaks Russian. 

Sir Roderic is a former Non-
Executive Director of Accor, Senior 
Advisor successively to HSBC, BP 
and JP Morgan, Deputy Chairman  
of the Council of the Royal Institute  
of International Affairs (Chatham 
House) and Chairman of the 
Governors of Kingston University. 
He was a member of the Committee 
of the Iraq Inquiry and was appointed 
to The Privy Council in 2009. 
Sir Roderic was a Non-Executive 
Director of JP Morgan Bank 
International. 

External Appointments
None.

130  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Experience 
Dr Pavel Maslovskiy, a professional 
metallurgist, co-founded 
Petropavlovsk with Peter Hambro  
in 1994 with a single greenfield licence 
in the Amur region, organically 
expanding the business into one of 
Russia’s largest gold mining 
companies. Starting out with a small 
team of mining professionals, as Chief 
Executive, Dr Maslovskiy oversaw the 
development and construction of four 
highly successful mines. 

Under his leadership and technical 
know-how, Petropavlovsk 
successfully built and commissioned 
its Pressure Oxidation Hub (POX) in 
2018, a unique, state-of-the-art 
modern processing plant, that is 
producing gold from complex ores, 
both its own and third-party sourced. 

Dr Maslovskiy has made a significant 
contribution to Russian society by 
founding and leading the work 
undertaken by the Petropavlovsk 
Foundation for Social Investment. 

Prior to embarking on his successful 
business career, Dr Maslovskiy was  
a Professor of Metallurgy at the 
Moscow Aircraft Technology Institute. 
He is the author of more than 100 
printed scientific papers, copyright 
certificates and co-author of various 
textbooks in the field of metallurgy. 

 Dr Maslovskiy’s achievements and 
contribution, to the Russian mining 
industry and society has been 
recognised with awards from  
the Ministry of Education, the 
Administration of the President  
of the Russian Federation and the 
Administration of the Amur region.

External appointments
Director of XAU Resources Inc.

A   Audit Committee

N   Nominations Committee

R   Remuneration Committee

S   Safety, Sustainability and Workforce Committee

E   Executive Committee

  Chair of Committee

A

N

R

S

A

R

N

A

R

R

S

Mr Damien Hackett 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Mr Robert Jenkins 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Ms Charlotte Philipps 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Mrs Katia Ray 
Independent Non-Executive Director

Nationality: British and Australian  
Appointed: October 2018

Nationality: British  
Appointed: June 2018

Nationality: German  
Appointed: November 2019

Nationality: British and Russian  
Appointed: November 2019

Experience
Mr Hackett has 26 years critical 
investment research experience 
covering globally diverse mining 
companies, initially as Global Head 
of Mining Research with Credit 
Suisse – First Boston in Australia, 
following which he held similar roles 
with Credit Suisse and Canaccord 
Genuity in London. Latterly he was 
Vice Chairman Mining Advisory at 
Canaccord Genuity responsible for 
developing investment themes in 
metals and mining across North 
America, Europe, Russia and 
Australia. 

Mr Hackett’s early career in resources 
was grounded in 4 years of 
exploration, resource development 
and mining in Western Australia 
followed by 7 years in mineral 
exploration and economic 
assessment in Saudi Arabia. 
Mr Hackett holds a Bachelor of 
Science from the Australian National 
University in Canberra.

External Appointments
Mr Hackett is Chairman of 
UrAmerica Ltd, a private uranium 
exploration company in Argentina. 

Experience
Mr Jenkins is a Chartered 
Accountant, has an MA in Modern 
History and Modern Languages 
from Oxford University, and is a fluent 
Russian speaker. He has 25 years of 
Russia-related investment and 
natural resources experience. 
Mr Jenkins was formerly Finance 
Director of AIM listed Eurasia Mining 
PLC, a Russia-focused mining 
exploration company, and Chief 
Financial Officer of Urals Energy, a 
Russia-based oil exploration and 
production company. He was 
formerly Senior Independent 
Director and Audit Committee 
Chairman of Ruspetro Plc, a 
Russia-focused independent oil and 
gas production company, and Audit 
Committee Chairman of Toledo 
Mining Corporation PLC, which is 
engaged in nickel ore production in 
the Philippines.

External Appointments
Mr Jenkins is also currently a 
Non-Executive Director of Brazilian 
Nickel PLC and of Oppenheimer 
Resources, a Luxembourg-
registered investment vehicle 
engaged in financing oil and gas 
producers in the US. 

Experience
Ms Philipps has extensive experience 
in corporate financing and equity 
transactions in Russia and in other 
transitional former Soviet and CMEA 
countries, principally focused on 
natural resources. 

Ms Philipps, a German national and 
qualified lawyer, relocated to London  
in 1993 to join the European Bank for 
Reconstruction and Development 
(EBRD) in London, where she held a 
number of senior positions, latterly as 
Senior Banker for EBRD’s Natural 
Resources Team, before accepting 
the appointment of President & CEO  
of AIG Russia Century Fund, Moscow. 
Ms Philipps lived and worked in 
Moscow during the period 2006 to 
2014. Ms Philipps speaks a number  
of languages, including Russian.

External Appointments
Ms Philipps is a member of the 
Strategy and Investment Committee 
of Inter RAO UES, Russia’s largest 
integrated utility company. In addition, 
she is a member of the Advisory 
Board of CAPTIS Intelligence Inc.,  
a US-based global industry leader in 
security and crime prevention and 
chairs the Board of one of the UK’s 
largest architecture firms.

Experience
Mrs Ray has a scientific and 
technical background and over 
25 years’ experience in the mining 
sector in senior leadership roles with 
both Rio Tinto plc and Anglo 
American plc, primarily in business 
development, sales and marketing, 
and project and change 
management. She has worked 
across the globe in a number of 
different commodities including 
industrial minerals, diamonds and 
platinum group metals. Mrs Ray 
founded and runs a management 
consulting firm and has advised 
corporate mining companies on 
corporate strategy across the value 
chain, private equity groups on M&A 
projects and a number of start-up 
businesses.

Mrs Ray has a MSc in Chemical 
Engineering from the Mendeleev 
University of Chemical Technology in 
Moscow, Russia. Mrs Ray was born 
in Russia but has lived in the UK 
since the early 1990s and is a British 
citizen.

External Appointments
Mrs Ray has a number of voluntary 
roles, including acting as a Governor 
and a Nominations Committee 
member at the Royal Surrey County 
Hospital NHS Trust and is a Business 
Advisor for Young Enterprise UK. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  131

Board of Directors   continued

E

Mr Danila Kotlyarov
Executive Director &  
Chief Financial Officer

Nationality: Russian  
Appointed: April 2020

Mr Maxim Kharin
Non-Executive Director 

Nationality: Russian  
Appointed: April 2020

Experience
Mr Kharin has a degree in 
Computer-aided Systems  
of Management from the Far 
Eastern State Technical University 
of Russia and became a qualified 
accountant in 2006. Prior to 
joining Uzhuralzoloto Group  
of Companies (‘UGC’) as CFO, 
Mr Kharin held several roles in  
the International Audit Department 
at Moore Stephens where he  
held the title of Senior Auditor  
and Director and was responsible 
for the independent audit of 
companies across a range  
of sectors, including mining,  
with a particular focus on the 
transformation of Russian 
Accounting Standards to IFRS.

Mr Kharin was nominated as a 
Director of Petropavlovsk by UGC, 
the Company’s largest shareholder. 

External Appointments
Mr Kharin currently serves as  
the Director for Economics and 
Finance at UGC a role he has held 
since 2012, and where he has also 
served as Chairman of its Board 
since 2018.

Experience 
Immediately prior to joining the 
Company, Mr Kotlyarov was Chief 
Financial Officer and Executive 
Director of IRC Limited, a position  
he had held since January 2016. 
Prior to this he served as Deputy 
General Director for Finance of 
Aricom a position which in 2010 
transferred to IRC as Deputy Chief 
Executive Officer, following the 
listing of IRC on the Hong Kong 
Stock Exchange. Mr Kotlyarov was 
appointed as Interim Chief Financial 
Officer of IRC in March 2015.

Mr Kotlyarov has considerable 
experience having been employed 
in various position with a number  
of international companies.

Mr Kotlyarov holds a BA in 
Management from Moscow State 
University and a MA in International 
Economics from the Moscow State 
Institute of International Relations 
(MGIMO). He is a fellow member  
of the Association of Chartered 
Certified Accountants (ACCA), 
Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) 
charter holder, member of Hong 
Kong and Russia Associations  
of Financial Analysts and has a 
professional diploma in civil and 
industrial construction.

External Appointments
Non-Executive Director, IRC Limited.

132  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Executive Committee

The Company’s Executive Committee was reconstituted on 1 January 2019, and comprises a focused and 
experienced senior executive team who manage the Group on a day-to-day basis. Terms of Reference of 
the Executive Committee are available on the Company’s website at www.petropavlovsk.net.

The Executive Committee comprises Board members, Dr Pavel Maslovskiy and Mr Danila Kotlyarov, along 
with the following:

Dr Alya Samokhvalova
Deputy CEO 

Mr Sergey Ermolenko
General Director MC 
Petropavlovsk 

Mr Nikolai Vlasov
Group Chief Geologist 

Mr Nikolai Vlasov has many 
years of experience in gold 
exploration and mining 
within the Amur region.

Mr Vlasov was one of the 
original members of the 
Company’s founding 
management. Prior to this 
he was the chief geologist 
of the only comprehensive 
geological exploration 
expedition in the Amur 
region. Mr Vlasov also 
headed the government 
department for the 
evaluation of gold resources 
in the Russian Far East.

In his role of Group Chief 
Geologist, Mr Vlasov leads 
the Group’s exploration 
work.

Mr Vlasov has received 
various state awards 
including for excellence in 
exploration of mineral 
resources, Honored 
Prospector of mineral 
resources and Honored 
Geologist of the Russian 
Federation.

Dr Alfiya (Alya) 
Samokhvalova  
is Deputy Chief Executive  
Officer and a Member of  
the Safety, Sustainability 
and Workforce Committee 
of the Board of Directors. 
In addition, 
Dr Samokhvalova is  
Head of the Company’s 
Corporate Office. 
Dr Samokhvalova joined  
the Company in 2002.

Dr Samokhvalova is also a 
Non-Executive Director of 
the Russo-British Chamber 
of Commerce and a 
member of the Global 
Advisory Board of  
Cass Business School.

Dr Samokhvalova holds a 
Masters in Investment 
Management from Cass 
Business School, London, 
and a PhD in Economics 
from the Moscow 
International High Business 
School, a BSc in 
Accounting and Audit 
(All-Russian Distance 
Institute of Finance and 
Economics, Moscow) and a 
BSc in Pharmacy (Alma-Ata 
State Medical University). 
She also holds a 
Professional Accountant 
Certificate from the Institute 
of Professional Accountants 
of Russia.

Mr Sergey Ermolenko is  
the General Director of 
Management Company 
Petropavlovsk. 
Mr Ermolenko served as  
a Director and as Interim 
Chief Executive Officer of 
Petropavlovsk PLC from  
18 July 2017 until 16 April 
2018. He previously served 
in this role from December 
2011 to November 2014 
when Dr Pavel Maslovskiy 
was serving as a Russian 
senator.

Mr Ermolenko is one of the 
original members of the 
Group’s founding 
management team.  
He has held top managerial 
positions with the Group 
since its inception in 1994 
and has been instrumental 
in the expansion of the 
Group into a multi-mine 
operation, overseeing the 
commissioning of 
Pokrovskiy, Pioneer, 
Malomir and Albyn.

He was appointed General  
Director of Management 
Company Petropavlovsk  
in 2004. In this capacity,  
he led the expansion  
of the Group into a multi 
mine operator.

Mr Dmitrii Chekashkin
Group Executive, Business 
Transformation and  
Operational Efficiency 

Mr Dmitrii Chekashkin  
was appointed as Group 
Executive, Business 
Transformation and 
Operational Efficiency in 
October 2019. He is also 
the Group’s Chief Risk 
Officer and a member of  
the Company’s Executive 
Committee.

Mr Chekashkin has more 
than 25 years of experience 
in the gold mining industry. 
Mr Chekashkin joined the 
Group in 2003. He has held 
various senior positions, 
including Group Head of 
Precious Metals and Chief 
Operating Officer. He was 
appointed as a Director and 
COO of the Company in 
May 2013 and resigned as  
a Director in March 2015 
when the number of 
Directors on the Board was 
reduced. Mr Chekashkin 
left the Group in October 
2018 for a sabbatical, 
returning to his new position 
in October 2019.

Prior to his employment 
with the Group he was 
employed as Deputy 
General Director of Finance 
for two leading gold mining 
enterprises in the Russian 
Far East.

Mr Chekashkin is a qualified 
engineer.

Mr Mikhail Safray
Senior Legal Advisor 

Mr Mikhail Safray joined the 
Petropavlovsk Group in 
August 2018 and was 
appointed as Senior Legal 
Advisor in November 2018.

Prior to joining the 
Company, Mr Safray held  
a number of senior legal 
positions with large 
Russian and international 
companies, including his 
tenure at Alfa Group, 
Immofinanz AG and 
Interros. He also acted  
as legal counsel for the 
European Bank for 
Reconstruction and 
Development in London 
where he was responsible 
for investments in industrial 
companies in the CIS 
countries and the Balkans.

Mr Safray graduated from 
the National Research 
University Higher School of 
Economics, summa cum 
laude, and received  
a PhD degree from the 
Kutafin Moscow State Law 
University and LL.M from 
Boston University.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  133

 
 
 
Governance Report

As at 31 December 2019

Board balance of Directors

Non-Executive 
Chairman (1)
Chief Executive 
Director (1)
Independent Non-
Executive Directors (6)
Non-Executive 
Directors (1)

Mining industry/natural 
resources (8)
Business experience 
in Russia (7)
Financial/Corporate 
finance/advisory (5)
Diplomatic (2)
Legal (2)
Fund management/
research/city/banking (2)
UK Listed Board (2)

Male (7)
Female (2)

Business experience

Gender Diversity

Nationality

Russian (3)
British (3)
American (1)
Australian (1)
German (1)

Language skills – Russian

Native (3)
Fluent (2)
Conversational (1)

Basic or none (3)

Language skills – English

Native (5)
Fluent (4)

134  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Diversity in the Board
Petropavlovsk has an effective board of 
directors made up of diverse and experienced 
members. During 2019, the Board achieved 
its goal of improving its gender and age 
diversity. Our two new Directors have further 
strengthened our Board, bringing 
complementary skills and international 
expertise across diverse backgrounds in 
natural resources, finance and governance. 

As at 31 December 2019, the nine-member 
Board comprised nationals of five different 
countries (the UK, Russia, the USA, Australia 
and Germany), with 22% of our Board 
comprising female directors. 

Corporate governance framework
The following sections of this report detail the 
work and operation of the Board, and the 
corporate governance framework within 
which the Company operates, including 
further reporting required under the 2018 
Code, the UK Listing Rules and the Disclosure 
Guidance & Transparency Rules, to all of 
which the Company is subject.

Application of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code
For the year commencing 1 January 2019, the 
Company was subject to the ‘2018 Code’ This 
can be viewed on the website of the Financial 
Reporting Council at www.frc.org.uk.

The 2018 Code sets out key corporate 
governance recommendations for companies 
such as Petropavlovsk that have a premium 
listing of their equity shares on the main market 
of the London Stock Exchange. It consists  
of broad principles (Principles) and specific 
provisions (Provisions) of good governance  
in the following areas: Board Leadership  
and Company Purpose; Division of 
Responsibilities; Composition, Succession 
and Evaluation; Audit, Risk and Internal Control 
and Remuneration.

This Governance Report together with the 
Audit Committee Report (on pages 146 to 
154), the Directors’ Remuneration Report  
(on pages 156 to 174) and the Nominations 
Committee Report (on pages 144 to 145) is 
arranged around these Principles and sets 
out how the Company has applied the 
Principles and Provisions of the 2018 Code 
during 2019.

Compliance with Code Provisions
The Company has complied with the 
Provisions of the Code throughout the year 
ended 31 December 2019, with the following 
exceptions:

Independence of Directors: Provision 9 and 10 
of Part 2. The 2018 Code requires that the 
Board should state its reasons for determining 
that a director is independent notwithstanding 
the existence of relationships or circumstances 
which may appear relevant to its determination.

Sir Roderic Lyne and Mr Robert Jenkins were 
appointed as Directors of the Company at its 
2018 Annual General Meeting, having been 
proposed for appointment by two of the 
Company’s major shareholders, together having, 
at that time, an interest in c.9% of the Company’s 
voting rights over its ordinary shares. Sir Roderic 
and Mr Jenkins were re-elected as Directors by 
shareholders at the Company’s 2019 Annual 
General Meeting having been proposed for 
re-election by the Board.

Sir Roderic Lyne and Mr Jenkins are 
independent and are responsible to, and act 
in the interests of all shareholders equally.

Sir Roderic Lyne previously served as a 
Director of Aricom Limited, from 2 October 
2006 until 22 April 2009 and as a Director of 
Petropavlovsk PLC, following Aricom’s merger 
with Petropavlovsk, from 22 April 2009 until he 
retired from the Board on 28 June 2016. The 
Board considers that, given Sir Roderic has no 
connection with any major shareholder, and 
that he had retired as a Director two years prior 
to his appointment as Chairman, having had 
no involvement with the Company or its 
operations during this time, (except in his 
capacity as a small shareholder up to 
mid-2017), he was independent upon his 
appointment as Chairman.

Mr Robert Jenkins was previously a Director 
of the Company for the period from 30 April 
2015 to 22 June 2017. Given that Mr Jenkins 
has no connection with any major 
shareholder and that he was previously a 
Director of the Company for a period of only 
just over 2 years, he is considered by the 
Company, and by the terms of the 2018 Code, 
as being an Independent Director.

Senior Independent Director: Provision 12 of  
Part 2 of the Code, requires that the Board 
should appoint one of the independent 
non-executive directors to be the senior 
independent director. Following the Company’s 
2018 Annual General Meeting the Directors 
agreed that until the Board was fully constituted  
it was not appropriate to appoint a Senior 
Independent Director. Following the constitution 
of the new Board and the recommendation of the 
Nominations Committee, Mr Harry Kenyon-
Slaney was appointed as Senior Independent 
Director with effect from 23 April 2019.

The Board

The role of the Board
The Board is ultimately responsible to shareholders for the direction, management, performance and long-term sustainable success of the 
Company. It sets the Group’s strategy and objectives and oversees and monitors internal controls, risk management, principal risks, 
governance and viability of the Company. In doing so, the Directors comply with their duties under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006.

The Board has established certain principal committees to assist it in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, providing dedicated focus on 
particular areas, as set out below. The Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration, Nominations and Safety, Sustainability & Workforce Committees 
report to the Board on the Committee’s activities after each Committee meeting, highlighting the proceedings of those meetings, including 
the key discussion points and any areas of concern.

In March 2020, after consideration of the Group’s risk framework the Board constituted a Risk Committee, chaired by Mr Damien Hackett, 
Independent Non-Executive Director. The principal role of the Risk Committee is to advise the Board on the Company’s overall risk 
appetite, tolerance and strategy and oversee and advise the Board on current risk exposures of the Company and future risk strategy 
ensuring that appropriate mitigating strategies are in place to manage these risks.

Terms of Reference of the Board Committees are available on the Company’s website at www.petropavlovsk.net. 

Board structure – as at 31 December 2019

Board

Board Committees

Audit Committee
 – Reviews Audit Report on 
the interim review and full 
year audit;

 – Reviews appropriateness 
of accounting standards;

 – Oversees relationships 

with internal and external 
auditors;

 – Overseas external audit 

process;

 – Reviews the financial risks; 

and

 – Reviews internal audit 

plans.

Membership
Robert Jenkins (Chair)
James W Cameron Jr
Damien Hackett
Charlotte Philipps
Harry Kenyon-Slaney

See pages 146 to 154 for  
more information. 

Remuneration Committee
 – Determines and agrees 

with the Board the format 
and broad policy for the 
remuneration of the 
Company Chairman, 
Executive Directors, 
members of the Executive 
Committee and the 
Company Secretary;

 – Reviews the on-going 
appropriateness of the 
policy; 

 – Ensures that the Company 
maintains contact with 
shareholders regarding the 
Company’s remuneration 
policy; and

 – Receives and considers 
details of Workforce 
remuneration.

Membership
Robert Jenkins (Chair)
James W Cameron Jr
Damien Hackett
Charlotte Philipps
Katia Ray

See pages 156 to 174 for  
more information.

Nominations Committee
 – Reviews structure, size and 
composition of the Board 
and its Committees and 
makes recommendations 
to the Board as 
appropriate;

 – Considers succession 
planning issues for 
Directors and senior 
executives; and

 – Evaluates the skills and 
experience of the Board 
before any appointment is 
made to the Board.

Membership
Sir Roderic Lyne (Chair)
Robert Jenkins
Damien Hackett
Harry Kenyon-Slaney
Dr Pavel Maslovskiy

See pages 144 to 145 for more  
information.

Safety, Sustainability & 
Workforce Committee
 – Reviews the Group’s 

health, safety, 
environmental and 
community relations 
(“Sustainability”) strategy;

 – Evaluates the effectiveness 
of the Group’s policies and 
systems for managing 
Sustainability issues and 
risks;

 – Assesses the performance 
of the Group with regard to 
the impact of Sustainability 
decisions and actions; and

 – Seeks active engagement 
with the Group’s workforce 
on behalf of the Board.

Membership
Harry Kenyon-Slaney (Chair)
Damien Hackett
Dr Pavel Maslovskiy
Katia Ray
Dr Alya Samokhvalova

Please see pages 86 to 123 .

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  135

 
Governance Report   continued

2019 Board composition, meeting attendance and responsibilities 
The following table details responsibilities and independence of the Directors, detailing their attendance at Board meetings during the year and 
how their responsibilities are linked to remuneration.

Meetings 
attended

Maximum 
possible

Independent Responsibilities

Linked to 
remuneration

Chairman

Sir Roderic Lyne

6

6



Providing leadership to the Board. Promoting the strategic success of 
the Company and creating value for the shareholders in the long-
term, whilst ensuring that sound, effective corporate governance 
practices are embedded in the Group and in its decision-making 
processes.

Strategy and Group performance – responsibility for developing the 
Group’s objectives and strategy and for the successful achievement 
of objectives and execution of strategy, following approval by the 
Board.



Executive Director

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy

Senior Independent Director

Harry Kenyon-Slaney

6

6

6

6



To support the Chairman and provide an independent point of 
contact to shareholders on Board matters.

The responsibilities of the Non-Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Independent Director  
are clearly defined with separated responsibilities, set out in writing and approved by the Board. 

A copy of this document is available on the Company’s website at www.petropavlovsk.net.

Independent Non-Executive Directors
6

James W. Cameron Jr1

5

Damien Hackett

Robert Jenkins

Charlotte Philipps
(appointed on 8 November 
2019)

Katia Ray
(appointed on 8 November 
2019)

6

6

1

1

6

6

1

1











The Independent Non-Executive Directors bring independent and 
objective analysis to all matters before the Board and its Committees 
using their substantial and wide-ranging experience.

They monitor the executives’ delivery of strategy within the risk and 
governance structure agreed by the Board.

As at 31 December 2019 66.7% of the Board comprised of Independent Non-Executive Directors. 

Non-Executive Directors

Mirzaaziz Musakhanov2
(appointed on 14 October 
2019, resigned on 5 
February 2020)

Bektas Mukazhanov2
(retired as a Director on 31 
July 2019)

2

3

2

3

x

x

Mr Musakhanov was a nominee Director of Aeon Mining Limited, the 
Company’s former largest shareholder.

Mr Mukazhanov was a nominee Director of Fincraft Holdings Ltd, the 
Company’s former largest shareholder. 

As at 31 December 2019, c.22% of the Directors were female.
The Board comprises Directors of 5 nationalities.
Members of the Board have a wide range of appropriate backgrounds and experience.

1)  Mr Cameron was unable to attend the meeting on 23 April 2019 due to illness.

2)  Save for the potential conflicts inherent in their relationship as nominee Directors, there were no potential conflicts of interest between the duties owed to the Company by Messrs Musakhanov and 

Mukazhanov and their private interests or other duties.

136  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Board meetings held in 2019 
The Board held six scheduled meetings 
during the year, and individual attendance is 
set out above. The Directors also attended a 
separate Board Strategy meeting in October, 
at which all Directors were present.
In addition, there were ad hoc meetings 
convened to consider matters relating to the 
guarantee to be provided to Gazprombank 
Joint Stock Company in relation to IRC’s new 
debt facilities, the refinancing of the Group’s 
9% Convertible Bonds due 2020, the 
approval of the option to acquire the 
remaining 25% of TEMI LLC and matters  
of a routine or administrative nature.

All members of the Board attended a site visit 
to the Group’s mining operations in April 2019 
which included a visit to IRC’s K&S facility.

Sufficient time is provided, periodically, for the 
Chairman to meet privately with the Senior 
Independent Director and the Non-Executive 
Directors to discuss any matters.

Board effectiveness
Board activities during 2019
The Board has a schedule of matters 
reserved for its decision. This includes inter 
alia: strategic matters, financial reporting and 
controls, legal and regulatory compliance and 

Key area of activity

Matters considered

Outcome

appointments of committees and setting of 
their terms of reference. A copy of the 
Schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board 
is available on the Company’s website at 
www.petropavlovsk.net.

During the year, the Board focused on the 
matters summarised in the table below in line 
with the Group strategy and the Group’s 
principal risks.

Strategic:
Strategy

 – Development of the 
Group’s strategy

 – The Long-Term Plan

 – Options available for 

the future of the 
Group’s 31.1% 
shareholding in IRC

The Board considered:

 – Petropavlovsk’s strategy & culture;

 – The Group’s Long-Term Plan; and

 – The investment in IRC, which is considered as a non-core asset of the 

Group. The Board continues to consider its options, specifically in respect 
of the removal of the guarantee provided to Gazprombank by the Company 
in respect of K&S’s, a subsidiary of IRC, finance facilities.

Continuously 
improve Health, 
Safety & 
Environmental 
Standards

 – Proposed 

Environmental, 
Social & 
Governance (‘ESG’)
programme

The Board approved the Company’s joining the United Nations (UN) Global 
Compact initiative in December 2019. This is a voluntary leadership platform 
which reflects the Board’s commitment to aligning the Group’s operations 
with ten universally accepted principles in the areas of human rights, labour, 
environment and anti-corruption.

The Board reviewed the Group’s ESG strategy and, considering this to be of a 
critical importance to the Group’s future, the Board agreed to appoint a Head 
of Sustainable Business to develop the Group’s ESG programme and set 
appropriate ESG KPIs targets.

 – Lost-Time Injury 

Frequency Rate & 
initiatives to improve 
safety performance

The Safety, Sustainability & Workforce Committee (the “SS&W Committee”) 
advised the Board of the H&S initiatives being undertaken at operational level 
to improve LTIFR. 2019 saw a considerable improvement in LTIFR from 2.52 
to 1.61.

 – The safety of the 

Group’s 
Hydrotechnical 
Storage Facilities

The SS&W Committee Chair reported on a detailed paper presented by the 
executive team on management’s approach to ensuring that the Group’s 
Hydrotechnical Storage Facilities (‘HSF’) are operated and monitored in 
accordance with legislation of the Russian Federation and in line with 
international best practices. This approach adopts the zero-harm principle. 

Stakeholders

 – Our investors

 – Our employees

 – Our communities

 – Our contractors

 – Our employees

 – Our communities 
and governments

 – Our investors

 – Our contractors

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  137

Governance Report   continued

Key area of activity

Matters considered

Outcome

Strategic: (continued)
Strengthen the 
balance sheet and 
increase liquidity

 – The guarantee 
provided to 
Gazprombank in 
relation to IRC’s loan 
facilities and the 
refinancing of its 
bank debt

In March 2019, IRC completed a refinancing of its ICBC Facility with 
Gazprombank, extending the maturity of the debt obligations. The refinancing 
terms included proposed new guarantee arrangements, which the Board 
considered, and on its recommendation, were approved by shareholders  
on 12 March 2019. The refinancing and new guarantee arrangements have 
assisted to de-risk the Company’s financial position, enabling also K&S,  
a wholly owned subsidiary of IRC, to repay bridge loans amounting to 
US$57 million advanced by the Company.

Stakeholders

 – All stakeholders

 – Refinancing  

of the Petropavlovsk 
2010 Limited 9% 
Convertible Bonds 
due March 2020

In June 2019, the Board approved the launch of the Group’s US$125 million 
8.25% Convertible Bonds due 2024, proceeds of which were used to repay 
the existing US$100 million Group’s 9% Convertible Bonds due 2020 and  
to accelerate the construction of the planned new flotation facility at the 
Pioneer mine.

 – All stakeholders

In August 2019, Fitch Ratings upgraded the Group’s Long-Term Issuer Default Rating and senior unsecured rating to ‘B-’ From ‘CCC’ with a 

Positive Outlook due to “a significant strengthening in Petropavlovsk’s liquidity position due to the refinancing of the convertible bond, 
repayment of US$57 million bridge loans by affiliated iron ore producer IRC Limited and the increased visibility for production due to the launch 
of the POX Hub in November 2018.”

Maintain and 
expand gold 
resources

 – Option Agreement 
to acquire 25% 
minority interest in 
TEMI LLC. 

The Board approved an Option to acquire the remaining 25% of TEMI LLC 
(“TEMI”) the terms of which were announced on 23 September 2019. TEMI 
holds the licences to the Elginskoye and Unglichikanskoye deposits, which 
have substantial non-refractory gold reserves and resources, suitable for 
processing at the Albyn Plant. 

 – Our investors

 – Our employees

 – Development 
Opportunities

At the Board Strategy Day in October 2019, the Board considered various 
development opportunities for Petropavlovsk’s resource base. Assessment of 
these options is continuing, led by the Executive Committee.

Unlock the value 
creation potential 
of the POX Hub

 – Ramp-up of POX 
Hub production, 
including purchase 
of third-party 
concentrate

The Board:

 – Received regular updates on the ramping up of the POX Hub’s production; 
as well as on the supply and processing of third-party concentrate; and

 – Considered a report on the comprehensive systems and security in place  
to protect the POX processing plant which aims to ensure environmental 
safety and safety of the Group’s employees. 

 – Our investors

 – Our employees

 – Our suppliers

 – Our community 
(the environment)

 – Acceleration of the 
construction of the 
Pioneer flotation 
plant

The Board approved the acceleration of the construction of the Pioneer 
flotation plant. Construction remains on schedule for the plant to be fully 
operational in Q4 2020.

 – Employee 

engagement

In April 2019 the full Board visited the Group’s operations and met with 
members of the workforce and the local trade union. 

 – Our employees

Please go to page 100 relating to the Company’s culture and its engagement 
with employees.

Development of 
current and future 
employees

138  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 – Our Board 
colleagues

 – Our employees

 – Our suppliers

 – Our customers

 – Governments

 – Our shareholders

Key area of activity

Matters considered

Outcome

Stakeholders

Governance & Legal:
Leadership

 – Appointment of 
additional Board 
members to 
broaden the skills 
and experience of 
the Board and to 
enhance the 
diversity of the 
Group’s leadership

During the year Charlotte Philipps and Katia Ray joined the Board as 
Independent Non-Executive Directors bringing complementary skills and 
international expertise across diverse backgrounds in natural resources, 
finance and governance.

The biographies of all current Board and Executive Committee members  
are set out on pages 130 to 133.

Board evaluation

 – External Board 

evaluation

Legal & Regulatory

 – Regulatory

The Board undertook an external Board evaluation, conducted by Prism 
CoSec an independent firm with no other connection to the Company.  
Further details are provided on page 134.

The Board approved the Modern Slavery Statement, Payments to 
Governments Report, updated Anti-Bribery Policy and ‘Speak Up’ Policy.

Shareholder engagement
Annual General 
Meeting

 – Poll results of 
resolutions 
proposed at the 
2019 Annual 
General Meeting

Investor 
engagement

 – Shareholder 
feedback

Financial Updates & Risk Management
Finance

 – Actual results and 

budgeting

Internal Controls

 – Risk Management

The Board consulted with shareholders who voted against resolutions  
to ascertain their reasons for voting against the Board’s recommendation. 
Further information is provided on page 175.

The Board received and considered feedback from shareholders.

 – Our shareholders

The Board considered and approved the Group’s 2020 Budget and updated 
Long-Term Plan.

The Board reviewed the Group’s cash flow projections and hedging 
arrangements, including its forward gold sales arrangements.

The Board instigated a review of the Group’s Risk Framework with 
recommendations presented to the Board in early 2020. As a result, the Board 
agreed:

 – A Board Risk Committee to be set up and chaired by Mr Damien Hackett, 

Independent Non-Executive Director; and

 – A new Risk Committee framework will be presented to the Board in  

May 2020.

Production & Operational Updates

 – Monthly production 

figures and 
operational issues

The Board reviewed the Group’s monthly production reports compared to 
budget and forecast. 

It also received updates on operational issues, including flooding at Malomir 
during July and August 2019.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  139

Governance Report   continued

Board evaluation
During the second half of 2019, a 
performance evaluation of the Board was 
externally facilitated by Christopher Stamp  
of Prism CoSec (‘Prism’). Neither Mr Stamp 
nor Prism has any other connection with  
the Company.

Process: The scope of the 2019 evaluation  
was determined following a review by Prism  
of Board and Committee papers, minutes and 
Committee terms of reference. The scope was 
discussed in advance with the Senior 
Independent Director and the Company 
Secretary. The process agreed on was to  
use one-to-one interviews with each of the 
Directors, the Chief Financial Officer, the 
Deputy Chief Executive Officer and the 
Company Secretary. A report was then 
prepared by the external consultant 
incorporating the findings and observations 
(the ‘Report’). The Report was discussed with 
the Senior Independent Director and the 
Company Secretary prior to circulation to 
members of the Board. The recommendations 
were discussed at the following Board 
meeting. The conclusion of that discussion 
and agreed actions were recorded in the 
minutes of the meeting.

With a significant period of change nearly 
completed, opening up the possibilities for 
the Board to be more forward-looking, the 
evaluation provided a good opportunity for 
the Board to consider how to progress its 
governance processes further, particularly 
taking into account the expectations set by 
the 2018 Code. The principal focus of the 
evaluation was therefore on:

 – Board and Committee processes, papers, 

minutes and structure of meetings;

 – Board and Committee priorities for the 

coming 12-18 months;

 – Adoption of the new UK Corporate 

Governance Code requirements; and

 – Governance of stakeholder relationships.

In addition, the independent consultant 
briefed the Senior Independent Director on 
feedback relating to Sir Roderic Lyne which 
was used as part of the evaluation of the 
Chairman, as required by the 2018 Code.

Board Review Insights: The evaluation 
concluded that the Board had developed into  
a cohesive group. The Independent Non-
Executive Directors brought robust challenge 
to the Board’s discussions whilst respecting 
the need for the executive team to be allowed 
to manage the Group’s business operations. 
Relationships with the Company’s major 
shareholders had improved with the Chairman 
and Senior Independent Director supporting 
the interaction of the executive team. 

The Board was reasonably satisfied with the 
current approach to risk believing it to be 
robust and balanced. However, the Board’s 
approach to risk was evolving and there might 
be scope for further improvement in the 
approach to risk particularly the operation and 
effectiveness of the overall risk management 
framework.

Other areas for further progress included 
consistency and structure of papers and 
management information. In addition, whilst 
there are no immediate concerns about 
succession planning at the executive level, the 
report concluded that there is scope for the 
Nominations Committee to focus on senior 
management succession to ensure that loss 
of personnel risk is managed well. 

Induction, site visits, information and 
support
Induction and site visits: New directors 
receive appropriate induction training when 
they join the board of Petropavlovsk PLC. 
Directors are expected to update their skills 
and knowledge and develop the familiarity 
with the Group’s operations needed to fulfil 
their role on both the Board and any 
Committees. 

As part of their induction, Ms Philipps and 
Mrs Ray met with members of the Senior 
Executive team, including with Dr Pavel 
Maslovskiy, Chief Executive Officer; Dr Alya 
Samokhvalova, Deputy Chief Executive 
Officer and Mr Dmitrii Chekashkin, Group 
Executive, Business Transformation and 
Operational Efficiency.

Action Plan: The following action points, amongst others, were agreed as a result of the Board evaluation process

Information and 
processes:

A review of papers and information provided to the 
Board and Board Committees should be undertaken  
to ensure that the papers focus on key issues.

Status: This review is underway

Succession 
planning:

Succession planning for the team below the Board will 
be included as an item for future Nominations 
Committee meetings.

Status: Ongoing

Risk management 
and internal 
control:

A review of the Group’s risk management framework 
and internal control environment should be undertaken.

Status: Reviews of the Group’s finance function and its 
internal audit function have been completed. In addition, 
following an internal review of the Group’s risk framework, 
the Board has constituted a Risk Committee, chaired by 
Mr Damien Hackett, Independent Non-Executive Director.

140  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

There is regular dialogue with institutional 
shareholders, as well as presentations after 
the full year and interim results. The Board is 
advised of any specific comments from 
institutional investors to enable it to develop 
an understanding of the views of major 
shareholders. Small retail shareholders are 
important to the Company. All shareholders 
have the opportunity to put questions at the 
Company’s Annual General Meetings. 
In addition, shareholders are welcome to 
contact the Company’s Investor Relations 
department with any specific queries 
regarding the Company. 

As new members of the Remuneration 
Committee, and as part of their induction, 
they also met with Mercer Kepler, adviser to 
this Committee. They both attended a briefing 
session with management on financial control 
and reporting matters. This was of particular 
relevance to Ms Philipps due to her 
appointment to the Audit Committee. 

Visits to the Group’s gold mining operations 
are an important part of a Director’s induction 
and a visit has been planned for Ms Philipps 
and Mrs Ray during the latter half of 2020.

The full Board visited the Group’s gold mining 
operations in early April 2019. The Directors 
visited the Group’s offices in Blagoveschensk, 
the Malomir mine and the POX Hub at 
Pokrovskiy. A visit to IRC’s K&S facility was also 
arranged. During the visit the Chairman of the 
Safety, Sustainability & Workforce Committee, 
and members of this Committee, met with 
representatives of the workforce. Management 
presentations were arranged for the Board 
including from Mr Nikolai Vlasov, Group 
Chief Geologist.

As detailed in the Audit Committee Report  
on page 147, Mr Jenkins, Audit Committee 
Chair, visited the Group’s mining operations  
in December 2019, together with the 
Company’s external auditor, Deloitte LLP. 
This included visits to the Albyn, Malomir and 
Pioneer mines, the flotation concentrate plant 
at Malomir and the POX Hub facility. 
Mr Jenkins has also attended the Group’s 
offices in Moscow for meetings with the Chief 
Financial Officer and Group Internal Auditor 
and with certain audit firms who participated 
in the Company’s audit tender. 

During the year the Board received 
presentations from the Company’s brokers 
advising them of their responsibilities as 
Directors of a listed company and from the 
Company’s legal counsel on the UK Listing 
Rules including the new obligations in respect 
of related party transactions.

The Non-Executive Directors may attend 
conferences and seminars on the mining 
industry at the Company’s expense to 
enhance and update their knowledge. 
The Directors receive briefings on regulatory 
and corporate governance issues from the 
Company Secretary and the Company’s 
advisors. 

Information flow: Prior to each Board meeting 
the Directors receive detailed information on 
operational and financial performance, 
activities of the Board Committees, investor 
relations and projects that are being 
progressed by the Executive team. The Board 
receives presentations and verbal updates 
from the Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer and other members of the 
Executive Committee at Board meetings as 
appropriate. All Directors are encouraged to 
make further enquiries, and request further 
information as they feel appropriate, of the 
Chief Executive Officer or members of the 
senior executive team. All Directors are 
encouraged to participate actively in Board 
meetings which are chaired in an open and 
collaborative manner. 

All Directors have access to the services of  
a professionally-qualified and experienced 
Company Secretary, who is responsible for 
information flows to the Board and its 
committees and between senior 
management, the Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors, facilitating induction and 
assisting with professional development as 
required, ensuring compliance with Board 
procedure and applicable laws and 
regulation.

Professional advice: There is an agreed 
procedure for Directors to take independent 
professional advice if considered necessary 
to discharge their responsibilities as Directors 
and at the Company’s expense.

Senior Advisor and President: Mr Peter 
Hambro, who co-founded the Company with 
Dr Maslovskiy, is President of the Company 
and Senior Advisor to the Board. Mr Hambro 
is not a member of the Company’s 
management or executive team and has  
no authority to take executive decisions. 
Mr Hambro is also Non-Executive Chairman 
of IRC Limited.

Investor engagement
Communication with shareholders is of great 
importance to the Company and the Board 
aims to maintain an open and transparent 
dialogue with its shareholders and potential 
shareholders. The Investor Relations 
department manages the interaction with 
these audiences and ensures that full and 
comprehensive information is available to all 
shareholders. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  141

Governance Report   continued

2019 Annual General Meeting
The following table details the resolutions proposed at the 2019 AGM by the Company which received less than 80% of votes in favour:

Election of Mr Bektas Mukazhanov

Resolutions:
8
9 Re-election of Sir Roderic Lyne
11 Re-election of Mr Robert Jenkins
12 Authority to allot shares
13 Disapplication of pre-emption rights*
14 Disapplication of pre-emption rights (additional 5%)*

*Proposed as Special Resolutions requiring at least 75% of votes cast to be in favour of the Resolution.

The following information is provided in 
accordance with Provision 4 of the Code:

As detailed in the Company’s 
announcements on 5 December 2019, the 
Chairman personally wrote to shareholders 
who voted against the above resolutions to 
understand why they had voted against the 
Board’s recommendation. The Chairman and 
the Senior Independent Director had 
constructive meetings with two of the 
shareholder groups who accepted the 
invitation to discuss the resolutions. 
Mr Jenkins also discussed matters with 
certain shareholders in his capacity as both 
Remuneration and Audit Committee Chair.

During this consultation process the following 
points were raised:

Re-election of Directors:

 – Re-election of Sir Roderic Lyne (Resolution 
9): Sir Roderic is Chair of the Board and of 
the Nominations Committee. Shareholders 
highlighted their concerns about the diversity 
of the Board given that at the date of the 
2019 AGM all the Directors were male.

As detailed in the 2018 Nominations 
Committee Report the aim of the Board  
was to identify and recruit both female  
and younger Directors with relevant 
qualifications. Following an extensive search, 
the Company announced the appointment 
of Ms Charlotte Philipps and Mrs Katia Ray 
as Independent Directors of the Company 
with effect from 8 November 2019.

As at 31 December 2019, the Board’s 
composition had c.22% female 
representation, closely matching the  
overall female representation across all 
Petropavlovsk operations of c.25% – 
notably higher than the International 
Women in Mining’s industry estimate of  
10 percent females in mining operations 
globally. The age profile of the Board has 
also improved. More information is provided 
on page 144 to 145.

 – Re-election of Mr Robert Jenkins 

(Resolution 11): Mr Jenkins is Chair of  
the Remuneration and Audit Committees. 
The Company’s audit tender was due 
during the year ended 31 December 2019. 
However due to Board changes the 
Company requested an extension from  
the Financial Reporting Council. This was 
duly provided. However certain of our 
shareholders decided, due to their internal 
voting policies, to vote against Mr Jenkins 
re-election due to this deferral of the audit 
tender. An audit tender process was 
undertaken in late 2019 which is explained 
in detail on page 153. As a consequence, 
PwC will be appointed as the Company’s 
auditor following the signing of the 
Company’s accounts and financial 
statements for the year ended 31 
December 2019.

In addition, certain shareholders raised 
concerns regarding the level of disclosure  
of bonus targets in the 2018 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. As a consequence 
of this feedback, the level of disclosure in 
the 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report 
has been increased.

‘For’
74.75%
71.60%
74.69%
73.51%
73.43%
73.38%

‘Against’
25.25%
28.40%
25.31%
26.49%
26.57%
26.62%

 – With respect to Resolution 8, the election  
of Mr Bektas Mukazhanov as a Director, 
Mr Mukazhanov, nominee Director of 
Fincraft Holdings Ltd the then major 
shareholder of the Company, resigned as a 
Non-Executive Director of the Company on 
30 July 2019 following a purchase of 
Fincraft Holdings Ltd by Aeon Mining 
Limited.

Authority to Allot Shares and Dis-apply 
Pre-Emption Rights: In respect of Resolutions 
13 and 14 relating to the application of 
disapplication rights, the authority sought by 
the Company was aligned with the Investment 
Association’s share capital guidelines and 
market practice for FTSE listed companies. 
However, these Special Resolutions, which 
required at least 75% support from 
shareholders who voted, were not approved.

It can be noted that during the Chairman’s 
consultation process no shareholder raised 
any specific concerns regarding the authority 
to allot shares and the two special resolutions 
to dis-apply pre-emption rights. Shareholders 
were supportive of resolutions to allot shares 
and dis-apply pre-emption rights proposed at 
the 2018 AGM. 

The Board appreciated the feedback it 
received from shareholders during this 
process. The Board intends to continue  
its policy of proactive engagement with its 
shareholders.

142  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  143

Nominations Committee Report

Letter from the Nominations Committee Chair

Nominations Committee composition and meeting attendance

Current members
Sir Roderic Lyne (Chairman)
Dr Pavel Maslovskiy
Mr Damien Hackett1
Mr Robert Jenkins
Mr Harry Kenyon-Slaney2

1.  Member from 24 April 2019.

Role
Non-Executive Chairman of the Board
Chief Executive Officer
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Senior Independent Director

Meeting 
attendance
4/4
4/4
3/3
4/4
3/4

2.  Mr Kenyon-Slaney was unable to attend the Committee meeting held on 15 October 2019 due a prior business commitment.

In addition to the appointment of Mr Kharin, 
the Committee has initiated three further 
appointments in 2020. 

Firstly, on 21 April 2020 the Board was 
pleased to approve the appointment of  
Danila Kotlyarov as an Executive Director, 
upon the recommendation of the Committee. 
Mr Kotlyarov was appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer of the Company and a member of the 
Executive Committee in February 2020. With 
his expertise and previous Board experience 
as Finance Director of our associated 
company, IRC, Danila Kotlyarov is giving 
authoritative direction to the Company’s 
financial management.

Second on 24 May 2020, the Committee 
recommended the appointments of  
Ms Fiona Paulus and Mr Tim McCutcheon  
as Independent Non-Executive Directors. 
Mr McCutcheon, who has extensive 
experience of the natural resources sector in 
Russia, was interviewed by the Committee 
following a recommendation from a 
shareholder. Ms Paulus was recommended 
as a candidate for the Chairmanship following 
a lengthy process led by the Senior 
Independent Director, Harry Kenyon-Slaney, 
and assisted by the recruitment consultancy 
Egon Zehnder. (As I have noted in my 
introductory Chairman’s Statement in this 
Report, in the autumn of 2019 I informed the 
Nominations Committee and the Board of my 
intention to retire at the 2020 AGM subject to 
a suitable successor being found. A Search 
Committee was then formed under 
Mr Kenyon-Slaney and criteria agreed.)

Diversity statement 
It is a core belief of the Petropavlovsk Board 
that diverse skills, background, experience and 
points of view will benefit our organisation and 
strengthen the Board’s effectiveness. During 
2019 the Committee focused on enhancing 
the diversity of the Board, seeking female and 
younger Directors with relevant qualifications. 
Our aim was to build a strong, independent, 
highly qualified and diverse Board, actively 
engaged in the strategic decision-making and 
oversight of the Group. This process 

Company on 8 November 2019. Their varied 
and relevant career backgrounds have added 
to the skills and experience of our Board and 
its Committees. 

On 30 July 2019, Bektas Mukazhanov, who 
had served as a Non-Executive Director 
nominated by Fincraft Holdings Ltd (as the 
Group’s major shareholder), resigned from 
the Board, Fincraft having sold its 
shareholding to Aeon Mining Limited (‘Aeon’). 
In consequence, on 14 October 2019, we 
welcomed Mirzaaziz Musakhanov to the 
Board as a nominee of Aeon. 

Mr Musakhanov resigned from the Board on 
5 February 2020, following Aeon’s decision to 
sell its Petropavlovsk shareholding. On 21 
April 2020 the Board appointed in his place 
Maxim Kharin, a nominee of the Company’s 
new major shareholder, Uzhuralzoloto Group 
of Companies (‘Uzhuralzoloto’). Prior to the 
appointment of Mirzaaziz Musakhanov and 
Maxim Kharin as a Non-Executive Director 
the Committee considered that they had the 
relevant experience and skills to make a 
valuable contribution to the Board. The 
Company has entered into a formal 
Relationship Agreement with Uzhuralzoloto 
and its beneficial shareholder which governs 
the rights of Uzhuralzoloto, its beneficial 
holder and the Company and manages any 
potential conflicts. Such an agreement was 
also in place with Fincraft and Aeon. 

Diversity (as at 31 December 2019)

Male

Board

78%

Executive Committee

86%

Direct Reports to Executive Committee

60%

All Employees

75%

Female

22%

14%

40%

25%

Dear Shareholder

Introduction
I am presenting this report as Chairman of the 
Nominations Committee, a committee 
established by the Board of the Company.

In the Chairman’s governance introduction, 
I note that during 2019, we achieved our 
objective of having a strong, independent, 
highly qualified and diverse Board, actively 
engaged in the strategic decision-making and 
oversight of the Group. The work undertaken 
by the Committee during the year (and carried 
through into 2020) has ensured that we have 
in place an exceptional non-executive team 
with a breadth of skills, experience and 
perspectives that are relevant to the next 
phase of the Company’s development. 

The Committee continued to fulfil its core 
responsibilities of reviewing the structure of 
the Board and committees, recommending 
new Board appointments and ensuring 
adherence to formal appointment and 
induction processes.

Board changes
In 2019, the Committee led the process to 
identify two new Independent Non-Executive 
Directors. The Committee approved the 
appointment of Savannah Group, an external 
global search consultant, to facilitate these 
appointments. Savannah, in conjunction with 
the Committee, developed a candidate 
specification that highlighted a number of 
areas of competence required by the Board. 
These included experience in corporate 
financing and investment, natural resources 
and Russia. We sought candidates with 
experience of dealing at senior levels and  
the communication skills and personal 
characteristics to be effective at Board level.

After interviewing a number of well-qualified 
candidates, we were very pleased to  
appoint Charlotte Philipps and Katia Ray as 
Independent Non-Executive Directors of the 

144  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

culminated in the appointment of Charlotte 
Philipps and Katia Ray in November 2019  
and the proposed appointment of Ms Paulus 
and Mr McCutcheon on 27 May 2020, as 
detailed above. 

As of 27 May 2020, the twelve-member  
Board will comprise nationals of five different 
countries (the UK, Russia, Germany, the USA 
and Australia) with a wide range of appropriate 
backgrounds and experience. As at 
31 December 2019 female Directors 
represented 22 per cent of the total Board 
membership, compared with an all-male 
Board as at 31 December 2018. As of 27 May 
2020, three out of eight Independent Non-
Executive Directors (37%) will be women.

The Committee has taken account of the 
Hampton-Alexander Review and the Lord 
Davies Report and will continue to monitor  
the possibility of legislation on Board 
composition. It has made appointments to 
the Board on merit and on its assessment  
of appropriate qualifications, including its 
objective of enhancing diversity. These are 
criteria which the Board intends to maintain. 

We are proud of the gender diversity of the 
Group’s general workforce with female 
employees comprising c.25 per cent, with the 
percentage of women employed in senior and 
executive positions at c.30 per cent. Please 
go to pages 100 and 103 of the Sustainable 
Development Section of this Report for 
further details of the Company’s ‘Diversity 
and Equal Opportunity’ policy.

Succession planning
The Committee focuses on effective 
succession planning to ensure the future 
prosperity of the Company.

As I have explained in my introduction to the 
Annual Report, this will be my last year as 
Chairman and I am therefore not seeking 
re-election to the Board at the 2020 Annual 
General Meeting. 

I have served as a Non-Executive Director 
within the Group for twelve out of the past 
fourteen years. Having been a Non-Executive 
Director of Aricom plc from 2006 to 2009, 
I then became a Director of Peter Hambro 
Mining plc and Petropavlovsk PLC until 2016, 
when I retired at the Annual General Meeting. 
I was asked to return, as Chairman, and 
elected by shareholders at the 2018 AGM,  
in order to stabilise the Company and restore 
corporate governance at a time of great 
difficulty and turbulence engendered by 
Board changes in the previous year.  

These objectives have now been achieved. 
Following Pavel Maslovskiy’s return as CEO, 
Petropavlovsk has made exceptional 
progress in 2019, continuing into 2020. 

We have rebuilt the Board and corporate 
governance to the highest standards. 
The Board is now focused on a strategy for 
the Company’s further development over  
the next five years. Now is the right time to 
appoint a new and younger Chairman who 
can lead it forward through this period of 
growth and opportunity. It is also the case 
that my continued service as Chairman, after 
so many years in different roles within the 
Group, could be seen to be outside the 
parameters of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code 2018 (the ‘2018 Code’). 

The Committee was pleased to note and 
support the appointment to the Executive 
Committee on 1 January 2020 of Dmitrii 
Chekashkin, Group Executive, Business 
Transformation and Operational Efficiency. 
Dmitrii has more than 25 years of experience 
in the gold mining industry. Dmitrii was the 
Group’s former COO, leaving the Group in 
September 2018 for a sabbatical. Dmitrii has 
also recently been appointed as the Group’s 
Chief Risk Officer, a new position which is 
focused on strengthening our risk 
management framework.

In November 2018 Mikhail Safray was 
appointed as Senior Legal Advisor. Prior to  
his appointment Mikhail held a number of 
senior legal positions with large Russian  
and international companies. Together with 
the recent appointment of Danila Kotlyarov, 
the Executive Committee has also been 
reinvigorated since the return of Pavel 
Maslovskiy, Chief Executive Officer in June 
2018. The Executive Committee comprises 
an experienced senior executive team. Please 
go to page 133 for current membership of 
the Executive Committee and summaries  
of their biographies.

Effectiveness of the Committee
The effectiveness of the Committee was 
reviewed as part of the Board evaluation 
process undertaken by an external facilitator 
during 2019. The process identified that 
although there are no immediate concerns 
about succession planning at the executive 
level, with a strong Executive Committee 
membership, there is scope for the 
Committee to focus more on senior 
management succession to ensure that  
loss of personnel risks are managed well. 
The Committee intends to fully address this 
matter during 2020.

It is proposed that Prism, the external 
facilitator will be appointed during 2020 to 
undertake a detailed evaluation of all the 
Board’s Committees, including the 
Nominations Committee.

Re-election of Directors
The Committee has considered in detail the 
performance and contribution of the Directors 
who are standing for election or re-election at 
the Company’s 2020 AGM. Following this 
review the Committee recommended that 
each Director be put forward for election or 
re-election by the Company’s shareholders  
at the 2020 AGM.

In accordance with the 2018 Code the specific 
reasons why the contribution of each Director 
is, and continues to be, important to the 
Company’s long-term sustainable success will 
be set out in the 2020 Notice of Annual General 
Meeting and accompanying papers. 

Sir Roderic Lyne
Nominations Committee Chair

26 May 2020

Additional activities of the Committee during 
2019:

 – Approval of the 2018 Nominations 

Committee Report;

 – Recommendation to the Board of:

 – The appointment of Mr Harry Kenyon-

Slaney as Senior Independent Director 
with effect from 23 April 2019;

 – The appointment of Mr Damien Hackett 

as a member of the Committee with effect 
from 24 April 2019; and

 – Recommendation to the Board of a change 
in Board committee membership following 
the appointment of Ms Charlotte Philipps 
and Mrs Katia Ray as Independent Non-
Executive Directors on 8 November 2019.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  145

 
Audit Committee Report

Letter from the Audit Committee Chair

Dear Shareholder

While 2019 has been a successful year for 
Petropavlovsk, we are conscious that the 
Company operates in a global environment 
with volatile markets and economies, which in 
turn influence the gold price and exchange 
rates. The Committee is also mindful of the 
increasingly complex governance and 
accounting frameworks that drive the internal 
controls and risk management processes of 
our business. We have taken actions during 
the year for the enhancement of these. 

The current COVID-19 pandemic is a new  
risk that the Committee has had to consider, 
particularly in our assessment and 
appropriateness of the going concern basis of 
accounting. I am pleased to advise that at the 
date of this Report, COVID-19 has had minimal 
impact on our operations with none of our 
employees having been diagnosed with 
COVID-19, and to date relatively few cases 
registered in the Amur region in which the 
Group’s mining operations are located. 
We continue to ensure that appropriate 
mitigating actions are taken to ensure the 
safety of our workforce. The Company has 
also taken action to support the local 
communities in the Amur region during these 
unprecedented times. Please go to page 6 
of this Annual Report for further information. 

The Committee’s focus in 2019
Financial Function, Risk Management 
Framework and review of controls
During the year the Committee, together  
with management, have initiated a review  
to determine implementation proposals to 
enhance the Group’s internal financial 
reporting, associated processes and risk 
management controls framework. In 2019, 
external consultants were engaged to:

(i)   Review the Group’s finance function: 
whilst the Group has a capable, 
experienced and highly qualified finance 
team, the review was focused on 
assessing the structure and processes  
of the Group’s finance function, comparing 
these with industry best practice; and

(ii)  Review the Group’s internal audit function 
to identify areas for further development.

The outcome of the finance function review is 
being considered by Mr Danila Kotlyarov, our 
newly appointed Chief Financial Officer, with 
proposals to be presented to the Committee 
for initiation of implementation in 2020. 
The key areas for focus during 2020 will 
include (i) optimisation of the administrative 
and finance function structure and (ii) 
enhancing of the Group’s budgeting, 
management accounting and financial 
reporting processes. This will cover the 
potential automation of certain processes. 
The Committee looks forward to reporting 
further on this in detail and on actions taken  
in its 2020 Report.

The external review of the Group’s internal 
audit function highlighted the effectiveness 
and value of the Group’s advanced automated 
data analytics software that has been 
developed internally. This is being utilised  
to monitor the control and management  
of working capital, including inventory and 
purchasing. It has extended the scope of the 
work that can be undertaken by our audit 
team. Although it has increased its effective 
capacity, the review has highlighted its small 
staffing size. The Group has acted to address 
a number of the review’s recommendations 
and has resolved to increase the size of its 
internal audit staffing and develop the scope 
of its assurance function. 

The review identified further actions that  
could be taken to strengthen the Group’s 
procedures to manage risks and oversee the 
Group’s internal control framework. I have 
engaged regularly with the Group Head of 
Internal Audit on these as well as in external 
meetings together on risk management with 
both the Group’s external consultants and 
with leading Russian mining company 
management responsible for this to consider 
the role of the internal audit function in 
meeting the Group’s requirements. This will 
be a principal area of focus for the Committee 
during 2020. For details of these reviews 
please go to page 154. In this connection, 
the Committee has welcomed the recent 
constitution of a Board Risk Committee in 
February 2020. This has enhanced the 
Group’s risk management framework. 
This committee has already completed a 
review of the Group’s risk framework to 
identify areas for improvement.

146  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Audit tender
In 2019, the Committee, supported by 
Petropavlovsk’s capable finance team, led the 
audit tendering process for financial years 
starting from 2020. Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) has 
been the external auditor of the Company 
since 2009 when Deloitte won a competitive 
tender. As outlined in the 2018 Audit 
Committee Report, this tender process had, in 
accordance with legislation, been required for 
the year ended 31 December 2019. However, 
the tender was deferred for a year due to the 
change of Board in 2018 and following 
approval by the Financial Reporting Council. 

The Company followed a thorough process  
in undertaking the tender. This included 
consideration of the quality and cultural fit of the 
lead partner and key members of their team, the 
approach to client services and quality of the 
audit, technical expertise and independence  
of the audit firm. The Committee is pleased to 
announce PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) 
as the successful firm.

The Committee considers PwC to be a 
first-class candidate and in reaching its 
decision the Committee considered the 
overall audit quality and the principal criteria in 
the tendering process, as well as the 
experience and expertise of PwC’s Russian 
and UK teams. A resolution will be proposed 
at the Company’s 2020 Annual General 
Meeting for the appointment of PwC as 
auditor of the Company.

Significant judgements
Going concern
In March 2019, IRC’s bank debt with ICBC 
was refinanced through new facilities with 
Gazprombank Joint Stock Company 
(Gazprombank). These are on more 
favourable terms, providing a more relaxed 
amortisation schedule and an extended 
repayment period to 2026. This has 
substantially improved the financial stability of 
both IRC and Petropavlovsk, which provides 
a guarantee for these loan facilities. 

In June 2019, the Group refinanced its 
US$100 million 9% Convertible Bonds  
due March 2020 with the placement of 
US$125 million 8.25% Convertible Bonds  
due July 2024. The additional funds were used 
to accelerate the construction of the flotation 
plant at Pioneer, which is due to be 
commissioned in Q4 2020. As a result, the 
Company has significantly strengthened its 
balance sheet, with no debt to repay during the 
going concern period, being 12 months from the 
date of signing of the 2019 financial statements. 

Visits to the Operations
I continue to engage regularly with the Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, 
Group Head of Corporate Reporting and 
Group Head of Internal Audit, ensuring that 
I am fully informed of any matters of 
importance to the Committee. 

During the year I have visited both our 
Moscow Head Office and our mining 
operations on a number of occasions, 
meeting with operational management  
and the Group Chief Geologist to ensure that  
I have a proper understanding of key issues 
relating to financial, including risk 
management and reporting. Additionally, 
I visited the Group’s Scientific Research 
Centre in Saint Petersburg, whose 
metallurgical expertise is central to its 
refractory ore processing capability. 

Annual Report
The Committee continues to oversee the 
reporting process in order to ensure that the 
information provided to shareholders in this 
Annual Report taken as a whole is ‘fair, 
balanced and understandable’ and allows 
assessment of the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 
In addition, the Committee has advised the 
Board on the viability statement required 
under the UK Corporate Governance Code.

In the following report the Committee has 
sought to provide shareholders with an 
understanding of the work that we have done 
to provide assurance on the integrity of the 
2019 Annual Report and financial statements. 
I hope that you will find this informative.

Robert Jenkins
Audit Committee Chair

26 May 2020

However, in addition to reviewing and 
challenging key assumptions of gold price, 
production and exchange rates, and as noted 
earlier in this report, the going concern analysis 
has taken into consideration the potential 
impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s operations. 
This was a detailed exercise and included 
consideration of the potential implications to the 
Group’s supply chain, inventory management, 
purchase and sales logistics and access to 
capital. After careful consideration the 
Committee recommended to the Board that  
the going concern basis of accounting was 
appropriate for the financial statements for the 
year ended 31 December 2019.

Other significant judgements for the 
Committee’s consideration at the year-end 
related to:

 – The carrying value of mining assets 

including the POX Hub;

 – Valuation of the Company’s investment in 

IRC; and

 – Accounting for Petropavlovsk’s guarantee 

of IRC’s debt. 

These matters are discussed in more detail 
later in this Report.

Other matters
Committee membership
The Committee was pleased to welcome  
Ms Charlotte Philipps, Independent Non-
Executive Director, as a member of the 
Committee on 8 November 2019. Charlotte 
has extensive experience in corporate 
financing and equity investment in Russia and 
in other former USSR and CMEA countries, 
principally focused on natural resources. 
She is a qualified lawyer.

As part of her induction as a member of the 
Committee, Charlotte attended an in-depth 
briefing session upon her appointment to 
ensure that she had a proper understanding 
of relevant matters to enable her to participate 
fully in her first Committee meeting. She also 
met separately with Mr Christopher Thomas, 
the Company’s Audit Partner at Deloitte LLP.

The Committee now comprises of five 
Independent Non-Executive Directors. For full 
details of Committee membership please go 
to page 133.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  147

 
Audit Committee Report   continued

Governance 

Committee membership and attendance:

Name 
Mr Robert Jenkins, Committee Chair, Independent Non-Executive Director
Mr James W. Cameron Jr, Independent Non-Executive Director
Mr Damien Hackett, Independent Non-Executive Director
Mr Harry Kenyon-Slaney, Senior Independent Director
Ms Charlotte Philipps, Independent Non-Executive Director

1.Mr Cameron was unable to attend one meeting due to illness.

Meeting attendance
5/5
4/5 1
5/5
5/5
1/1

Mr Jenkins is considered by the Board as 
having the requisite and relevant financial 
experience due to his profession as a 
Chartered Accountant and his previous roles 
as Finance Director and Chief Financial 
Officer of two Russia focused natural 
resource companies, including a UK AIM 
listed mining exploration company. 
Mr Jenkins was also the Senior Independent 
Director and Audit Committee Chairman of 
Ruspetro plc, an independent oil and gas 
production company, until its delisting from 
the London Stock Exchange in June 2016. 
Mr Jenkins has over 25 years’ Russia related 
investment experience. He was also 
previously Audit Committee Chairman of UK 
AIM listed Philippines nickel ore producer 
Toledo Mining Corporation PLC. 

Additionally, both Messrs Hackett and 
Kenyon-Slaney have relevant experience 
within the mining sector. Mr Hackett has over 
25 years’ investment analyst research 
experience covering globally diverse mining 
companies, initially as Global Head of Mining 
Research with Credit Suisse – First Boston in 
Australia, following which he held similar roles 
with Credit Suisse and Canaccord Genuity in 
London. Latterly he was Vice Chairman 
Mining Advisory at Canaccord Genuity 
responsible for developing investment 
themes in metals and mining across North 
America, Europe, Russia and Australia. 
Mr Kenyon-Slaney is a geologist by 
professional qualification and his experience 
spans operations, marketing, projects, 
finance and business development. He has 
over 34 years’ experience in the mining 
industry, principally with Rio Tinto and is 
currently Non-Executive Chairman of Gem 
Diamonds Limited and a Non-Executive 
Director of Sibanye Gold Limited, a 
Johannesburg listed gold precious metal 
mining group trading as Sibanye-Stillwater.

Mr Cameron, a US qualified lawyer, has 
extensive international experience, providing 
expertise and consulting services for 

148  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

companies particularly within Russia.  
The Board therefore considers that the 
Committee as a whole has competence 
relevant to its responsibilities in the context  
of the sector in which it operates. 

Ms Philipps’ experience, as detailed in the 
Chairman’s letter, is considered as relevant 
experience for her membership of the 
Committee. The biographies of Audit 
Committee members are provided on pages 
130 to 131.

The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief 
Financial Officer, the Group Head of Internal 
Audit and Group Head of Corporate 
Reporting and other Directors are invited  
to attend Committee meetings with 
representatives of Deloitte LLP, the external 
auditor, attending all scheduled Committee 
meetings in 2019. In addition, the Committee 
Chairman meets on a regular basis with the 
Chief Financial Officer to discuss any issues 
and with the lead partner of the external 
auditor on a regular basis and prior to each 
Committee meeting. He also has regular 
meetings with the Group Head of Internal 
Audit who reports to the Committee.

Mr Christopher Thomas was appointed  
as lead audit partner in December 2018. 
Mr Thomas is a Deloitte audit partner based  
in London who has specialised in the metals 
and mining sector for almost all of his 22 years 
at Deloitte. He has been a Partner for ten 
years and leads the Deloitte UK Metals and 
Mining audit group. 

Summary of the Committee’s role and 
responsibilities
The Committee’s terms of reference set  
out its main responsibilities and are available 
to view on the Company’s website. 
The Committee is responsible for:

 – The integrity of the Company’s financial 
statements and the significant reporting 
judgements contained in them;

 – Where requested by the Board, reviewing 

the content of the annual report and 
accounts and advising the Board on 
whether, taken as a whole, it is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy;

 – Where requested by the Board, providing 
advice on how, taking into account the 
Company’s position and principal risks,  
the Company’s prospects have been 
assessed, over what period and why the 
period is regarded as appropriate; 

 – Advising the Board on whether there is a 

reasonable expectation that the Company 
will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
said period, drawing attention to any 
qualifications or assumptions as necessary;

 – The appropriateness of the Company’s 
relationship with the external auditor, 
including auditor independence, fees  
and provision of non-audit services;

 – The effectiveness of the external audit 

process, making recommendations to the 
Board on the appointment of the external 
auditor;

 – The effectiveness of the Group’s internal 

control and financial and tax risk 
management systems; 

 – Monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness 
of the Group internal audit function in the 
context of the Company’s overall risk 
management system; and

 – Leading the external audit tender process.

In carrying out its responsibilities, the 
Committee has full authority to investigate  
all matters within its terms of reference. 
Accordingly, the Committee may:

 – Obtain independent professional advice in 

the satisfaction of its duties at the cost of the 
Company; and

 – Have direct access to the resources of  
the Group as it may reasonably require 
including the external and internal auditors. 

The Committee’s focus during 2019
The Committee met on five occasions during 
the financial year. During the year, amongst 
other matters, the Committee:

Financial statements and reports
 – Reviewed the 2018 Annual Report and 
Accounts and the six months’ Half Year 
report ended 30 June 2019 before 
recommending their adoption by the Board. 
As part of these reviews the Committee 
received reports from management and the 
external auditor, reviewed accounting 
policies, estimates and judgements applied 
by management in preparing the relevant 
statements and the transparency and clarity 
of disclosure contained within them; and

 – Considered whether the 2018 Annual 

Report and Accounts, taken as a whole 
were fair, balanced and understandable 
and reported to the Board on its conclusion.

Risk management
 – Considered the output from the Group’s 

financial and tax review process undertaken 
to identify, evaluate and mitigate risks 
advising the Board of changes in these 
risks. Please go to pages 26 to 41 of the 
Principal Risks and Mitigation section which 
describes the Group’s principal financial 
risks during the year and actions taken to 
mitigate them; and

 – Received and considered reports detailing 
litigation in which the Company and/or any 
of its subsidiaries are involved. 

Internal audit 
 – During 2019, an external consultant was 

engaged to conduct a review of the Group’s 
internal audit function to identify areas for its 
further development. A detailed report was 
provided to the Committee together with a 
presentation by the external consultant.

This review:

 – Assessed the internal audit methodology 

applied by the internal audit function 
through each stage of the audit process 
(from planning to monitoring), its 
effectiveness and results based on a 
review of audits performed during 2018 
and 2019;

 – Evaluated the data analytics audit 

techniques developed and applied by  
the internal audit function; and

 – Assessed the proficiency of the internal 
audit function staff, in their experience, 
knowledge and skills and any 
requirements for additional development.

Outcome of the review: 

 – The review made a number of 

recommendations, some of which have 
already been actioned. This has included  
the strengthening of the internal audit 
function by the appointment of additional 
staff. The internal audit function now 
comprises three auditors with the 
appointment of one more member of the 
team proposed. The review also identified 
further actions that could be taken to 
strengthen the Group’s procedures to 
manage risks and oversee the Group’s 
internal control framework. This will be a 
principal area of focus for the Committee 
during 2020; 

 – In addition, the review commended the 
Group’s data analytics software audit 
programme which has been developed 
internally by the Group Head of Internal 
Audit . This enables the analysis of an 
entire population of data, including ratio, 
trend and variance analysis, period-to-
period comparisons and benchmarking, 
allowing the scope of an audit to be 
increased without requiring additional 
staff resource;

 – The Committee evaluated the 

effectiveness of the internal audit function, 
by reviewing the reports, conclusions and 
recommendations of the Group Head of 
Internal Audit and discussing these with 
the Chief Executive Officer and members 
of the senior executive team. It approved 
the scope of work to be undertaken by 
internal audit during 2019, including 
audits to be performed at the Group’s 
mining operations and at its offices in 
Moscow and Blagoveschensk. During the 
year the Group Head of Internal Audit 
presented his findings to the Committee 
from various assignments. The 
presentation included details of issues 
identified and subsequent actions taken.

Audits undertaken during the year, amongst 
others, comprised:

be utilised during future audits. Internal 
audit investigated material price changes, 
examples of high or low stock levels and 
obsolete or slow-moving inventories.  
The audit concluded that the Group’s 
procurement process functioned well. 
Specific recommendations were made 
and discussed with management 
including a new proposed procurement 
policy. This will be reviewed internally, 
including by the Committee and formally 
approved by the Company in 2020;

 – Working capital management – the audit 
of working capital has included a review 
of inventory and stock control, payables 
and receivables and obsolete spare parts. 
The outcome of the working capital 
management audit together with 
recommendations will be presented  
to the Committee in H2 2020;

 – Reviewed and approved the 2020 internal 

audit plan which covers all the Group’s mines 
and its service companies. This will include 
ongoing monitoring of the procurement and 
supply process using the data analytics audit 
software programme, working capital 
management, budget variance analysis and 
operating expenses; and

 – Reviewed management responses to audit 

reports issued during the year.

External auditor and non-audit work
 – Reviewed, considered and agreed the 

scope and methodology of the audit work 
to be undertaken by the external auditor;

 – Agreed the terms of engagement for the 

audit of the 2019 financial statements; and

 – The Committee led a tender process for the 
appointment of an external auditor. Please 
go to page 153 for further information.

To date in 2020, the Committee has reviewed, 
in particular, the following matters in relation to 
the 2019 financial statements:

 – Carrying value of the mining assets and 

their associated impairment;

 – Valuation of Company’s option to acquire 

the outstanding 25% shareholding in TEMI 
LLC;

 – Valuation of the Company’s investment in 

 – Procurement and supply process –  

IRC; 

the Group’s procurement system and 
procedures were subject to audit. As part 
of the review process internal audit 
designed a data analytics audit software 
programme. This has proven valuable in 
assessing large quantities of data and will 

 – Accounting for the guarantee of IRC’s debt; 

and

 – The going concern assessment.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  149

Audit Committee Report   continued

The Committee has also advised the Board 
on whether the 2019 Annual Report and 
Accounts (the ‘2019 Report’) taken as a whole 
is fair, balanced and understandable and the 
Directors’ statement in this respect is set out 
on page 183. 

The Committee and the Board are satisfied 
that the 2019 Report meets this requirement, 
as appropriate weight has been given to both 
positive and negative developments in the 
year. In substantiating this statement, the 
Committee has considered the robustness of 
the process undertaken in creating the 2019 
Report, including:

 – A thorough process of review, evaluation 
and verification of the inputs from the 
Group’s operations undertaken to ensure 
accuracy and consistency;

 – The Committee’s consideration of the 

external auditor’s conclusions about the key 
audit risks that contributed to their audit 
report, in particular specifically going 
concern, carrying value and impairment  
of mining assets, the valuation of the 
Company’s investment in IRC and 
accounting for the guarantee of IRC’s debt; 
and

 – The Company’s longer-term Viability 

Statement as required under Provision  

31 of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
published in July 2018 and considered by 
the Committee .

Significant issues considered by the 
Audit Committee in the context of the 
2019 financial statements
The Committee identified the issues below as 
significant in the context of the 2019 financial 
statements. The Committee considers these 
areas to be significant taking into the account 
the level of materiality and the degree of 
judgement exercised by management. The 
Committee has debated these issues in detail 
to ensure that the approaches taken were 
appropriate.

Issue

Committee action

Conclusion

Taking the above into account the 
Committee is satisfied with the 
thoroughness of the approach and 
judgements made.

The Committee has considered all  
relevant facts and circumstances and 
recommended to the Board reversal of the 
historical impairment taken at 31 December 
2013 against the carrying value of assets 
relating to Pioneer.

Details of this pre-tax impairment reversal 
of US$43.5 million are set out in note 6 to 
the financial statements on page 220 and 
on page 77 of the Chief Financial 
Officer’s Statement.

Carrying value of mining assets 
including the POX Hub.
(See note 6 to the financial statements.)

The carrying value of the Group’s mining 
assets which includes the tangible assets 
attributable to the gold mining operations and 
the supporting in-house service companies. 
Where management has identified an 
indicator of impairment or impairment 
reversals, an impairment test should be 
performed.

The Group’s calculation of value in use for its 
mining assets remains particularly sensitive to 
the forecast long-term gold price and the 
Russian Rouble : US Dollar exchange rate. 
Consequently, the comparison of the carrying 
value of the Group’s mining assets with their 
net present value and whether an impairment 
or reversal of impairment is necessary 
requires significant judgement.

The Committee has addressed this matter 
through:

 – Receiving reports from management 

outlining the basis for the assumptions used, 
including about the gold price, the discount 
rate used for the projects, the Russian Rouble 
: US Dollar exchange rate, production in 
accordance with the Group’s long-term 
mining plan and the supply of third-party 
concentrate to utilise the POX Hub’s available 
capacity as well as planned capital 
expenditure for the construction of 
processing facilities. Management’s analysis 
included the key risks from future cashflows 
at Pioneer as the flotation facilities are 
scheduled for completion in Q4 2020. 
Management’s analysis did not include any 
risk adjustment for COVID-19 implications 
considering that these are non-adjusting 
post-balance sheet events for impairment 
valuation; additionally, that risk that this will 
impact the Group’s gold mining business is 
expected to be short-term and will not affect 
life-of-mine production plans; 

 – Receiving a paper from the Executive 

Committee recommending the pre-tax 
reversal of impairment previously recorded 
against the carrying value of the assets that 
are part of the Pioneer Cash Generating Unit; 
and

 – Discussing with the external auditor their view 

on the impairment testing procedure 
including the key assumptions used by 
management.

150  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Issue

Committee action

Conclusion

After consideration of management’s 
analysis, the Committee agreed with the 
conclusion that Petropavlovsk does not 
have de facto control over IRC and that the 
accounting treatment of IRC as an 
associate is appropriate.   

The Committee has also agreed with 
management’s assessment that, based on 
value-in-use calculations, a US$23.4 million 
impairment is  appropriate against the 
US$72.0 million carrying value of 
investment in IRC as at 31 December 2019.

Valuation of the Company’s investment 
in IRC

The Committee has addressed this matter 
through:

 – Considering information from management 
on IRC control considerations in order to 
assess whether the investment in IRC should 
be accounted for as an associate using the 
equity method.  

 – Ensuring a full understanding of the key 
operational risks of IRC and of the key 
assumptions applied in the valuation and 
challenging these. 

 – Considering and challenging management’s 
conclusion that an impairment based on 
value-in-use calculations as at 31 December 
2019 should be taken.  

 – Discussing with the external auditor their view 

on the proposed impairment.

(See note 14 to the financial statements.)

Petropavlovsk holds a 31.1% interest in IRC 
and accounts for this investment as an 
associate using the equity method.

On 18 March 2020, the Company entered into 
a preliminary agreement with Stocken Board 
AG in relation to a conditional disposal of 29% 
of its interest in IRC for US$10 million plus 
release of its guarantee over IRC’s 
borrowings.  The IRC share price also 
declined during the second half of 2019, 
implying a US$34 million market value as at 
31 December 2019.  Management concluded 
that these factors represented indicators of 
impairment.

The investment was not an asset held for sale 
under IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for 
Sale and Discontinued Operations as at the 
balance sheet date.  The recoverable amount 
of the Company’s interest was therefore 
calculated on a value in use basis.  This 
involved significant judgement by the 
Company in determining appropriate cash 
flow forecast assumptions and in assessing 
the underlying impairment valuations 
performed by IRC management, noting that 
no impairments had been recognised by IRC 
as at 31 December 2019.

The key assumptions applied in the valuation 
were the iron ore price, IRC production 
volumes and foreign exchange rate forecasts 
over the lifetime of the operations, the relevant 
IRC book value to Group equity value 
adjustments and the discount rate.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  151

Audit Committee Report   continued

Issue

Committee action

Conclusion

The financial guarantee contract as at 31 
December 2019 was recognised in the 
amount of 12-month expected credit losses 
of US$8.9 million in accordance with the 
IFRS 9 impairment model.

The Committee has addressed this matter 
through:

 – Engaging a third-party expert;

 – Receiving information from management;

 – The Audit Committee Chair discussing the 
third-party findings with the expert and with 
management; and

 – Discussing  this matter with management 

and with the external auditor. 

Following careful review of all relevant 
factors and after making enquiries and 
considering the uncertainties 
aforementioned and as detailed in the 
going concern statement on pages 179  
to 180, the Committee has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable 
future, being at least the next 12 months 
from the date of approval of the 2019 
Annual Report and Accounts and 
accordingly, the going concern basis is 
appropriate for the preparation of the 2019 
financial statements. The Committee 
advised the Board accordingly.

The Committee has addressed this matter 
through: 

 – Reviewing a paper from management on the 
going concern assessment, challenging the 
key assumptions used for both base case 
and reasonable worst-case downside 
scenarios.

In particular the Committee considered and 
challenged the assumptions relating to gold 
production, the future gold price and the 
Russian Rouble : US Dollar exchange rates 
assumptions;

 – The Committee also received a paper on 
IRC’s going concern including its future 
liquidity position given the Company’s 
guarantee over IRC’s finance facilities with 
Gazprombank;

 – Consideration of the potential consequences 

of the current COVID-19 pandemic and 
management’s assessment of these, 
including contingency plans to address such 
consequences so as to limit any business 
disruption; and 

 – Consideration of the mitigating actions 
proposed by management under a 
reasonable worst case downside scenario 
during the going concern period, including 
the postponement of mining works that do 
not affect gold production in the going 
concern period and receiving gold sales 
advances in accordance with concluded 
agreements. 

Valuation of the IRC guarantee

On 12 March 2019 Petropavlovsk’s 
shareholders approved the provision of new 
guarantees for IRC’s new US$240 million loan 
facility with Gazprombank which replaced the 
ICBC Facility.  

The amount outstanding under the  
Gazprombank facility as at 31 December 
2019  was US$225 million.

The Company is required to value its liability 
for the provision of the guarantee, as well as 
the associated income stream of guarantee 
fee payments from IRC, in accordance with 
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments.

The application of the accounting standard 
valuations of these financial instruments is 
complex in respect of the applicable 
methodologies and the determination of the 
asset and liability values. These take into 
account a number of factors, including the 
assessed probability of IRC’s future default.

Going concern statement

(See note 2.1 to the financial statements.)

A key judgement for the Committee relating to 
the 2019 financial statements concerned the 
appropriateness of the basis of accounting.

The Directors perform an assessment of the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern at the end of each reporting period.

The period of the assessment covers at least 
12 months from the date of signing of the 
financial statements.

152  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Ensuring independence of the external 
auditor
Non-audit services
The external auditor’s independence is 
deemed to be impaired if the auditor provides 
a service that:

 – Results in the auditor acting as a manager 
or employee of the Company or the Group;

 – Puts the auditor in the role of advocate for 

the Company or the Group; and

 – Creates a mutuality of interest between the 
auditor and the Company or the Group.

Petropavlovsk addresses this issue through 
the following measures:

 – The prohibition of selected services;

 – Prior approval by the Audit Committee of 
non-audit services where the cost of the 
proposed service is likely to exceed 
£100,000. All other non-audit services are 
approved by the Chief Financial Officer; and

 – Disclosure of the extent and nature of 

non-audit services.

The majority of non-audit fees paid to Deloitte 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 were in 
respect of:

 – Their engagement which was limited to that 
of reporting accountant on the provision of 
new guarantees by the Company to 
Gazprombank in relation to the new finance 
facilities provided to IRC. In accordance 
with the UK Listing Authority Listing Rules, 
the provision of the guarantees constituted 
a Class 1 transaction, requiring shareholder 
approval. The appointment of Deloitte was 
approved by the Audit Committee, and an 
independent review partner was involved in 
this engagement; and 

 – Their appointment for the review of the 

Company’s financial statements for the six 
months’ ended 30 June 2019. This is 
considered as standard practice for a listed 
company. Approval was given by the Audit 
Committee.

Deloitte’s engagement on the above matters 
was undertaken in accordance with the 
Company’s policy on the provision of 
non-audit services, a copy of which can be 
located on the Company’s website or 
obtained from the Company Secretary. This 
policy follows the recommendations of the 
Financial Reporting Council on the provision 
of non-audit services contained within the 
Guidance on Audit Committees published in 
April 2016. The Committee approved the 
appointment on the basis that it was in 
accordance with the Company’s policy and 
that Deloitte would be the most appropriate 
firm to work on the Class 1 Circular within the 
time available given their detailed knowledge 
of the Group. This work is typically performed 
by a company’s external auditor. Accordingly, 
in the opinion of the Committee, the 
independence and objectivity of Deloitte as 
external auditor to the Company has not been 
impaired by their work in this respect.

A breakdown of non-audit fees paid in 2019 is 
set out in note 7 on page 221 of this Report.

Effectiveness of the External auditor 
The Committee has evaluated the 
effectiveness of the external auditor and as 
part of this assessment, has considered:

 – Deloitte’s fulfilment of the agreed audit plan, 
the quality and robustness of their audit, 
identification of and response to areas of 
risk and the experience and expertise of the 
audit team, including the lead audit partner;

 – Deloitte’s proposed audit fee for the 2019 

interim review and year-end audit and after 
consideration recommended these to the 
Board for approval;

 – The confirmation from Deloitte that they 
remain independent and objective within 
the context of applicable professional 
standards;

 – The deep knowledge of the Company 

which enhances Deloitte’s effectiveness as 
external auditor; and

 – In addition, Committee members 

completed a structured questionnaire to 
individually assess the performance of the 
auditor. This evaluated audit planning, 
execution, communicating and reporting. 
The assessment conducted in 2019 for the 
2018 audit showed that the audit continued 
to be assessed as effective.

Audit tender and appointment of 
external auditor
During 2019, the Company undertook a 
formal tender process for the appointment  
of a new external auditor for the financial year 
ending 31 December 2020. The tender 
process was supervised by the Committee. 
To support them in this process, a tender 
panel was constituted to include the Audit 
Committee Chair, Mr Damien Hackett, 
Independent Non-Executive Director, the 
Chief Financial Officer and the Group Head  
of Corporate Reporting (the ‘Audit Tender 
Panel’).

The tender comprised the following steps:

 – In July 2019, a number of audit firms were 

invited to confirm their willingness to 
participate in the audit tender, their global 
capabilities and their assessment of 
independence. Interested firms were asked 
to submit proposal documents to the Audit 
Tender Panel by 30 September 2019;

 – Selection criteria, for the evaluation of the 
audit firms, was approved by the Audit 
Tender Panel and a timetable was approved 
to enable a smooth transition for the current 
auditor, should they not be selected;

 – Members of the Audit Tender Panel 

interviewed potential lead audit partners, 
both in London and in Moscow;

 – Presentations were made by the proposed 
audit firms to the Committee in December 
2019. The Committee discussed the merits 
of each firm and their teams. The 
Committee considered the views of the 
management teams, audit quality and 
capacity, and the cost proposals presented 
by each firm; and

 – Outcomes of the Committee deliberations 

were presented to the Board.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) were 
selected as the preferred firm. If approved by 
shareholders, PwC will be the Company’s 
statutory auditor commencing for the year 
ending 31 December 2020. Resolutions to 
authorise the Board to appoint and determine 
the remuneration of PwC will be proposed at 
the Company’s 2020 Annual General Meeting 
to be held on 30 June 2020.

The Committee would like to thank each firm 
that participated in the tender and specifically 
thank Deloitte for their significant contribution 
to the Group over the years. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  153

Audit Committee Report   continued

Some key features of the internal control 
system, not detailed above, are:

 – A defined management structure with clear 
accountabilities. There is a clearly defined 
delegation of authorities, which covers all 
expenditure;

 – Board approval of a Group annual budget, 
with re-forecasts being made subsequently;

 – Review by members of the Executive 
Committee of detailed management 
accounts including variance analysis 
against the approved annual budget, a 
copy of which is provided to the Board 
following this review;

 – Appropriate segregation of duties 
throughout the Group, in particular 
separating purchasing and ordering 
functions from processing and payments 
functions;

 – A centrally directed treasury function which 
manages the Company’s cash and debt on 
a daily basis; and

 – Specific approval procedures have been 

established for approval of all related party 
transactions. 

Risk management
The Company has adopted a formal risk 
management framework with the Board 
having ultimate responsibility for setting the 
Group’s risk appetite and the Executive 
Committee having responsibility for on-going 
risk review and management. The Committee 
retains responsibility for reviewing financial 
risks and reporting its findings and 
recommendations to the Board. The Principal 
Risks and Mitigation section, summarises the 
risk management framework together with 
details of the principal risks of the Group and 
is on pages 28 to 41 of this Report. 

Overview
As a result of the Committee’s work during the 
year, the Committee has concluded that it has 
acted in accordance with its terms of 
reference.

Internal Audit
The internal audit function supports the Audit 
Committee. It also aims to raise levels of 
understanding and awareness of risk and 
control throughout the Group.

The Group Head of Internal Audit reports  
to the Committee Chair and to the Chief 
Executive Officer. 

Assurance – financial and internal 
controls and risk management
The Committee operates within the following 
assurance framework established by the 
Board. The Board has delegated authority to 
the Safety, Sustainability and Workforce 
Committee and Executive Committee in 
addition to the Audit Committee, details of 
which are as follows.

During 2019 the Board (which received advice 
from the Audit Committee, Safety, 
Sustainability and Workforce Committee and 
Executive Committee) had overall 
responsibility for the system of internal control 
and risk management in the Group. On behalf 
of the Board the Committee has considered 
the effectiveness of the Group’s system of 
internal control. 

As detailed in last year’s report of the 
Committee, the Committee considered 
various control issues during the 2018 
year-end audit. Following discussion with 
management and Deloitte, the Company’s 
auditor, a leading international accounting firm 
was engaged in a consulting capacity to 
undertake a review of the Group’s finance 
function. This was focused on assessing the 
structure and processes of the Group’s 
finance function, comparing these with 
industry best practice. The same firm also 
undertook an external review of the Group’s 
internal audit function to identify areas for 
further development.

The review concluded that the Group’s 
reporting processes were not as developed 
as leading industry and Russia peers.  
It highlighted potential inefficiencies and areas 
for improvement in the areas of planning, 
budgeting and management accounting; 
principally arising from the lack of automation 
of certain processes in these areas.  
The Committee recognises, together with 
management, that the Group’s systems need 
to be developed and enhanced to ensure that 
high quality information is provided in a timely 
manner to the executive management and 
the Board to enable informed decisions.    

The Board is committed to improving the 
integrity of the Group’s  systems and 
recognises that this will require investment.

As part of this process, Mr Danila Kotlyarov 
was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 
1 February 2020.  Mr Kotlyarov is highly 
qualified.  He is a fellow member of the 
Association of Chartered Accountants 
(ACCA) and a Chartered Financial Analyst 
(CFA) charter holder. Subsequently some 
additional organisational and policy changes 
were implemented across the Finance 
function of the Company. These steps to 
strengthen both the skills and depth of the 
Group’s finance team, are considered as an 
essential first step for  the implementation of  
a finance transformation programme 
(the ‘Plan’). 

Management will present proposals to the 
Committee during 2020, including for 
implementation starting in 2020, to develop 
further and enhance the Group’s internal 
reporting and associated processes in 
relation to budgeting, management 
accounting and financial reporting. This will 
include the automation of certain processes.  
The implementation of the Plan has been 
identified as a Key Performance Indicator for 
the Company and the implementation of the 
Plan is one of the annual bonus objectives for 
the Executive Directors and certain members 
of the Group’s Executive Management (see 
page 171 for further information).

The Board has also constituted a Risk 
Committee which has reviewed the Group’s 
risk management framework. Further 
information in this respect will be provided  
in the 2020 report of the Committee.

The Committee has also considered and 
reviewed the Group’s financial risks and the 
mitigating actions to address these and has 
reported its conclusions to the Board. The 
system of controls is designed to manage, but 
may not eliminate, the risks of failure to 
achieve the Group’s objectives. Oversight is 
provided by the Executive Committee, that 
reviews the results of the Group’s operations.

For IRC, Petropavlovsk operates controls over 
the inclusion of its financial data but places 
reliance upon the systems of internal control 
operating within IRC and the obligations upon 
IRC’s Board relating to the effectiveness of its 
own systems. IRC ceased to be a subsidiary 
of the Company and became an associate on 
7 August 2015.

154  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  155

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Annual statement from the Chairman of the  
Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’)

 – The previous LTIP expired in June 2019, 

and therefore we will be seeking 
shareholder approval for a new plan at the 
2020 Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’). 
The overall framework of the plan remains 
unchanged, although a number of 
amendments are proposed (e.g. to leaver 
provisions) to bring the plan into line with 
prevailing best practice.

 – Annual bonus

The maximum opportunity under the annual 
bonus is proposed to be increased to 150% 
of salary (from 100% currently), to help 
ensure the overall remuneration package  
is appropriately focused on variable pay 
elements and is competitive with that of 
sector comparators. The revised maximum 
will apply under all circumstances, including 
recruitment. The pay-out at target will be 
reduced from 50% to 30% of maximum. 
The Committee is also proposing to 
formalise its bonus deferral arrangements, 
such that one-third of any bonus earned is 
deferred in Company shares for a period of 
three years. Malus and clawback provisions 
will apply for a period of up to two years 
following vesting.

 – Post-termination shareholding requirement

In line with current best practice, the 
Committee proposes to introduce a 
post-termination shareholding requirement 
for Executive Directors as part of the 
proposed Policy. Executive Directors will 
normally be expected to maintain a holding 
of Company shares at a level equal to the 
in-post shareholding guideline (being 150% 
of salary) for a period of two years from the 
date the individual ceases to be a Director. 
The specific application of this requirement 
will be at the Committee’s discretion but  
will apply to share awards granted under 
the Policy from the 2020 financial year. 
There will be no requirement to hold  
shares post-termination which have been 
purchased independently by the executive.

the balance in the form of deferred bonus 
shares, vesting after one year.

As mentioned in last year’s report, 2019 was 
also the first year since 2011 in which awards 
were made under the Company’s Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. Awards will vest subject to 
relative total shareholder return (‘TSR’) 
performance against a bespoke gold mining 
index (weighted 70%) and a balanced 
scorecard of objectives (30%), measured over 
three years. Further details are provided in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

As a Remuneration Committee, we 
endeavour to ensure that our strategic goals 
are reflected and reinforced through our 
remuneration policies and pay arrangements. 
In this way, we ensure that remuneration 
outcomes for executives reflect business 
performance and the returns that we deliver 
to our shareholders.

The Committee was pleased to note that in 
December 2019, Dr Pavel Maslovskiy, Chief 
Executive Officer purchased 17.4 million 
Ordinary Shares equating to around 
GBP2.262 million using his own funds. 

We have not included a Chief Executive 
Officer pay ratio as the Company has only 
15 employees based in the UK, so that any 
resulting ratios would not be meaningful.

Review of the Remuneration Policy
The Committee has reviewed the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’). Following 
this review, the Committee is proposing a 
number of revisions to the Policy, which 
represent a refinement of the existing Policy 
rather than a significant reshape; the main 
changes are as follows:

 – Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)

The Committee is proposing to increase  
the maximum annual award under the LTIP 
from 100% to 150% of salary, with the size 
of any actual award determined annually 
based on the business circumstances at 
the time and at the Committee’s discretion. 
The revised maximum will apply under all 
circumstances, including recruitment. 
The level of vesting at ‘threshold’ (expected 
performance) will be reduced from 30% to 
25% of maximum. 

Dear Shareholder

Introduction
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to 
present the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2019. 
The Committee comprises five independent 
Directors: I continue to act as Committee 
Chair, with my colleagues James Cameron 
and Damien Hackett, together with Charlotte 
Philipps and Katia Ray, both of whom joined 
the Committee on 8 November 2019, as the 
other four members.

Review of 2019
2019 was one of the Company’s most 
successful years. We made significant 
progress in our core strategy of leveraging the 
technologically advanced POX Hub to unlock 
the value of ore, whilst focussing on our 
responsibilities as a business for the benefit  
of all our stakeholders. We successfully 
refinanced the Group’s US$100 million 
Convertible Bonds due March 2020, thereby 
strengthening our balance sheet. The Lost-
Time Injury Frequency Rate, which reflects the 
number of accidents per million man-hours 
worked and is a key indicator of the Group’s 
health and safety performance, improved 
from 2.52 in 2018 to 1.61 in 2019, a substantial 
reduction of c.36%. The safety of our 
employees is of paramount importance to  
the Board. Accordingly, we use health and 
safety not only as a bonus objective but as a 
discretionary underpin to reduce any pay-out 
should the Committee decide that a 
deterioration in the Group’s health and  
safety performance warrants this. 

The 2019 bonus targets were directly linked  
to these key performance indicators and 
strategic initiatives. Specifically, objectives for 
Dr Maslovskiy were heavily weighted towards 
the successful ramping up of the POX Hub 
(weighted 50% of maximum) given its critical 
importance to the Group’s strategy. 
Other targets related to the refinancing of  
the Group’s US$100 million 9% Convertible 
Bonds due 2020, gold production and 
improvement in the Group’s health and  
safety performance.

All of these objectives were achieved in full 
and therefore a bonus of 100% of salary was 
awarded to Dr Maslovskiy. The Committee 
reviewed the formulaic outcome in the 
context of the Company’s underlying 
business performance and concluded  
that it was appropriate and that no further 
discretionary adjustment was required.  
Half of the bonus will be paid in cash, with  

156  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

The Committee has ensured that the 
proposed revised Policy and practices remain 
consistent with the six principles set out in 
Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. Specifically, the Policy is clear, simple, 
well understood by our executives, and clearly 
communicated to our shareholders. The 
design of the Policy was guided closely by the 
Company’s risk appetite; mandatory bonus 
deferral, LTIP holding, and the malus and 
clawback provisions support long-term 
decision-making and discourage excessive 
risk-taking. Incentives are appropriately 
capped, and the pay mix is in line with market 
norms. Finally, the performance measures in 
incentives are appropriately aligned with the 
Company’s strategy and culture, particularly 
around health and safety.

The Committee commenced a consultation 
process with selected major shareholders on 
the proposed revisions to the Policy earlier 
this year. The consultation is ongoing, having 
been delayed in part due to COVID-19. Based 
on feedback thus far, shareholders have 
indicated their support for the proposals. 
We thank those who have engaged with us so 
far, and welcome further comments ahead of 
the AGM. 

Implementation of proposed 
Remuneration Policy in 2020
In early 2020, the Committee considered and 
approved annual bonus targets for 2020. 
These targets are aligned with the Group’s 
strategy, including unlocking the value 
creation potential of the POX Hub, 
strengthening the balance sheet, increasing 
liquidity, and ensuring the safety of our 
employees and of those that visit our 
operations, which is of paramount 
importance to the Board. Further details of 
the 2020 annual bonus targets are provided 
on page 171. Subject to shareholder approval 
of the revised Policy, the maximum bonus 
opportunity for 2020 will be 150% of salary.

An LTIP award of 150% of salary is proposed 
for 2020, subject to shareholder approval. 
Vesting will be based on relative TSR 
performance against a bespoke gold mining 
index, measured over three years. Further 
details are provided in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

For 2020, the Chief Executive Officer’s salary 
will remain unchanged at £655,000.

Mr Danila Kotlyarov was appointed as Chief 
Financial Officer on 1 February 2020 and as 
an Executive Director on 21 April 2020. 
Mr Kotlyarov was appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer on a salary of £500,000 on his 
promotion to the Board. Mr Kotlyarov will be 
participating in the annual bonus scheme for 
2020, and will also receive an award under 
the LTIP.

In addition, on 21 April 2020, Mr Maxim 
Kharin was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director of the Company. Mr Kharin receives a 
fee of £80,000, being the basic fee paid to the 
Company’s Non-Executive Directors.

Impact of COVID-19 on remuneration

The Committee appreciates that the current 
COVID-19 pandemic is having an impact on 
decisions by remuneration committees 
globally. To date, our mining operations 
remain strong, as does Petropavlovsk’s share 
price. Unlike many other companies, we are 
fortunate in that we do not currently envisage 
having to make any redundancies or reduce 
our operations as a result of COVID-19.  
In this context, we do not currently propose  
to reduce the overall remuneration levels, 
including the proposed 2020 LTIP awards,  
of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer and the executive team, who have 
taken considerable steps to safeguard our 
employees and operations during this 
pandemic. Nevertheless, the situation is 
dynamic; the Committee notes recent 
comments to UK public companies from some 
institutional shareholders and will keep this 
matter under review over the coming months.

I hope that you find this report to be clear and 
informative. The Committee would welcome 
engagement should you have any questions 
or comments on any aspect of this year’s 
report, including the revised Remuneration 
Policy. We hope to have your support at the 
upcoming AGM.

Robert Jenkins
Remuneration Committee Chairman
26 May 2020

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  157

Directors’ Remuneration Report   continued

Contents of this Report:

This report sets out details of the proposed 2020 Remuneration Policy for Executive and Non-Executive Directors, describes the proposed 
implementation of that Policy for the year ended 31 December 2020, and discloses the amounts paid relating to the year ended 31 December 2019.

The report complies with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. The report has been prepared in line with the recommendations of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and the requirements of the UKLA Listing Rules.

Remuneration Policy 

The Company is seeking shareholder 
approval for a revised Remuneration Policy 
(the ‘Policy’), as set out in this section, at the 
Annual General Meeting to be held on 
30 June 2020. This Policy represents a 
refinement of the Company’s existing 
arrangements, rather than a significant 
change to structure. 

The main changes to the Policy as compared 
with the Policy approved by shareholders at 
the 2018 Annual General Meeting, are as 
described in the Chair’s letter and as follows:

Policy Table

Remuneration element
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

 – The maximum annual award under the 

 – The maximum incentive opportunities in 

Long-Term Incentive Plan will be increased 
from 100% to 150% of salary, with actual 
award levels determined annually; threshold 
vesting will be reduced from 30% to 25% of 
maximum;

 – The maximum opportunity under the 

annual bonus will be increased from 100% 
to 150% of salary, with target pay-out 
reduced from 50% to 30% of maximum; 
one-third of any bonus earned will be 
mandatorily deferred in Company shares for 
a period of three years; 

respect of a new Executive Director 
appointment, whether an internal promotion 
or external hire, will be aligned with those 
set out in the Policy Table; and

 – Post-exit shareholding requirements will be 
introduced, whereby a departing Executive 
Director will be expected to hold shares 
equivalent to 150% of salary for a period of 
two years from the date the individual 
ceases to be a Director.

Base salary
To provide a market-competitive level of guaranteed cash earnings in order to attract and retain 
high-calibre Executive Directors to manage and execute the Board’s strategic plans.

The Committee reviews base salaries annually. Salary increases typically take effect from 
1 January each year, unless there is a significant change in the responsibilities of the role.

Reviews take account of:

 – The individual performance of the Executive Director, his or her experience, skills and potential;

 – The challenges intrinsic to that individual’s role;

 –  Market-competitiveness within the Group’s sector;

 – Salary increases across the wider employee population; and

 – The wider pay environment.

Maximum opportunity

There is no prescribed maximum salary.

It is generally expected that increases will be no higher than inflation, and no higher than that 
provided to the wider workforce though the Committee has discretion to apply a higher increase 
in exceptional circumstances, e.g. significant increase in role size or complexity, promotion, 
exceptional performance, or any other factors the Committee considers relevant within the 
context of the Group’s overall Policy.

Performance metrics

Not applicable, although the individual’s contribution and overall performance is one of the 
considerations in determining the level of any salary increase.

158  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Remuneration element
Purpose and link to strategy

Benefits
To provide market-competitive benefits to ensure that the overall remuneration package is 
competitive.

Operation

Benefits may include (but are not limited to):

 – Private medical insurance for the individual and family;

 – Life assurance up to 4x salary, subject to underwriting; 

 – Ill-health income protection; and

 – Travel insurance whilst on Company business.

Maximum opportunity

Other benefits may be provided at the discretion of the Committee based on individual 
circumstances and business requirements, such as appropriate relocation allowances and support.

The cost of these benefits to the Company is dependent upon market rates and availability of the 
respective benefits.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Remuneration element
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Pension
To provide market-competitive pension benefits in line with the wider workforce whilst ensuring 
no undefined liability for the Company.

Executive Directors may receive contributions from the Company into a personal pension plan 
or similar savings vehicle.

A Company contribution of up to 12.5% of salary, depending on length of service, is made to a 
personal pension arrangement with a minimum contribution from the Executive Directors of 3% 
of salary. The individual may instead receive, in part or in whole, cash in lieu of pension, provided 
by way of a salary supplement. These arrangements depend on the individual circumstance and 
residence of the Executive Director concerned.

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer do not currently receive any pension 
benefits. Pension benefits for any new Executive Directors will be no higher than that available for 
the Company’s UK employees.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Remuneration element
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Annual bonus
To ensure a focus on, and provide a financial incentive for, the delivery of the annual budget and 
other short-term financial and strategic imperatives. The deferred element aligns the interests of 
Executive Directors and shareholders and supports retention.

Performance measures and targets are set by the Committee with the bonus payable 
determined by the Committee after the year-end, based on achievement against the 
pre-determined targets.

One-third of any bonus earned will be mandatorily deferred in the Company’s shares for a period 
of three years, though the Committee has discretion to defer a greater proportion, of up to 100% 
of bonus earned, in any given year. The Committee retains the discretion to allow dividends (or 
equivalent) to accrue over the vesting period in respect of awards that vest.

Malus and clawback provisions may be applied for up to a period of two years post-payment in 
respect of the cash element, and for two years post-vesting in respect of the deferred element in 
exceptional circumstances, including but not limited to material misconduct, material misstatement 
of the results, and a calculation error and/or poor information when calculating the reward outcome. 
Please also refer to footnote 1 at the top of page 161. 

Maximum opportunity

Maximum bonus opportunity is 150% of salary.

For target level performance, the bonus earned is 30% of maximum.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  159

Directors’ Remuneration Report   continued

Remuneration element

Performance metrics

Annual bonus

Performance is assessed against a range of strategically important measures which may vary 
each year depending upon the annual priorities of the Group.

It is the Committee’s current intention that the bonus is entirely linked to the achievement of 
Group strategic objectives, which may include measures such as:

 – Health and safety;

 – Annual gold production;

 – Total Cash Costs◆;

 – All-in Sustaining Costs◆;

 – Net debt◆;

 – Free cashflow;

 – Strengthening of balance sheet;

 – Delivery of Capital Expenditure◆ projects on time and within budget; and

 – Exploration success.

Details of the measures applicable for the financial year under review are provided in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

The bonus scheme is not a contractual entitlement and the bonus is payable at the discretion of 
and subject to the approval of the Remuneration Committee. The Committee has the discretion 
to take into consideration the underlying performance of the Group when adjudicating bonus 
payments. The Committee may also include a discretionary underpin in the annual bonus plan 
to capture material adverse events, e.g. material events relating to health and safety and 
reputational damage.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
To reinforce long-term shareholder alignment through annual awards of performance shares 
vesting only on the satisfaction of challenging long-term performance conditions.

Awards of conditional shares and nil-cost options are made which vest based on performance 
over a minimum of three years. Awards vest on no earlier than the third anniversary of grant 
subject to (i) the satisfaction of performance targets, and (ii) continued employment on the 
vesting date. There is no opportunity to retest the performance conditions. 

The Committee retains the discretion to allow dividends (or equivalent) to accrue over the vesting 
period in respect of the awards that vest.

A two-year post-vesting holding period will apply to awards. Vested shares may not be sold 
during the holding period except to cover tax liabilities.

Malus and clawback provisions may be applied for up to a period of two years post-vesting  
in exceptional circumstances, including but not limited to material misconduct, material 
misstatement of the results, and a calculation error and/or poor information when calculating  
the reward outcome. Please also refer to footnote 1 at the top of page 161.

The maximum annual award is 150% of salary, with actual award levels determined annually 
based on the business circumstances at the time and at the Committee’s discretion. 

Threshold performance will result in vesting of no more than 25% of the award.

Remuneration element
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

160  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Remuneration element

Performance metrics

Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)

The Committee will regularly review the performance conditions and targets to ensure that they are 
aligned to the Group’s strategy and that they are sufficiently challenging. The relevant metrics and 
the respective weightings may vary each year based upon the Company’s strategic priorities.

Details of the measures, weightings and performance targets used for specific LTIP grants are 
included in the Annual Report on Remuneration as relevant.

The Committee has the discretion to take into consideration the underlying performance of the 
Group, as well as any material adverse events (e.g. material events relating to health and safety 
and reputational damage), when adjudicating LTIP vesting.

Note 1: Given the international nature of the Group’s business, the Company’s ability to operate and/or enforce certain provisions and remuneration arrangements such as the malus and clawback provisions may 
be restricted by relevant local laws.

The Committee reserves the discretion to make minor amendments to this Policy without the need to seek shareholder approval.  
Any such changes will be reported to shareholders in the following year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.

Payments from previously agreed 
remuneration arrangements
The Committee reserves the right to make 
any remuneration payments, notwithstanding 
that they may not be in line with the Policy 
where the terms of the payment were agreed 
either before the Policy came into effect or at  
a time when the relevant individual was not a 
Director of the Company and in the opinion of 
the Committee, the payment was not in 
consideration for the individual becoming a 
Director of the Company. This does not apply 
to pension benefits (if any) for new 
appointments to the Board. Details of any 
such payments will be set out in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration as they arise.

Explanation of performance metrics 
chosen
Performance targets are set to be stretching 
and achievable, taking into account the 
Group’s strategic priorities and the 
environment within which the Group 
operates. In setting these performance 
targets the Committee will take into account a 
number of different reference points, which 
may include the Group’s long-term mining 
plan, budgets and operational plans.

In respect of the annual bonus, strategic 
objectives are selected to ensure the delivery 
of the Company’s immediate objectives within 
the wider context of the Group’s long-term 
strategy and corporate responsibilities. Other 
supporting annual objectives are selected to 
reflect the Company’s key financial objectives, 
exploration success, delivery of specific 
investment projects, and health and safety 
objectives, and rewards delivery against these.

The Committee retains the discretion to 
adjust the performance targets and measures 
where it considers it appropriate to do so (for 
example, to reflect changes in the structure of 
the business and to assess performance on a 
fair and consistent basis from year to year).

Remuneration Policy for other 
employees
A large percentage of the Group’s employees 
are based at the Group’s mines in the 
Amur region in the Far East of Russia,  
whilst corporate, administrative and support 
staff are based at the Group’s offices in 
Blagoveschensk, Moscow and London. 
The Board aims to ensure that employees  
are paid competitively within the region. 
Employees based at the Group’s mines 
receive base salary, shift and production 
related bonuses where applicable to their  
role, together with certain benefits.

It is proposed that members of the Executive 
Committee and other senior employees will 
participate in the 2020 LTIP award in order that 
they have the opportunity to share in the 
Group’s success, aligning their interest with 
those of the Executive Directors and 
shareholders. LTIP performance conditions will 
be the same for all participants, while award 
sizes will vary according to level of seniority.

The key difference between Executive 
Directors’ (and Executive Committee 
members’) remuneration and that of other 
employees is that, overall, the Remuneration 
Policy for the former group is more heavily 
weighted towards variable pay.

The Company does not have an all-employee 
share ownership plan. The Board believes  
it more appropriate and beneficial to the 
general workforce to reward employees 
below senior employee level with bonus 
payments, based on the achievement of 
targets that are relevant to their positions  
and which they can influence.

Shareholding guidelines
Shareholding requirements are in place 
whereby Executive Directors are expected to 
build up a shareholding equivalent to 150% of 
their salary, typically over a five-year period 
commencing on the date of their appointment 
to the Board. 

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy, Chief Executive Officer, 
has a shareholding of 17,400,000 Petropavlovsk 
PLC ordinary shares. As at 31 December 2019, 
this was valued at c.£2.216 million, representing  
over 300% of Dr Maslovskiy’s salary as at 
1 January 2020. The new CFO, who was 
appointed in April 2020, has no Petropavlovsk 
shares.  He will be working towards achieving 
the guideline over a period of five years from 
appointment to the Board.

With effect from the 2020 AGM, Executive 
Directors will also be subject to a post-exit 
shareholding requirement. Executive 
Directors will normally be expected to 
maintain a holding of Company shares at  
a level equal to the in-post shareholding 
requirement (currently 150% of salary) for  
a period of two years from the date the 
individual ceases to be a Director. The specific 
application of this shareholding requirement 
will be at the Committee’s discretion. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  161

Directors’ Remuneration Report   continued

Illustration of the application of the Remuneration Policy
The charts below provide an estimate of the potential future reward opportunities for the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer 
based on the remuneration opportunities expected to be granted in 2020. Potential outcomes for the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer are shown based on four different performance scenarios: ‘minimum’, ‘on-target’ (i.e. in line with the Company’s expectations), 
‘maximum’, and maximum plus 50% share price appreciation (a scenario where 50% share price appreciation is included). 

Performance scenario

Chief Executive (£'000)

3,117

Chief Financial Officer (£'000)

2,625

2,375

2,000

1,201

661

912

500

Minimum

On-target Maximum Maximum

+ 50%

Minimum

On-target Maximum Maximum

+ 50%

Key

Multi-year 
variable

Single-year 
variable

0.0%

20.5%

37.4% 47.3%

0.0%

24.5%

37.4% 31.5%

Multi-year 
variable

Single-year 
variable

0.0%

20.5%

37.5% 47.4%

0.0%

24.7%

37.5% 31.6%

  Multi-year Variable  
  Single-year Variable 
  Fixed pay

Fixed pay

100%

55.0%

25.2% 21.2%

Fixed pay

100%

54.8%

25.0% 21.1%

% of total remuneration

These graphs exclude the effect of any appreciation in the Company’s share price except in the ‘Maximum+50%’ scenario.

Assumptions:

Performance scenario
Minimum 

On-target

Maximum 

Maximum +50%

Includes 
Salary plus benefits.
No bonus payout
No vesting under the LTIP
Salary plus benefits.
30% of maximum annual bonus payout (i.e. 45% of salary)
25% of maximum vesting under the LTIP (i.e. 37.5% of salary)
Salary plus benefits.
100% of maximum annual bonus payout (i.e. 150% of salary)
100% of maximum vesting under the LTIP (i.e. 150% of salary)
Salary plus benefits.
100% of maximum annual bonus payout (i.e. 150% of salary)
100% of maximum vesting under the LTIP, plus 50% share price appreciation

162  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Approach to recruitment and promotion
The Committee’s policy is to set pay for new Executive Directors within the existing Remuneration Policy in order to provide internal consistency. 
The Committee aims to ensure that the Company pays no more than is necessary to appoint individuals of an appropriate calibre.

Remuneration element
Base salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual bonus

Long-term incentives

Policy
Salary for a new Executive Director appointment, whether an internal promotion or external hire, 
would be set at a level sufficient to attract the best candidate available to fill the role, taking into 
account the Group’s position and strategy, market conditions and country of residence. The 
Committee would be prepared to set the salary of a new hire at a premium to those paid to the 
predecessor if this was necessary to attract and appoint a candidate with the requisite 
experience, seniority and calibre.

Benefits will be set in accordance with the Remuneration Policy. In addition, where necessary, 
the Committee may approve the payment of relocation expenses in line with local market norms 
to facilitate recruitment, for a period of up to two years. Flexibility is retained to pay for legal fees 
and other costs incurred by the individual in relation to his or her appointment.

Pension will be set in accordance with the Remuneration Policy capped at 12.5% of salary subject 
to any particular considerations for a recruit who will be principally based outside of the UK.

The annual bonus will operate in line with the Remuneration Policy. Depending on the timing of 
the appointment and responsibilities of the appointee, it may be necessary to set different 
performance measures and targets initially.

LTIP awards will be granted in line with the Remuneration Policy. An award may (and would 
usually) be made upon appointment, subject to the Company not being prohibited from doing 
so. For an internal hire, existing awards would typically continue over their original vesting period 
and remain subject to their original terms; further awards may also be considered, subject to the 
cap in the Policy.

In addition, in the case of an external hire, the 
Committee may offer additional cash and/or 
share-based elements when it considers 
these to be in the best interests of the 
Company (and therefore shareholders) to 
facilitate the buy-out of value forfeit on joining 
the Company. Such payments would take 
account of remuneration relinquished when 
leaving a former employer and would reflect 
(as far as possible) the nature and time 
horizons attaching to that remuneration and 
the impact of any performance conditions. 
Any such buy-out would not have a fair value 
higher than that of awards forfeited. 
The Committee will use the components of 
the Remuneration Policy when suitable but 
may also avail itself of Rule 9.4.2 of the Listing 
Rules. Shareholders will be informed of any 
such payments at the time of appointment. 

Executive Director service contracts
Executive Directors have service contracts 
with the Company which provide for a 
twelve-month notice period, from both the 
Company and the Executive Directors. 
The Executive Directors of the Company are 
Dr Pavel Maslovskiy, Chief Executive Officer 
and Mr Danila Kotlyarov, Chief Financial Officer.

If the Company terminates the employment  
of an Executive Director with immediate effect, 
in the absence of a breach of the service 
agreement by the Director, a payment in lieu  
of notice may be made. This may include base 
salary, pension and benefits. Benefits may also 
include, but are not limited to, legal fees.

Executive Directors’ service contracts may be 
terminated without notice for certain events, 

such as gross misconduct. No payment or 
compensation beyond sums accrued up to 
the date of termination will be made if such an 
event occurs.

The Committee will retain discretion to approve 
new contractual arrangements with departing 
Executive Directors including settlement, 
confidentiality agreements, providing the 
provision of outplacement services, agreement 
of restrictive covenants and consultancy 
arrangements. The Committee will use its 
discretion in this respect sparingly and will 
enter into such arrangements only where  
the Committee believes that it is in the best 
interests of the Company and its shareholders 
to do so.

The date of the Executive Directors’ service contracts are as follows:

Executive Director
Executive Director
Pavel Maslovskiy
Danila Kotlyarov

Position 
Position 
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer

Effective date of contract
Effective date of contract
29 June 2018
1 February 2020

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  163

Directors’ Remuneration Report   continued

Leaver and change of control provisions
The section below details how outstanding awards under incentive plans are treated in specific circumstances where the Executive Director’s 
employment has terminated or where there has been a change of control or similar transaction event. Final treatment remains subject to the 
Remuneration Committee’s discretion. When considering the use of discretion, the Committee reviews all potential incentive outcomes to 
ensure that any application of discretion is fair to both shareholders and participants.

Plan 
Annual bonus

Scenario 
All leavers. 

Change of control.

Deferred bonus shares Good leavers (defined as death, injury, ill-health, 

LTIP

disability, retirement with agreement of the 
Committee, the employing company or business 
being sold out of the Group, or any other reason 
that the Committee determines appropriate).
All other leavers.
Change of control.

Good leavers (defined as death, injury, ill-health, 
disability, retirement with agreement of the 
Committee, the employing company or business 
being sold out of the Group, or any other reason 
that the Committee determines appropriate).
All other leavers.
Change of control.

Timing and calculation of payment/vesting
Any bonus payment will be at the discretion of the Committee and the 
decision to award a bonus, in full or in part, will depend on a number of 
factors including the circumstances of the individual’s departure and their 
contribution to the Group during the bonus period in question. 
Any bonus amount paid will typically be pro-rated for the period of time 
that the Executive Director has been employed during the relevant bonus 
period and will be paid at the usual time.
The Committee will assess the most appropriate treatment for the 
outstanding bonus period according to the circumstances.
Awards will normally vest on the original vesting date, with Committee 
discretion to accelerate vesting.

Awards will lapse.
Awards will normally vest immediately and will be pro-rated for time.  
Alternatively, awards may be exchanged for new equivalent awards in the 
acquirer where appropriate.
Awards will normally vest on the original vesting date, with Committee 
discretion to accelerate vesting. The extent to which awards vest in these 
circumstances will be determined by the Committee, taking into account 
the extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied and 
the period from the date of grant up to the date of cessation.
Awards will lapse.
Awards will normally vest immediately, subject to performance, and 
will be pro-rated for time unless the Committee determines otherwise. 
Alternatively, awards may be exchanged for new equivalent awards in the 
acquirer where appropriate.

Remuneration Policy for Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors do not receive benefits from the Company and they are not eligible to receive pension contributions or participate  
in any bonus or incentive plan. Any reasonable expenses that they incur in the deliverance of their duties are reimbursed by the Company.

Details of the Policy on Non-Executive Director fees are set out in the table below.

Remuneration element
Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Fees
To attract and retain high-performing independent Non-Executive Directors by ensuring that 
fees are competitive and fair.

Paid monthly in arrears and reviewed annually by the Board, after recommendation from the 
Non-Executive Chair. Fee increases, if applicable are normally effective from 1 January.

There is no prescribed maximum annual increase although fees are determined by reference 
to time commitment and relevant benchmark market data. The Chair of the Audit Committee, 
the Remuneration Committee, the Risk Committee, the Safety, Sustainability and Workforce 
Committee and the Senior Independent Director may also receive an additional fee in 
recognition of the greater time commitment.

The aggregate annual fees are limited to GBP1.0 million under the Company’s Articles of 
Association. 

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

In recruiting a new Non-Executive Director, the Board will use the Policy as set out in the table above.

164  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Non-Executive Directors are appointed for an initial term of three years and have formal letters of appointment setting out their duties and 
responsibilities. The appointment can be terminated by paying in lieu of the notice period with such pay being limited to the Non-Executive 
Director’s basic fees. Dates of Non-Executive Director appointments are as follows:

Name
Roderic Lyne 
James W. Cameron Jr. 
Damien Hackett
Robert Jenkins
Harry Kenyon-Slaney
Charlotte Philipps
Katia Ray
Maxim Kharin

Date of original appointment
29 June 2018
15 October 2018
15 October 2018
29 June 2018
7 November 2018
8 November 2019
8 November 2019
21 April 2020

Unexpired term as at  
31 December 2019
18 months
21 months
21 months
18 months
22 months
34 months
34 months
N/A

Date of appointment/last 
reappointment at AGM
2019
2019
2019
2019
2019
N/A
N/A
N/A

Notice period
3 months
3 months 
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
3 months

Consideration of employment 
conditions elsewhere in the Company
The Committee consider the level of salary 
increases that have been made to the Group’s 
employees when considering salary 
increases for the Executive Directors and 
members of the Executive Committee, whilst 
also taking into consideration the diverse 
nature of the roles, responsibilities, and 
geographic locations and economies of the 

Group’s workforce. The Company does not 
currently actively consult with employees on 
executive remuneration.

Further information on the Group’s 
employment policies are provided in the 
Sustainable Development Report on pages 
100 and 104 of this Annual Report

How the views of shareholders are taken 
into account
The Committee considers shareholder feedback 
and comment from corporate governance 
bodies received in relation to the AGM each year. 
The Committee will take these comments into 
consideration when reviewing the Remuneration 
Policy. The Committee will consult with its major 
shareholders in advance of making any material 
changes to remuneration.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  165

Directors’ Remuneration Report   continued

Annual Report on Remuneration

The following section provides details of how the Company’s 2018 Remuneration Policy was implemented during the financial year ending 
31 December 2019, and how the proposed 2020 Policy will be implemented in 2020. Any information contained in this section of the report 
that is subject to audit is highlighted.

The Remuneration Committee

Membership and process

Members
Robert Jenkins (Chairman)
Damien Hackett
James W. Cameron1
Charlotte Philipps
Katia Ray

1. Mr Cameron was unable to attend one meeting due to illness.

From
29 June 2018
12 November 2018
12 November 2018
8 November 2019
8 November 2019

To
Present
Present
Present
Present 
Present

Number of meetings in 2019  
– Attendance/Eligibility
3/3
3/3
2/3
0/0
0/0

The principal role of the Committee is to recommend to the Board the framework and Policy for the remuneration of the Company’s Non-
Executive Chair, the Executive Directors, any newly appointed Executive Director, the Company Secretary and members of the Executive 
Committee. In addition, and in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer as appropriate, the Committee is responsible for reviewing the 
total individual remuneration package of each Executive Director and for reviewing annual proposals for the Executive Committee members. 
The Committee’s terms of reference are available on the Company’s website at www.petropavlovsk.net.

Activities of the Committee during 2019
The Committee held four formal meetings 
during the year. Key activities during the year 
included:

In addition, Ms Philipps and Mrs Ray attended 
a Remuneration Committee induction session 
following their appointment to the Committee 
on 8 November 2019.

 – Review and approval of the 2018 bonus 

outcome;

 – Determination of performance measures 

and targets, and award levels, for the 2019 
annual bonus and 2019 LTIP awards for the 
Chief Executive Officer and members of the 
Executive Committee;

 – Review and approval of the outcome of the 

2018 annual bonus;

 – Review and approval of the 2018 Directors’ 

Remuneration Report;

 – Consideration and approval of new 

performance conditions for the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan; and

 – Approval of the 2019 LTIP grants.

External advisers
In carrying out its responsibilities, the 
Committee is independently advised by 
external advisers. 

Mercer Kepler (part of the MMC group of 
companies), independent remuneration 
consultants appointed by the Committee after 
consultation with the Board, continued to act 
as the remuneration adviser to the Committee 
during the year. Mercer Kepler provides advice 
on remuneration for executives, benchmarking 
analysis, regular market and best practice 
updates, and support with drafting of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report. Mercer 
Kepler is a signatory to the Code of Conduct 
for Remuneration Consultants of UK-listed 
companies (which can be found at  
www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com). 

Mercer Kepler reports directly to the 
Committee Chair and neither Mercer Kepler 
nor any other part of the MMC group of 
companies provides any other services  
to the Company, with the exception that Marsh 
Ltd has been appointed as insurance broker 
for some of the Group’s UK and global policies 
and Mercer Marsh Benefits has been 
appointed as broker for the private medical 
healthcare scheme and life assurance scheme 
for the Company’s UK based employees. 

Mercer Kepler’s total fees for the provision  
of remuneration services to the Committee in 
2019 were £29,503 on the basis of time and 
materials, excluding expenses and VAT.

Shareholder voting at Annual General 
Meetings
The table below sets out the results of the 
most recent shareholder votes on the Policy 
Report and the advisory vote on the 2018 
Annual Report on Remuneration at the 2019 
AGM held on 13 June 2019. 

Resolutions
Policy (2018 AGM)
2018 Annual Report on Remuneration 

Percentage of votes cast

Number of votes cast

For and discretion
84.57
96.35

Against
15.43
3.65

For and discretion
1,996,614,738
2,072,264,402

Against
364,296,668
78,544,342

Withheld1
193,523,679
31,577,780

1.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of votes cast ‘for’ and ‘against’ a resolution.

2.  The above resolutions were voted on a poll.

166  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)
The remuneration received by Executive Directors in respect of the financial years ended 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 is set 
out below.

Executive Director
Pavel Maslovskiy(a) 
Pavel Maslovskiy

Year

2019
2018

Salary & fees 
£

Pension  
£

Taxable
Benefit(b)
£

Total fixed  
£

Annual
Bonus(c)
£

LTIP  
£

Total variable  
£

Single Figure
Remuneration
Total 
 £

Single Figure 
Remuneration
US$(d)

655,000
330,017

0
0

5,812
0

660,812
330,017

655,000
324,654

0
0

655,000
324,654

1,315,812
654,671

1,680,045
903,446

(a)  Dr Pavel Maslovskiy was appointed as an Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer on 29 June 2018; the 2018 remuneration shown in the table relates to his appointment during the period 29 June 2018 

to 31 December 2018. 

(b) Taxable benefit is in respect of critical illness cover provided for Dr Maslovskiy.

(c)  The value of the annual bonus (including deferred bonus shares) awarded in respect of the corresponding performance year.

(d) Converted from GBP to US$ using the average exchange rate for the year (2019: £0.7832:US$1, 2018: £0.7246:US$1).

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  167

Directors’ Remuneration Report   continued

Implementation of the Remuneration Policy in 2019

Application of the Remuneration Policy in 2019
During 2019, Dr Pavel Maslovskiy, Chief Executive Officer was the sole Executive Director. 

The following table summarises how the Policy was applied in 2019 for Dr Maslovskiy’s remuneration and the components making up the 
report single figure on page 167.

Element of remuneration

How it works

How it was implemented in 2019

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual Bonus

Long-Term Incentive 
Plan

Generally expected that increases will be no 
higher than inflation.
To provide market competitive benefits.

To provide market-competitive pension 
benefits in line with the wider workforce 
whilst ensuring no undefined liability for the 
Company.

Payment of a maximum of 100% of salary.
Performance is assessed against a range of 
strategically important measures which may 
vary each year depending upon the annual 
priorities of the Group.
50% deferred into shares for one year.
Performance Share Award of up to 100% 
of salary.
Shares will vest 3 years from date of grant 
subject to satisfaction of performance targets. 
There will be an additional 2-year holding 
period.

No increase in 2019.

Life assurance and critical illness cover 
provided.
No pension payments were made for 
Dr Maslovskiy. The provision of pension is in 
line with that of the Group’s Russian based 
employees, whereby a statutory payment 
is made by the Company to the Russian 
government.
See page below table for details of the bonus 
scorecard and achievement against the 
specific targets

CEO actual 2019 
remuneration outcome 
(% change from 2018)
£655,000 (no change)

£5,812

Nil (no change)

100% of maximum
£655,000 (+1.625%)

Performance Share Award equal to 100%  
of salary awarded in June 2019.
Please see page 169 for full details of 
performance targets.

N/A 
No performance share 
award was due to vest 
based on performance 
to 2019.

Annual bonus
For 2019, 100% of the annual bonus targets were aligned to the Board’s strategy. The maximum bonus opportunity was 100% of salary, and 
target bonus was 50% of salary. The performance targets and actual achievement during the year, and the resulting bonus outcome, are set 
out in the table below.

Objective and weighting 
(% of max)
POX performance  
(50%)
Resolution of 
US$100 million 9% 
Convertible Bonds due 
2020  
(25%)

Link to our
strategy
Unlock the value creation 
potential of the POX Hub.
Strengthen the balance 
sheet and increase 
liquidity.

Target
(pay-out of 50% of max)
4-autoclaves 
commissioned in 2019.
Refinancing of the Group’s US$100 million 9% 
Convertible Bonds Due 2020.

Stretch
(pay-out of 100% of max)
Autoclaves achievement 
of 14,000 hours.

Gold Production  
(20%)
Health & Safety  
(5%)

Optimise costs and 
operational efficiencies.
Continuously improve 
HSE standards.

Gold production of 
460koz of doré.
LTIFR target equal to 2018 
actual LTIFR.

Gold production 
=>483koz of doré.
LTIFR target 5% or more 
improvement on 2018 
performance 
(LTIFR equal or less than 
2.14).

Total

168  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Achieved
Total of 15,812 hours 
achieved.
Convertible Bonds 
refinanced by the 
issue of the Group’s 
US$125 million 8.25% 
Convertible Bonds due 
2024.
(see page 23)
517.3koz

1.61

Actual bonus 
outcome
(% of max)
50%

25%

20%

5%

100%

Based on achievement of performance 
targets, the bonus outcome was 100% of 
maximum. The Committee reviewed the 
Company’s underlying performance during 
the year and determined that no discretionary 
adjustment was required. 

For 2019, half of the total bonus payable will 
be paid in cash and the remainder will be 
payable in the form of deferred bonus shares, 
subject to the approval of the new Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (the Plan under which the 
deferred bonus share awards are made). 

LTIP awards made during 2019
In 2019, the Chief Executive Officer received an award under the LTIP of 100% of salary:

The deferred award will vest after one year, 
subject to continued employment. Malus and 
clawback provisions apply, as appropriate.

Date of grant
24 June 2019

Number of shares granted
7,127,312

Share price on date of grant
9.19 pence

Face value
£655,000

Award as % of salary
100%

Vesting date
24 June 2022

Holding period expiry 
24 June 2024

1.  The share price for calculating the awards was 9.19 pence, being the average middle market closing price of Petropavlovsk Ordinary Shares on the three dealing days immediately prior to the date the Awards 

were made in accordance with the LTIP Rules.

Vesting will be dependent on (i) three-year relative TSR from 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2021 against a bespoke gold mining index, 
weighted 70% of the award, and (ii) a balanced scorecard, weighted 30% of the award. Performance against the balanced scorecard 
measures will be assessed on a discretionary basis, and full disclosure of targets and actual performance will be provided on vesting; the key 
performance criteria for each measure are set out in the table.

Measure

Performance targets

TSR vs. bespoke gold 
mining index1
Balanced scorecard

Weighting (% of award)
70%

Below threshold (0% vesting)
Below median

Threshold (25% vesting)
Median

Stretch (100% vesting)
Median +10% p.a.

20%
5%

 – Construction and launch of a flotation plant at Pioneer.
 – Start of operations at the Elginskoye deposit.

 – Finalising a feasibility study of permanent conditions and ensuring the reserves are 

protected and recorded in the State Committee of Mineral Reserves.

5%

 – Completion of technical documentation and commencement of construction of the 

3rd phase of the Malomir flotation plant.

1.  The bespoke Gold Mining Index comprises of the following companies: Acacia Mining, Atlantic Gold Corporation, Centamin, Endeavour Mining Corporation, Highland Gold Mining, Perseus Mining, Polymetal 

International, Resolute Mining, Roxgold, Saracen Mineral, Silver Lake Resources.

Prior to determining the level of vesting, the 
Committee will also consider the underlying 
performance of the business, including whether 
there have been any material adverse events.

The award will vest three years from the grant 
date, subject to meeting the performance 
conditions and continued employment. 
Clawback and malus provisions apply, as 
appropriate. A mandatory two-year post-
vesting holding period applies; vested awards 
may not be sold during the holding period 
except to cover tax liabilities.

Deferred bonus share awards made 
during 2019
In 2019, the Chief Executive Officer received 
an award under the 2018 bonus of 963,931 
Ordinary Shares based on a share price of 
8.42 pence on 1 May 2019. These Shares  
vested on 1 May 2020.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  169

 
Directors’ Remuneration Report   continued

Single figure for Non-Executive Directors (audited)
The fees paid to Sir Roderic Lyne, Non-Executive Chair and to the Company’s Non-Executive Directors in respect of the financial years ended 
31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 are as follows:

Non-Executive Directors
Roderic Lyne1
James W. Cameron Jr2
Damian Hackett2
Robert Jenkins3
Harry Kenyon-Slaney4
Bektas Mukazhanov5
Mirzaaziz Musakhanov6
Charlotte Philipps7
Katia Ray7
Total 

Total fees £

Total fees US$8

2019
150,000
80,000
80,000
123,000 
83,151 
46,667
17,641
11,590
11,590
603,639 

2018
75,577
15,865
15,865
42,827
11,346
32,115
–
–
–
193,595 

2019
191,520 
102,144 
95,760 
157,046 
108,720 
59,584
22,524
14,798
14,798
 766,894

2018
104,296
21,894
21,894
59,101
15,658
44,319
–
–
–
267,162 

1.  Sir Roderic Lyne was appointed as Non-Executive Chair on 29 June 2018.

2.  Messrs James W. Cameron Jr and Damien Hackett were appointed as Independent Non-Executive Directors on 15 October 2018.

3.  Mr Robert Jenkins was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director on 29 June 2018. Mr Jenkins acts as Chair of the Audit and Remuneration Committees. Mr Jenkins is entitled to a fee for acting as 
Chair of each Committee. Mr Jenkins did not accept a fee for his Chairing of the Remuneration Committee during the period 29 June 2018 to 31 December 2018. The Board approved a payment of £25,500 to 
Mr Jenkins in respect of the additional work undertaken in relation to the estimation and negotiation of Petropavlovsk’s guarantee fee arrangements with IRC. This was agreed at a daily rate of £1,500.

4.  Mr Harry Kenyon-Slaney was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director on 7 November 2018 and as Senior Independent Director on 24 April 2019.

5.  Mr Mukazhanov was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 8 February 2018 and departed as a Director on 8 June 2018, he was re-appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 27 July 2018. The 

remuneration shown for 2018 relates to the period from 27 July 2018 to 31 December 2018. Mr Mukazhanov did not receive any fee for his period as a Director of the Company from 8 February 2018 to 8 June 
2018. Mr Mukazhanov resigned as a Director on 30 July 2019.

6.  Mr Musakhanov was appointed as a Director on 14 October 2019.

7.  Ms Charlotte Philipps and Mrs Katia Ray were appointed as Independent Non-Executive Directors on 8 November 2019.

8.  Converted from GBP to US$ using the average exchange rate for the year: (2019: £0.7832:US$1, 2018: £0.7246:US$1).

The Non-Executive Chair’s fee for 2019 remained unchanged from 2018 levels. The Board approved an increase of c.6.7% in the fee payable 
to the Non-Executive Directors effective from 1 January 2019, from £75,000 to £80,000. This was the first time that fees had been reviewed 
since May 2015 when fees were reduced by c.18.5%. No increase was made to the additional fee for the Audit Committee or Remuneration 
Committee Chair or for the position of Senior Independent Director. A summary of the fees as at 1 January 2019 is set out below.

Non-Executive Chair fee
Non-Executive Director base fee
Additional Senior Independent Director fee
Additional Audit Committee Chair fee
Additional Remuneration Committee Chair fee

Payments for loss of office and to past 
Directors (audited)
There were no payments made for loss of 
office during the year, and no payments to 
past Directors during the period in respect of 
services provided to the Company as a 
Director.

External directorships
Executive Directors may accept an external 
non-executive appointment with the approval 
of the Board. Any fees earned are retained by 
the executive. The Chief Executive Officer did 
not earn any remuneration from external 
non-executive appointments during the year.

Fees 2019
£150,000
£80,000
£7,500
£10,000
£7,500

170  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Implementation of proposed Remuneration Policy in 2020

The section below sets out a summary of how the proposed Remuneration Policy will be implemented for the year ending 31 December 2020.

Executive Directors
Salary
The Committee reviewed the Chief Executive Officer’s salary and determined that no increase should be awarded. His salary will remain £655,000. 
Mr Danila Kotlyarov was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 1 February 2020 and as an Executive Director on 21 April 2020. His salary upon 
appointment as Chief Financial Officer was £500,000; this is subject to review on 1 January 2021.

Annual bonus 
The maximum annual bonus opportunity for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer for 2020 will be 150% of salary, subject to the approval 
of the revised Policy at the 2020 AGM. Bonus pay-out at target will be 30% of max. The measures and weightings are set out in the table below.

Objective
Health and Safety, ESG (achievement of LTIFR performance targets)
Improved Capital Structure (liquidity improvement and reduction of both 
leverage and cost of funding)
Cost Reduction (achievement of TCC and AISC targets for non-refractory 
and refractory ore and mining and processing)
Finance function transformation (development and implementation of plans 
to enhance business budgeting and reporting)
Increased gold production (achievement of budgeted targets for own gold 
production and utilisation of POX Hub capacity)

Link to Strategy
Continuously improve sustainability practices
Strengthen the balance sheet and increase liquidity

Optimise costs and operational efficiencies

Optimise costs and operational efficiencies

CEO
Weighting
(% of max)
20%
40%

15%

10%

Unlock the value creation potential of the POX Hub

15%

CFO
Weighting
(% of max)
15%
40%

15%

20%

10%

Total

100%

100%

The final annual bonus outcome will be determined with reference to the achievement of the performance targets set out in the table, subject to the 
Committee’s broader assessment of overall Company performance, including the occurrence of any material adverse HSE event or an event which leads to 
significant reputational damage for the Company.

Full retrospective disclosure of the specific targets and performance against them will be provided in the 2020 Annual Report on Remuneration.

For 2020, one-third of the total bonus paid will be deferred in Company shares, vesting after three years subject to continued employment. 
Dividend equivalents may be accrued in respect of awards that vest. Malus and clawback provisions apply, as appropriate.

LTIP
The Committee intends to grant performance share awards following the AGM, subject to shareholders’ approval of the new Long-Term Incentive 
Plan. It is intended that the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer will receive an award of 150% of salary, which will vest based 
upon the satisfaction of performance targets over a three-year performance period as set out below.

Measure

Performance targets

TSR vs. bespoke gold 
mining index1

Weighting (% of award)
100%

Below threshold (0% vesting)
Below median

Threshold (25% vesting)
Median

Stretch (100% vesting)
Median +10% p.a.

1.  The bespoke Gold Mining Index comprises of the following companies: Atlantic Gold Corporation, Centamin, Endeavour Mining Corporation, Highland Gold Mining, Perseus Mining, Polymetal International, 

Resolute Mining, Roxgold, Sabine Gold Limited, Saracen Mineral, Silver Lake Resources.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  171

Directors’ Remuneration Report   continued

Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Chair and Non-Executive Director fees for 2020 have remained unchanged from 2019 levels. A summary of fees as at 
1 January 2020 is set out below.

Non-Executive Chair fee
Non-Executive Director base fee
Additional Senior Independent Director fee
Additional Audit Committee Chair fee
Additional Remuneration Committee Chair fee

Fees 2020
£150,000
£80,000
£7,500
£10,000
£7,500

Percentage change in remuneration  
of the Chief Executive Officer
The table below shows the percentage 
change in Chief Executive Officer 
remuneration from the prior year compared  
to the average percentage change in 
remuneration for Executive Committee 
members. Given that the Group operates  
in a number of diverse locations and its 
employees cover a wide remit of roles, the 

majority of whom are operational employees 
based at the Group’s producing mines in the 
Far East Amur region of Russia and also 
include geologists, technicians at the Group’s 
laboratories and functional staff at the 
Group’s offices in Blagoveschensk, Moscow 
and London, the Committee believes that 
using the Executive Committee as a subset 
for the purposes of comparing Chief 
Executive Officer pay against wider employee 

pay provides a more useful and meaningful 
comparison than using pay data for all 
employees.

The minimum wage paid to employees of 
Petropavlovsk Group companies increased 
by 16.5% in 2019 compared to 2018, with the 
average wage increasing by 12% during the 
same period.

Item
Base salary
Taxable benefits
Annual bonus

1.  For 2018, based on the sum of remuneration paid to: 

– Mr Ermolenko from 1 January to 15 April;  
– Mr Roman Deniskin from 16 April to 28 June; and  
–  Dr Pavel Maslovskiy from 29 June to 31 December. 

Percentage change: 2019 vs. 2018

Chief Executive 

Officer1 Executive Committee
(2.7)%
5.2%
24.8%
N/A%
50%2
(15.9)%

2.  Dr Maslovskiy’s 2019 bonus was in respect of the period 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019. Dr Maslovskiy’s 2018 bonus was in respect of the period 29 June 2018 to 31 December 2018.

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below shows the movement in spend on staff costs between the 2019 and 2018 financial years, compared to profit before tax 
and dividends:

Staff costs 
Average number of staff 
Profit before tax
Dividends

2019
US$103.7
8,981

2018
US$101.5
8,681
US$76.3 million US$82.4 million
–

–

% change
2.2%
3.5%
(7.3)%
–

There were no dividends paid or declared during the years ended 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 and no share buy-backs 
were undertaken.

172  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Total shareholder return 
This graph shows the Company’s TSR performance relative to the FTSE350 Mining Index and the bespoke Gold Mining Index over a period 
of ten years to 31 December 2019. The Board considers the FTSE350 Mining Index to be an appropriate index for comparison as the 
constituents represent the UK-listed mining sector. The bespoke Gold Mining Index is also considered an appropriate index for comparison 
purpose as this is the comparator group for Performance Share Awards made under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan.

£100 invested in Petropavlovsk, bespoke Gold Mining Index and FTSE350 Mining Index on 31 December 2009

£100 invested in Petropavlovsk, bespoke Gold Mining Index, and FTSE350 Mining Index on 31 Dec 2009

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Dec 09

Dec 10

Dec 11

Dec 12

Dec 13

Dec 14

Dec 15

Dec 16

Dec 17

Dec 18

Dec 19

FTSE350 Mining Index

TSR peer group median

POG

Chief Executive Officer Remuneration 
The table below shows the single figure of total remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer during each of the last ten financial years.

Year
Chief Executive 
Officer during the 
year(a)
Total 
remuneration £
Annual bonus (%)
LTIP vesting (%)

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Mr Ermolenko Mr Ermolenko/ 
Dr Maslovskiy

Dr Maslovskiy Dr Maslovskiy/ 
Mr Ermolenko

Dr Maslovskiy

Mr Ermolenko/
Mr Deniskin/ 
Dr Maslovskiy

1,025,991

1,569,190

661,000

400,000

977,605

655,000

786,000 

584,583

654,671

1,315,812

45%
0%

94.4%
0%

45.5%
0%

0%
0%

100%
N/A

0%(c)
N/A

20%
N/A

25%
N/A

98.4%(d)
N/A

100%
N/A

a.  Dr Pavel Maslovskiy resigned as Chief Executive Officer on 20 December 2011 and Mr Sergey Ermolenko was appointed as Chief Executive Officer on that date. Mr Ermolenko stepped down as Chief 

Executive officer on 5 November 2014 and Dr Maslovskiy was appointed as Chief Executive Officer on that date. Dr Maslovskiy resigned as Chief Executive Officer on 17 July 2017 and Mr Ermolenko was 
appointed as Interim Chief Executive Officer on 18 July 2017.

b.  Dr Maslovskiy also received a special bonus payment of £225,000 during the year ended 31 December 2009 in recognition of the services provided in relation to the Company’s acquisition of Aricom plc and 
to the admission of the Company’s shares to trading on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange plc. The special bonus payment of £225,000 is included in the total remuneration for 2009 shown 
above but is not included in the annual bonus percentage figure shown of 70%.

c.  The formulaic outcome of the 2015 Annual Bonus Plan would have resulted in a bonus of 30% of basic salary. However, Dr Maslovskiy agreed that his bonus payment should be waived.

d.  Dr Maslovskiy received a bonus of 98.375% of his salary for the period 29 June 2018 to 31 December 2018.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  173

Directors’ Remuneration Report   continued

Directors’ shares and share plan interests

Directors’ share interests
The interests of the Directors who held office during the period from 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019 in the ordinary shares of the 
Company, together with details of changes to shareholdings between 1 January 2020 and 26 May 2020, are as set out in the table below.

Director

Current Directors:
Sir Roderic Lyne
Dr Pavel Maslovskiy
Mr James W Cameron Jr
Mr Damien Hackett
Mr Robert Jenkins
Mr Bektas Mukazhanov1
Mr Mirzaaziz Musakhanov2
Mr Harry Kenyon-Slaney
Ms Charlotte Philipps3
Mrs Katia Ray3
Mr Danila Kotlyarov4
Mr Maxim Kharin5

Shares held as at  
1 January 2019  
or date of 
appointment if later 

Shares held as at  
31 December 2019  
or date of  
retirement if earlier 

 Shares held as at  
26 May 2020

0
0
0
0
0
1,192,406
0
0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

0
17,400,000
0
0
250,000
1,192,406
0
250,000
0
0
N/A
N/A

0
17,400,000
0
0
250,000
N/A
0
250,000
0
0
0
0

1.  Resigned as a Non-Executive Director on 30 July 2019. These shares were beneficially owned by JSC Fincraft Investment House.

2.  Appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 14 October 2019, resigned as a Director on 5 February 2020.

3.  Appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director on 8 November 2019.

4.  Appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 1 February 2020 and as an Executive Director on 21 April 2020.

5.  Appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 21 April 2020. 

Outstanding share awards
Details of awards outstanding are detailed below.

Director
Dr Pavel Maslovskiy
Dr Pavel Maslovskiy

Date of award
1 May 2019
24 June 2019

At 1 January 2019
-
-

Granted during the year
963,931
7,127,312

Face value at grant
£81,163
£655,000

At 31 December 2019
963,931
7,127,312

Normal vesting date
1 May 20201
24 June 20222

1.  Dr Maslovskiy received a Deferred Bonus Award on 1 May 2019, under the rules of the Long-Term Incentive Plan. The award was in respect of c.12.4% of D Maslovskiy’s salary, representing c.25% of the 

bonus received by Dr Maslovskiy in respect of the year ended 31 December 2018, as disclosed in the 2018 Directors’ Remuneration report. This Award vested on 1 May 2020.  It is proposed that these shares 
will be issued to the Petropavlovsk Employee Benefit Trust and transferred to Dr Maslovskiy following the release of the Company’s results for the full year ended 31 December 2019.

The number of ordinary shares awarded was based on the mid-market closing share price of Petropavlovsk PLC ordinary shares on 30 April 2019, being 8.42 pence.

2.  Dr Maslovskiy was granted a Performance Share Award on 24 June 2019. This Award will vest subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions detailed on page 169 over the three-year performance 

period. This will be followed by a two-year holding period.

Approval
The Annual Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Robert Jenkins
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
26 May 2020

174  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
Directors’ Report

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Statutory and other information
This report includes certain disclosure which 
are required by law to be included in the 
Directors’ Report. 

In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, 
the following items have been reported in 
other sections of this Annual Report and are 
included in this Directors’ Report by 
reference: 

 – The Strategic Report on pages 10 to 82 
fulfils the requirements set out in section 
414C of the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Act’). 
The statement describing how the Directors 
have had regard to the matters set out in 
Section 172(a) to (f) of the Act is provided  
on pages 24 to 25.

 – The Directors’ statement summarising how 

the directors have:

 – Had regard to the need to foster the 

Company’s business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and others, and  
the effect of that regard; and

 – Engaged with its employees and have 
had regard to their interests, including  
on the principal decisions taken by the 
Company during the financial year is 
provided on pages 100 to 104.

 – Details of significant events since the 

balance sheet date are contained in note 31 
to the financial statements. 

 – Details of the Group’s approach to financial 

risk management, its objectives and 
policies and exposure to risk are described 
in notes 18 and 28 to the financial 
statements and in the Principal Risks and 
Mitigation section on pages 28 to 41.

 – Information about the use of financial 
instruments by the Company and its 
subsidiaries is given in note 28 to the 
financial statements.

Name 
Ms Charlotte Philipps
Mrs Ekaterina (Katia) Ray
Mr Mirzaaziz Musakhanov
Mr Bektas Mukazhanov
Mr Maxim Kharin
Mr Danila Kotlyarov

Appointed
8 November 2019
8 November 2019
14 October 2019

21 April 2020
21 April 2020

Resigned

5 February 2020
30 July 2019

Further details of these changes are provided on pages 144 and 145 of the Corporate Governance Report. 

Directors’ appointment
With regard to the appointment and 
replacement of Directors, the Company is 
governed by its Articles of Association, the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the Companies 
Act 2006, and related legislation. Directors 
may be appointed by the Company by 
ordinary resolution or by the Board, on 
recommendation of the Nominations 
Committee. A Director appointed by the 
Board holds office only until the following 
Annual General Meeting and is then eligible 
for election by shareholders. The Company 
may, in accordance with and subject to the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006, by 
ordinary resolution of which special notice 
has been given, remove any Director before 
the expiration of his or her term of office. 

In accordance with the requirements of the 
Code, all eligible directors will stand for 
election or re-election at the Company’s 2020 
Annual General Meeting. Information 
regarding the appointment of Directors is 
included in the Nominations Committee 
Report on pages 144 and 145. 

Conflicts of interest
Under the Act, Directors are subject to a 
statutory duty to avoid a situation where they 
have, or can have, a direct or indirect interest 
that conflicts, or may possibly conflict, with 
the interests of the Company. 

The Act allows directors of public companies 
to authorise conflicts and potential conflicts of 
interest of directors where the Articles of 
Association contain a provision to that effect. 
The Company’s Articles of Association afford 
the Directors such powers. In addition, the 
Directors will be able to impose limits or 
conditions when giving any authorisation, if 
they think this is appropriate. 

The Board has an established procedure for the 
disclosure of interests and other related matters. 
Each Director must promptly disclose actual or 
potential conflicts and any changes to the 
Board, which are noted at each Board meeting. 
The Board considers and authorises potential or 
actual conflicts as appropriate. Directors with a 
conflict do not participate in the discussion or 
vote on the matter in question. 

 – Details of the Group’s corporate governance 
arrangements and its compliance with the 
UK Corporate Governance Code published 
in July 2018 (the ‘Code’) can be found on 
pages 134 to 141.

 – Directors’ interests in shares as at 31 
December 2019 and any changes 
thereafter can be found on page 174 of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.

 – The Group’s disclosure of its greenhouse 
gas emissions can be found on page 88. 

Directors, Directors’ appointment, 
conflict of interest and Directors’ 
indemnity 
The names and biographies of the Directors 
who held office at the date of this Annual 
Report are set out on pages 130 and 132. 

Changes to the Directors during 2019 and up 
until the date of this Report are detailed in the 
table below: 

Position
Independent Non-Executive Director
Independent Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Executive Director & Chief Financial Officer

The Directors have reviewed the interests 
declared by Directors which could conflict 
with those of the Company and are satisfied 
that the Board’s power to authorise potential 
conflicts is operating effectively. Related party 
transactions, which includes those in respect 
of any Director, are disclosed in note 26 to the 
financial statements on page 236. 

Directors’ indemnities 
A qualifying third-party indemnity provision  
as defined in Section 234 of the Act is in force 
for the benefit of the Directors in respect of 
liabilities incurred as a result of their office to 
the extent permitted by law. In respect of 
those liabilities for which Directors may not  
be indemnified, the Company maintained a 
directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
policy throughout the financial year. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  175

Directors’ Report   continued

Section of this Report on pages 100 to 104  
and in the Corporate Governance Report on 
page 134. 

Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking 
Statement
The Company’s statement is available in the 
Sustainability section of the Company’s website 
at www.petropavlovsk.net. 

Donations
In line with the Group policy, no donations 
were made for political purposes. 

Details of the Group’s charitable activities are 
set out in the Sustainable Development 
Section of this Report on pages 106 to 108 and 
page 236 of Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

Share capital and related matters 

Share capital
At 31 December 2019, the Company had 
3,310,210,281 ordinary shares of £0.01 each 
in issue (2018: 3,307,151,712). Details of the 
Company’s issued share capital and 
movements in the issued share capital are 
shown in note 24 to the financial statements 
on page 234. 

Purchase of own shares
Petropavlovsk’s Articles of Association 
provide the authority for the Company to 
purchase its own shares subject to 
compliance with any applicable requirements 
contained in the Act, the CREST regulations 
and any other applicable law. 

The Company did not seek authority from 
shareholders to make purchases of its own 
shares at the Company’s 2019 Annual 
General Meeting and no such authority will be 
sought in 2020. 

Shareholders’ rights
The rights attaching to the Ordinary Shares 
are governed by the Company’s Articles of 
Association and prevailing legislation. There 
are no specific restrictions on the size of a 
holding. 

Subject to applicable law and the Articles of 
Association, holders of Ordinary Shares are 
entitled to receive all shareholder documents, 
including notice of any general meeting; 
attend, speak and exercise voting rights at 
general meetings, either in person or by 
proxy; and participate in any distribution of 
income or capital. 

Restrictions on voting
In general, there are no specific restrictions on 
a shareholder’s ability to exercise their voting 
rights, save in situations where the Company 
is legally entitled to impose such restrictions 
(usually where amounts remain unpaid on the 
shares after request, or the shareholder is 
otherwise in default of an obligation to the 
Company). Currently, all issued Ordinary 
Shares are fully paid. 

Deadlines for exercising voting rights
Votes are exercisable at a general meeting  
of the Company in respect of which the 
business being voted upon is being heard. 
Votes may be exercised in person, by proxy, 
or in relation to corporate members, by 
corporate representatives. The Articles of 
Association provide a deadline for submission 
of proxy forms of not less than 48 hours 
before the time appointed for the holding of 
the meeting or adjourned meeting. 

Transfer of Ordinary Shares
The transfer of Ordinary Shares is governed 
by the general provisions of the Company’s 
Articles of Association and prevailing 
legislation. There are no restrictions on the 
transfer of the Ordinary Shares other than  
(i) as set out in the Articles of Association;  
(ii) certain restrictions which may from time  
to time be imposed by laws and regulations 
(for example, insider trading laws); and  
(iii) pursuant to the Listing Rules of the 
Financial Conduct Authority and the Market 
Abuse Regulation whereby certain Directors, 
officers and employees of the Company 
require approval to deal in the Ordinary 
Shares in accordance with the Company’s 
share dealing rules. 

Allotment of Ordinary Shares and 
disapplication of pre-emption rights 
The Company has authority to issue Ordinary 
Shares under its Articles of Association. 

At the 2019 Annual General Meeting held  
on 13 June 2019, shareholders granted  
the Directors authority to allot new shares  
(or grant rights to subscribe for or convert 
securities into shares) up to a nominal value  
of £11,030,000, equivalent to approximately 
33% of the total issued Ordinary Share capital 
of the Company, exclusive of treasury shares, 
at the time of passing the resolution. 

Powers of Directors
Subject to the Company’s Articles of 
Association, the prevailing legislation and any 
directions given by special resolution, the 
business and affairs of the Company are 
managed by the Directors who may exercise all 
such powers of the Company. The powers of 
Directors are further described in the Schedule 
of Matters reserved for the Board, copies of 
which are available on the Company’s website 
at www.petropavlovsk.net. 

Other statutory disclosures

Dividends
The Directors do not recommend a final 
dividend in respect of the year ended 
31 December 2019 (2018: nil). Future 
decisions regarding the dividend will be 
based on a number of factors, including 
market conditions, distributable reserves, 
liquidity and operational performance.  
In any event, the payment of dividends by  
the Company is restricted by covenants in  
the Petropavlovsk 2016 Limited 8.125% 
Guaranteed Notes due 2022, and by 
covenants in the Petropavlovsk 2010 Limited 
8.25% Convertible Bonds due 2024, both of 
which the Company is the guarantor.

Employees
The Group has an internal communications 
department to ensure that a regular and 
ongoing dialogue is maintained between 
employees, trade unions, management,  
local communities, the media and non-
governmental organisations. This department 
also oversees the production of a free monthly 
newspaper designed to keep employees well 
informed with news from the Group’s 
operations. In addition, regular meetings are 
held between management and employees 
to allow exchanges of information and ideas. 

The Group is committed to providing equal 
opportunities and pay in all aspects of 
employment. The Group gives every 
consideration to applications for employment 
by disabled persons where the requirements of 
the job may be adequately filled by a disabled 
person. Where existing employees become 
disabled, it is the Group’s policy wherever 
practicable to provide continuing employment 
under similar terms and conditions and to 
provide training, career development and 
promotion wherever appropriate.

Further information regarding employment at 
Petropavlovsk, the Board’s engagement with 
the Group’s employees, and how it has 
complied with Provision 5 of the Code, is 
provided in the Sustainable Development 

176  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

On 3 July 2019, Petropavlovsk 2010 Limited 
(the ‘Issuer’), a subsidiary of the Company, 
issued US$125 million Guaranteed 
Convertible Bonds due 2024 (the ‘New 
Bonds’) convertible into preference shares  
of the Issuer (the ‘Preference Shares’) to be 
issued upon conversion of the New Bonds, 
such Preference Shares being immediately 
and mandatorily exchangeable for ordinary 
shares in the Company (the ‘Ordinary 
Shares’). On 18 June 2019, the Directors 
authorised the allotment and issue of any 
Ordinary Shares arising from the conversion 
of the New Bonds, subject to and on the 
terms of the above authority granted at the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting held on 
13 June 2019. 

At the 2019 Annual General Meeting the 
Company also sought shareholder approval 
of the resolution for disapplication of 
pre-emptive rights and the resolution for 
disapplication of pre-emptive rights 
(representing an additional 5%). These 
resolutions were not approved by 
shareholders. Further information on the 
actions taken by the Company in accordance 
with Provision 4 of the Code, including on the 
consultation with dissenting shareholders is 
provided on page 142. 

Resolutions seeking authority for the 
Directors to allot ordinary shares will be 
sought at the Company’s 2020 Annual 
General Meeting. 

Further details of the above proposals and 
resolutions will be contained in the 2020 
Notice of Annual General Meeting.

Amendment of Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may 
be amended by special resolution of 
shareholders. A copy of the Company’s 
Articles of Association adopted by 
shareholders on 26 February 2015 are 
available on the Company’s website. 

A resolution to amend the Company’s Articles 
of Association will be proposed at the 
Company’s 2020 Annual General Meeting. 
Full details of the changes to be made will be 
provided in the Notice of Annual General 
Meeting. However, the revised Articles of 
Association, if approved by shareholders, will 
enable the Company to hold hybrid general 
meetings if the Board deems this appropriate.

2020 Annual General Meeting (AGM) 

Notice of General Meeting
A separate document, the 2020 Notice of 
Annual General Meeting, convening the 
Annual General Meeting of the Company to 
be held on 30 June 2020, will be sent or made 
available to all shareholders and will contain 
an explanation of the resolutions to be 
proposed to that meeting. The Directors 
consider that each of the Resolutions is in  
the best interests of the Company and the 
shareholders as a whole and recommend 
that shareholders vote in favour of all 
Resolutions. 

Electronic proxy voting
Registered shareholders may submit their 
votes (or abstain) on all Resolutions proposed 
at the AGM by means of an electronic voting 
facility operated by the Company’s registrar, 
Link Asset Services. This facility can be 
accessed by visiting www.signalshares.com. 
CREST members may appoint a proxy or 
proxies by using the CREST electronic 
appointment service. 

As detailed in the 2018 Annual Report,  
and in line with the Company’s sustainability 
commitment, the Company will no longer be 
sending paper proxy cards to shareholders 
for the Annual General Meeting unless 
specifically asked to do so. Instead 
shareholders will be able to submit their  
proxy vote electronically by accessing the 
shareholder portal at www.signalshares.com. 
The Company will provide further advice in 
the 2020 Notice of Annual General Meeting 
on how to submit votes electronically and how 
shareholders can request a paper proxy if this 
is their preference. 

Electronic copies of the annual report 
and financial statements and other 
publications
Copies of the 2019 Annual Report and 
Financial Statements, Notice of Annual 
General Meetings, other corporate 
publications, press releases and 
announcements are available on the  
Group’s website at www.petropavlovsk.net. 
Shareholders are encouraged to take advantage 
of the provisions allowing the Group to  
deliver notices of meetings and associated 
documentation electronically by e-mail, or via 
the Group’s investor relations webpages at 
www.petropavlovsk.net/investors. 

Change of control (significant contracts)
A change of control of the Company following 
a takeover may cause agreements to which 
the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, is 
party, such as commercial trading contracts, 
joint venture agreements and banking 
arrangements, to take effect, alter or terminate. 
In the context of the potential impact on the 
Group, certain of these arrangements are 
considered to be significant. 

The following significant agreements contain 
certain termination and other rights for the 
counterparties of the Group companies upon 
a change of control of the Company. 

Pursuant to the issue of US$500 million 
8.125% Guaranteed Notes due 2022 (the 
‘Loan Notes’) issued by Petropavlovsk 2016 
Limited on 14 November 2017 and 
guaranteed by the Company, if any person or 
group of persons acting in concert gains 
control of the Company, constituting a 
Relevant Event (as defined in the Terms and 
Conditions of the Bonds), the bondholders 
have the right to require the redemption of the 
Loan Notes at 101 per cent. of their principal 
amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to 
the date of redemption. 

Pursuant to the issue of US$125 million 8.25% 
guaranteed Convertible Bonds due 2024 (‘the 
Bonds’) issued by Petropavlovsk 2010 
Limited (‘the Issuer’) on 3 July 2019 and 
guaranteed by the Company, upon a change 
of control over the Company constituting a 
Relevant Event (as defined in the Terms and 
Conditions of the Bonds), the exchange price 
of the shares shall be adjusted in accordance 
with the formula contained in the Terms and 
Conditions of the Bonds and the bondholders 
have the right to require the redemption of the 
Bonds at their principal amount plus accrued 
and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

Information required by UK Listing 
Rule 9.8.4
Details of the amount of interest capitalised by 
the Group during the financial year can be 
found in note 9 to the financial statements on 
page 222. 

There are no other disclosures to be made 
under Listing Rule 9.8.4.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  177

Directors’ Report   continued

Significant shareholdings 
Information provided to the Company pursuant to the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DGTRs)  
is published on a Regulatory Information Service and on the Company’s website. 

As at 31 December 2019, the Company had received the following disclosures of major holdings of voting rights, pursuant to the 
requirements of Rule 5 of the DGTR. 

% interest in 
voting rights 
ordinary 
shares

No of Shares

Financial 
Instruments 
(Number of voting 
rights that may be 
acquired if the 
instrument is 
exercised/
converted)

Financial 
instruments with 
similar economic 
effect

% voting  
Rights

% of voting 
rights

Total number of 
Voting rights

% voting 
rights (as 
at 31 
December 
2019

Prosperity Capital Management 
Limited (a):  
  The Russian Prosperity Fund  
  The Prosperity Cub Fund  
  The Prosperity Quest Fund  
  Prosperity Capital  

 Management SICAV 2384908 
Ontario Limited

Aeon Mining Limited (b)
VTB Bank (Deutschland) AG
Everest Alliance Limited (formerly 
known as CABS Platform Limited)
The Russian Prosperity Fund (a)
Fortiana Holdings Limited (c)
Slevin Ltd
Abu Dhabi Investment Authority
The Prosperity Quest Fund (a)
Norges Bank

504,028,725

15.23

440,565,485
300,000,000

13.30
9.06

249,517,537
244,884,565
152,994,773
150,517,537
131,559,109
104,127,789
89,963,383

7.54
7.40
4.62
4.55
3.97
3.15
2.72

300,000,000

9.06

210,370,370

5.97 
(nominal)

504,028,725

15.23

740,565,485
300,000,000

28.33
9.06

249,517,537
244,884,565
152,994,773
150,517,537
131,559,109
104,127,789
134,963,383

7.54
7.40
4.62
4.55
3.97
3.15
 4.08

45,000,000 (d)

1.36

(a)  Prosperity Capital Management Limited’s holding of 15.23% includes the disclosure of The Russian Prosperity Fund (7.40%) and The Prosperity Quest Fund (3.15%).

(b) Aeon Mining Limited is the holder of the voting rights and financial instruments in Petropavlovsk PLC as set out above. Aeon Mining Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of Limited Liability Research and 

Production Association Altair, a company ultimately controlled by Mr Roman Trotsenko. 

The interest in financial instruments with similar economic effect to qualifying financial instruments of Aeon Mining Limited relates to the Group’s 8.25% Convertible Bonds due 2024 (the ‘Bonds’). 
Bondholders cannot exercise their voting rights over Ordinary Shares associated with the Bonds until they have converted their Bonds into Ordinary Shares.

(c)  The beneficial ownership of Fortiana Holdings Limited is exercised by entities owned by Vladislav Sviblov.

(d) The interest in financial instruments relates to shares acquired on loan (right to recall)

178  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
As at 26 May 2020, the Company has not received any notification that any other person holds 3% or more of the voting rights of the Company. 

% interest in 
voting rights 
ordinary 
shares

No of Shares

Financial 
Instruments 
(Number of voting 
rights that may be 
acquired if the 
instrument is 
exercised/ 
converted)

Financial 
instruments with 
similar economic 
effect 

% voting 
Rights

% of voting 
rights 

Total number of 
Voting rights 

% voting 
rights  
(as at  
26 May 
2020) 

740,565,485 

22.37

210,370,370(a)

5.97

950,935,855

28.34

494,796,575 

14.95 

249,517,537 
244,884,565 
152,994,773
150,517,537
104,127,789
38,754,076
18,455,115

7.54
7.40 
4.62
4.55
3.15
1.17
0.56

96,209,307(e)
108,429,907(e)

2.91
3.28

4,065,911

0.12

494,796,575

14.95

249,517,537 
244,884,565 
152,994,773 
150,517,537 
104,127,789
134,963,383
130,950,933

7.54 
7.40 
4.62
4.55
3.15
 4.08
3.96

Joint Stock Company 
“Uzhuralzoloto Group of 
Companies” (a)
Prosperity Capital Management 
Limited (b):  
  The Russian Prosperity Fund  
  The Prosperity Cub Fund  
  The Prosperity Quest Fund  
  Prosperity Capital  
  Management SICAV 2384908  
  Ontario Limited 
Everest Alliance Limited (formerly 
known as CABS Platform Limited)
The Russian Prosperity Fund (b) 
Fortiana Holdings Limited (c)
Slevin Ltd
The Prosperity Quest Fund (a)
Norges Bank
Societe Generale SA

(a)  The interest in financial instruments with similar economic effect to qualifying financial instruments of Joint Stock Company “Uzhuralzoloto Group of Companies” relates to the Group’s 8.25% Convertible 

Bonds due 2024 (the ‘Bonds’). Bondholders cannot exercise their voting rights over Ordinary Shares associated with the Bonds until their Bonds are converted into Ordinary Shares.

(b) Prosperity Capital Management Limited’s holding of 14.95% includes the disclosure of The Russian Prosperity Fund (7.40%) and The Prosperity Quest Fund (3.15%).

(c)  The beneficial ownership of Fortiana Holdings Limited is exercised by entities owned by Vladislav Sviblov.

(d) The interest in financial instruments relates to shares acquired on loan (right to recall).

(e)  The voting rights for 108,429,907 Ordinary Shares are in relation to Borrowed Ordinary Shares and 4,065,911 voting rights are in relation to the Contract for Difference.

The information provided in the above tables was correct at the date of notification. It should be noted that these holdings may have changed 
since the Company was notified. However, notification of any change is not required until the next notifiable threshold is crossed.

Relationship Agreements 
On 30 July 2018, Fincraft Holdings Limited 
(‘Fincraft’) and Mr Kenges Rakishev entered 
into a relationship agreement with the 
Company (the ‘Fincraft Relationship 
Agreement’) due to Fincraft’s position as a 
significant shareholder of the Company and 
Mr Rakishev being the sole beneficial owner 
of Fincraft. The Fincraft Relationship 
Agreement terminated on 27 June 2019 when 
Fincraft sold its shareholding in the Company 
to Aeon Mining Limited (“Aeon”). 

On 14 October 2019 Aeon and Mr Roman 
Trotsenko entered into a relationship 
agreement with the Company (the ‘Aeon 
Relationship Agreement’) due to Aeon’s 
position as a significant shareholder of the 
Company and Mr Trotsenko being the ultimate 
sole beneficial owner of Aeon. The Aeon 
Relationship Agreement terminated on 
4 February 2020 when Aeon sold its entire 

shareholding in the Company to Uzhuralzoloto 
Group of Companies. 

Under the Fincraft Relationship Agreement 
and the Aeon Relationship Agreement, 
Fincraft and Aeon respectively had the right  
to appoint a director to the board of the 
Company. Fincraft and Aeon also provided 
certain undertakings including in respect of 
conducting transactions with the Company 
and exercising their right to vote. 

On 2 April 2020 Uzhuralzoloto Group of 
Companies and its ultimate beneficial owner 
entered into a relationship agreement with  
the Company (the ‘UGC Relationship 
Agreement’) due to Uzhuralzoloto’s position 
as the largest shareholder of the Company. 

Under the UGC Relationship Agreement, 
UGC has the right to appoint a director to  
the board of the Company. In this respect 
Mr Maxim Kharin was appointed as a Director 

on 21 April 2020. UGC has also provided 
certain undertakings including in respect of 
conducting transactions with the Company 
and exercising their right to vote.

Accountability & Audit 

Going concern 
The Group monitors and manages its liquidity 
risk on an ongoing basis to ensure that it has 
access to sufficient funds to meet its 
obligations. Cash forecasts are prepared 
regularly based on a number of inputs 
including, but not limited to, forecast 
commodity prices and the impact of hedging 
arrangements, the Group’s mining plan, 
forecast expenditure and debt repayment 
schedules. Sensitivities are run for different 
scenarios including, but not limited to, 
changes in commodity prices, cost inflation, 
different production rates from the Group’s 
producing assets and the timing of 
expenditure on development projects. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  179

Directors’ Report   continued

This is done to identify risks to liquidity and 
enable management to develop appropriate 
and timely mitigation strategies. The Group 
meets its capital requirements through a 
combination of sources including cash 
generated from operations, advances 
received from customers under prepayment 
arrangements and external debt. 

The Group performed an assessment of the 
forecast cash flows for the period of at least 
12 months from the date of approval of the 
2019 Annual Report and Accounts. As at 
31 December 2019, the Group had sufficient 
liquidity headroom. The Group is also satisfied 
that it has sufficient headroom under a base 
case scenario for the period to June 2021. 
The Group has also performed projections 
under a layered stressed case that is based 
on a gold price, which is approximately 10% 
lower than the upper quartile of the average of 
the market consensus forecasts, processing 
of third-party concentrate through POX 
facilities is approximately 10% lower than 
projected and oxide gold production from 
underground operations at Pioneer and 
Malomir approximately 10% lower than 
projected, and Russian Rouble : US Dollar 
exchange rate that is approximately 10% 
stronger than the average of the market 
consensus forecasts. This layered stressed 
case indicates sufficient liquidity for a period 
of at least 12 months including under 
downside IRC performance scenarios. 

As at 31 December 2019, the Group has 
guaranteed the outstanding amounts IRC 
owed to Gazprombank. The outstanding  
loan principal was US$225 million as at 
31 December 2019 and the facility is subject  
to an initial US$160 million guarantee by the 
Group (see note 26). The assessment of 
whether there is any material uncertainty that 
IRC will be able to repay this facility as it falls 
due is another key element of the Group’s 
overall going concern assessment. IRC 
projections demonstrate that IRC expects to 
have sufficient liquidity over the next 12 months  
and expects to meet its obligations under the 
Gazprombank Facility. If a missed repayment 
under debt or guarantee obligations occurs 
which, if not remedied by the Group, would 
result in events of default which, through 
cross-defaults and cross-accelerations, could 
cause all other Group’s debt arrangements to 
become repayable on demand.

The directors have also considered the  
potential impacts of COVID-19 which are 
described in detail on pages 6, 30 and 31  
of the Annual Report. 

Having taken into account the 
aforementioned factors, and after making 
enquiries and considering the uncertainties 
described above, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will 
have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable 
future, being at least the next 12 months  
from the date of approval of the 2019 Annual 
Report and Accounts. Accordingly, they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing these consolidated 
financial statements.

Viability Statement
In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the 2016 
UK Corporate Governance Code, the Directors 
have assessed the longer-term prospects of 
the Group over a period significantly longer 
than 12 months in the Going Concern 
Statement and have determined an 
appropriate period for assessment in this 
Viability Statement. In doing so, they have 
considered, in particular:

 – The nature of the Group’s business, 

strategy and business model;

 – The Group’s current financial and projected 
liquidity positions, based on its current Net 
debt and available debt facilities and its 
projected performance; and

 – The principal risks which could affect these 

and the Group’s longer-term viability.

Assessment of prospects
The Directors have assessed the prospects  
of the Group in the context of the factors 
central to its success in realising its strategic 
objectives. They have considered these in  
the context of the Group’s Long-Term  
Mining Plan, with requirement for the 
sustainability alignment of its business model. 
The assessment of the Group’s longer-term 
prospects has also taken into account, in 
particular, its cash and debt finance position 
at end 2019, and projected ability to generate 
sufficient cash flow to meet its projected 
capital expenditure and working capital 
requirements as well as to service and repay, 
if necessary, its existing debt finance over the 
medium-term. 

The assessment of the Group’s longer-term 
prospects has additionally taken into account 
macroeconomic and financial markets 
conditions, both globally and in relation to 
Russia, in particular as these may affect both 
the gold price and the competitiveness of the 
Group’s Russia based business operations. 

The Group undertakes annually a strategic 
review of its Long-Term Mining Plan as the 
basis for its business planning process. 
This includes evaluation of the robustness  
of the Group’s assumptions about projected 
gold production, including in the processing 
of third-party gold concentrate and its 
availability on satisfactory terms, 
corresponding projected Total Cash Costs 
and All-in Sustaining Costs. The Group 
undertakes this evaluation also by reference 
to its gold reserves and resources as well as 
geological, metallurgical, operational and 
other technical actual and potential risk 
factors, including of a capital expenditure and 
project related nature, as these could affect its 
gold production.

Based on this assessment, the Board 
considers the Group’s gold production and 
associated cost projections to be robust and, 
taking due account of external gold market 
and exchange rate risk factors, concludes 
that its longer-term prospects are 
satisfactorily good. 

Viability period
The Directors have reviewed the period used 
for the assessment and determined that a 
five-year period to be appropriate. This period 
aligns the Viability Statement with the tenor of 
the Group’s existing debt finance obligations 
and the possible requirement, in the absence 
of refinancing and other options for this, to 
repay the Group’s existing US$500 million 
Loan Notes in November 2022 and 
US$125 million Convertible Bonds in June 
2024. Accordingly, the Group’s longer-term 
viability assessment and corresponding 
financial projections stress test model the 
Group’s ability to meet its debt finance 
obligations. This is on the basis of its 
projected cash generation liquidity, taking  
into account also existing forward gold sale 
financing facilities available to it. 

180  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Principal risks
The Board attaches great importance to  
risk management, and this is reflected in  
its creation of a newly established Risk 
Committee. The role of the Risk Committee  
is to determine the processes by which the 
Group identifies risks, decides upon its 
appetite for risk and manages risks in their 
mitigation. In monitoring the Group’s risk 
management, the Risk Committee engages 
with both the Audit Committee and the Safety, 
Sustainability and Workforce Committee in 
fulfilling this role and its membership includes 
a senior management representative. 
This has provided the context for the 
Directors’ assessment of principal risks. 
The Board’s detailed assessment of the 
identified principal risks and uncertainties 
relating to the Group is set out on pages 26 
and 27 of this Annual Report. 

In its assessment of risks relevant to the 
Group’s longer-term viability, the Directors 
have given consideration to potential 
emerging risks which could affect this. 

The Directors have reviewed internal 
operational related risks, as they might 
individually or together affect the Group’s 
longer-term viability. They view these risks, 
highlighted at the end of this Viability 
Statement, as largely within management 
control, including those which are 
environmental, social and governance (ESG) 
related. As a result, the Directors consider 
them to be sufficiently remote so as not to 
affect the Group’s viability over the longer-term. 

The Directors have also reviewed external 
risks largely outside management’s control. 
These include the possible risk of IRC not 
meeting its debt service obligations under  
its Gazprombank loan facilities and, in 
connection with its guarantees of this,  
the Group consequently having to provide 
financial support to IRC. Consideration of this 
has included review of a severe but plausible 
downside case scenario regarding IRC’s 
future performance. This assessment shows 
that in the event of,  the Group needing to 
provide financial support to IRC, this should 
not affect the Group’s longer-term viability. 
It also does not take into account the 
possibility of a removal of Petropavlovsk’s 
guarantees in due course resulting from a 
disposal of its shareholding in IRC or 
otherwise. 

The Board has additionally considered  
the actual and potential COVID-19 related 
external risk consequences for both the 
Group and IRC. Based on current information 
as available, this has been assessed as 
possibly having some limited disruption effect 
in the short term, but no major disruption 
consequences or risks in the longer-term. 

Catastrophic events, which could potentially 
result in long disruption to mining related 
operations, are regarded as principal risks. 
The causes of these could be both external 
(e.g. torrential floods affecting mining 
operations) and internal, and therefore 
amenable to management control (e.g. 
accident emergencies relating to the 
operation of the Group’s POX Hub). In 
considering these, the Directors have 
concluded the likelihood of their occurrence 
to be remote and have therefore not taken 
them into account for the purposes of the 
Group’s Viability Statement. 

In identifying emerging principal risks that 
affect the Group’s viability, the Board has 
additionally considered the actual and 
potential COVID-19 related risk 
consequences for both the Group and IRC. 
Based on current information as available, this 
has been assessed as possibly having some 
limited disruption effect in the short term, but 
no major disruption consequences or risks in 
the longer-term.

Based on this assessment, the Directors  
have concluded that the principal risks which 
could affect the Group’s longer-term viability 
comprise the external risks relating to the gold 
price and exchange rate. These take account 
of inherent significant volatility which could 
affect these. 

The Group’s corporate planning process  
for gauging the possible consequences  
and of the relevant risks and uncertainties 
includes financial modelling to stress test the 
robustness of the Group’s business model 
and projections under severe but plausible 
Reasonable Worst Case (RWC) and 
mitigated scenarios. 

Key assumptions
The assessment of the Group’s longer-term 
viability has taken into consideration its 
financially modelled Base Case, RWC  
and Mitigated RWC Scenarios, which 
management has prepared by reference  
to the Group’s Long-Term Mining Plan. 

The Group’s Base Case Scenario financial 
projections reflect the following key 
assumptions:

 – Existing JORC gold reserves and 

resources; 

 – Operational production capacity as 

projected in the Group’s Long-Term Mining 
Plan, including planned capital expenditure 
for its mining operations and increased 
processing capacity for producing gold 
concentrate; 

 – The Group’s current operational costs 

continuing to apply;

 – An exchange rate of RUB74 : US$1; and 

 – A gold price of US$ 1,550/oz. 

Assessment of viability
In order to assess resilience to principal risks 
that could threaten viability in severe but 
plausible scenarios, the Group’s Base Case 
financial the model was subjected to stress 
test financial modelling analysis, including  
in an RWC Scenario, together with an 
assessment of potential mitigating actions  
in a Mitigated RWC Scenario. 

The RWC and Mitigated RWC Scenarios 
financial projections assume, throughout the 
Viability Statement period, a 10% Rouble 
appreciation, applying a RUB66.60 : US$1 
exchange rate, and a US$1,400 / oz gold 
price. They additionally make some specific 
provision for COVID-19 production related 
risks in 2020:

 – Delay of Pioneer flotation plant 

commissioning until October 2020;

 – A 10% reduction of third-party concentrate 

volumes;

 – A 10% reduction in gold produced from 

underground operations; and

 – A COVID-19 specific 10% downward 

adjustment in other production.

The mitigating actions applied in the Group’s 
Mitigated RWC Scenario principally comprise 
assumed access to debt finance of up to 
US$200 million for the repayment in full of the 
Group’s existing US$500 million Loan Notes 
in 2022, as well as additional US$126 million 
forward gold sale funding. Assumed 
mitigating actions also include some partial 
gold price and exchange rate hedging. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  181

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Directors consider that this Annual 
Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy. 

This report was approved by the Board of 
Directors of Petropavlovsk PLC on 26 May 
2020 and signed on its behalf by: 

Amanda Whalley ACIS
Company Secretary 
26 May 2020 

Directors’ Report   continued

In order to stress test whether the Group 
would be able to refinance its existing debt 
finance in 2022 and 2024 as necessary, 
additional sensitivity analyses have been 
undertaken at gold prices ranging down  
to US$1,200/oz and Rouble appreciation 
ranging up to a RUB62 : US$1 exchange  
rate, applied throughout the viability period. 
The purpose of this sensitivity analysis stress 
test is to assess whether, at such gold price 
and exchange rate levels, the Group’s 
corresponding projected and cash flow 
generation would be sufficient to support the 
level of debt financing that would be required 
to refinance the Group’s existing debt finance. 

Liquidity and solvency
The Group’s Base Case, RWC and Mitigated 
RWC Scenarios indicate, by reference to the 
corresponding projected operating 
profitability and cash generation over the 
viability period under these scenarios, that the 
Group should have a capacity to refinance, on 
a debt funding basis, the resulting projected 
liquidity requirement for repaying its existing 
US$500 million Loan Notes in 2022 and 
US$125 million Convertible Bonds in 2024. 
The sensitivity analyses undertaken at gold 
prices ranging down to US$1,200/oz and 
Rouble appreciation ranging up to a RUB62 : 
US$1 exchange rate, as applied throughout 
the viability period, further indicate that the 
Group should be able to refinance as 
necessary its existing debt finance in 2022 
and 2024. This is by reference to the Group’s 
corresponding projected operating 
profitability and cash generation. However, it 
should be highlighted that a key assumption 
under its stress tested RWC and sensitised 
scenarios, which the Directors consider 
reasonable, is that the Group will have access 
to debt finance for refinancing its existing 
borrowings as may be required to a partial 
extent. It can also be noted that this does not 
take account of either possible new equity 
capital or other refinancing options which the 
Group may have at such stage. 

Expectations
In assessing the Group’s longer-term viability, 
the Directors considered, as indicated, the 
principal risks that could affect this and the 
corresponding severe but plausible scenarios 
that have been financially modelled for these 
purposes. These have stress tested the 
robustness of the Group’s Long-Term Mining 
Plan and its projected ability, under 
corresponding RWC and sensitised 
scenarios, to meet its existing debt financing 
obligations to 2024, generating sufficient cash 
flow as well as arranging such refinancing as 
may be necessary for these purposes. On the 
basis of this assessment, the Directors have 
concluded and have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to 
continue business operations, in line with its 
future plans, and to meet its obligations as 
they fall due during the five-year period 
covered by this Viability Statement.

Information to the independent auditors
The Directors who held office at the date of  
this Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as 
they are each aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor  
is unaware, and that each Director has taken  
all steps that he ought to have taken as a 
Director to make himself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditor is aware of that information. 

Resolution to appoint independent 
auditors
Following the conclusion of a formal tender 
process led by the Audit Committee, as 
detailed on pages 146 to 154, the Directors 
recommend the appointment of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor. 
A resolution to approve their appointment  
as auditor to hold office from, and including 
the year ending 31 December 2020 until the 
next meeting at which accounts are laid will 
be proposed at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting.

182  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
Directors’ responsibilities statement

Directors’ responsibilities statement

The directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable  
law and regulations.

 – Prepare the financial statements on  
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the  
company will continue in business.

Company law requires the directors to 
prepare financial statements for each financial 
year. Under that law the directors are required 
to prepare the group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation and have elected to prepare the 
parent company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards and 
applicable law), including FRS 102 “The 
Financial Reporting Standard applicable  
in the UK and Republic of Ireland”. Under 
company law the directors must not approve 
the accounts unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the company and of the profit or loss 
of the company for that period. 

In preparing the group financial statements, 
International Accounting Standard 1 requires 
that directors:

 – Properly select and apply accounting 

policies;

 – Present information, including accounting 

policies, in a manner that provides relevant, 
reliable, comparable and understandable 
information;

 – Provide additional disclosures when 

compliance with the specific requirements 
in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular 
transactions, other events and conditions 
on the entity’s financial position and 
financial performance; and

 – Make an assessment of the company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.

In preparing the parent company financial 
statements, the directors are required to:

 – Select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

 – Make judgments and accounting estimates 

that are reasonable and prudent;

 – State whether applicable UK Accounting 
Standards have been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; and

The directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position  
of the company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with  
the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of  
the company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and financial information included on the 
company’s website. Legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ Responsibility statement 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 – The financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with the relevant financial 
reporting framework, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit or loss of the company 
and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole;

 – The Strategic Report includes a fair review 

of the development and performance of the 
business and the position of the company 
and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, together 
with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face; and

 – The Annual Report and financial 

statements, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide 
the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 

This responsibility statement was approved by the board of directors on 26 May 2020 and is signed on its behalf by:

Sir Roderic Lyne 
Non-Executive Chairman 
26 May 2020 

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy
Chief Executive Officer 
26 May 2020

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  183

 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of 
Petropavlovsk PLC

Report on the audit of the financial statements

2. Basis for opinion

3. Summary of our audit approach 

We conducted our audit in accordance with 
International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs 
(UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described 
in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the 
parent company in accordance with the 
ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, 
including the Financial Reporting Council’s 
(the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed public interest entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements. We 
confirm that the non-audit services prohibited 
by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not 
provided to the Group or the parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Key audit matters 
The key audit matters that we identified 
in the current year were: 
 – Impairment of property, plant and 

equipment; 

 – Valuation of the IRC investment; 

 – Valuation of the IRC guarantee; and 

 – Deferred taxation.

Materiality
The materiality that we used for the Group 
financial statements was $9.0 million which 
was determined on the basis of net assets.

Scoping
Our Group audit included a full scope audit of 
all operating mines and specified audit 
procedures in relation to certain exploration 
assets, cost of sales and inventory balances; 
and service entities. Our full scope and 
specified audit procedures covered 88% of 
the Group’s net assets and 93% of revenue.

Significant changes in our approach
Our assessment of the Group’s key audit 
matters is consistent with 2018, with the 
exception of going concern that we no longer 
deem to be a key audit matter. This is on the 
basis of the macro-environment favourable 
gold pricing and relevant foreign exchange 
rate changes, which are partly driven by the 
impact of COVID-19, plus the re-financing and 
other business planning steps undertaken by 
the Group.

There were no significant changes in our  
audit approach, except for the changes in  
key audit matters.

1. Opinion

In our opinion:

 – The financial statements of Petropavlovsk 

plc (the ‘parent company’) and its 
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the 
parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 
2019 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended;

 – The Group financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

 – The parent company financial statements 

have been properly prepared in accordance 
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice, including Financial 
Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework”; and

 – The financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements 
which comprise:

 – The Consolidated Statement of Profit or 

Loss;

 – The Consolidated Statement of 

Comprehensive Income;

 – The Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Financial Position;

 – The Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Changes in Equity;

 – The Consolidated Statement of Cash 

Flows;

 – The related notes 1 to 34 to the 

Consolidated Financial Statements; and

 – The related notes 1 to 11 to the Company 

Financial Statements.

The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in the preparation of the Group 
financial statements is applicable law and 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. 
The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in the preparation of the parent 
company financial statements is applicable 
law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

184  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Independent Auditor’s Report   continued

4. Conclusions relating to going concern, principal risks and viability statement 

4.1. Going concern

We have reviewed the directors’ statement in Note 2 to the financial statements about whether 
they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them 
and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and company’s ability to 
continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements.

We considered as part of our risk assessment the nature of the Group, its business model and 
related risks including where relevant the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit, the 
requirements of the applicable financial reporting framework and the system of internal control. 
We evaluated the directors’ assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
including challenging the underlying data and key assumptions used to make the assessment, 
and evaluated the directors’ plans for future actions in relation to their going concern 
assessment.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation 
to that statement required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) and report if the statement is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

4.2. Principal risks and viability statement

Based solely on reading the directors’ statements and considering whether they were consistent 
with the knowledge we obtained in the course of the audit, including the knowledge obtained in 
the evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, we are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:

 – The disclosures on pages 26 to 41 that describe the principal risks, procedures to identify 

emerging risks, and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;

 – The directors’ confirmation on page 180 that they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal and emerging risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity; or

 – The directors’ explanation on page 180 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the 

Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period 
of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to report whether the directors’ statement relating to the prospects of the 
Group required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R (3) is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained 
in the audit.

Going concern is the basis of 
preparation of the financial 
statements that assumes an entity 
will remain in operation for a period of 
at least 12 months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements.

We confirm that we have nothing material 
to report, add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

Viability means the ability of the 
Group to continue over the time 
horizon considered appropriate by 
the directors. 

We confirm that we have nothing material 
to report, add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  185

Independent Auditor’s Report   continued

5. Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of 
the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. 
These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1. Impairment of property, plant and equipment  

Key audit matter description

The Group performed a review of its three cash generating units (“CGUs”) for impairment and 
impairment reversal indicators as at 31 December 2019. In light of higher gold prices and a 
lower discount rate, management concluded that impairment reversal indicators existed at 
the Pioneer CGU.

The Group total carrying value of property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) as at 31 December 
2019 was $1,209.8 million (2018: $1,144.1 million), after recognising the full $53 million of 
available impairment reversal at Pioneer (and related corporate assets). At the 2018 year end, 
$102 million of full impairment reversals were recognised at the Malomir and Albyn CGUs, 
meaning there are no further impairment reversals available across the Group’s mining 
operations. 

Determining the recoverable amount for the Group’s CGUs requires management to make 
significant judgements, in particular regarding the key assumptions of forecast gold prices, 
production volumes, reserves and resources in mine plans, cash costs and foreign exchange 
rates (a key driver of operating costs), operational risks in securing and processing third-party 
concentrates, and the 7.0% post-tax real discount rate applied. 

Please refer to note 6 to the Group financial statements and the Audit Committee report on 
page 150 for further details.

How the scope of our audit responded to 
the key audit matter

We challenged management’s recoverable amount estimates and decision to recognise the 
above impairment reversal, by:

 – Obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls, including management review 

controls, around the mine planning and forecasting process and the impairment valuation; 

 – Challenging management’s determination that the mining and processing operations 

comprise three CGUs, by assessing whether the cash inflows are separately identifiable 
and independent; plus an assessment of whether the gold concentrate market is active, 
including thorough independent research, consistency with the Group’s historical decision 
making, review of its concentrate contractual arrangements and future plans; 

 – Benchmarking management’s gold price forecasts against independent analyst forecasts 

and foreign exchange rates against third-party data; 

 – Performed site visits, involving our mining specialists, to all three of the Group’s mining 

operations to independently challenge the production volumes, mine plans, the reserves 
and resources, cash costs and the modelling of the operational risks in the cash flows;

 – Involving our valuation specialists to benchmark the 7.0% post-tax real discount rate;

 – Testing the mechanical accuracy of management’s cash flow model;

 – Assessing management’s historical forecasting accuracy;

 – Evaluating the sensitivity analysis performed by management and performing our own; and

 – Evaluating the key accounting judgement and critical accounting estimate disclosures.

We consider that the assumptions made by management in determining the CGU 
recoverable value are overall within the reasonable range; and that the carrying value of PP&E 
and impairment reversal recognised are appropriate

Key observations

186  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

5.2. Valuation of the IRC investment  

Key audit matter description

How the scope of our audit responded to 
the key audit matter

The Group’s 31.1% equity accounted interest in IRC Limited (“IRC”), a Hong-Kong listed iron 
ore producer, had a carrying value of $48.7 million as at 31 December 2019 (2018: $85.1 
million) after recognition of a $23.3 million (2018: $5.7 million) impairment write down. 

Management determined that the decline in IRC’s share price in the second half of 2019; and 
the preliminary announcement made on 18 March 2020 that the Group had entered into a 
conditional disposal agreement for 29.9% of its 31.1% interest in IRC (for $10 million of 
consideration, plus release of the Group’s guarantee over IRC’s borrowings, which is a 
significant discount to the pre-impairment carrying value), represented impairment indicators 
as at 31 December 2019. 

The investment was not considered to be an asset held for sale under IFRS 5 Non-current 
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations as at the balance sheet date and 
management therefore estimated the recoverable amount of its interest on a value in use 
basis, concluding that  impairment was required for 2019. 

Determining the value in use for the Group’s investment in IRC requires management to make 
significant judgements in determining appropriate cash flow forecast assumptions and in 
assessing the underlying impairment valuations performed by IRC management, noting no 
underlying PP&E impairment or reversal was recognised by IRC in 2019 (2018: $90.5 million 
underlying IRC impairment reversal, Group share: $28.1 million). 

The key assumptions applied in the valuation were the iron ore price, IRC production volumes 
and foreign exchange rate forecasts over the lifetime of the operations, the relevant IRC book 
value to Group equity value adjustments and the discount rate.

Please refer to note 14 to the Group financial statements and the Audit Committee report on 
page 151 for further details.

We challenged management’s impairment valuation and accounting judgements by:

 – Obtaining an understanding of the relevant key controls over the valuation of the Group’s 

associate, based on the information available to the Group from IRC; 

 – Challenging the key underlying IRC PP&E impairment valuation assumptions, in particular 

in relation to the iron ore price assumptions, life of mine production forecasts, foreign 
exchange assumptions and the discount rate; 

 – This involved our own independent assumption benchmarking procedures, including 

comparison of the forecast iron ore price to latest third-party analyst data; comparison to 
third-party documentation where available; and the calculation of a reasonable discount 
rate range, including involving our valuation specialists; 

 – Understanding and challenging the key operational risks and production forecasts; 

 – Challenging management’s methodology for determining the key IRC to Group level 

valuation adjustments; 

 – Assessing management’s conclusion that that disposal transition was not highly probable 

at the balance sheet date based on the underlying facts and circumstances;  

 – Assessing the commercial rationale for the disposal price agreed and whether the valuation 

assumptions used were reasonable in light of the contradictory evidence related to the 
lower disposal price preliminary announcement; 

 – Reviewing whether the non-adjusting post balance sheet IRC disposal announcement was 

appropriately disclosed, explaining that if the disposal completes, a material loss on 
disposal would be realised in future periods; and

 – Challenging the appropriateness of the key estimation disclosures and critical accounting 

disclosures. 

Key observations

We consider that the carrying value of the Group’s investment in IRC is within the reasonable 
range.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  187

Independent Auditor’s Report   continued

5.3. Valuation of the IRC guarantee

Key audit matter description

The Group originally provided a guarantee over IRC’s $340 million debt with ICBC in 2010 
when IRC was a subsidiary of the Group and received a fee income based on a percentage 
of the guaranteed amount. During 2018 the Group provided two bridging loans, for a total of 
$57 million, to IRC in order to enable IRC to make scheduled repayments to ICBC, and avoid 
a potential default.

In March 2019, IRC completed a re-financing of its outstanding $169 million borrowings from 
ICBC, as well as the $57 million of bridging loans, through a new $240 million borrowing facility 
with Gazprombank (“GPB”). The Group guaranteed IRC’s new $240 million GPB facility. 

The accounting and valuation for the new guarantee and associated guarantee fee income 
asset is complex. Management engaged third-party external valuation experts to determine 
the appropriate accounting treatment and a valuation of the guarantee liability and the credit 
provision for the fee income asset as at 31 December 2019. The de-recognition of the former 
ICBC guarantee and recognition of the Gazprombank guarantee resulted in a $28.5 million 
net accounting gain for 2019. 

The determination of the Group’s $8.9 million (2018: $37.4 million) guarantee liability as at 31 
December 2019 relies upon the critical judgement as to whether there has been a significant 
increase in IRC’s credit risk from March 2019 to December 2019. This incorporates 
consideration of whether the $23.3 million impairment of the Group’s investment in IRC is 
indicative of such an increase in credit risk. Management have determined that there has not 
been a significant increase in credit risk since March 2019 and therefore the guarantee liability 
is measured as a 12 month Expected Credit Loss (“ECL”). This is in contrast to the former 
ICBC guarantee which was measured as a lifetime ECL as there had previously been a 
significant increase in credit risk for that guarantee since 2010. This difference in risk credit 
measurement has resulted in the $28.5 million net accounting gain.

The estimation of the 12 month ECL for the guarantee liability and the credit provision for the 
associated guarantee fee asset is dependent on complex valuation techniques and inputs 
including: the IRC expected credit default loss (for which there are no directly observable 
inputs), the loss given default, the determination of the Group’s total potential IRC liability 
exposure; and the inclusion of the Group’s own credit default risk.  

Please refer to note 26 to the Group financial statements and the Audit Committee report on 
page 152 for further details.

188  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

How the scope of our audit responded to 
the key audit matter

We challenged management’s assumptions and conclusions reached in accounting for and 
valuing the associated financial instruments by:

 – Obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls over the valuation of the IRC guarantee; 

 – Independently reviewing and challenging the accounting treatment and accounting policy 

adopted, including involving our financial instrument technical specialists;

 – Assessing the competence, capability, objectivity and the scope of work performed by 
management’s third-party valuation expert engaged to perform these valuations. We 
reviewed management’s third-party expert’s valuation work engagement letter and 
involved our own valuation specialists to review the scope of their work;

 – Obtaining the third-party valuation expert’s reporting to management; and challenging the 

methodologies used, the assumptions applied against third-party data and external 
benchmarks where relevant, and the application of the accounting standards. This 
included a number of joint meetings between the audit team, involving our audit valuation 
specialists where relevant, management’s valuation expert and management;   

 – Independently checking the source information used by management’s third-party expert 
and benchmarking key assumptions applied in the valuations to third-party market data 
were available;

 – Performing independent re-calculations of certain key valuation workings in order to 

benchmark the output of the valuation models;

 – Evaluating the appropriateness of whether the liability should be recognised under Stage 1, 
2 or 3 of the IFRS 9 ECL model (in effect to determine whether use of a 12 month ECL or 
lifetime ECL was appropriate);

 – Evaluating whether the impairment of the Group’s IRC investment and underlying 

cashflows are indicative of a significant increase in credit risk by challenging the revised 
forecasts and covenant compliance; including through our discussions with 
management’s valuation expert.

 – Involving our audit valuation specialists to corroborate the impact of the impairment on the 
valuation of the liability and to assess the impact on IRC’s shadow credit rating. We also 
evaluated management’s qualitative credit risk assessment and performed our own 
independent assessment; and

 – Reviewing management’s disclosures of the arrangements and accounting in the financial 

statements.

We consider that the financial liability recognised in respect of the guarantee, and the 
financial asset in respect of the guarantee fee income are reasonable and in accordance with 
the requirements of IFRS 9.

Key observations

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  189

Independent Auditor’s Report   continued

5.4. Deferred taxation

Key audit matter description

As at 31 December 2019, the Group recognised total deferred tax assets of $33.4 million 
(2018: $23.6 million) and deferred tax liabilities of $146.0 million (2018: $137.0 million).

The recognition and measurement of certain Group deferred tax balances is inherently 
complex given the key operating entities have a US dollar functional currency for determining 
the accounting base but have a Russian Rouble tax base. Furthermore, the Group has 
historical losses for which the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets will often 
require management judgement in estimating future probable taxable profits and interpreting 
relevant tax legislation. 

Historically, management and Deloitte have also identified errors in relation to the recognition 
and measurement of deferred tax balances, caused by the complexity of calculations, the 
extensive use of Excel workings, and the absence of formally documented review controls. 

Please refer to note 21 to the Group financial statements and the Audit Committee report on 
page 152 for further details.

How the scope of our audit responded to 
the key audit matter

We challenged management’s judgements and assumptions in relation deferred tax 
recognition and measurement by:

 – Obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls in relation to its deferred tax 

calculations;

 – Reviewing and challenging deferred tax balances in the context of the relevant accounting 

requirements and tax legislation, which arise primarily in Russia, and the associated 
consolidation adjustments and challenging management’s judgements on whether or not 
these items should have been recorded;

 – Reviewing and challenging management’s key judgements involving on-site audit team 

visits with management, including our tax specialists;

 – Analysing material permanent differences in the Group income tax reconciliation and 

determining whether they include any temporary tax differences; 

 – Assessing material 2019 transactions to determine whether the deferred tax impact has 

been appropriately reflected; 

 – Re-calculating deferred tax balances and evaluating whether the tax and accounting base 

used in the management’s calculation are accurate; 

 – Re-assessing the historical errors and confirming that the relevant deferred tax balances 
have been calculated appropriately in line with local tax legislation and IAS 12 Income 
taxes; and

 – Reviewing the accuracy and completeness of the Group’s consolidated unrecognised 

deferred tax disclosed in the financial statements.

Key observations

We considered that the Group’s deferred tax balances are accounted for in line with the 
requirements of IAS 12.

190  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

6. Our application of materiality

6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in 
evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Materiality

$9.0 million (2018: $8.5 million)

$8.9 million (2018: $7.6 million)

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Group materiality

Net assets

Net assets $659m

Less than 2% of the Group’s net assets, consistent with 
the approach taken in 2018.

Less than 2% of the Company’s net assets, consistent 
with the approach taken in 2018.

The Group’s net asset value reflects its mining assets and 
proven and probable gold reserves which support those 
assets. We determined that using a balance sheet metric, 
rather than profit-based metric, provides a more stable 
base for materiality, and is more reflective of the scale of 
the Group’s operations.

We have determined materiality based on the net asset 
position of the Company as its principal activity is to hold 
investments in subsidiaries.

Group materiality $9.0m

Component materiality
range $2.3m to $6.3m

Audit Committee
reporting threshold $0.45m

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level 
lower than materiality to reduce the probability 
that, in aggregate, uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceed the 
materiality for the financial statements as a 
whole. Group performance materiality was 
set at 60% of Group materiality for the 2019 
audit (2018: 70%). In determining 
performance materiality, we considered the 
following:

 – Control environment: Historically, we 

identified a number of control deficiencies in 
the Group’s internal controls and IT systems 
for financial reporting. 

 – Historical errors: Historically, a number of 
adjustments were identified through the 
financial closing process which related to 
prior years. The items that were judged by 
management to be material were restated 
in the prior year financial statements. 

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that  
we would report to the Committee all audit 
differences in excess of $450,000 (2018: 
$450,000), as well as differences below that 
threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting 
on qualitative grounds. We also report to the 
Audit Committee on disclosure matters that 
we identified when assessing the overall 
presentation of the financial statements.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  191

Independent Auditor’s Report   continued

7. An overview of the scope of our audit

7.1. Identification and scoping of 
components
The scope of our audit work was determined 
by obtaining an understanding of the Group 
and its environment, and assessing the risks 
of material misstatement at the Group level. 

Considering the key developments in the year, 
our Group audit focused primarily on the 
operating locations, being the three operating 
mines (2018: three), eleven service entities 
(2018: eleven), six exploration companies 
(2018: six), twelve finance and holding 
companies (2018: twelve) as well as on the 
Group’s associate, IRC. All of the operating 
mines were subject to a full scope audit, while 
the exploration assets, finance and holding 
companies and service entities were subject 
to specified audit procedures, including 
testing of the capitalised spend on exploration 
activities, an impairment assessment and 
substantive testing of borrowings, material 
cost of sales and inventory balances, or 
desktop reviews. The Group’s associate  
was subject to specified audit procedures. 
The extent of our audit procedures was  
based on our assessment of the risks of 
material misstatement and of the materiality  
of the Group’s business operations at the 
selected locations.

These operating mines represent the principal 
business units within the Group’s reportable 
segments and account for 88% (2018: 72%) 
of the Group’s net assets and 93% (2018: 
94%) of the Group’s revenue. They were also 
selected to provide an appropriate basis for 
undertaking audit work to address the 
significant risks of material misstatement 
identified above.

7.2. Our consideration of the control 
environment 
In view of a number of control deficiencies 
identified in the Group’s internal controls and 
IT systems for the financial reporting period, 
we did not take a controls reliance audit 
approach in relation to any of the key audit 
matters. These items, along with the 
subsequent actions taken and planned by the 
Group to address these, are further set out on 
page 146 of the Annual Report. 

7.3. Working with other auditors
Full scope audits and specified audit 
procedures were performed by the 
component teams in Russia and Hong Kong 
under the direct supervision of the Group 
audit team and executed at levels of 
materiality applicable to each individual entity. 
The materiality applied to components, 
ranged from $2.3 million to $6.3 million (2018: 
$2.1 million to $7.6 million). The Group team 
took direct responsibility for the audit work in 
respect of the consolidation process as well 
as the Group and Company financial 
statements. The Group team planned, 
oversaw and directed the work performed by 
the component auditors. The procedures 
performed included, but were not limited to, 
site visits to Group’s operating locations, 
regular communications with the component 
auditors, a review of the reports provided on 
the results of the work undertaken by the 
component audit teams as well as a detailed 
review of the underlying working papers and 
challenging the procedures performed to 
assess compliance with the relevant 
professional standards.

During the audit the senior members of the 
Group audit team visited Moscow to review 
the work performed by the Russian 
component team and the Amur region of 
Russia to visit the Group’s assets and hold 
meetings with senior operational 
management. We were unable to visit the 
Hong Kong component audit team due to 
COVID-19 travel restrictions and therefore 
performed our Group audit review and 
oversight procedures remotely. 

8. Other information
The directors are responsible for the other 
information. The other information comprises 
the information included in the annual report, 
other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does 
not cover the other information and, except to 
the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our 
report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial 
statements, our responsibility is to read the 
other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies  
or apparent material misstatements, we are 
required to determine whether there is a 
material misstatement in the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the 
other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement of this other information, 
we are required to report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically 
required to report to you as uncorrected 
material misstatements of the other 
information include where we conclude that:

 – Fair, balanced and understandable 

– the statement given by the directors that 
they consider the annual report and 
financial statements taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy, 
is materially inconsistent with our 
knowledge obtained in the audit; or

 – Audit committee reporting – the section 
describing the work of the Audit Committee 
does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit 
Committee; or

 – Directors’ statement of compliance 
with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code – the parts of the directors’ statement 
required under the Listing Rules relating to 
the company’s compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code containing 
provisions specified for review by the 
auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 
9.8.10R (2) do not properly disclose a 
departure from a relevant provision of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code.

We have nothing to report in respect of 
these matters.

192  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

9. Responsibilities of directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ 
responsibilities statement, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view, and for such internal 
control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the 
directors are responsible for assessing the 
Group’s and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as 
applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend 
to liquidate the Group or the parent company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the  
audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, 
and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee  
that an audit conducted in accordance  
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in  
the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions 
of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

Details of the extent to which the audit was 
considered capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud and non-compliance with laws 
and regulations are set out below.

A further description of our responsibilities for 
the audit of the financial statements is located 
on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditors responsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

11. Extent to which the audit was 
considered capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud

We identify and assess the risks of material 
misstatement of the financial statements, 
whether due to fraud or error, and then design 
and perform audit procedures responsive to 
those risks, including obtaining audit evidence 
that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential 
risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material 
misstatement in respect of irregularities, 
including fraud and non-compliance with laws 
and regulations, we considered the following:

 – The nature of the industry and sector, 
control environment and business 
performance including the design of the 
Group’s remuneration policies, key drivers 
for directors’ remuneration, bonus levels 
and performance targets;

 – Results of our enquiries of management, 
internal audit and the Audit Committee 
about their own identification and 
assessment of the risks of irregularities; 

 – Any matters we identified having obtained 
and reviewed the Group’s documentation  
of their policies and procedures relating to:

 – Identifying, evaluating and complying with 
laws and regulations and whether they 
were aware of any instances of non-
compliance; 

 – Detecting and responding to the risks of 
fraud and whether they have knowledge 
of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;

 – The internal controls established to 

mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance 
with laws and regulations; 

 – The matters discussed among the audit 
engagement team including significant 
component audit teams and involving 
relevant internal specialists, including tax, 
valuations, IT, and industry specialists 
regarding how and where fraud might occur 
in the financial statements and any potential 
indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we 
considered the opportunities and incentives 
that may exist within the organisation for fraud 
and identified the greatest potential for fraud 
in the following areas: revenue recognition 
and going concern. In common with all audits 
under ISAs (UK), we are also required to 
perform specific procedures to respond to 
the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the 
legal and regulatory frameworks that the 
Group operates in, focusing on provisions of 
those laws and regulations that had a direct 
effect on the determination of material 
amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. The key laws and regulations  
we considered in this context included the  
UK Companies Act, Listing Rules and relevant 
tax legislation. 

In addition, we considered provisions of other 
laws and regulations that do not have a direct 
effect on the financial statements but 
compliance with which may be fundamental 
to the Group’s ability to operate or to avoid a 
material penalty. These included the Group’s 
operating licences, regulatory requirements 
and environmental regulations. 

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we did 
not identify any key audit matters related to 
the potential risk of fraud or non-compliance 
with laws and regulations.

Our procedures to respond to risks identified 
included the following:

 – Reviewing the financial statement 

disclosures and testing to supporting 
documentation to assess compliance with 
provisions of relevant laws and regulations 
described as having a direct effect on the 
financial statements;

 – Enquiring of management, the Audit 

Committee and legal counsel concerning 
actual and potential litigation and claims;

 – Performing analytical procedures to identify 
any unusual or unexpected relationships 
that may indicate risks of material 
misstatement due to fraud;

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  193

Independent Auditor’s Report   continued

 – Reading minutes of meetings of those 
charged with governance, reviewing 
internal audit reports and reviewing 
correspondence with HMRC and other 
relevant regulatory authorities;

 – Reviewing the disclosures in the Audit 

Committee Report on page 149 relating  
to fraud considerations; 

 – In addressing the risk of fraud in relation to 
going concern, assessing the cash flow 
forecast judgements and assumptions for 
indications of potential bias; 

 – In addressing the risk of fraud in relation  
to revenue recognition, assessing the 
completeness and sales revenue timing 
judgment for indications of potential bias;  

 – In addressing the risk of fraud through 

management override of controls, testing 
the appropriateness of journal entries and 
other adjustments; assessing whether the 
judgements made in making accounting 
estimates are indicative of a potential bias; 
and evaluating the business rationale of any 
significant transactions that are unusual or 
outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified 
laws and regulations and potential fraud risks 
to all engagement team members including 
internal specialists and significant component 
audit teams, and remained alert to any 
indications of fraud or non-compliance with 
laws and regulations throughout the audit.

Report on other legal and regulatory 
requirements

12. Opinions on other matters 
prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

We have nothing to report in respect of 
these matters.

14. Other matters

14.1. Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit 
Committee, we were initially appointed by the 
Board on 15 May 2009 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ending 31 December 
2009 and subsequent financial periods. 
The period of total uninterrupted engagement 
including previous renewals and 
reappointments of the firm is eleven years, 
covering the years ending 31 December 2009 
to 31 December 2019. The 31 December 
2019 audit was our last year of engagement 
as the Group’s external auditor as detailed on 
page 146 of the Annual Report. 

Consistency of the audit report with the 
additional report to the Audit Committee

Our audit opinion is consistent with the 
additional report to the Audit Committee we 
are required to provide in accordance with 
ISAs (UK).

15. Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s 
members, as a body, in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the company’s 
members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no 
other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted 
by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the 
company and the company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

Christopher Thomas 
(Senior statutory auditor) 

For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom 

26 May 2020

In our opinion the part of the directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work 
undertaken in the course of the audit:

 – The information given in the strategic 
report and the directors’ report for the 
financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements; and

 – The strategic report and the directors’ 

report have been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and 
understanding of the Group and the 
parent company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we 
have not identified any material 
misstatements in the strategic report or 
the directors’ report.

13. Matters on which we are required to 
report by exception

13.1. Adequacy of explanations received 
and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are 
required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 – We have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit; or

 – Adequate accounting records have not  

been kept by the parent company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

 – The parent company financial statements 
are not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of 
these matters.

13.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also 
required to report if in our opinion certain 
disclosures of directors’ remuneration have 
not been made or the part of the directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited is not in 
agreement with the accounting records 
and returns.

194  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  195

Financial Statements

196  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  197

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Group revenue
Operating expenses
Share of results of associate
Operating profit
Net impairment reversals/(impairment losses)  on financial instruments
Investment and other finance income
Interest expense
Net other finance (losses)/gains
Profit before taxation
Taxation 
Profit for the year 
Attributable to:
Equity shareholders of Petropavlovsk PLC
Non-controlling interests
Profit per share
Basic profit per share
Diluted profit per share

Note
5
6
14

9
9
9
9

10

11
11

2019 
US$’000
741,589
(590,853)
(35,376)
115,360
30,797
8,826
(59,854)
(42,190)
52,939
(27,246)
25,693

26,883
(1,190)

US$0.01
US$0.01

2018(a)
US$’000
499,775
(388,643)
15,480
126,612
(28,634)
3,775
(29,520)
10,185
82,418
(56,489)
25,929

24,493
1,436

US$0.01
US$0.01

(a)  Impairment losses and impairment reversals on financial instruments for the year ended 31 December 2018 have been presented in a separate line item in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss  

and the remaining Other finance gains and other finance losses for the year ended 31 December 2018 have been presented on a net basis. See note 2 for details.

198  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Profit for the year
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences:
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
Share of other comprehensive loss of associate
Cash flow hedges: 
Fair value (losses)/gains
Tax thereon 
Transfer to revenue
Tax thereon

Total comprehensive profit for the year
Attributable to:
Equity shareholders of Petropavlovsk PLC
Non-controlling interests

2019 
US$’000
25,693

2,102
(1,084)

(22,652)
4,234
31,471
(5,865)
8,206
33,899

35,067
(1,168)
33,899

2018 
US$’000
25,929

(3,183)
(329)

20,238
(3,743)
3,419
(633)
15,769
41,698

40,203
1,495
41,698

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  199

 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2019

Assets
Non-current assets
Exploration and evaluation assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in associate
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Other non-current assets 

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Loans granted to an associate
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Provision for close down and restoration costs
Lease liabilities

Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Deferred tax liabilities
Provision for close down and restoration costs
Financial guarantee contract 
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Hedging reserve
Share based payments reserve
Translation reserve
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to the shareholders of Petropavlovsk PLC
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

(a)  See note 2 for details regarding the restatement.

Note

31 December 2019
US$’000

31 December 2018(a)

1 January 2018(a)

(restated)
US$’000

(restated)
US$’000

12
13
14
15
16
18

15
16
26

17

19

18
22
23

20
18
21
22
26
19
23

24

53,123
1,209,817
48,680
60,257
556
11,022
880
1,384,335

307,773
105,975
–
5,807
48,153
467,708
1,852,043

(389,041)
(535)
–
(266)
–
(5,373)
(395,215)
72,493

(609,463)
(46,313)
(112,566)
(36,231)
(8,923)
–
(7,805)
(821,301)
(1,216,516)
635,527

49,003
518,142
–
199
(15,878)
73,605
625,071
10,456
635,527

43,115
1,144,063
85,140
56,805
547
–
1,177
1,330,847

 158,856 
66,741
50,966
1,653
26,152
304,368
 1,635,215 

(219,845)
(1,571)

(9,955)
(804)
–
(232,175)
72,193

(594,177)
(2,411)
(113,354)
(20,584)
(37,387)
(33,779)
–
(801,692)
(1,033,867)
601,348

48,963
518,142
(7,166)
227
(17,980)
47,538
589,724
11,624
601,348

53,518
977,314
70,890
72,720
8,931
-
347
1,183,720

132,885
75,830
–
–
11,415
220,130
1,403,850

(88,333)
(940)
(7,137)
–
(200)
–
(96,610)
123,520

(589,337)
(49,684)
(72,380)
(20,804)
(8,603)
–
–
(740,808)
(837,418)
566,432

48,920
518,142
(26,388)
144
(17,500)
32,985
556,303
10,129
566,432

These consolidated financial statements for Petropavlovsk PLC, registered number 4343841, were approved by the Directors on 26 May 2020 and 
signed on their behalf by 

Sir Roderic Lyne 
Director 

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy 
Director

200  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Balance at 1 January 2018
Impact of adopting IFRS 9
Impact of adopting IFRS 15
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Deferred share awards
Balance at 31 December 2018
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Deferred share awards
Balance at 31 December 2019

Total attributable to equity holders of Petropavlovsk PLC

Share
capital
US$’000
48,920
–
–
–
–
–
43
48,963
–
–
–
40
49,003

Share 
premium 
US$’000
518,142
–
–
–
–
–
–
518,142
–
–
–
–
518,142

Share  
based 
payments 
reserve 
US$’000
144
–
–
–
–
–
83
227
–
–
–
(28)
199

Hedging 
reserve 
US$’000
(26,388)
–
–
19,222
–
19,222
–
(7,166)
7,166
–
7,166
–
–

Translation 
reserve
US$’000
(17,500)
2,703
–
(3,183)
–
(3,183)
–
(17,980)
2,102
–
2,102
–
(15,878)

Retained 
earnings/
(losses) 
US$’000
32,985
(9,959)
58
24,164
24,493
(329)
290
47,538
25,799
26,883
(1,084)
268
73,605

Non-
controlling 
interests 
US$’000
10,129
–
–
1,495
1,436
59
–
11,624
(1,168)
(1,190)
22
-
10,456

Total 
US$’000
556,303
(7,256)
58
40,203
24,493
15,710
416
589,724
35,067
26,883
8,184
280
625,071

Total equity 
US$’000
566,432
(7,256)
58
41,698
25,929
15,769
416
601,348
33,899
25,693
8,206
280
635,527

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  201

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Interest paid
Guarantee fee received in connection with ICBC facility
Income tax paid
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Expenditure on exploration and evaluation assets 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Repayment of loans granted/ (loans granted) to an associate
Other loans granted
Interest received
Call option over non-controlling interests
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of Bonds, net of transaction cost
Repayment of Bonds
Repayments of borrowings
Notes related costs
Debt transaction costs paid in connection with bank loans
Exercise of the Call Option over the Company’s shares
Funds advanced to the Group under investment agreement with the Russian Ministry of Far East Development
Funds transferred under investment agreement with the Russian Ministry of Far East Development
Principal elements of lease payments 
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents in the period
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

(a)  See note 2 for details regarding the restatement.

Note

25

26

25
12

26
26

26

20
20

18
30
30

17
17

2019
US$’000

189,321
(67,160)
6,000
(32,723)
95,438

(120,798)
(10,136)
111
56,243
(389)
3,283
(13,000)
(84,686)

120,561
(108,000)
–
–
–
(2,215)
8,772
(8,772)
(1,468)
8,878
19,630
2,371
26,152
48,153

2018(a)
(restated)
US$’000

329,814
(60,577)
–
(5,024)
264,213

(178,201)
(3,153)
1,170
(56,750)
(210)
3,667
–
(233,477)

–
–
(4,006)
(2,599)
(6,412)
–
–
–
–
(13,017)
17,719
(2,982)
11,415
26,152

202  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2019

1. General information

Petropavlovsk PLC (the ‘Company’) is a 
company incorporated and registered in 
England and Wales. The address of the 
registered office is 11 Grosvenor Place, 
London SW1X 7HH.

that it has sufficient headroom under a base 
case scenario for the period to June 2021. The 
Group has also performed projections under a 
layered stressed case that is based on:

 – A gold price, which is approximately 10% 

lower than the upper quartile of the average 
of the market consensus forecasts;

Re-classification of deferred stripping 
costs
The following reclassifications have been 
made in the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position and Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows regarding the  
2018 comparative and opening balances.

2. Significant accounting policies 

 – Processing of third-party concentrate 

2.1. Basis of preparation and 
presentation
The consolidated financial statements of 
Petropavlovsk PLC and its subsidiaries (the 
‘Group’) have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the 
European Union, IFRIC Interpretations and 
the Companies Act 2006. The consolidated 
financial statements have been prepared 
under the historical cost convention, as 
modified by the revaluation of certain financial 
assets and financial liabilities (including 
derivative financial instruments) at fair value 
through profit or loss. The principal 
accounting policies applied in the preparation 
of these consolidated financial statements are 
set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all years presented, 
unless otherwise stated. 

Going concern 
The Group monitors and manages its  
liquidity risk on an ongoing basis to ensure 
that it has access to sufficient funds to  
meet its obligations. Cash forecasts are 
prepared regularly based on a number of 
inputs including, but not limited to, forecast 
commodity prices and the impact of hedging 
arrangements, the Group’s mining plan, 
forecast expenditure and debt repayment 
schedules. Sensitivities are run for different 
scenarios including, but not limited to, 
changes in commodity prices, cost inflation, 
different production rates from the Group’s 
producing assets and the timing of 
expenditure on development projects.  
This is done to identify risks to liquidity and 
enable management to develop appropriate 
and timely mitigation strategies. The Group 
meets its capital requirements through a 
combination of sources including cash 
generated from operations, advances 
received from customers under prepayment 
arrangements and external debt. 

The Group performed an assessment of the 
forecast cash flows for the period of at least 
12 months from the date of approval of the 
2019 Annual Report and Accounts. As at 
31 December 2019, the Group had sufficient 
liquidity headroom. The Group is also satisfied 

through POX facilities is approximately 10% 
lower than projected and oxide gold 
production from underground operations at 
Pioneer and Malomir approximately 10% 
lower than projected; and 

 – Russian Rouble : US Dollar exchange rate 

that is approximately 10% stronger than the 
average of the market consensus forecasts.

This layered stressed case indicates sufficient 
liquidity for a period of at least 12 months 
including under downside IRC performance 
scenarios. In selecting these scenarios, 
the directors have also considered the 
potential impacts of COVID-19 which are 
described in detail on pages 6, 30 and 
31 of this Annual Report. 

As at 31 December 2019, the Group has 
guaranteed the outstanding amounts IRC 
owed to Gazprombank. The outstanding  
loan principal was US$225 million as at 
31 December 2019 and the facility is subject  
to an initial US$160 million guarantee by the 
Group (see note 26). The assessment of 
whether there is any material uncertainty that 
IRC will be able to repay this facility as it falls 
due is another key element of the Group’s 
overall going concern assessment. IRC 
projections demonstrate that IRC expects to 
have sufficient liquidity over the next 12 months 
and expects to meet its obligations under the 
Gazprombank Facility. If a missed repayment 
under debt or guarantee obligations occurs 
which, if not remedied by the Group, would 
result in events of default which, through 
cross-defaults and cross-accelerations, could 
cause all other Group’s debt arrangements to 
become repayable on demand.

Having taken into account the aforementioned 
factors, and after making enquiries and 
considering the uncertainties described above, 
the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will have adequate resources  
to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future, being at least the next 
12 months from the date of approval of the 
2019 Annual Report and Accounts. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing  
these consolidated financial statements. 

Following a review of the nature of the deferred 
stripping costs balance, the Group has 
concluded that these costs should had been 
presented as mining assets under property, 
plant and equipment. The comparative 
financial information has been aligned to be on 
a consistent basis with re-classifications in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
from inventory current and non-current assets 
to property, plant and equipment non-current 
assets of US$47.0 million as at 31 December 
2018 and UUS$39.8 million as at 1 January 
2018. As a consequence, a US$47.0 million 
reclassification from Net cash from operating 
activities to Net cash used in investing activities 
in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
for 2018 has been also made.

There is no impact on the Group’s 
consolidated statement of profit or loss, profit 
per share, retained earnings or net assets for 
the year ended 31 December 2018.

Other re-classifications 
Impairment losses and impairment  
reversals on financial instruments have been 
reclassified to be presented in a separate line 
item in the Consolidated Statement of Profit  
or Loss. Other finance gains and other finance 
losses have been presented in the 
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss on  
a net basis as the Group believes it is more 
representative since gains and losses relate to 
similar financial instruments. The comparative 
financial information for the year ended 
31 December 2018 has been aligned to be  
on a consistent basis with re-classifications 
from Other finance losses to Net impairment 
reversals/(impairment losses) on financial 
instruments of US$28.6 million and the 
remaining Other finance losses of 
US$3.7 million and Other finance gains of 
US$13.9 million presented on a net basis. 

Current tax asset has been reclassified to  
be presented in a separate line item in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 
The comparative financial information as at 
31 December 2018 has been aligned to be on 
a consistent basis with re-classifications from 
Trade and other receivables of US$1.7 million. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  203

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

2.2. Adoption of new and revised 
standards and interpretations
As disclosed in note 2 to the Group’s 
consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2018, IFRS 16 “Leases” 
was effective for annual periods beginning on 
or after 1 January 2019 and have been 
adopted by the Group accordingly. The 
Group applied the modified retrospective 
transition approach and has not restated 
comparative information for the year prior to 
first adoption of IFRS 16. The impact of the 
adoption of this standard is disclosed below.

Impact of adoption - IFRS 16 “Leases”:
The Group has adopted IFRS 16 using  
the modified retrospective method of 
adoption, with the date of initial application  
as at 1 January 2019, as permitted by 
transitional provisions of the standard,  
and has not restated comparatives for the 
annual period ended on 31 December 2018. 
The reclassifications and the adjustments 
arising from the new leasing rules are 
therefore recognised in the opening balance 
sheet on 1 January 2019. The Group elected 
to use the transition practical expedient to not 

reassess whether a contract is, or contains a 
lease at 1 January 2019. Instead, the Group 
applied the standard only to contracts that 
were previously identified as leases applying  
IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 at the date of initial 
application. IFRS 16 does not apply to the 
lease agreements to explore for or use 
minerals and similar non-regenerative 
resources and hence the Group continues to 
account lease payments associated with 
these leases as an expense (note 2.14).

Lessor accounting under IFRS 16 is 
substantially unchanged from IAS 17. Lessors 
will continue to classify all leases as either 
operating leases or finance leases using 
similar principles as in IAS 17. IFRS 16 has 
been evaluated not have any impact for 
leases where the Group is the lessor. 

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised 
right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in relation 
to leases which had previously been classified 
as operating leases, except for short-term 
leases and leases of low-value assets. 
The right-of-use assets for all leases were 
recognised based on the amount equal to the 

lease liabilities adjusted for any related prepaid 
and accrued lease expenses. Lease liabilities 
were measured at the present value of the 
remaining lease payments, discounted using 
the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as of 
1 January 2019. The weighted average lessee’s 
incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease 
liabilities on 1 January 2019 was 9.3%. 

The Group also applied the available practical 
expedients wherein it:

 – Used a single discount rate to a portfolio  

of leases with reasonably similar 
characteristics;

 – Applied the short-term leases exemptions 
to leases with lease terms that end within 
12 months of the date of initial application;

 – Used the recognition exemptions for lease 
contracts for which the underlying asset is 
of low value (low-value assets); and

 – Excluded the initial direct costs from the 
measurement of the right-of-use asset at 
the date of initial application.

The table below presents a reconciliation from operating lease commitments disclosed as at 31 December 2018 to lease liabilities 
recognised as at 1 January 2019.

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at 31 December 2018
Add: Finance leases liabilities recognised under IAS 17 as at 31 December 2018
Add: Extension and termination options reasonably certain to be exercised
Less: Non-lease components previously included as part of commitments in relation to existing lease contracts
Less: Discounting using the incremental borrowing rate of at the date of initial application
Lease liabilities recognised as at 1 January 2019

1 January 2019 
US$’000
1,397
46
1,188
(376)
(516)
1,739

Interpretations which have not been applied in 
these consolidated financial statements were 
in issue but not yet effective (and in some 
cases had not yet been adopted by the EU):

 – Amendments to References to the 

Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards 
(29 March 2018); 

 – Amendments to IFRS 3 (October 2018): 

Definition of Business;

 – Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 (October 

2018): Definition of Material; and

 – Amendments to IFRS 7, IFRS 9 and IAS 39 

(September 2019): Interest Rate Benchmark 
Reform.

The Group intends to adopt these new and 
amended standards and interpretations, if 
applicable, when they become effective. 

IFRIC Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over 
Income Tax Treatment
The Group has adopted IFRIC 23 for the first 
time in the current year. The Interpretation 
addresses the accounting for income taxes 
when tax treatments involve uncertainty that 
affects the application of IAS 12 “Income 
Taxes”. It does not apply to taxes or levies 
outside the scope of IAS 12, nor does it 
specifically include requirements relating to 
interest and penalties associated with 
uncertain tax treatments. The Interpretation 
requires the Group to:

For the movement in the right-of-use asset 
and associated lease liabilities during the year 
ended 31 December 2019 refer to note 23.

Furthermore, the classification of cash flows 
has changed as operating lease payments 
under IAS 17 were presented as operating 
cash flows; whereas under the IFRS 16 
model, lease payments are split into a 
principal and finance cost which will be 
presented as financing and operating cash 
flows respectively.

New standards and interpretations that 
are applicable to the Group, issued but 
not yet effective for the reporting period 
beginning 1 January 2019 
At the date of approval of these financial 
statements, the following Standards and 

204  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 – Determine whether uncertain tax positions 
are assessed separately or as a group;  

 – Assess whether it is probable that a tax 
authority will accept an uncertain tax 
treatment used, or proposed to be used, by 
an entity in its income tax filings;

 – If yes, the Group should determine its 

accounting tax position consistently with 
the tax treatment used or planned to be 
used in its income tax filings; and 

 – If no, the Group should reflect the effect of 
uncertainty in determining its accounting 
tax position using either the most likely 
amount or the expected value method. 

The Group determines whether to consider 
each uncertain tax treatment separately or 
together with one or more other uncertain tax 
treatments and uses the approach that better 
predicts the resolution of the uncertainty. The 
Group applies significant judgement in 
identifying uncertainties over income tax 
treatments. The Interpretation has not had a 
material impact on the consolidated financial 
statements of the Group.

Amendments to References to the 
Conceptual Framework in IFRS 
Standards (29 March 2018)
The Conceptual Framework is not a standard, 
and none of the concepts contained therein 
override the concepts or requirements in any 
standard. The purpose of the Conceptual 
Framework is to assist the IASB in developing 
standards, to help preparers develop 
consistent accounting policies where there  
is no applicable standard in place and to assist 
all parties to understand and interpret the 
standards. The revised Conceptual Framework 
includes some new concepts, provides 
updated definitions and recognition criteria  
for assets and liabilities and clarifies some 
important concepts. These amendments had 
no impact on the consolidated financial 
statements of the Group.

Amendments to IFRS 3 (October 2018): 
Definition of a Business
In October 2018, the IASB issued 
amendments to the definition of a business in 
IFRS 3 Business Combinations to help 
entities determine whether an acquired set of 
activities and assets is a business or not. They 
clarify the minimum requirements for a 
business, remove the assessment of whether 
market participants are capable of replacing 
any missing elements, add guidance to help 
entities assess whether an acquired process 
is substantive, narrow the definitions of a 
business and of outputs, and introduce an 

optional fair value concentration test. New 
illustrative examples were provided along with 
the amendments. Since the amendments 
apply prospectively to transactions or other 
events that occur on or after the date of first 
application, the Group will not be affected by 
these amendments on the date of transition.

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 (October 
2018): Definition of Material
In October 2018, the IASB issued 
amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of 
Financial Statements and IAS 8 Accounting 
Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates 
and Errors to align the definition of ‘material’ 
across the standards and to clarify certain 
aspects of the definition. The new definition 
states that, “Information is material if omitting, 
misstating or obscuring it could reasonably 
be expected to influence decisions that the 
primary users of general-purpose financial 
statements make on the basis of those 
financial statements, which provide financial 
information about a specific reporting entity.”

The amendments to the definition of material is 
not expected to have a significant impact on 
the Group’s consolidated financial statements. 

Amendments to IFRS 7, IFRS 9 and IAS 39 
(September 2019): Interest Rate 
Benchmark Reform
The amendments to IFRS 9 Financial 
Instruments and IAS 39 Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement provide a 
number of reliefs, which apply to all hedging 
relationships that are directly affected by interest 
rate benchmark reform. A hedging relationship 
is affected if the reform gives rise to uncertainties 
about the timing and or amount of benchmark-
based cash flows of the hedged item or the 
hedging instrument. These amendments  
had no impact on the consolidated financial 
statements of the Group as it does not have  
any interest rate hedges directly linked to interest 
rate benchmark reform.

2.3. Basis of consolidation 
These consolidated financial statements 
consist of the financial statements of the 
Company and its subsidiaries as at the 
reporting date. Subsidiaries are all entities 
over which the Group has control. 

Control is achieved when the Group is 
exposed, or has rights, to variable returns 
from its involvement with the subsidiary and 
has the ability to affect those returns through 
its power over the subsidiary. Specifically, the 
Group controls a subsidiary if, and only if, it 
has all of the following: 

 – Power over the subsidiary (i.e. existing rights 
that give it the current ability to direct the 
relevant activities of the subsidiary);

 – Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from 

its involvement with the subsidiary; and

 – The ability to use its power over the 

subsidiary to affect its returns. 

When the Group has less than a majority  
of the voting rights of a subsidiary or similar 
rights of a subsidiary, it considers all relevant 
facts and circumstances in assessing 
whether it has power over the subsidiary 
including: 

 – The size of the Group’s holding of voting 

rights relative to the size and dispersion of 
holdings of the other vote holders; 

 – Potential voting rights held by the Group, 

other vote holders or other parties; 

 – Rights arising from other contractual 

arrangements; and 

 – Any additional facts and circumstances  
that indicate that the Group has, or does  
not have, the current ability to direct the 
relevant activities at the time that decisions 
need to be made, including voting patterns 
at previous shareholders’ meetings. 

The Company reassesses whether or  
not it controls a subsidiary if facts and 
circumstances indicate that there are 
changes to one or more of the three  
elements of control listed above. 

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when  
the Group obtains control over the subsidiary 
and ceases when the Group loses control of 
the subsidiary. Specifically, income and 
expenses of a subsidiary acquired or 
disposed of during the year are included in the 
consolidated statement of income and other 
comprehensive income from the date the 
Group gains control until the date when the 
Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

Inter-company transactions, balances and 
unrealised gains on transactions between 
Group companies are eliminated on 
consolidation. Unrealised losses are also 
eliminated unless the transaction provides 
evidence of an impairment of the asset 
transferred. Where necessary, adjustments are 
made to the financial statements of subsidiaries 
to ensure consistency of accounting policies 
with the policies adopted by the Group.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets  
of consolidated subsidiaries are identified 
separately from the Group’s equity therein. The 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  205

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

interests of non-controlling shareholders  
may be initially measured at fair value or at the 
non-controlling interests’ proportionate share 
of the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net 
assets. The choice of measurement is made 
on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. 
Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying 
amount of non-controlling interests is the 
amount of those interests at initial recognition 
plus the non-controlling interests’ share of 
subsequent changes in equity. The recognised 
income and expense are attributed to 
non-controlling interests even if this results in 
the non-controlling interests having a deficit 
balance. 

2.4. Non-controlling interests
The Group treats transactions with non-
controlling interests as transactions with 
equity owners. For purchases from non-
controlling interests, the difference between 
any consideration paid and the relevant share 
acquired of the carrying value of net assets of 
the subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or 

losses on disposals to non-controlling 
interests are also recorded in equity. 

legal or constructive obligations or made 
payments on behalf of the associate.

2.5. Investments in associate
An associate is an entity over which the Group 
is in a position to exercise significant influence 
but not control or joint control. 

When a Group entity transacts with an 
associate of the Group, unrealised profits  
and losses are eliminated to the extent of the 
Group’s interest in the relevant associate. 

Investments in associate are accounted for 
using the equity method of accounting. 
Under the equity method of accounting, the 
investments are initially recognised at cost 
and adjusted thereafter to recognise the 
Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits 
or losses of an associate in profit or loss and 
the Group’s share of movements in other 
comprehensive income of an associate in 
other comprehensive income. 

Losses of an associate in excess of the 
Group’s interest in that associate (which 
includes any long-term interests that, in 
substance, form part of the Group’s net 
investment in the associate) are recognised 
only to the extent that the Group has incurred 

The carrying amount of equity-accounted 
investments is tested for impairment 
whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable.

2.6. Foreign currency translation
Items included in the financial statements  
of each of the Group’s entities are measured 
using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (the 
functional currency). For the purpose of the 
consolidated financial statements, the results 
and financial position of each Group company 
are expressed in US Dollars, which is the 
Group’s presentation currency. The functional 
currency of the Company is the US Dollar.

The rates of exchange used to translate balances from other currencies into US Dollars were as follows (currency per US Dollar):

GB Pounds Sterling (GBP : US$)
Russian Rouble (RUB : US$)

In preparing the financial statements of  
the individual companies, transactions in 
currencies other than the entity’s functional 
currency (foreign currencies) are translated 
into the functional currency using the 
exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions or valuation where items are 
remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and 
losses resulting from the settlement of such 
transactions and from the translation at the 
year-end exchange rates of monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are recognised in profit or loss. 
Non-monetary items carried at fair value that 
are denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the rates prevailing at the date 
when the fair value was determined. 
Non-monetary items that are measured in 
terms of historical cost in a foreign currency 
are not retranslated.

206  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

As at  
31 December 2019
0.75
61.91

Average year ended 
31 December 2019
0.78
64.69

As at  
31 December 2018
0.78
69.47

Average year ended 
31 December 2018
0.75
62.68

For the purpose of presenting consolidated 
financial statements, the assets and liabilities 
of the Group’s foreign operations which have 
a functional currency other than US Dollars 
are translated at exchange rates prevailing  
on the reporting date. Income and expense 
items are translated at the average exchange 
rates for the year, unless exchange rates 
fluctuate significantly during that year, in 
which case the exchange rates at the date of 
transactions are used. Exchange differences 
arising, if any, are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and expenses and 
accumulated in equity, with share attributed 
to non-controlling interests as appropriate. 
On the disposal of a foreign operation, all of 
the accumulated exchange differences in 
respect of that operation attributable to the 
shareholders of the Company are reclassified 
to profit or loss. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising  
on the acquisition of a foreign operation are 
treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign 
operation.

2.7. Exploration and evaluation assets 
Exploration and evaluation expenditure 
incurred in relation to those projects where 
such expenditure is considered likely to be 
recoverable through future extraction activity 
or sale, or where the exploration activities 
have not reached a stage which permits a 
reasonable assessment of the existence of 
reserves, are capitalised and recorded on  
the statement of financial position within 
exploration and evaluation assets for mining 
projects at the exploration stage. 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure 
comprise costs directly attributable to:

 – Researching and analysing existing 

exploration data;

 – Conducting geological studies, exploratory 

drilling and sampling;

 – Examining and testing extraction and 

treatment methods;

 – Compiling pre-feasibility and feasibility 

studies; and 

 – Costs incurred in acquiring mineral rights, 
the entry premiums paid to gain access to 

areas of interest and amounts payable to 
third parties to acquire interests in existing 
projects.

Exploration and evaluation assets are 
subsequently valued at cost less impairment. 
In circumstances where a project is 
abandoned, the cumulative capitalised costs 
related to the project are written off in the 
period when such decision is made. 

Exploration and evaluation assets are not 
depreciated. These assets are transferred to 
mine development costs within property, 
plant and equipment when a decision is taken 
to proceed with the development of the 
project.

2.8. Property, plant and equipment
Mine development costs
Development expenditure incurred by or on 
behalf of the Group is accumulated separately 
for each area of interest in which economically 
recoverable resources have been identified. 
Such expenditure includes costs directly 
attributable to the construction of a mine and 
the related infrastructure. Once a 
development decision has been taken, the 
carrying amount of the exploration and 
evaluation expenditure in respect of the area 
of interest is aggregated with the 
development expenditure and classified 
under non-current assets as ‘mine 
development costs’. Mine development costs 
are reclassified as ‘mining assets’ at the end 
of the commissioning phase, when the mine 
is capable of operating in the manner 
intended by management. 

Mine development costs are not depreciated, 
except for property plant and equipment used 
in the development of a mine. Such property, 
plant and equipment are depreciated on a 
straight-line basis based on estimated useful 
lives and depreciation is capitalised as part of 
mine development costs. 

Mining assets 
Mining assets are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation. Mining assets 
include the cost of acquiring and developing 
mining assets and mineral rights, buildings, 
vehicles, plant and machinery and other 
equipment located on mine sites and used  
in the mining operations.

Mining assets, where economic benefits from 
the asset are consumed in a pattern which is 
linked to the production level, are depreciated 
using a units of production method based on 
the volume of ore reserves. This results in a 
depreciation charge proportional to the 

depletion of reserves. The basis for 
determining ore reserve estimates is set out  
in note 3.2. Where the mining plan anticipates 
future capital expenditure to support the 
mining activity over the life of the mine, the 
depreciable amount is adjusted for the related 
assets under construction and estimated 
future expenditure. 

Depreciation
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated 
using a units of production method as set out 
above or on a straight-line basis based on 
estimated useful lives. Estimated useful lives 
normally vary as set out below.

Certain property, plant and equipment within 
mining assets are depreciated based on 
estimated useful lives, if shorter than the 
remaining life of the mine or if such property, 
plant and equipment can be moved to 
another site subsequent to the mine closure. 

Buildings
Plant and machinery
Vehicles
Office equipment
Computer equipment

Average life  
Number of years
15-50
3-20
5-7
5-10
3-5

Stripping activity assets 
Stripping costs incurred during the 
development of the mine are capitalised  
as part of mine development costs and are 
subsequently depreciated over the life of a 
mine on a units of production basis. 

Stripping costs incurred during the 
production phase of a mine if they relate to 
gaining improved access to an identified 
component of an ore body to be mined in 
future periods are deferred and capitalised as 
part of the mining assets and are written off to 
profit or loss in the period over which 
economic benefits related to the stripping 
activity are realised where this is the most 
appropriate basis for matching the costs 
against the related economic benefits.

Where, during the production phase, further 
development of the mine requires a phase of 
unusually high overburden removal activity 
that is similar in nature to pre-production mine 
development, such stripping costs are 
considered in a manner consistent with 
stripping costs incurred during the 
development of the mine before the 
commercial production commences. 

Non-mining assets
Non-mining assets are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation. Non-mining 
assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis 
based on estimated useful lives.

Capital construction in progress
Capital construction in progress is stated at 
cost. On completion, the cost of construction 
is transferred to the appropriate category of 
property, plant and equipment. Capital 
construction in progress is not depreciated. 

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed 
and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting 
date. Changes to the estimated residual 
values or useful lives are accounted for 
prospectively.

2.9. Impairment of non-financial assets
Property, plant and equipment, exploration 
and evaluation assets and other non-financial 
assets are tested for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be 
recoverable. This applies to the assets held by 
the Group itself as well as the Group’s share 
of the assets held by the associate. 

When a review for impairment is conducted, 
the recoverable amount is assessed by 
reference to the higher of ‘value in use’ (being 
the net present value of expected future cash 
flows of the relevant cash generating unit) or 
‘fair value less costs to sell’. Where there is no 
binding sale agreement or active market, fair 
value less costs to sell is based on the best 
information available to reflect the amount the 
Group could receive for the cash generating 
unit in an arm’s length transaction. Future 
cash flows are based on:

 – Estimates of the quantities of the reserves 
and mineral resources for which there is a 
high degree of confidence of economic 
extraction;

 – Future production levels;

 – Future commodity prices (assuming the 
current market prices will revert to the 
Group’s assessment of the long-term 
average price, generally over a period of up 
to five years); and

 – Future cash costs of production, capital 
expenditure, environment protection, 
rehabilitation and closure.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  207

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’ includes a 
number of restrictions on the future cash 
flows that can be recognised in respect of 
future restructurings and improvement related 
capital expenditure. When calculating ‘value 
in use’, it also requires that calculations should 
be based on exchange rates current at the 
time of the assessment.

For operations with a functional currency 
other than the US Dollar, the impairment 
review is undertaken in the relevant functional 
currency. These estimates are based on 
detailed mine plans and operating budgets, 
modified as appropriate to meet the 
requirements of IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’.

The discount rate applied is based upon a 
post-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks associated with the relevant cash 
flows, to the extent that such risks are not 
reflected in the forecast cash flows.

If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its 
recoverable amount, the asset is impaired 
and an impairment loss is charged to profit or 
loss so as to reduce the carrying amount in 
the statement of financial position to its 
recoverable amount. A previously recognised 
impairment loss is reversed if the recoverable 
amount increases as a result of a reversal of 
the conditions that originally resulted in the 
impairment. This reversal is recognised in 
profit or loss and is limited to the carrying 
amount that would have been determined, 
net of depreciation, had no impairment loss 
been recognised in prior years.

2.10. Provisions for close down and 
restoration costs
Close down and restoration costs include the 
dismantling and demolition of infrastructure 
and the removal of residual materials and 
remediation of disturbed areas. Close down 
and restoration costs are provided for in the 
accounting period when the legal or 
constructive obligation arising from the related 
disturbance occurs, whether this occurs 
during the mine development or during the 
production phase, based on the net present 
value of estimated future costs. Provisions for 
close down and restoration costs do not 
include any additional obligations which are 
expected to arise from future disturbance. 
The costs are estimated on the basis of a 
closure plan. The cost estimates are calculated 
annually during the life of the operation to 
reflect known developments and are subject 
to formal review at regular intervals.

208  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

The amortisation or unwinding of the discount 
applied in establishing the net present value of 
provisions is charged to profit or loss in each 
accounting period. The amortisation of the 
discount is shown as a financing cost, rather 
than as an operating cost. Other movements 
in the provisions for close down and 
restoration costs, including those resulting 
from new disturbance, updated cost 
estimates, changes to the lives of operations 
and revisions to discount rates are capitalised 
within property, plant and equipment. 
These costs are then depreciated over  
the lives of the assets to which they relate.

Where rehabilitation is conducted 
systematically over the life of the operation, 
rather than at the time of closure, provision  
is made for the outstanding continuous 
rehabilitation work at each reporting date. 
All other costs of continuous rehabilitation  
are charged to profit or loss as incurred.

Changes in the measurement of a liability 
relating to the decommissioning of plant or 
other site preparation work (that result from 
changes in the estimated timing or amount  
of the cash flow or a change in the discount 
rate), are added to or deducted from the cost 
of the related asset in the current period. If a 
decrease in the liability exceeds the carrying 
amount of the asset, the excess is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. If the asset value 
is increased and there is an indication that the 
revised carrying value is not recoverable, an 
impairment test is performed in accordance 
with the accounting policy set out above.

2.11. Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of 
financial position when the Group entity 
becomes party to the contractual provisions 
of the instrument.

Financial assets and liabilities are initially 
measured at fair value. Transaction costs  
that are directly attributable to the acquisition 
or issue of financial assets and financial 
liabilities are added to or deducted from the 
fair value of the financial assets or financial 
liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. 
Transaction costs attributable to financial 
assets and financial liabilities carried at fair 
value through profit or loss (FVPL) are 
expensed in profit or loss. 

The subsequent measurement of financial 
assets and liabilities is set out below.

Effective interest method
The effective interest rate method is a method 
of calculating the amortised cost of a financial 
asset or financial liability and of allocating 
interest over the relevant period. The effective 
interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts 
estimated future cash receipts and payments 
through the expected life of the financial asset 
or financial liability, or where appropriate, a 
shorter period, to the gross carrying amount 
of the financial asset or amortised cost of the 
financial liability.

Probability of default
For the purpose of IFRS, management 
considers the following definition of “default”, 
subject to underlying agreements:

 – A missed or delayed disbursement of 

interest and/or principal;

 – Bankruptcy, administration, legal 

receivership, or other legal blocks to the 
timely payment of interest and/or principal; 
or

 – A distressed exchange occurs where a new 

security is issued which amounts to a 
diminished financial obligation or had the 
apparent purpose of helping the borrower 
avoid default.

Financial assets
Classification and subsequent measurement 
The Group classified its financial assets in the 
following measurement categories:

 – Those to be measured subsequently at fair 

value (either through profit or loss or through 
OCI); and 

 – Those to be measured at amortised cost. 

The classification depends on the entity’s 
business model for managing the financial 
assets and the contractual cash flow 
characteristics of the financial asset.

Financial assets that meet the following 
conditions are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost: 

 – The financial asset is held within a business 
model whose objective is to hold financial 
assets in order to collect contractual cash 
flows; and 

 – The contractual terms of the financial asset 
give rise on specified dates to cash flows 
that are solely payments of principal and 
interest on the principal amount 
outstanding. 

For credit-impaired financial assets, the 
credit-adjusted effective interest rate is  
applied to the amortised cost of the financial 
asset from initial recognition. When calculating 
the credit-adjusted effective interest rate, 
The Group estimates the expected cash flows 
by considering all contractual terms of the 
financial asset and ECL.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on 
hand, demand deposits and short-term, 
highly liquid investments readily convertible to 
known amounts of cash and subject to 
insignificant risk of changes in value and are 
measured at cost which is deemed to be fair 
value as they have a short-term maturity.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at 
their transaction price and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method, less loss 
allowance.  

Financial liabilities and equity 
Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that 
evidences a residual interest in the assets of 
the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. 
Equity instruments issued are recorded at the 
proceeds received, net of direct issue cost.

Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair 
value, net of transaction costs incurred. 
Borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost, using the effective interest 
method. Any difference between the 
proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the 
redemption amount is recognised in profit or 
loss over the period of the borrowings using 
the effective interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities 
unless the Group has an unconditional right to 
defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 
months after the reporting date.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised 
initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost, using the 
effective interest method.

All other financial assets are subsequently 
measured at fair value either through OCI or 
profit or loss. 

The Group may, at initial recognition, 
irrevocably designate a financial asset as 
measured at FVPL if doing so eliminates or 
significantly reduces a measurement or 
recognition inconsistency (sometimes 
referred to as an ‘accounting mismatch’) that 
would otherwise arise from measuring assets 
or liabilities or recognising the gains and 
losses on them on different bases. 

Impairment
The Group assesses on a forward-looking 
basis the expected credit losses (ECL) 
associated with its financial assets carried at 
amortised cost. The impairment methodology 
applied depends on whether there has been 
a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables and contract assets, the 
group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach 
to measuring ECL which uses a lifetime 
expected loss allowance for all trade 
receivables and contract assets. Trade 
receivables and contract assets are written  
off when there is no reasonable expectation 
of recovery. 

Credit-impaired financial assets
A financial asset is credit-impaired when one 
or more events that have a detrimental impact 
on the estimated future cash flows of that 
financial asset have occurred. Evidence that  
a financial asset is credit-impaired include 
observable data about the following events:

 – Significant financial difficulty of the issuer  

or the borrower;

 – A breach of contract, such as a default or 

past due event;

 – The lender(s) of the borrower, for economic 

or contractual reasons relating to the 
borrower’s financial difficulty, having 
granted to the borrower a concession(s) 
that the lender(s) would not otherwise 
consider;

 – It is becoming probable that the borrower 
will enter bankruptcy or other financial 
reorganisation;

 – The disappearance of an active market for 
that financial asset because of financial 
difficulties; or

 – The purchase or origination of a financial 
asset at a deep discount that reflects the 
incurred credit losses.

Financial guarantee contracts
Gazprombank Guarantee: The guarantee 
asset and liability under the financial 
guarantee contract are recognised as one 
unit of account at nil fair value on inception. 
Subsequently, the guarantee asset is 
measured at amortised cost based on the 
guarantee fee accrued to the reporting date 
that is expected to be received from IRC less 
provision for expected credit losses and the 
guarantee liability is measured at the amount 
of the loss allowance for expected credit 
losses. The guarantee liability is measured at 
the higher of the amount of the loss allowance 
in accordance with IFRS 9 and the amount 
initially recognised less the cumulative 
amount of income recognised in accordance 
with the principles of IFRS 15. As the amount 
initially recognised was nil, the guarantee 
liability is measured at the amount of the loss 
allowance for expected credit losses in 
accordance with IFRS 9. 

ICBC Guarantee: The liability was measured 
on a consistent basis, however, upon transition 
to IFRS 9 the guarantee fee income asset was 
recognised as the present value of all future 
guarantee income measured at FVTPL.

Derivatives and hedging activities 
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair  
value at the date the derivative contracts  
are entered into and are subsequently 
re-measured at fair value. The accounting  
for subsequent changes in fair value depends 
on whether the derivative is designated as a 
hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of 
the item being hedged.

The Group designates certain derivative 
financial instruments as hedging 
relationships. For the purposes of hedge 
accounting, hedging relationships may be of 
three types: 

 – Fair value hedges are hedges of particular 
risks that may change the fair value of a 
recognised asset or liability; 

 – Cash flow hedges are hedges of particular 
risks that may change the amount or timing 
of future cash flows; and 

 – Hedges of net investment in a foreign entity 

are hedges of particular risks that may 
change the carrying value of the net assets 
of a foreign entity. 

Currently the Group has only cash flow hedge 
relationships.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  209

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

To qualify for hedge accounting the hedging 
relationship must meet several strict 
conditions on documentation, probability  
of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and 
reliability of measurement. If these conditions 
are not met, then the relationship does not 
qualify for hedge accounting. In this case the 
hedging instrument and the hedged item are 
reported independently as if there were no 
hedging relationship. 

The effective portion of changes in fair value 
of derivatives that are designated and qualify 
as cash flow hedges is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. The fair value gain or 
loss relating to the ineffective portion is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss. 

Amounts previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in 
hedging reserve in equity are reclassified to 
profit or loss in the periods when the hedged 
item is recognised in profit or loss, in the same 
line of the statement of profit or loss as the 
recognised hedged item.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when  
the hedging instrument expires or is sold, 
terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies 
for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss 
recognised in other comprehensive income  
at that time is accumulated in equity and is 
reclassified to profit or loss when the forecast 
transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or 
loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer 
expected to occur, the gain or loss 
accumulated in equity is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss. 

Changes in fair value of any derivative 
instrument that does not qualify for hedge 
accounting are recognised in profit or loss 
immediately and included in other finance 
gains or losses. 

Derivatives embedded in other financial 
instruments or non-financial host contracts 
are treated as separate derivatives when their 
risks and characteristics are not closely 
related to their host-contract and the host 
contract is not carried at fair value. Embedded 
derivatives are recognised at fair value at 
inception. Any change to the fair value of the 
embedded derivatives is recognised in other 
finance gains or losses in profit or loss. 
Embedded derivatives which are settled net 
are disclosed in line with the maturity of their 
host contracts.

2.12. Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group 
has a present obligation, whether legal or 
constructive, as a result of a past event for 
which it is probable that an outflow of 
resources embodying economic benefits  
will be required to settle the obligation and a 
reliable estimate can be made of the amount 
of the obligation.

Provisions are measured at the present  
value of management’s best estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the obligation at 
the reporting date. The discount rate used to 
determine the present value reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the liability.

2.13. Inventories
Inventories include the following major 
categories:

 – Stores and spares represent raw materials 
consumed in the production process as 
well as spare parts and other maintenance 
supplies; 

 – Construction materials represent materials 
for use in capital construction and mine 
development; 

 – Ore in stockpiles represent material that,  
at the time of extraction, is expected to be 
processed into a saleable form and sold at 
a profit. Ore in stockpiles is valued at the 
average cost per tonne of mining and 
stockpiling the ore. Quantities of ore in 
stockpiles ore are assessed through 
surveys and assays. Ore in stockpiles is 
classified between current and non-current 
inventory based on the expected 
processing schedule in accordance with 
the Group’s mining plan;

 – Work in progress inventory primarily 

represents gold in processing circuit that 
has not completed the production process. 
Work in progress inventory is valued at the 
average production costs; and 

 – Flotation concentrate represents very fine, 

powder-like product containing the valuable 
ore mineral from which most of the waste 
mineral has been eliminated. Flotation 
concentrate is valued at the average 
production costs.

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost  
and net realisable value, with cost being 
determined primarily on a weighted average 
cost basis. 

Provisions are recorded to reduce ore in 
stockpiles, work in process, flotation 
concentrate and finished goods inventory to 
net realisable value where the net realisable 
value is lower than relevant inventory cost at 
the reporting date. Net realisable value is 
determined with reference to relevant market 
prices less estimated costs to complete 
production and bring the inventory into its 
saleable form. Provisions are also recorded  
to reduce mine operating supplies to net 
realisable value, which is generally 
determined with reference to salvage or scrap 
value, when it is determined that the supplies 
are obsolete. Provisions are reversed to reflect 
subsequent recoveries in net realisable value 
where the inventory is still on hand at the 
reporting date.

2.14. Leases
As explained in note 2.2, the Group has 
changed its accounting policy for leases on 
adoption of IFRS 16. 

Accounting policy applicable from 
1 January 2019 
The Group assesses at contract inception 
whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. 
That is, if the contract conveys the right to 
control the use of an identified asset for a 
period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Group recognises right-of-use assets at 
the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the 
date the underlying asset is available for use). 
The right-of-use assets are recognised at their 
fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the 
minimum lease payments, each determined 
at the commencement date of the lease. 
The corresponding liability to the lessor is 
included in the statement of financial position 
as a lease obligation. The right-of-use asset is 
included within Property, plant and 
equipment. Right-of-use assets are 
depreciated on a straight-line basis over the 
shorter of the lease term and the estimated 
useful lives of the assets. The Group applies 
IAS 36 to determine whether right-of-use 
assets are impaired and accounts for any 
identified impairment loss when incurred.

At the commencement date of the lease, the 
Group recognises lease liabilities measured  
at the present value of lease payments to be 
made over the lease term. Lease liabilities 
include the net present value of the following 
lease payments: 

 – Fixed payments (including in-substance 

fixed payments), less any lease incentives 
receivable; 

210  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 – Variable lease payment that are based on 

an index or a rate; 

for transferring the promised goods or 
services to a customer;

 – Amounts expected to be payable by the 
lessee under residual value guarantees; 

 – The exercise price of a purchase option if 

the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise 
that option; and 

 – Payments of penalties for terminating the 
lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee 
exercising that option. 

In calculating the present value of lease 
payments, the Group uses its incremental 
borrowing rate at the lease commencement 
date because the interest rate implicit in the 
lease is generally not readily determinable. 

Subsequently, the lease liability is adjusted for 
interest and lease payments, as well as the 
impact of lease modifications, amongst others. 
Lease liabilities are presented as a separate 
line in the statement of financial position. 

The Group continues to account for the 
payments associated with short-term leases, 
leases of low-value assets and leases to 
explore for or use minerals and similar 
non-regenerative resources as an expense  
on a straight-line basis in profit or loss. 

Accounting policy applicable prior to 
1 January 2019
Leases where the lessor retains substantially 
all the risks and rewards of ownership are 
classified as operating leases. Payments 
made under operating leases (net of any 
incentives received from the lessor) are 
charged to profit or loss on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the lease.

2.15. Revenue recognition
To recognise revenue under IFRS 15, the 
Group applies the following five steps:

 – Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

 – Identify the separate performance 

obligations in the contract: Performance 
obligations are promises in a contract to 
transfer to a customer goods or services 
that are distinct;

 – Determine the transaction price: 

The transaction price is the amount of 
consideration to which the Group expects 
to be entitled in exchange for transferring 
promised goods or services to a customer. 
If the consideration promised in a contract 
includes a variable amount, the Group 
estimates the amount of consideration to 
which it expects to be entitled in exchange 

 – Allocate the transaction price to each 

performance obligation on the basis of the 
relative stand-alone selling prices of each 
distinct good or service promised in the 
contract; and

 – Recognise revenue when a performance 
obligation is satisfied by transferring a 
promised good or service to a customer 
(which is when the customer obtains control 
of that good or service). A performance 
obligation may be satisfied at a point in time 
or over time. For a performance obligation 
satisfied over time, the Group selects an 
appropriate measure of progress to 
determine how much revenue should be 
recognised as the performance obligation 
is satisfied.

Sales of gold and silver
The majority of the Group’s revenue is derived 
from the sale of refined gold. The sale of gold 
is classified as a single performance 
obligation and revenue is recognised at a 
point in time when control has passed to the 
customer, as specified in individual sales 
contracts. The sales price is determined with 
reference to LBMA fixing at the time of sale. 

Silver is a co-product of gold production. 
Sales of silver is recognised in revenue.  
Sales of silver is classified as a single 
performance obligation and revenue is 
recognised at a point in time when control  
has passed to the customer, as specified in 
individual sales contracts.

Other revenue
Other revenue is recognised as follows:

 – Engineering contracts: revenue under each 
engineering contract is classified as a single 
performance obligation and revenue is 
recognised over time based on percentage 
completion applied to the contract price; 

 – Flotation concentrate: the sale of flotation 

concentrate is classified as a single 
performance obligation and revenue is 
recognised at a point in time when control 
has passed to the customer, as specified in 
individual sales contracts; 

 – Sales of other goods represent the 

procurement of materials, consumables 
and equipment for third parties. Revenue 
from sales of other goods is classified as a 
single performance obligation and revenue 
is recognised at a point in time when control 
has passed to the customer; 

 – Other services: revenue from other  
services is classified as a single 
performance obligation and revenue is 
recognised over time during the term of  
the relevant contract; and 

 – Rental income is classified as a single 
performance obligation and revenue is 
recognised over time during the term of  
the relevant lease.

2.16. Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are generally expensed  
as incurred except where they relate to the 
financing of acquisition, construction or 
development of qualifying assets, which are 
mining projects under development that 
necessarily take a substantial period of time  
to get prepared for their intended use. 
Such borrowing costs are capitalised and 
added to mine development costs of the 
mining project when the decision is made to 
proceed with the development of the project 
and until such time when the project is 
substantially ready for its intended use (which 
is when commercial production is ready to 
commence) or if active development is 
suspended or ceases. 

To the extent that funds are borrowed to 
finance a specific mining project, borrowing 
costs capitalised represent the actual 
borrowing costs incurred. To the extent that 
funds are borrowed for the general purpose, 
borrowing costs capitalised are determined 
by applying the interest rate applicable to 
appropriate borrowings outstanding during 
the period to the average amount of capital 
expenditure incurred to develop the relevant 
mining project during the period.

2.17. Taxation
Tax expense for the period comprises current 
and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in profit or 
loss, except to the extent that it relates to 
items recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income or directly in equity. 
In this case, the tax is also recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income or 
directly in equity, respectively. 

Current tax is the tax expected to be payable 
on the taxable income for the year calculated 
using rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the reporting date. 
It includes adjustments for tax expected to  
be payable or recoverable in respect of 
previous periods.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  211

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Full provision is made for deferred taxation  
on all temporary differences existing at the 
reporting date with certain limited exceptions. 
Temporary differences are the difference 
between the carrying value of an asset or 
liability and its tax base. The main exceptions 
to this principle are as follows:

 – Tax payable on the future remittance of the 

past earnings of subsidiaries, associate and 
jointly controlled entities is provided for 
except where the Company is able to 
control the remittance of profits and it is 
probable that there will be no remittance in 
the foreseeable future;

 – Deferred tax is not provided on the initial 
recognition of goodwill or from the initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a 
transaction that does not affect accounting 
profit or taxable profit and is not a business 
combination; and

 – Deferred tax assets are recognised only to 
the extent that it is more likely than not that 
they will be recovered.

Deferred tax is provided in respect of fair  
value adjustments on acquisitions. These 
adjustments may relate to assets such as 
mining rights that, in general, are not eligible 
for income tax allowances. In such cases, the 
provision for deferred tax is based on the 
difference between the carrying value of the 
asset and its nil income tax base.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that 
are expected to apply in the period when the 
liability is settled or the asset is realised using 
tax rates that have been enacted, or 
substantively enacted. Deferred tax is 
charged or credited to profit or loss, except 
when it relates to items charged or credited 
directly to equity, in which case the deferred 
tax is also dealt within equity. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset 
when there is a legally enforceable right to 
set-off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities, when they relate to income taxes 
levied by the same taxation authority and the 
Group intends to settle its current tax assets 
and liabilities on a net basis.

212  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

3. Areas of judgement in applying 
accounting policies and key sources  
of estimation uncertainty

When preparing the consolidated financial 
statements in accordance with the accounting 
policies as set out in note 2, the Directors 
necessarily make judgements and estimates 
that can have a significant impact on the 
financial statements. These judgements  
and estimates are based on the Director’s  
best knowledge of the relevant facts and 
circumstances and previous experience. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates 
under different assumptions and conditions.

3.1. Critical accounting judgements
The following are the critical judgements, apart 
from those involving estimations (which are 
presented separately below), that the Directors 
have made in the process of applying the 
Group’s accounting policies and that have the 
most significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in these financial statements.

Significant influence over IRC and IRC 
classification 
As at 31 December 2019, the Group was the 
single largest shareholder of IRC, holding 
approximately 31.1% of IRC’s issued shares. 
The Group considers that it exercises 
significant influence over, but does not control, 
IRC such that its equity is accounted for as an 
investment in an associate, in accordance with 
IAS 28 “Investments in associates”. Significant 
influence is defined as the power to participate 
in the financial and operating policy decisions 
of the investee. If control were to exist, then IRC 
would be required to be consolidated as a 
subsidiary into the Group’s consolidated 
financial information.

In making this assessment, the Group also 
considered the definition of control under 
IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” 
being where an investor controls an investee 
when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable 
returns from its involvement with the investee 
and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power over the investee.

The factors considered included:

 – Relative shareholdings;

 – Shareholder voting rights;

 – Rights to nominate and appoint Directors 

and executive management of IRC;

 – Influence over the IRC Board and executive 

management; and 

 – Operational independence of IRC. 

After taking into account the aforementioned 
control factors in aggregate, it is considered 
that the Group does not exercise de facto 
control over IRC and IRC is not a subsidiary  
to the Group. 

On 18 March 2020, the Group announced a 
preliminary agreement to dispose of its 29.9% 
out of 31.1.% interest in IRC to Stocken Board 
AG for a cash consideration of US$10 million, 
subject to certain conditions precedent being 
met, including the release of the Group’s 
obligation to guarantee IRC’s external debt 
under the Gazprombank Facility (note 26). 
This was a non-adjusting event and the 
investment was not considered to be an asset 
held-for-sale under IFRS 5 “Non-current 
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued 
Operations” as at 31 December 2019.

Accordingly, accounting treatment applied to 
treat the Group’s investment in IRC is as an 
investment in associate in accordance with 
IAS 28 “Investments in associates”. 

At the 31 December 2019, the Group’s 
reviewed the carrying value of its 31.1% 
investment in IRC and concluded that, based 
on value-in-use calculations, a US$23.4 million 
impairment is required against the US$72.0 
million carrying value of investment in IRC  
(note 14). The non-adjusting post year end 
effects of COVID-19 and the significant decline 
in the oil price have contributed a significant 
depreciation of the Russian Rouble against  
the US Dollar exchange rate. The above, 
combined with an increase in iron ore price, 
would have a positive effect on the value in use 
of the IRC investment.

Valuation of financial guarantee contract
The Group has provided a guarantee over 
IRC’s external borrowings from Gazprombank, 
which was issued in March 2019. Details of the 
guarantee arrangements are set out in note 26. 

The Group made an accounting policy choice 
to recognise the guarantee asset and liability 
under the financial guarantee contract as one 
unit of account at nil fair value on inception. 
Subsequently, the guarantee asset is 
recognised on accruals basis and the 
guarantee liability is measured at the amount 
of the loss allowance for expected credit 
losses (ECL), as this was higher than the 
amount initially recognised less the 
cumulative amount of income recognised in 
accordance with the principles of IFRS 15.

In determining the amount of the loss 
allowance, the Group makes significant 
judgement with regards to whether the credit 
risk on the financial guarantee contract has 
increased significantly since initial recognition 
and whether the amount of the loss allowance 
is measured as a 12-month ECL or lifetime 
ECL in accordance with the IFRS 9 
Impairment Model.

In making the assessment whether the credit 
risk on the financial guarantee contract has 
increased significantly since initial recognition, 
the Group considered the following factors:

 – Changes in the cumulative probability of 

default; 

 – Changes in the calculated shadow credit 
rating of IRC using a Moody’s scorecard 
methodology;

 – Operational and financial performance of 
IRC during the period and future outlook; 

 – Compliance with debt service obligations 
and covenants under the Gazprombank 
Facility; 

 – Changes in the regulatory, economic, or 
technological environment of IRC; and

 – The impact of the IRC investment 

impairment of $23.4 million (note 14). 

After taking into account the aforementioned 
factors in aggregate, the Directors concluded 
that the credit risk on the financial guarantee 
contract has not increased significantly since 
initial recognition. Accordingly, the financial 
guarantee contract liability as at 31 December 
2019 was recognised in the amount of 
12-month ECL of US$8.9 million. 

The following methodologies and key input 
and assumptions were used to estimate the 
amount of the 12-month ECL:

 – Estimation of the total liability value using  

a number of valuation techniques 
incorporating an estimation of current market 
borrowing rates, as well as techniques 
considering the capital structure of IRC and 
future projections of the likelihood of default;

 – Information used in the valuation included 

factors relating to IRC performance 
mentioned in addition to equity market 
prices for IRC and Petropavlovsk and yields 
on comparable credit bonds in the mining 
industry; and 

 – The total liability value is used to derive a 

market implied annualised default rate over 
the life of the guarantee which is then 
applied to the balance over the next 
12 months to estimate the probability of 
default over this period and subsequent 
loss adjusted for assumed recovery.

Functional currency 
IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign 
Exchange Rates” defines functional currency 
as the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates. 
The Group therefore performs an analysis  
of the currencies in which each subsidiary 
primarily generates and expends cash. 
This involves an assessment of the currency 
in which sales are generated and operational 
and capital expenditures are incurred, and 
currency in which external borrowing costs 
are denominated. Management makes 
judgements in defining the functional currency 
of the Group’s subsidiaries based on 
economic substance of the transactions 
relevant to these entities. 

For each of the Group’s consolidated entities, 
management performed analysis of relevant 
factors that are indicators of functional 
currency and, based on the analysis 
performed, determined functional currency, 
accordingly. The Group concluded that  
the functional currency for each of the 
subsidiaries in Russia, except for its research 
institute Irgiredmet, is the US Dollar. 
Functional currency for Irgiredmet was 
concluded to be the Russian Rouble. 

Cash generating unit (“CGU”) 
determination and impairment 
indicators
The Group exercises judgement in 
determining the Groups individual CGUs 
based upon an assessment of the whether 
the cash inflows generated are capable of 
being separately identifiable and 
independent. This assessment considered 
whether there is an active market for the 
outputs of each significant element of the 
production process, including gold 
concentrate, and the Group’s CGUs were 
concluded to be Pioneer, Malomir and Albyn 
(note 4) with POX Hub facilities allocated 
between Pioneer and Malomir CGUs based 
on expected processing of flotation 
concentrate. Management also applies 
judgement in allocating assets that do not 
generate independent cash inflows to the 
Group’s CGUs. Any changes to CGU 
determinations would impact the carrying 
values of the respective CGUs.

The Group considers both external and 
internal sources of information in assessing 
whether there are any indications that its 
CGUs are impaired. External sources of 
information include changes in the market, 
economic and legal environment in which the 
Group operates that are not within its control. 
Internal sources of information include the 
manner in which mining assets and plant and 
equipment are being used or are expected to 
be used and indicators of economic 
performance of such assets. Judgement is 
therefore required to determine whether these 
updates represent significant changes in the 
recoverable amount of an asset or CGU, and 
are therefore indicators of impairment or 
impairment reversal. 

Advances from customers under gold 
sales contracts
The Group has entered into prepaid gold 
sales arrangements, which are settled solely 
through physical delivery and are priced 
based on the spot gold price, prevailing  
at the date of the respective shipment. 
The arrangements are considered to fall 
under IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts  
with Customers’ and the advances received 
represent contract liabilities included within 
Trade and other payables as Advances from 
customers rather than falling to be accounted 
under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ on which 
case it would presented within borrowings. 
As of 31 December 2019, the relevant 
contract liabilities amount to US$187.4 million  
(31 December 2018: US$163.8 million).  

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  213

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Taxation
The Group is subject to income tax in the UK, 
Russian Federation and Cyprus. 

Deferred tax liabilities are calculated on taxable 
temporary differences, being the difference 
between the tax and accounting base. 

Deferred tax assets, including those arising 
from unused tax losses carried forward for 
the future tax periods and deductible 
temporary differences, are recognised only 
when it is either probable that the future 
taxable profits will be available against which 
the unused tax losses can be utilised or there 
are sufficient taxable temporary differences. 

Assumptions about the generation of future 
taxable profits depend on management’s 
estimates of future cash flows. Judgements are 
also required about the application of income 
tax legislation. In addition, the functional 
currency for the subsidiaries in Russia is the  
US Dollar which gives rise to foreign exchange 
movements in relation to temporary differences 
and deferred tax (note 10). 

The aforementioned estimate and 
assumptions are subject to risk and 
uncertainty and there is a possibility that 
changes in circumstances will alter 
expectations, which may impact the amount 
of deferred tax recognised in the statement of 
financial position and the amount of other tax 
losses and temporary differences not yet 
recognised. In such circumstances, the 
carrying amount of recognised deferred tax 
assets may require adjustment, resulting in a 
corresponding charge or credit to profit or 
loss. In particular, if the Russian Rouble was 
10% weaker as at 31 December 2019, this 
would give rise to an additional US$17.9 
million deferred tax liability and corresponding 
increase to the tax charge for the year ended 
31 December 2019. 

Details of deferred tax disclosures are set out 
in note 21. 

 – Provisions for close down and restoration 

costs where changes in estimated reserves 
affect expectations about the timing of the 
payment of such costs (note 22); and 

 – Carrying value of deferred tax assets and 

liabilities (note 21) where changes in 
estimated reserves affect the carrying value 
of the relevant assets and liabilities. 

Impairment and impairment reversals 
The Group reviews the carrying values of 
property, plant and equipment to determine 
whether there is any indication that those 
assets are impaired. The recoverable amount 
of an asset, or cash-generating unit (‘CGU’), is 
measured as the higher of fair value less costs 
to sell and value in use.

The Group necessarily applies judgement  
in the determining the assumptions to be 
applied within the value in use calculations. 
The key assumptions which formed the basis 
of forecasting future cash flows and the value 
in use calculation are set out in note 6. 

Future changes to the key assumptions in  
the value in use calculation could impact the 
carrying value of the respective assets. 
The impairment assessments are sensitive  
to changes in commodity prices, foreign 
exchange rates and discount rates. Changes 
to these assumptions would result in changes 
to conclusions in relation to impairment, 
which could have a significant effect on the 
consolidated financial statements. Details of 
impairment and/or impairment reversals, 
together with a sensitivity analysis, in relation 
to the property, plant and equipment are set 
out in note 6. 

Valuation of convertible bonds 
The conversion option is a derivative financial 
liability measured at fair value whose valuation 
incorporates among other inputs the Group’s 
credit risk, implied credit spreads and historic 
share price volatility. The non-adjusting post 
year end effects of COVID-19 have resulted in 
a significant increase in the gold price that 
together with depreciation of the Russian 
Rouble, in which most of the Group’s 
operating expenses are denominated, have 
contributed to significant increase in the share 
price of the Company increasing the value of 
the convertible bond option liability.

3.2. Key sources of estimation 
uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the  
future, and other key sources of estimation 
uncertainty at the reporting period that may 
have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities within the next financial year, are 
discussed below.

Ore reserve estimates
The Group estimates its ore reserves and 
mineral resources based on the Australasian 
Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, 
Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves (the 
JORC Code) and the internally used Russian 
Classification System, adjusted to conform 
with the mining activity to be undertaken 
under the Group mining plan. Both the JORC 
Code and the Russian Classification System 
require the use of reasonable investment 
assumptions when reporting reserves, 
including future production estimates, 
expected future commodity prices and 
production cash costs. 

Ore reserve estimates are used in the 
calculation of depreciation of mining assets 
using a units of production method (note 13), 
impairment charges (note 6) and for 
forecasting the timing of the payment of close 
down and restoration costs (note 22). Also, for 
the purposes of impairment reviews and the 
assessment of life of mine for forecasting the 
timing of the payment of close down and 
restoration costs, the Group may take into 
account mineral resources in addition to ore 
reserves where there is a high degree of 
confidence that such resources will be 
extracted. 

Ore reserve estimates may change from 
period to period as additional geological data 
becomes available during the course of 
operations or economic assumptions used to 
estimate reserves change. Such changes in 
estimated reserves may affect the Group’s 
financial results and financial position in a 
number of ways, including the following:

 – Asset carrying values due to changes in 

estimated future cash flows (note 6);

 – Depreciation charged to profit or loss  

where such charges are determined by 
using a units of production method or 
where the useful economic lives of assets 
are determined with reference to the life of 
the mine; 

214  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

3.3. Other sources of estimation 
uncertainty

Exploration and evaluation costs 
The Group’s accounting policy for exploration 
and evaluation expenditure results in 
exploration and evaluation expenditure  
being capitalised for those projects where 
such expenditure is considered likely to be 
recoverable through future extraction activity 
or sale or where the exploration activities have 
not reached a stage which permits a 
reasonable assessment of the existence of 
reserves. This policy requires management to 
make certain estimates and assumptions as to 
future events and circumstances, in particular 
whether the Group will proceed with 
development based on existence of reserves 
or whether an economically viable extraction 
operation can be established. Such estimates 
and assumptions may change from period to 
period as new information becomes available. 
If, subsequent to the exploration and evaluation 
expenditure being capitalised, a judgement is 
made that recovery of the expenditure is 
unlikely or the project is to be abandoned,  
the relevant capitalised amount will be written 
off to profit or loss. Details of exploration and 
evaluation assets are set out in note 12. 

Deferred stripping costs 
Stripping costs are deferred and capitalised  
if they relate to gaining improved access to  
an identified component of an ore body to  
be mined in future periods. The capitalised 
amount is determined based on the volume  
of waste extracted, compared with expected 
ore volume in the identified component of  
the ore body. The identification of the 
components of a mine’s ore body is a critical 
estimate and is made by reference to the 
respective life of mine plan. Changes to the  
life of mine plan, including the life and design 
of a mine, may result in the capitalisation of 
production stripping costs or adjustments  
of the carrying value of stripping costs 
capitalised in previous periods. As a result, 
there could be significant adjustments to  
the amounts of deferred stripping costs 
capitalised. Details of deferred stripping  
costs capitalised are set out in note 13. 

Close down and restoration costs 
Costs associated with restoration and 
rehabilitation of mining sites are typical for 
extractive industries and are normally incurred 
at the end of the life of the mine. Provision is 
recognised for each mining site for such costs 
discounted to their net present value, as soon 
as the obligation to incur such costs arises. 
The costs are estimated on the basis of the 
scope of site restoration and rehabilitation 

activity in accordance with the mine closure 
plan and represent management’s best 
estimate of the expenditure that will be 
incurred. Estimates are reviewed annually  
as new information becomes available. 

The actual costs may be different from those 
estimated due to changes in relevant laws 
and regulations, changes in prices as well as 
changes to the restoration techniques. The 
actual timing of cash outflows may be also 
different from those estimated due to 
changes in the life of the mine as a result of 
changes in ore reserves or processing levels. 
As a result, there could be significant 
adjustments to the provision for close down 
and restoration costs established which 
would affect future financial results. 

Details of provision for close down and 
restoration costs are set out in note 22. 

Option to acquire non-controlling  
25% interest in the Group’s subsidiary 
LLC TEMI. 
In May 2019, the Group entered into the 
option contract to acquire the remaining 
non-controlling 25% interest in the subsidiary 
LLC TEMI (‘TEMI option’) from Agestinia 
Trading Limited, a holder of 25% non-
controlling interest in LLC TEMI, for an 
aggregate consideration of US$60 million 
(adjusted to US$53.5 million if certain 
conditions are met). LLC TEMI holds the 
licences for the Elginskoye Ore Field and 
Afanasievskaya Prospective Ore Area, which 
have substantial non-refractory gold reserves 
and resources, suitable for processing at the 
Albyn Plant. The estimate of the fair value of 
the option requires determination of the most 
appropriate inputs to the valuation model 
including expected volatility and making 
assumptions about them. The option fair 
value needs to be remeasured at the end  
of each reporting period up to the date of 
settlement. This requires a reassessment  
of the estimates used at the end of each 
reporting period. The Group employed an 
independent third-party expert to undertake 
the valuations of the underlying 25% interest 
in LLC TEMI and the TEMI option. The key 
inputs to determine the fair value of the call 
option are set out in notes 18 and 26. 
The non-adjusting post year end effects  
of COVID-19 have resulted in a significant 
increase in the gold price that together  
with depreciation of the Russian rouble,  
in which most of the Company’s costs are 
denominated, both have a positive effect  
on the valuation of the TEMI option.

4. Segment information 

The Group’s reportable segments under IFRS 
8, which are aligned with its operating locations, 
were determined to be Pioneer, Malomir and 
Albyn hard-rock gold mines which are engaged 
in gold and silver production as well as field 
exploration and mine development. With the 
closure of Pokrovskiy mine in 2018, as the site 
was transformed into a key component of the 
POX Hub, Pokrovskiy ceased being a 
reportable segment. POX Hub facilities are 
allocated between Pioneer and Malomir 
reportable segments based on the expected 
use by each segment.  

Corporate and Other segment amalgamates 
corporate administration, in-house geological 
exploration and construction and engineering 
expertise, engineering and scientific 
operations and other supporting in-house 
functions as well as various gold projects and 
other activities that do not meet the reportable 
segment criteria. 

Reportable segments are based on the  
internal reports provided to the Chief  
Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’) to  
evaluate segment performance, decide how  
to allocate resources and make other operating 
decisions and reflect the way the Group’s 
businesses are managed and reported. 

The financial performance of the segments  
is principally evaluated with reference to 
operating profit less foreign exchange 
impacts.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  215

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Pioneer 
US$’000

Malomir 
US$’000

Albyn 
US$’000

Corporate 
and other 
US$’000

Consolidated 
US$’000

223,193
464
–
45,970
(45,970)
223,657

(170,349)
(41,225)
–
42,755
(664)

101
(169,382)
–
54,275

239,365
267
–
537
(537)
239,632

(135,427)
(46,549)
–
–
(517)

(243)
(182,736)
–
56,896

229,139
146
–
4,493
(4,493)
229,285

(80,017)
(48,144)
–
–
3,959

–
(124,202)
–
105,083

–
–
49,015
145,326
(145,326)
49,015

(48,745)
(1,857)
(52,527)
9,404
–

–
(93,725)
(35,376)
(80,086)

629,169

705,230

315,152

199,578

(185,883)

(157,335)

(23,065)

(128,204)

691,697
877
49,015
196,326
(196,326)
741,589

(434,538)
(137,775)
(52,527)
52,159
2,778

(142)
(570,045)
(35,376) 
136,168
(20,808)
115,360
30,797
8,826 
(59,854)
(42,190) 
(27,246)
25,693
1,849,129

(494,487)
(112,566)
2,914
(609,463)
635,527

691
34,945
14,454
19,058
2,910

–
24,840
12,653
6,087
1,284

8,350
22,009
–
1,435
1,442

1,095
18,362
–
–
3,345

10,136
100,156
27,107
26,580
8,981

4. Segment information  continued

2019
Revenue
Gold (a)
Silver 
Other external revenue
Inter segment revenue
Intra group eliminations
Total Group revenue from external customers
Operating expenses and income 
Operating cash costs 
Depreciation 
Central administration expenses 
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and in-house service
(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of ore stockpiles

Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of gold in circuit
Total operating expenses (b)
Share of results of associates
Segment result
Foreign exchange losses
Operating profit
Net impairment reversals on financial instruments 
Investment and other finance income 
Interest expense 
Net other finance losses
Taxation
Profit for the year 
Segment assets

Segment liabilities
Deferred tax – net
Unallocated cash
Borrowings
Net assets
Other segment information
Additions to non-current assets:

Exploration and evaluation expenditure 
Capital Expenditure
Capitalised Stripping
Other items capitalised (c)
Average number of employees 

(a)  Net of US$(31.5) million net of cash settlement paid by the Group for realised cash flow hedges.

(b) Operating expenses excluding foreign exchange losses (note 6).

(c)  Interest and close down and restoration costs capitalised (note 13).

216  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

4. Segment information  continued

2018
Revenue
Gold (d)
Silver 
Flotation concentrate
Other external revenue
Inter segment revenue
Intra group eliminations
Total Group revenue from external customers
Operating expenses and income 
Operating cash costs (e)
Depreciation 
Central administration expenses 
Reversal of impairment of mining assets
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
Impairment of ore stockpiles

Impairment of gold in circuit
Total operating expenses (f)
Share of results of associates
Segment result
Foreign exchange gains
Operating profit
Net impairment losses on financial instruments
Investment and other finance income
Interest expense
Net other finance gains
Taxation
Profit for the year
Segment assets

Segment liabilities
Deferred tax – net
Unallocated cash
Loans granted to associate
Borrowings
Net assets
Other segment information
Additions to non-current assets:

Exploration and evaluation expenditure 
Capital Expenditure
Capitalised Stripping
Other items capitalised (g)
Average number of employees 

(d) Net of US$(3.4) million net of cash settlement paid by the Group for realised cash flow hedges.

(e)  Operating cash costs of Malomir include cost of flotation concentrate sold US$2.6 million.

(f)  Operating expenses excluding foreign exchange losses (note 6).

(g) Interest and close down and restoration costs capitalised (note 13).

171,023
591
–
–
524
(524)
171,614

(107,549)
(37,899)
–
–
–
–

(1,415)
(146,863)
–
24,751

437,203

(66,689)

1,092
50,277
22,887
28,789
2,711

Pioneer 
US$’000

Pokrovskiy 
US$’000

Malomir 
US$’000

Albyn 
US$’000

Corporate 
and other 
US$’000

Consolidated 
US$’000

8,173
29
–
–
–
–
8,202

(8,667)
(681)
–
–
–
–

(17)
(9,365)
–
(1,163)

98,343
61
3,202
–
807
(807)
101,606

(53,279)
(33,335)
–
82,958
(12,192)
(309)

(536)
(16,693)
–
84,913

189,135
160
–
–
5
(5)
189,295

(84,471)
 (69,643)
–
–
–
(17,712)

(157)
(171,983)
–
17,312

–
–
–
29,058
170,916
(170,916)
29,058

(31,286)
(445)
(39,195)
18,737
–
–

–
(52,189)
15,480
(7,651)

466,674
841
3,202
29,058
172,252
(172,252)
499,775

(285,252)
(142,003)
(39,195)
101,695
(12,192)
(18,021)

(2,125)
(397,093)
15,480
118,162
8,450
126,612
(28,634)
3,775
(29,520)
10,185
(56,489)
25,929
1,575,776

(326,336)
(113,354)
8,473
50,966
(594,177)
601,348

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

630,918

319,139

188,516

(75,876)

(100,569)

(83,202)

1,090
59,879
11,529
5,130
1,138

971
14,539
12,572
(115)
1,485

–
2,558
–
–
3,347

3,153
127,253
46,988
33,804
8,681

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  217

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

4. Segment information  continued

Entity wide disclosures
Revenue by geographical location (a)

Russia and CIS
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
Switzerland
Other

(a)  Based on the location to which the product is shipped or in which the services are provided.

Non-current assets by location of asset (b)

Russia
Other

(b) Excluding financial instruments and deferred tax assets. 

2019 
US$’000
678,348
44,975
17,898
368
741,589

2018 
US$’000
499,716
–
–
59
499,775

2019 
US$’000
1,371,358
1,113
1,372,471

2018 
(restated) 
US$’000
1,329,660
50
1,329,710

Information about major customers
During the years ended 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 the Group generated revenues from the sales of gold to banks. Included in 
gold sales revenue for the year ended 31 December 2019 are revenues of US$647 million which arose from sales of gold to two bank groups that 
individually accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue, namely US$518 million to Gazprombank and US$129 million to Sberbank group 
(2018: US$451 million which arose from sales of gold to two banks that individually accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue, namely 
US$368 million to Sberbank of Russia and US$83 million to Gazprombank). The proportion of Group revenue of each bank may vary from year to 
year depending on commercial terms agreed with each bank. Management considers there is no major customer concentration risk due to high 
liquidity inherent to gold as a commodity. 

5. Group revenue

Sales of goods:
  Gold
  Silver
  Flotation concentrate
  Other goods
Rendering of services:
  Engineering and construction contracts
  Other services
  Rental income

Timing of revenue recognition:

At a point in time
Over time

218  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

691,697
877
–
33,395

12,535
2,347
738
741,589

466,674
841
3,202
14,603

11,653
2,136
666
499,775

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

725,969
15,620
741,589

485,320
14,455
499,775

 
 
 
 
 
 
6. Operating expenses 

Net operating expenses (a)
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and in-house service (a)
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets (a)
(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of ore stockpiles (a)
Impairment of gold in circuit
Central administration expenses (a)
Foreign exchange losses/(gains)

(a)  As set out below. 

Net operating expenses

Depreciation
Staff costs
Materials
Flotation concentrate purchased
Fuel
External services 
Mining tax charge/(credit)
Electricity
Smelting and transportation costs
Movement in ore stockpiles, work in progress, bullion in process, limestone and flotation concentrate attributable to gold 
production 
Taxes other than income 
Insurance
Rental fee
Provision for impairment of trade and other receivables 
Bank charges
Repair and maintenance
Security services
Travel expenses
Goods for resale
Other operating expenses 

2019 
US$’000
572,313
(52,159)
–
(2,778)
142
52,527
20,808
590,853

2019 
US$’000
137,775
97,615
91,004
74,010
43,612
46,392
15,917
34,118
858

(34,156)
7,706
8,437
3,194
2,021
876
6,896
4,503
2,902
19,471
9,162
572,313

2018 
US$’000
 427,255 
(101,695)
 12,192 
 18,021 
 2,125 
 39,195 
(8,450) 
 388,643 

2018 
US$’000
142,003 
 71,648 
 89,465 
–
40,077
19,140 
 (131) 
 26,001 
365 

(8,632) 
 6,418 
 7,168 
 2,034 
 1,435 
 414 
5,400
3,892
2,955
 11,200 
6,403 
 427,255 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  219

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

6. Operating expenses continued

Central administration expenses

Staff costs 
Professional fees 
Insurance 
Rental fee
Business travel expenses
Office costs

Other 

2019 
US$’000
33,466
1,771
797
481
2,000
832

13,180
52,527

2018 
US$’000
 25,366 
 5,531 
 616 
 1,723 
 1,541 
 589 

 3,829 
 39,195 

Impairment charges
Impairment of mining assets 
The Group undertook a review of impairment 
indicators and impairment reversal indicators of 
the tangible assets attributable to its gold mining 
projects and supporting in-house service 
companies. Detailed calculations of recoverable 
amounts, which are value-in-use calculations 
based on discounted cash flows, were 
prepared which concluded no impairment was 
required as at 31 December 2019 and 2018.

Having considered the excess of estimated 
recoverable amounts over the carrying values 
of the associated assets on the statement of 
financial position as at 31 December 2019 and 
taking into consideration removed uncertainty 
connected with the timing of the final 
construction and performance of the POX hub, 
the Directors concluded on the following: 

 – A reversal of impairment previously 

recorded against the carrying value of the 
assets that are part of the Pioneer CGU 
would be appropriate. Accordingly, a 
pre-tax impairment reversal of US$43.5 
million (being a post-tax impairment reversal 
of US$34.8 million) has been recorded 
against the associated assets within 
property, plant and equipment. The 
aforementioned impairment reversal takes 
into consideration the effect of depreciation 
attributable to relevant mining assets and 
intra-group transfers of previously impaired 
assets to Pioneer. 

 – A further reversal of impairment previously 
recorded against the carrying value of the 
assets of the supporting in-house service 
companies would be appropriate. 
Accordingly, a pre-tax impairment reversal  

of US$9.4 million (being a post-tax impairment 
reversal of US$7.8 million) has been recorded 
against the associated assets within property, 
plant and equipment. The aforementioned 
impairment reversal takes into consideration 
the effect of depreciation attributable to 
relevant assets and intra-group transfers of 
previously impaired assets.

 As at 31 December 2018, the Group 
recognised US$83.0 million (US$66.4 million 
post-tax) reversal of impairment previously 
recorded against the carrying value of the 
assets of the Malomir CGU and 
US$18.7 million (US$15.2 million post-tax) 
reversal of impairment previously recorded 
against the carrying value of the assets of the 
supporting in-house service companies to 
extent of the headroom available at Malomir 
and Albyn CGUs.

The key assumptions which formed the basis of forecasting future cash flows and the value in use calculation are set out below:

Long-term real gold price
Discount rate (a)
RUB : US$ exchange rate

(a)  Being the post-tax real weighted average cost of capital, equivalent to a nominal pre-tax discount rate of 9.8% (2018: 12.5%).

Year ended 
31 December 2019
US$1,400/oz
7.0%

Year ended 
31 December 2018
US$1,300/oz
8.5%
RUB65.8 : US$1 RUB67.0 : US$1

With all other assumptions being constant, changes to the aforementioned key assumptions could potentially result in impairment of certain 
mining assets as set out below.

Long-term real gold price
Discount rate 
RUB : US$ exchange rate

(a)  In relation to Pioneer and Malomir CGUs. 

220  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

US$1,260/oz
8.0%
RUB60 : US$1

Potential impairment (a)
US$109 million
–
US$4 million

6. Operating expenses  continued

Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
The Group performed a review of its exploration and evaluation assets and concluded no impairment was required as at 31 December 2019  
(31 December 2018: the Group performed a review of its exploration and evaluation assets and concluded to suspend exploration at the Flanks  
of Malomir and surrender the relevant licences. An aggregate impairment charge of US$12.2 million was recorded against associated exploration 
and evaluation assets during the year ended 31 December 2018). 

As at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018, all exploration and evaluation assets in the statement of financial position related to the areas 
adjacent to the existing mines (note 12). 

Impairment of ore stockpiles
The Group assessed the recoverability of the carrying value of ore stockpiles and recorded impairment charges/reversals of impairment as set out below: 

Year ended 31 December 2019

Year ended 31 December 2018

Pre-tax 
impairment 
charge
US$’000
664
517
(3,959)
(2,778)

Taxation
US$’000
(133)
(88)
673
452

Post-tax 
impairment 
charge
US$’000
531
429
(3,286)
(2,326)

Pre-tax 
impairment 
charge
US$’000
–
309
17,712
18,021

Taxation
US$’000
–
(62)
(3,011)
(3,073)

Post-tax 
impairment 
charge
US$’000
–
247
14,701
14,948

Pioneer
Malomir 
Albyn

7. Auditor’s remuneration 

The Group, including its overseas subsidiaries, obtained the following services from the Company’s auditor and their associate:

Audit fees and related fees 
Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the annual audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and their associate for other services to the Group:

For the audit of the Company's subsidiaries as part of the audit of the consolidated financial statements
For the audit of subsidiary statutory accounts pursuant to legislation (a)

Non-audit fees
Other services pursuant to legislation – interim review
Fees for reporting accountants services (b)

(a)  Including the statutory audit of subsidiaries in the UK and Cyprus. 

(b) Fees payable in relation to the circular for the ICBC guarantee restructuring  (notes 26). 

8. Staff costs 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs
Pension costs
Share-based compensation

Average number of employees

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

1,021

351
84
1,456

337
400
737

803

320
65
1,188

273
900
1,173

2019 
US$’000
103,728
26,952
121
280
131,081

2018 
US$’000
80,090
20,855
115
416
101,476

8,981

8,681

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  221

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

9. Financial income and expenses and impairment of financial instruments 

Net impairment reversals/(impairment losses) on financial instruments
Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of financial assets (a)
Financial guarantee contract (b)

Investment and other finance income
Interest income
Guarantee fee income (c)

Interest expense
Bank loans 
Notes
Convertible bonds
Prepayment on gold sale agreements 
Lease liabilities

Interest capitalised
Unwinding of discount on environmental obligation

Net other finance (losses)/gains
Fair value (loss)/gain on the conversion option (e)
Loss on repurchase of the Existing Bonds (g)
Fair value gain/(loss) on the guarantee receivable (f)
Fair value loss on the call option over non-controlling interests (d)
Fair value (loss)/gain on other derivative financial instruments 
Fair value (loss)/gain on listed equity investments
Gain on lease modification

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

2,333
28,464
30,797

3,216
5,610
8,826

–
(41,995)
(12,984)
(16,019)
(593)
(71,591)
12,287
(550)
(59,854)

(31,127)
(11,211)
3,607
(1,978)
(1,345)
(302)
166
(42,190)

(3,163)
(25,471)
(28,634)

3,775
–
3,775

(1,083)
(41,886)
(12,579)
(7,213)
–
(62,761)
33,666
(425)
(29,520)

11,700
–
(3,720)
–
1,961
244
–
10,185

(a)  Including US$3.2 million reversal (2018: US$3.2 million recognition) of ECL in relation to loans granted to IRC (note 26).

(b) 2019: US$28.5 million gain, being net of: 

–  Recognition of US$8.9 million guarantee contract liability under Gazprombank guarantee arrangements as at 31 December 2019 in the amount of 12-month ECL; and 

–  De-recognition of US$(37.4) million guarantee contract liability previously recognised under ICBC guarantee arrangements in the amount of the lifetime ECL following termination of the ICBC Facility 

Agreement.

The determination of the Group’s US$8.9 million guarantee liability as at 31 December 2019 relies upon the critical judgement as to whether there has been a significant increase in IRC’s credit risk from March 
2019 to December 2019 (see the IRC guarantee critical judgement disclosed in note 3.1). Management have determined that there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since March 2019 and 
therefore the guarantee liability is measured in the amount of 12-month ECL. This is in contrast to the ICBC guarantee which was measured int eh amount of the lifetime ECL as there had previously been a 
significant increase in credit risk for that guarantee since 2010. This difference in measurement has resulted in the US$28.5 million net accounting gain. 

2018: US$25.5 million loss, being an increase in provision under ICBC guarantee arrangements from the 12-month ECL to the lifetime ECL as set out above. 

Further details on the financial guarantee contracts are set out in note 26. 

(c)  Guarantee fee income under Gazprombank Guarantee arrangements (note 26).

(d) Result of re-measurement of the TEMI option to fair value  (notes 18 and 26). 

(e)  Result of re-measurement of the conversion option to fair value (notes 18 and 20). 

(f)  Result of re-measurement of receivable from IRC under ICBC Guarantee arrangements to fair value, including US$0.7 million guarantee fee income (2018: result of re-measurement of receivable from IRC 

under ICBC guarantee arrangements to fair value, net of US$4.0 million guarantee fee income) (note 26). 

(g)  US$100 million convertible bonds due 2020 (the ‘Existing Bonds’): difference  between the US$108 million paid to fund the Repurchase Price and the carrying value of the Existing Bonds at redemption (note 20). 

222  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
 
 
 
10. Taxation 

Current tax
Russian current tax

Deferred tax
(Reversal)/origination of timing differences (a)
Total tax charge

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

29,660
29,660

(2,414)
27,246

19,861
19,861

36,628
56,489

(a)  Including effect of foreign exchange movements in respect of deductible temporary differences of US$(20.4) million (year ended 31 December 2018: US$30.6 million) which primarily arises as the tax base for a 
significant portion of the future taxable deductions in relation to the Group’s property, plant and equipment are denominated in Russian Rouble whilst the future depreciation charges associated with these 
assets will be based on their US Dollar carrying value and reflects the movements in the Russian Rouble to the US Dollar exchange rate.

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit before tax per the statement of profit or loss as follows:

Profit before tax 
Less: share of results of associate
Profit before tax (excluding associate)

Tax on profit (excluding associate) at the Russian corporation tax rate of 20% (2018: 20%) 
Effect of the reduced corporation tax rate (a)
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions
Tax effect of expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes (b)
Tax effect of tax losses for which no deferred income tax asset was recognised (c)
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses
Foreign exchange movements in respect of deductible temporary differences (d)
Income not subject to tax (e)
Other adjustments(f) 
Tax charge

2019 
US$’000
52,939
35,376
88,315

17,663
(4,813)
1,239
7,681
11,967
(124)
(20,424)
–
14,057
27,246

2018 
US$’000
82,418
(15,480)
66,938

13,387
(354)
1,161
1,191
17,055
(442)
30,618
(2,209)
(3,918)
56,489

(a)  Under the Russian Federal Law 144-FZ dated 23 May 2016 taxpayers who are participants to the Regional Investment Projects (“RIP”) have the right to apply the reduced corporation tax rate over the period 
until 2027, subject to eligibility criteria. In 2019 and 2018, LLC Albynskiy Rudnik has received tax relief as a RIP participant and was entitled to the reduced statutory corporation tax rate of 17%. In 2019 LLC 
Malomirskiy Rudnik has received tax relief as a RIP participant and was entitled to the reduced statutory corporation tax rate of 17%. 

(b) Primarily relate to fair value loss on re-measurement of the conversion option of the Convertible Bonds (note 9).

(c)  Primarily relate to interest expense incurred in the UK and loss on repurchase of the Existing Bonds (note 9) (2018: primarily relate to interest expense and central administration expenses incurred in the UK 

and loss on fair value change on financial guarantee fee).

(d) Foreign exchange movements primarily arise as the tax base for a significant portion of the future taxable deductions in relation to the Group’s property, plant and equipment are denominated in Russian 

Rouble whilst the future depreciation charges associated with these assets will be based on their US Dollar carrying value and reflects the movements in the Russian Rouble to the US Dollar exchange rate.

(e)  2018: Primarily relate to the fair value gain on re-measurement of the conversion option of the Convertible Bonds (note 9).

(f) 2019: Other adjustments primarily relate to Russian withholding tax on intercompany dividends and dividend income treated as not exempt from UK corporation tax under s.931R Corporation Tax Act 2009.

Tax laws, regulations and court practice applicable to the Group are complex and subject to frequent change, varying interpretations and inconsistent 
and selective enforcement. There are a number of practical uncertainties associated with the application of relevant tax legislation and there is a risk  
of tax authorities making arbitrary judgements of business activities. If a particular treatment, based on management’s judgement of the Group’s 
business activities, was to be challenged by the tax authorities, the Group may be subject to tax claims and exposures. Management has calculated  
a total exposure (including taxes and respective interest and penalties) estimated to be US$10.5 million (2018: US$8.3 million) of contingent liabilities, 
including US$4.8 million (2018:US$nil) in respect of income tax and US$5.7 million (2018: US$8.3 million) in respect of other taxes.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  223

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

11. Earnings per share

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of Petropavlovsk PLC
Interest expense on convertible bonds (a)
Profit used to determine diluted earnings per share

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares
Adjustments for dilutive potential Ordinary Shares (a)
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for diluted earnings per share

Basic profit per share
Diluted profit per share

2019 
US$’000

26,883
–
26,883

2018 
US$’000

24,493
– 
24,493

No of shares
3,309,193,559
–
3,309,193,559

No of shares
3,305,069,755
– 
3,305,069,755

US$
0.01
0.01

US$
0.01
0.01

(a)  Convertible bonds which could potentially dilute basic profit per ordinary share in the future are not included in the calculation of diluted profit per share because they were anti-dilutive for the years ended 31 

December 2019 and 31 December 2018.

12. Exploration and evaluation assets

At 1 January 2019
Additions
Reallocation and other transfers
Transfer to mining assets
At 31 December 2019

Flanks of  
Pioneer
US$’000
6,919
691
(66)
–
7,544

(a)   Amounts capitalised in respect of acquisition of subsidiaries and exploration LLC “Vostok Geologiya”LLC “Perspectiva DV”. 

At 1 January 2018
Additions
Impairment (b)
Transfer to mining assets (c)
At 31 December 2018

(b) Note 6.

Flanks of  
Pioneer
US$’000
5,827
1,092
–
–
6,919

Flanks of 
Albyn
US$’000
34,076
971
–
–
35,047

Flanks of 
Albyn
US$’000
35,047
8,350
–
–
43,397

Flanks of 
Malomir
US$’000
12,192
–
(12,192)
–
–

Other (a)

US$’000
1,149
1,095
–
(62)
2,182

Other
US$’000
1,423
1,090
–
(1,364)
1,149

Total 
US$’000
43,115
10,136
(66)
(62)
53,123

Total 
US$’000
53,518
3,153
(12,192)
(1,364)
43,115

(c)  Amounts capitalised in respect of limestone, an essential reagent the pressure oxidation process, and underground water deposits to be used for the POX Hub operations. 

224  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

13. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 2018 (restated) (i)
Additions (a) (restated)
Interest capitalised (b)
Close down and restoration cost capitalised (note 22)
Transfer from exploration and evaluation assets (note 12)
Transfers from capital construction in progress (c) 
Disposals (e) 
Disposals of subsidiaries
Reallocation and other transfers
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December 2018 (f) (restated)
Recognition of right-of-use assets at the transition date according to IFRS 16
At 1 January 2019 after transition
Additions (a)
Interest capitalised (b)
Close down and restoration cost capitalised (note 22)
Transfer from exploration and evaluation assets (note 12)
Transfers from capital construction in progress (c) 
Disposals (e) 
Reallocation and other transfers
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December 2019 (f)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2018 
Charge for the year (restated) (i)
Disposals
Disposals of subsidiaries
Reallocation and other transfers
Reversal of impairment (note 6)
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December 2018 (restated)
Charge for the year
Disposals
Reallocation and other transfers
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and in-house service (note 6)
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December 2019
Net book value 
At 31 December 2018 (h) (restated)
At 31 December 2019 (h)

Mining assets 
US$’000

Non-mining 
assets
US$’000 (g)

Capital 
construction in

progress (d)
US$’000

Total  
US$’000

1,911,549
98,697
–
138
1,364
108,479
(53,744)
(7,400)
(1,325)
–
2,057,758
–
2,057,758
67,691
–
14,293
62
390,540
(21,148)
80
–
2,509,276

1,340,968
140,345
(52,818)
(7,400)
(352)
(82,958)
–
1,337,785
135,265
(20,355)
(4,843)
(42,755)
–
1,405,097

719,973
1,104,179

178,466
2,730
–
–
–
582
(4,526)
–
(41)
(4,407)
172,804
1,739
174,543
24,427
–
–
–
815
(7,718)
(271)
2,719
194,515

158,254
2,016
(4,410)
–
(23)
(18,737)
(3,479)
133,621
3,386
(6,158)
4,696
(8,013)
2,084
129,616

39,183
64,899

388,032
72,814
33,666
–
–
(109,061)
(3)
–
988
(21)
386,415
–
386,415
33,406
12,287
–
–
(391,355)
(50)
–
36
40,739

1,511
–
–
–
(3)
–
–
1,508
–
(7)
(110)
(1,391)
–
–

2,478,047
174,241
33,666
138
1,364
–
(58,273)
(7,400)
(378)
(4,428)
2,616,977
1,739
2,618,716
125,524
12,287
14,293
62
–
(28,916)
(191)
2,755
2,744,530

1,500,733
142,361
(57,228)
(7,400)
(378)
(101,695)
(3,479)
1,472,914
138,651
(26,520)
(257)
(52,159)
2,084
1,534,713

384,907
40,739

1,144,063
1,209,817

(a)  Including US$27.2 million stripping cost capitalised (31 December 2018: US$47.0 million). 

(b) Borrowing costs were capitalised at the weighted average rate of the Group’s relevant borrowings being 9.1% (2018: 9.3%).

(c)  Being costs primarily associated with c the POX hub project and the Malomir flotation plant.  

(d) Capital construction in progress includes US$8.9 million costs associated with the POX Hub project (31 December 2018: US$345.8 million). 

(e)  Including US$13.8 million of fully depreciated fleet that is not suitable for future use due to wear and tear, US$7.5 million disposals of mining fleet due to derecognition of the replaced part (31 December 2018: 
US$18.1 million of fully depreciated mining fleet that is not suitable for future use due to wear and tear and US$8.1million disposals of mining fleet due to derecognition of the replaced part, US$19.1 million 
disposals associated with expected closure of Pokrovskiy mine as the site is being transformed into a key component of the POX Hub, US$5.8 million disposal of road due to the lack of need for further use). 

(f)  Including US$485.2 million of fully depreciated property, plant and equipment (31 December 2018: US$400.8 million).

(g) Corporate administration and in-house support function, including right-of-use assets. For the movement in the right-of-use assets during the period see note 23.

(h)  Including US$41.9 million net book value of capitalized stripping cost (31 December 2018: US$47.0 million). 

(i) See note 2 for details regarding the restatement, resulting in US$39.8 million included in depreciation charge for 2018

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  225

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

14. Investment in associate

IRC Limited (‘IRC’)

Summarised financial information for the associate that is material to the Group is set out below.

Non-current assets
Exploration and evaluation assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other non-current assets

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets 

Current liabilities
Borrowings (a), (b)
Other current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings (a), (b)
Other non-current liabilities 

Net assets

(a)  31 December 2019: Gazprombank Facility. 

2019 
US$’000
48,680
48,680

2018 
US$’000
85,140
85,140

IRC 
 2019
US$’000

IRC 
 2018
US$’000

19,877
522,640
14,859
557,376

4,292
46,106
50,398

(20,703)
(80,288)
(100,991)

(201,204)
(27,578)
(228,782)
278,001

19,497
533,446
15,185
568,128

7,637
34,195
41,832

(111,954)
(55,080)
(167,034)

(100,915)
(22,501)
(123,416)
319,510

  On 18 December 2018, IRC entered into two facility agreements for a loan in aggregate of US$240 million (the “Gazprombank Facility”). The Gazprombank Facility will mature in 2026 and consists of two 
tranches. The principal under the first tranche amounts to US$160 million with interest being charged at the London Inter-bank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) + 5.7% per annum and is repayable in equal quarterly 
payments during the term of the Gazprombank Facility, the final payment in December 2026. The principal under the second tranche amounts to US$80 million with interest being charged at LIBOR + 7.7% per 
annum and is repayable in full at the end of the term, in December 2026. Interest charged on the drawn down amounts under the two tranches is payable in equal quarterly payments during the term of the 
Gazprombank Facility.

  As at 31 December 2019, the entire facility amount of US$240 million has been fully drawn down. 

The Gazprombank Facility is secured by (i) IRC’s property, plant and equipment with net book value of US$27 million, (ii) 100% equity share of Kapucius Services Limited in LLC KS GOK and (iii) a guarantee 
from the Company. Please refer to the note 26 for the details on the guarantee arrangements. The Gazprombank Facility is also subject to certain financial covenants and requirements. 

(b) 31 December 2018: including US$158.8 million under ICBC Facility and loans provided by the Group (note 26) in the equivalent of US$54.0 million. On 19 March 2019, IRC repaid the outstanding loan 

principal and interest under ICBC Facility in full and terminated the ICBC facility Agreement (the outstanding loan principal under ICBC Facility was US$169.6 million as at 31 December 2018). 

226  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
14. Investment in associate  continued

Revenue
Net operating (expenses)/ income
Including:
  Depreciation
  Reversal of impairment of mining assets 
  Foreign exchange (losses)/gains
Impairment of financial assets 
Investment income 
Interest expense 
Taxation
(Loss)/profit for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive (loss)/profit

Group’s share %
Group’s share in (loss)/profit for the year
Impairment of investment in associate 
Share of results of associate 

IRC
Year ended
31 December 
2019
US$’000
177,164
(178,653)

IRC
Year ended
31 December 
2018
US$’000
151,549
(53,876)

(28,504)
–
(6,181)
–
83
(40,421)
3,157
(38,670)
(3,483)
(42,153)

31.1%
(12,026)
(23,350)
(35,376)

(21,208)
90,483
4,554
(7,741)
82
(21,679)
(130)
68,205
(1,057)
67,148

31.1%
21,210
(5,730)
15,480

Impairment of investment in associate
The Group undertook a review of impairment indicators of its investment in IRC. Detailed calculations of recoverable amounts, which are 
value-in-use calculations based on discounted cash flows, were prepared which concluded a US$23.4 million impairment was required as  
at 31 December 2019 and recorded accordingly (31 December 2018: US$5.7 million impairment was required and recorded accordingly).  
The key assumptions which formed the basis of forecasting future cash flows and the value in use calculation as at 31 December 2019 were real 
long-term 62% iron ore price of US$65.8 per dry metric tonne and discount rate, being the post-tax real weighted average cost of capital, of 10%.

On 18 March 2020, the Group announced a preliminary agreement to dispose of its 29.9% out of 31.1.% interest in IRC as set out in note 31.

15. Inventories

Current
Construction materials 
Stores and spares
Ore in stockpiles (a), (b)
Gold in circuit
Bullion in process
Flotation concentrate
Other

Non-current
Ore in stockpiles (a), (b), (c)

(a)  As at 31 December 2019, ore in stockpiles include balances in the aggregate of US$0.1 million carried at net realisable value (2018: US$10.1 million).

(b) For details of ore stockpile impairments see note 6.

(c)  Ore in stockpiles that is not planned to be processed within twelve months after the reporting period

2019 
US$’000

6,600
86,985
68,479
37,740
4,732
97,932
5,305
307,773

60,257
60,257

2018 
 (restated) 
US$’000

6,267
69,082
36,395
16,751
606
25,654
4,101
158,856

56,805
56,805

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  227

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

16. Trade and other receivables

Current
VAT recoverable
Advances to suppliers 
Prepayments for property, plant and equipment
Trade receivables (a)
Contract assets 
Guarantee fee receivable (b)
Other debtors (c)

Non-current
Other

(a)  Net of provision for impairment of US$1.2 million (2018: US$0.9 million). Trade receivables are generally settled in less than three months.

(b) Please refer to notes 14 and 26 for the details of ICBC and Gazprombank guarantee arrangements. 

(c)  Net of provision for impairment of US$1.7 million (2018: US$1.1 million). 

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

17. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand
Short-term bank deposits

(a) Including US$1.1 million of restricted bank deposit as at 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: US$nil).

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

51,499
10,513
9,216
10,254
2,856
9,417
12,220
105,975

556
556

20,474
5,919
7,233
13,389
3,307
6,829
9,590
66,741

547
547

2019 
US$’000
14,181
33,972 (a)
48,153

2018 
US$’000
10,682
15,470
26,152

228  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

18. Derivative financial instruments

Current
Forward gold contracts – cash flow hedge (a), (b), (c)
Call Option over the Company’s shares (d)
Other

Non-current
Conversion option (e), (f)
Call option over non-controlling interests (g), (h), (i)

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

Assets
US$’000

Liabilities
US$’000

Assets
US$’000

Liabilities
US$’000

–
–
–

–
11,022
11,022

–
–
(266)
(266)

(46,313)
–
(46,313)

–
–
–

–
–
–

(8,819)
(1,136)
– 
(9,955)

(2,411) 
–
(2,411)

(a)  No forward contracts to sell gold are outstanding as at 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: 200,000 ounces of gold at an average price of US$1,252 per ounce). 

(b) Measured at fair value and considered as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy which valuation incorporates the following inputs: 

–  Gold forward curves observable at quoted intervals; and 
–  Observable credit spreads.

(c)  The hedged forecast transactions were expected to occur at various dates during the period to December 2019. 

Gain and losses recognised in the hedging reserve in equity as at the reporting date are recognised in the statement of profit or loss in the periods during which the hedged gold sale transactions occur. There was no 
ineffectiveness to be recorded from the cash flow hedge during the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018.

(d) Cash settled call option issued in relation to 3.6 per cent. of the outstanding aggregate ordinary share capital in the Company exercisable between December 2018 and June 2019 at strike price of £0.068 and 

exercised during year ended 31 December 2019 resulting in the net cash settlement paid by the Group of an aggregate of US$2.2 million. 

(e)  Note 20.

(f)  Measured at fair value and considered as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy which valuation incorporates the following inputs: 

–  The Group’s credit risk and implied credit spreads (Level 3);  
–  Historic share price volatility; 
–  Conversion price; 
–  Time to maturity; and  
–  Risk-free rate. 

(g) Call option to acquire non-controlling 25% interest in the Group’s subsidiary LLC TEMI: In May 2019, the Group entered into the option contract to acquire non-controlling 25% interest in LLC TEMI from its 

shareholder Agestinia Trading Limited for an aggregate consideration of US$60 million (adjusted to US$53.5 million if certain conditions are met). LLC TEMI holds the licences  for the Elginskoye Ore Field and 
Afanasievskaya Prospective Ore Are, which have substantial non-refractory gold reserves and resources, suitable for processing at the Albyn Plant. Further details on this transaction are set out in note 26.

 (h) Measured at fair value and considered as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy which valuation incorporates the following inputs:

– The current valuation of the underlying investment (Level 3); 

– Historic peers’ volatility attributed to the valuation of the underlying investment (Level 3);

– The exercise price;

– Time to maturity; and 

– Risk-free rate. 

(i)  The fair value of the TEMI option at 31 December 2019 is US$11.0 million, which represent the premium paid to acquire the option of US$13.0 million less a subsequent revaluation loss of US$2.0 million.

The fair value of the option was initially recognised as US$9.6 million upon initial recognition, resulting in a corresponding gain recognised within Net other finance gains and losses in the statement of profit or 
loss. This gain on initial recognition was primarily due to improvement in the gold price outlook between the pricing and completion of the transaction together with the judgements taken with regards to certain 
inputs into the relevant valuation models, in particular, historic volatility used as a proxy of the expected volatility of the underlying assets and being historic volatility of the comparable listed companies used for 
the valuations under IFRS 13 as opposed to historic gold market volatility used for the valuation of the contractual option premium. 

In the condensed consolidated interim financial statements for the six months ended 30 June 2019 the fair value of the call option, net of the remaining unpaid premium, was recognised at US$16.2 million, 
comprising the initial gain of $9.6 million, a revaluation loss of $0.4 million and the premium paid to date of $7.0 million, with a corresponding net gain of US$9.2 million recognised within Net other finance gains 
and losses in the statement of profit or loss. After further analysis and consideration of the IFRS 9 application guidance (which prohibits the recognition of day 1 gains based on valuation techniques that use 
unobservable inputs), this economic gain previously recognised in the period ended 30 June 2019 has now been deferred for accounting purposes. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  229

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

19. Trade and other payables

Current
Trade payables (a)
Payables for property, plant and equipment
Advances from customers (b)
Advances received on resale contracts (c)
Accruals and other payables 

Non-current
Advances from customers (d)

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

134,818
5,810
188,968
7,698
51,747
389,041

–
–

50,099
5,242
131,752
5,432
27,320
219,845

33,779
33,779

(a)  The trade payables as at 31 December 2019 include US$81.0 million payable for flotation concentrate purchased (31 December 2018: US$nil).

(b) The current advances from customers as at 31 December 2019 include US$152.5 million (31 December 2018: US$86.0 million) and US$34.9 million (31 December 2018: US$44.0 million) advance payments 
received from Gazprombank and Sberbank, respectively, under gold sales agreements. Advance payments are to be settled against physical delivery of gold produced by the Group in regular intervals over the 
period of up to twelve months from the reporting date based on the sales price prevailing at delivery that is determined with reference to LBMA fixing. For details of interest charged in relation to the 
aforementioned advances please refer to note 9. 

(c)  Amounts included in advances received on resale contracts at 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 relate to services performed by the Group’s subsidiary, Irgiredmet, in its activity to procure materials 

such as reagents, consumables and equipment for third parties.

(d) The non-current advances from customers as at 31 December 2019 include US$nil (31 December 2018: US$33.8 million) advance payments received from Gazprombank under gold sales agreements. 

Advance payments are to be settled against physical delivery of gold produced by the Group in regular intervals over the period after twelve months from the reporting date based on the sales price prevailing 
at delivery that is determined with reference to LBMA fixing. For details of interest charged in relation to the aforementioned advances please refer to note 9. 

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.

230  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

20. Borrowings

Borrowings at amortised cost
Notes (a)
Convertible bonds (b), (c)

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

500,377
109,086
609,463
609,463
609,463

499,007
95,170
594,177
594,177
594,177

(a)  US$500 million Guaranteed Notes due for repayment on 14 November 2022 (the “Notes”), measured at amortised cost. The Notes were issued by the Group’s wholly owned subsidiary Petropavlovsk 2016 
Limited and are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiaries JSC Pokrovskiy Rudnik, LLC Albynskiy Rudnik and LLC Malomirskiy Rudnik. The Notes have been admitted to the official list of the Irish Stock 
Exchange and to trading on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange on 14 November 2017. The Notes carry a coupon of 8.125% payable semi-annually in arrears. The interest charged was 
calculated by applying an effective interest rate of 8.35%.

(b) 31 December 2019: Debt component of the US$125 million Convertible Bonds due on 03 July 2024 measured at amortised cost and not revalued. The bonds were issued by the Group’s wholly owned 

subsidiary Petropavlovsk 2010 Limited (the “Issuer”) on 03 July 2019 and are guaranteed by the Company. The bonds carry a coupon of 8.25% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. The bonds are, subject 
to certain conditions, convertible into fully paid ordinary shares of the Company with an initial exchange price of US$0.1350, subject to customary adjustment provisions.  The interest charged was calculated 
by applying an effective interest rate of 12.08%.

The Group has used the US$120.6 million net proceeds from the issue of US$125 million Convertible Bonds to fund the repurchase of the outstanding US$100 million convertible bonds as set out below, 
resulting in the net US$12.6 million cash inflow. 

  Concurrently with the issue of the US$125 million Convertible Bonds, the Group also concluded the invitation to repurchase (the “Repurchase”) any and all of the outstanding US$100 million 9.00% convertible 
bonds due 2020 (the “Existing Bonds”). Holders whose Existing Bonds have been accepted for purchase by the Issuer pursuant to the Repurchase were eligible to receive US$1,080 per US$1,000 in principal 
amount of the Existing Bonds (the “Repurchase Price”). The Issuer also paid, in respect of Existing Bonds accepted for purchase pursuant to the Repurchase, a cash amount representing the accrued but 
unpaid interest (“Accrued Interest”) on each US$1,000 in aggregate principal amount of Existing Bonds accepted for repurchase from and including 18 June 2019, being the immediately preceding interest 
payment date applicable to the Existing Bonds, to but excluding the settlement date for the Repurchase (the “Repurchase Settlement Date”). The Accrued Interest, based on a Repurchase Settlement Date of 
3 July 2019 comprised US$3.75 per US$1,000 in aggregate principal amount of Existing Bonds. The remaining Existing Bonds were redeemed at the Repurchase Price on 9 July 2019. The Issuer also paid a 
cash amount representing the Accrued Interest on each US$1,000 in aggregate principal amount of Existing Bonds from and including 18 June 2019 to redemption. 

The Existing Bonds were subsequently cancelled by the Issuer. The US$11.2 million difference between the US$108.0 million paid to fund the Repurchase Price and the carrying value of the Existing Bonds at 
redemption was recognized as loss on repurchase of the Existing Bonds (note 9). 

The conversion option of the US$125 million Convertible Bonds represents the fair value of the embedded option for the bondholders to convert into the equity of the Company (the “Conversion Right”). As the 
Company can elect to pay the cash value in lieu of delivering the Ordinary Shares following the exercise of the Conversion Right the conversion option is a derivative liability. Accordingly, the conversion option is 
measured at fair value and is presented separately within derivative financial liabilities (note 18) which the fair value loss is included in the net other finance (losses)/ gains (note 9). 

  As at 31 December 2019, the fair value of debt component of the convertible bonds, considered as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, amounted to US$122.8 million, with the carrying value of US$109.0 

million. Valuation incorporates the following inputs: the Group’s credit risk and implied credit spreads, time to maturity and risk-free rate. 

  As at 31 December 2019, the fair value of the convertible bonds, considered as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy and calculated by applying the market traded price to the convertible bonds outstanding, 

amounted to US$169.1 million.

 (c) 31 December 2018: Debt component of the Existing Bonds due on 18 March 2020, measured at amortised cost. The interest charged was calculated by applying an effective interest rate of 13.89% to the 

liability component.

The conversion option of the US$100 million Convertible Bonds represents the fair value of the embedded option for the bondholders to convert into the equity of the Company (the “Conversion Right”). As the 
Company can elect to pay the cash value in lieu of delivering the Ordinary Shares following the exercise of the Conversion Right, the conversion option is a derivative liability. Accordingly, the conversion option 
is measured at fair value and is presented separately within derivative financial liabilities. 

  As at 31 December 2018, the fair value of debt component of the convertible bonds, considered as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, amounted to US$86.8 million. Valuation incorporates the following inputs: 

the Group’s credit risk and implied credit spreads, time to maturity and risk-free rate. 

  As at 31 December 2018, the fair value of the convertible bonds, considered as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy and calculated by applying the market traded price to the convertible bonds outstanding, 

amounted to US$89.2 million. 

The US$100 million Convertible Bonds were refinanced in July 2019 as set out above.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  231

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

21. Deferred taxation

At 1 January
Deferred tax (credited)/charged to profit or loss (a)
Deferred tax charged to equity
Exchange differences
At 31 December 
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liability

(a)  Note 10.

Property, plant and equipment
Inventory
Exploration and evaluation assets
Other temporary differences
Tax losses carried forward (a)

2019 
US$’000
113,354
(2,414)
1,631
(5)
112,566
(112,566)
(112,566)

2018 
US$’000
72,380
36,628
4,376
(30)
113,354
(113,354)
(113,354)

At 1 January 
2019
US$’000
121,800
11,264
7,088
(3,183)
(23,615)
113,354

Charged/
(credited)
to profit or loss
US$’000
9,063
(2,823)
938
163
(9,755)
(2,414)

Charged
directly  
to equity
US$’000
–
–
–
1,631
–
1,631

Exchange 
differences 
US$’000
14
(50)
–
31
–
(5)

At 31 December
2019
US$’000
130,877
8,391
8,026
(1,358)
(33,370)
112,566

(a)  Deferred tax recognised in relation to unused tax losses of JSC Pokrovskiy mine, LLC Malomirskiy Rudnik, LLC TEMI and in-house service companies to the extent that it is either probable that future taxable 

profit will be available against which the unused tax losses can be utilised or there are sufficient taxable temporary differences. 

Property, plant and equipment
Inventory
Exploration and evaluation assets
Fair value adjustments
Other temporary differences
Tax losses carried forward (b)

At 1 January 
2018
US$’000
81,836
8,540
8,070
6
(1,494)
(24,578)
72,380

Charged/
(credited)
to profit or loss
US$’000
40,046
2,958
(982)
(6)
(6,351)
963
36,628

Charged
directly  
to equity
US$’000
–
–
–
–
4,376
–
4,376

Exchange 
differences 
US$’000
(82)
(234)
–
–
286
–
(30)

At 31 December
2018
US$’000
121,800
11,264
7,088
–
(3,183)
(23,615)
113,354

(b) Deferred tax recognised in relation to unused tax losses of LLC Malomirskiy Rudnik and LLC TEMI to the extent that it is either probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax 

losses can be utilised or there are sufficient taxable temporary differences.

As at 31 December 2019, the Group did not recognise deferred tax assets in respect of the accumulated unused tax losses comprising 
US$718.8 million (2018: US$595.4 million) on the basis that there is no certainty about future taxable profit of relevant entities against which  
the unused tax losses can be utilised or there are insufficient relevant taxable temporary differences. Tax losses of US$535.4 million  
(2018: US$566.0 million) and corporate interest restriction disallowances of US$155.6 million (2018: US$117.8 million) arise in the UK  
and tax losses of US$26.7 million (2018: US$28.8 million) arise in Russia, both can be carried forward indefinitely.

As at 31 December 2019, the Group did not recognise deferred tax assets of US$7.8 million (2018: US$2.6 million) in respect of deductible 
temporary differences arising on close down and restoration costs.

The Group has not recorded a deferred tax liability in respect of withholding tax and other taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings 
associated with investments in its subsidiaries and associate as the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of those temporary 
differences and does not intend to reverse them in the foreseeable future. As at 31 December 2019, statutory unremitted earnings comprised in 
aggregate US$960.1 million (2018: US$845.3 million).

232  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

22. Provision for close down and restoration costs

At 1 January 
Unwinding of discount 
Change in estimates (a)
Amounts charged against provision
At 31 December 
Amount due for settlement within 12 months
Amount due for settlement after 12 months

(a)  Primarily reflects the effect of change in the forecast the Russian Rouble to the US Dollar exchange rate and the inflation rate.

The Group recognised provisions in relation to close down and restoration costs for the following mining operations:

POX Hub/ Pokrovskiy (a)
Pioneer 
Malomir
Albyn

2019 
US$’000
21,388
550
14,293
–
36,231
–
36,231
36,231

2019 
US$’000
7,401
12,864
10,630
5,336
36,231

2018 
US$’000
21,004
425
138
(179)
21,388
804
20,584
21,388

2018(b)

US$’000
6,008
6,688
4,981
3,711
21,388

(a)  With the closure of Pokrovskiy mine in 2018, as the site was transformed into a key component of the POX Hub, the associated amounts of close down and restoration costs were attributed to the POX 

project accordingly. 

(b) The allocation of the provisions between the mining operations and the comparative financial information has been updated to align with the 2019 presentation. 

The provision recognised represents the present value of the estimated expenditure that will be incurred, which has been arrived at using the 
long-term risk-free pre-tax cost of borrowing. The expenditure arises at different times over the life of mine. The expected timing of significant cash 
outflows is between years 2021 and 2038 varying from mine site to mine site.

23. Lease liabilities

The following information is in relation to transactions for which the Group is a lessee (for leases where the Group is a lessor, see note 29).

Movement in the lease liabilities during the year ended 31 December 2019 was as follows:

At 1 January 2019
Additions
Interest expense
Payment of lease liabilities, including interest expense
Disposals
Foreign exchange differences
At 31 December 2019
Amount due for settlement within 12 months 
Amount due for settlement after 12 months

US$’000
1,739
13,279
593
(1,879)
(1,124)
570
13,178
5,373
7,805
13,178

The associated right-of-use assets were measured at the amount equal to the lease liabilities adjusted for prepaid and accrued lease payments in 
accordance with IFRS 16. The recognised right-of-use assets relate to the rent of office premises and other non-mining assets.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  233

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

23. Lease liabilities  continued

The movement in the right-of-use asset during the year ended 31 December 2019 was as follows:

At 1 January 2019
Lease assets recognised under IAS 17 as at 31 December 2018
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation
Translation difference
At 31 December 2019

The statement of profit or loss shows the following amounts relating to leases where the group is a lessee:

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets
Interest expense
Expense relating to short-term leases
Expense relating to leases of low value that are not shown above as short-term leases

US$’000
1,739
79
13,279
(958)
(2,423)
9
11,725

US$’000
2,423
593
2,169
49

24. Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid
At 1 January
Issued during the period
At 31 December 

2019

2018

No of shares

US$’000

No of shares

US$’000

3,307,151,712
3,058,569
3,310,210,281

48,963
40
49,003

3,303,768,532
3,383,180
3,307,151,712

48,920
43
48,963

The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income.

234  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

25. Notes to the cash flow statement

Reconciliation of profit before tax to operating cash flow

Profit before tax 
Adjustments for:

Share of results of associate
Net (impairment reversals)/impairment losses on financial instruments 

Investment and other finance income 
Interest expense 
Net other finance losses/(gains)
Share based payments
Depreciation
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of ore stockpiles
Effect of processing previously impaired stockpiles
Provision for impairment of trade and other receivables
Impairment of gold in circuit
Effect of processing previously impaired gold in circuit
Loss/(gain) on disposals of property, plant and equipment
Foreign exchange losses/(gains)
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and in-house service
Other non-cash items
Changes in working capital:

Increase in trade and other receivables 
Increase in inventories
Increase in trade and other payables

Net cash generated from operations 

Reconciliation of cash flows used to purchase property, plant and equipment

Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Non-cash additions to property, plant and equipment:

Transfer from materials
Capitalised depreciation
Right-of-use assets additions

Associated cash flows:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Increase in prepayments for property, plant and equipment
(Decrease)/increase in payables for property, plant and equipment

Cash movements presented in other cash flow lines:

Changes in working capital

2019 
US$’000
52,939

35,376
(30,797)

(8,826)
59,854
42,190
280
137,775
–
(2,778)
(6,398)
2,280
142
(1,413)
1,118
20,808
(52,159)
129

(31,204)
(133,848)
103,853
189,321

2019 
US$’000
125,524

7,343
(737)
(13,279)
118,851

120,798
(1,982)
568

(533)
118,851

2018 
US$’000
82,418

(15,480)
28,634

(3,775)
29,520
(10,185)
416
142,003
12,192
18,021
(10,496)
1,435
2,124
(3,384)
(862)
(8,450)
(101,695)
(106)

(18,510)
(18,833)
204,827
329,814

2018 
US$’000
174,241

(747)
(293)
(55)
173,146

178,201
(1,419)
(5,147)

1,511
173,146

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  235

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

25. Notes to the cash flow statement 
(continued)

26. Related parties 

Related parties the Group entered into 
transactions with during the reporting 
period 
The Petropavlovsk Foundation for Social 
Investment (the ‘Petropavlovsk Foundation’) is 
considered to be a related party due to the 
participation of the key management of the 
Group in the board of directors of the 
Petropavlovsk Foundation. 

IRC Limited and its subsidiaries (note 33) are 
associates to the Group and hence are 
related parties since 7 August 2015.

Transactions with related parties which the 
Group entered into during the years ended  
31 December 2019 and 2018 are set out below.

Trading Transactions
Related party transactions the Group entered 
into that relate to the day-to-day operation of 
the business are set out below.

Non-cash transactions
An equivalent of US0.1$ million of VAT 
recoverable was offset against profit tax 
during the year ended 31 December 2019 
and US$1.5 million of provision of profit tax 
relating to Albyn, was accrued as at 31.
December2019. An equivalent of US$8.0 
million of VAT recoverable was offset against 
profit tax during the year ended 31 December 
2018. There were no other significant 
non-cash transactions during the years 
ended 31 December 2019 and 2018.

Entities in which key management have interest  
and exercise a significant influence or control
IRC Limited and its subsidiaries

Sales to related parties

Purchases from related parties

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

–
42
42

–
164
164

4,046
5,458
9,504

764
681
1,445

In March 2018, the Group entered into  
a transaction with the member of key 
management personnel to purchase the office 
building and land, which were subject to an 
operating lease arrangement. The aggregate 
consideration paid was an equivalent of c.
US$3.2 million. The transaction was 
completed in February 2019.

On 13 December 2019, the Group entered  
into the sale and purchase agreement with  
a seller (the “Seller”), a related party of the 
Company, LLC GMMC. Pursuant to the sale 
and purchase agreement, the Group agreed  
to purchase, and the Seller agreed to sell,  
a helicopter for a consideration of 
RUB316.7 million (equivalent to US$5.0 million). 
At 31 December 2019, the contractual balance 
outstanding amounted to US$4.5 million.

During the year ended 31 December 2019, 
the Group made US$1.0 million charitable 
donations to the Petropavlovsk Foundation 
(2018: US$0.4 million). 

The outstanding balances with related parties 
at 31 December 2019 and 2018 are set out 
below.

Entities in which key management have interest  
and exercise a significant influence or control
IRC Limited and its subsidiaries

Amounts owed by related parties

Amounts owed to related parties

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

–
3,651
3,651

1,556
2,078
3,634

759
5,863
6,622

–
976
976

Financing transactions
Guarantee over IRC’s external borrowings
The Group historically entered into an 
arrangement to provide a guarantee over its 
associate’s, IRC, external borrowings, the ICBC 
Facility (‘ICBC Guarantee’). At 31 December 
2018 the principal amounts outstanding subject 
to the ICBC guarantee were US$169.6 million. 
Under the terms of the arrangement the Group 
was entitled to receive an annual fee equal to 
1.75% of the outstanding amount, which 
amounted to US$0.7 million during the year 
ended 31 December 2019 (31 December 2018: 
US$4.0 million).

In March 2019, IRC has refinanced the  
ICBC Facility through entering into a 
US$240 million new facility with 
Gazprombank (‘Gazprombank Facility’). 
The facility was fully drawn down during the 
year ended 31 December 2019 and was 
used, inter alia, to repay the amounts 
outstanding under the ICBC Facility in full,  
the two loans provided by the Group in the 
equivalent of approximately US$57 million 
and part of the ICBC Guarantee fee of 
US$6 million owed by IRC to the Group. 
At 31 December 2019 the remaining 
outstanding contractual guarantee fee 

was US$5.0 million, which had a corresponding 
fair value of US$4.4 million and is payable by IRC 
no later than 31 December 2020 (31 December 
2018: outstanding contractual guarantee fee of 
US$10.3 million with a corresponding fair value 
of US$6.8 million). 

236  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

26. Related parties  continued

A new guarantee was issued by the Group 
over part of the Gazprombank Facility 
(‘Gazprombank Guarantee’), the guarantee 
mechanism is implemented through a series 
of five guarantees that fluctuate in value 
through the eight-year life of the loan, with the 
possibility of the initial US$160 million 
principal amounts guaranteed reducing to 
US$40 million within two to three years, 
subject to certain conditions being met. For 
the final two years of the Gazprombank 
Facility, the guaranteed amounts will increase 
to US$120 million to cover the final principal 
and interest repayments. If certain springing 

recourse events transpire, including default 
on a scheduled payment, then full 
outstanding loan balance is accelerated and 
subject to the guarantee. The outstanding 
loan principal was US$225 million as at 
31 December 2019. Under the Gazprombank 
Guarantee arrangements, the guarantee fee 
receivable is determined at each reporting 
date on an independently determined fair 
value basis, which for the year ended 
31 December 2019 was at the annual  
rate of 3.07% for 2019 by reference to the 
average outstanding principal balance under 
Gazprombank Facility. The guarantee fee 

charged for 2019 was US$5.6 million, with 
corresponding value of US$5.0 million after 
provision for expected credit losses.

On 18 March 2020, the Group announced a 
preliminary agreement to dispose of its 29.9% 
out of 31.1% interest in IRC to Stocken Board 
AG for a cash consideration of US$10 million, 
subject to certain conditions precedent being 
met, including the release of the Group’s 
obligation to guarantee IRC’s debt under the 
Gazprombank Facility (note 31). 

The following assets and liabilities have been recognised in relation to the ICBC Guarantee and Gazprombank Guarantee as at 31 
December 2019 and 31 December 2018:

Other receivables – ICBC Guarantee (a)
Other receivables – Gazprombank Guarantee (b)
Financial guarantee contract – ICBC Guarantee (c)
Financial guarantee contract – Gazprombank Guarantee (d)

31 December 2019 
US$’000
4,436
4,981
–
8,923

31 December 2018 
US$’000
6,829
–
37,387
–

(a)  The fair value of the receivable, comprising billed fee receivable (31 December 2018: both billed and future fee receivable), less provision for credit losses. Considered Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy which 

valuation incorporates the following inputs: 
–  Assessment of the credit standing of IRC and implied credit spread; 
–  Share price and share price volatility of IRC as at 31 December 2019 and 2018; 

(b) Amounts of guarantee fee for the period that are expected to be received from IRC and calculated by applying annual rate of 3.07% for 2019 by reference to the average outstanding principal balance under 

Gazprombank Facility for the period from 19 March 2019 until 31 December 2019, less provision for ECL.

(c)  Measured in accordance with ECL model: the amount of the loss allowance equals to the lifetime ECL as it has been concluded that the credit risk on the financial guarantee contract had increased 

significantly since initial recognition, which reflected declining credit status of IRC prior to the refinancing through Gazprombank Facility completed in March 2019.

(d) Measured in accordance with ECL model: the amount of the loss allowance equals to 12-month ECL as it has been concluded that the credit risk on the financial guarantee contract has not increased 

significantly since initial recognition (note 3.1.)

The results from relevant re-measurements of 
the aforementioned assets and liabilities were 
recognised within Other finance gains and 
losses and impairments of financial 
instruments  (note 9). 

Loans issued to IRC
In June 2018, the Group provided a Rouble 
denominated unsecured loan to IRC in the 
amount of RUB1,878 million (an equivalent of 
US$29.75 million). The loan carried interest of 
12% per annum. The loan was recognised net 
of lifetime ECL of US$0.5 million at inception 
and further US$0.8 million impairment based 
on ECL model was recognised during the 
year ended 31 December 2018. The loan was 
fully repaid in March 2019 with consequent 
reversal of US$1.3 million previously 
recognised ECL (note 9). 

In December 2018, the Group provided a dollar 
denominated unsecured loan to IRC in the 
amount of US$27.0 million. The loan carried 
interest of 16% per annum. The loan was 
recognised net of lifetime ECL of US$1.9 million 

at inception. The loan was fully repaid in March 
2019 with consequent reversal of US$1.9 million 
previously recognised ECL (note 9). 

Other financing transactions
In March 2018, the Group entered into a loan 
agreement with Dr Pavel Maslovskiy. At 31 
December 2019, the loan principal 
outstanding amounted to an equivalent of 
US$0.2 million (2018: US$0.2 million). Interest 
charged during the year ended 31 December 
2019 comprised an equivalent of 
US$0.01 million (2018: US$0.01 million).

In April 2019, the Group entered into a loan 
agreement with Dr Alya Samokhvalova. At 31 
December 2019, the loan principal 
outstanding amounted to an equivalent of 
US$0.4 million. Interest charged during the 
year ended 31 December 2019 comprised an 
equivalent of US$0.01 million.

Investing transactions
In May 2019, the Group entered into the 
option contract to acquire the remaining 

non-controlling 25% interest in the subsidiary 
LLC TEMI from Agestinia Trading Limited, a 
non-controlling holder of 25% interest in LLC 
TEMI, for an aggregate consideration of 
US$60 million (adjusted to US$53.5 million if 
certain conditions are met). This represents a 
related party transaction as it is over the 
equity of a subsidiary company. The option 
premium payable is US$13 million, which was 
paid during the year ended 31 December 
2019. The exercise period of the option is 730 
days from 22 May 2019.  

The Group employed an independent 
third-party expert to undertake the valuations 
of the underlying 25% interest in LLC TEMI 
and the call option. As at 31 December 2019, 
the fair value of the derivative financial  
asset was US$11.0 million reflecting a loss on 
re-measurement to fair value of US$2.0 million 
and the initial US$13 million cash payment 
(note 18). 

There are no other related party relationships 
with Agestinia Trading Limited present. 

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  237

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

26. Related parties  continued

Key management compensation 
Key management personnel, comprising a group of 14 individuals during the period (2018: 16), including Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors of the Company and members of senior management, are those having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group.

Wages and salaries
Pension costs 
Share-based compensation

27. Analysis of Net debt◆

Cash and cash equivalents
Borrowings
Net debt◆
Lease liabilities (c)
Conversion option (d)
Call option over Company’s shares

2019 
US$’000
5,794
62
157
6,013

2018 
US$’000
7,761
136
404
8,301

At 1 January 
2019
US$’000
26,152
(594,177)
(568,025)
(1,739)
(2,411)
(1,136)
(573,311)

Net cash 
movement 
US$’000
19,630
38,128 (a)
57,758
1,879
–
2,215
61,852

Exchange 
movement
US$’000
2,371
–
2,371
(570)
–
–
1,801

Non-cash 
changes
US$’000
–

(53,414)(b)
(53,414)
(12,748)
(43,902)
(1,079)
(111,143)

At 31 December 
2019
US$’000
48,153
(609,463)
(561,310)
(13,178)
(46,313)
–
(620,801)

(a)  Being US$50.7 million interest paid on borrowings, which is presented as operating cash flows in the Statement of cash flows, and US$12.6 million net cash inflow from the issue of US$125 million  

Convertible Bonds and the repurchase of the outstanding US$100 million convertible bonds (note 20).

(b) Being principally accrued interest expense which is presented as operating cash flows in the Statement of cash flows when paid (note 9). 

(c)  Note 23. 

(d)  Notes 18, 20 and 28.  

Cash and cash equivalents
Borrowings
Net debt◆
Conversion option (g)
Call option over Company’s shares

At 1 January 
2018
US$’000
11,415
(596,474)
(585,059)
(14,110)
(3,097)
(602,266)

Net cash 
movement 
US$’000
17,719
57,845 (e)
75,564
–
–
75,564

Exchange 
movement
US$’000
(2,982)
–
(2,982)
–
–
(2,982)

Non-cash 
changes
US$’000
–
(55,548)(f)
(55,548) 
11,700
1,961
(41,887)

At 31 December 
2018
US$’000
26,152
(594,177)
(568,025)
(2,411)
(1,136)
(571,572)

(e)  Being US$53.8 interest paid on borrowings, which is presented as operating cash flows in the Statement of cash flows, and US$4.0 million repayment of bank loan.

(f)  Being accrued interest expense which is presented as operating cash flows in the Statement of cash flows when paid (note 9). 

(g)  Notes 18, 20 and 28. 

◆  Net debt is an Alternative Performance Measure (APM), which is not defined or calculated in accordance with IFRS. Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance Measures 

(APMs)” section on pages 256 to 262 for further information on our APMs.

238  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

28. Financial instruments and financial risk management

Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital 
are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue 
as a going concern in order to provide returns 
for shareholders and benefits for other 
stakeholders and to optimise the weighted 
average cost of capital and tax efficiency 
subject to maintaining sufficient financial 
flexibility to undertake its investment plans. 

The capital structure of the Group consists of 
Net debt◆ (as detailed in note 27) and equity 
(comprising issued capital, reserves and 
retained earnings). As at 31 December 2019, 
the capital comprised US1.2 billion (2018: 
US$1.2 billion).

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets
Financial assets at amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables and contract assets 
Loans granted to an associate 
Other financial assets at amortised cost

Financial assets at FVPL

Guarantee fee receivable 
Listed equity securities

Derivative financial instruments
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities at amortised cost 

Trade and other payables
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Financial guarantee contract 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital 
structure, the Group may adjust the amount of 
dividends paid to shareholders, return capital 
to shareholders, issue new shares or sell 
assets to reduce debt. The Group adopts a 
modular approach in developing its projects in 
order to minimise upfront capital expenditure 
and related funding requirements. The Group 
manages in detail its funding requirements  
on a 12-month rolling basis and maintains a 
five-year forecast in order to identify medium-
term funding needs.

The Group is not subject to any externally 
imposed capital requirements. 

As at 31 December 2019, there are no 
material offsetting contracts (2018: none).

Significant accounting policies
Details of significant accounting policies and 
methods adopted, including the criteria for 
recognition, the basis of measurement and 
the basis on which income and expenses are 
recognised, in respect of each class of 
financial asset, financial liability and equity 
instrument are disclosed in note 2 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

2019 
US$’000

2018 
US$’000

48,153
13,110
–
10,441

4,436
286
11,022

143,706
609,463
13,178
46,579
8,923

26,152
13,389
50,966
5,271

6,829
590
–

58,343
594,177
–
12,366
37,387

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  239

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

28. Financial instruments and financial risk management  continued

Fair value measurements 
Recurring fair value measurements are set out below. 

31 December 2019 
Financial assets
Financial assets at FVPL:

Guarantee fee receivable  
Listed equity securities
Call option over non-controlling interests

Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
Conversion option
Other
Total financial liabilities

31 December 2018 
Financial assets
Financial assets at FVPL:

Guarantee fee receivable  
Listed equity securities

Total financial assets
Financial liabilities
Forward gold contracts – cash flow hedge
Call Option over the Company’s shares
Conversion option
Total financial liabilities

Level 1
US$’000

Level 2
US$’000

Level 3
US$’000

Total
US$’000

–
286
–
286

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
266
266

Level 1
US$’000

Level 2
US$’000

–
590
590

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

8,819
1,136
–
9,955

4,436
–
11,022
15,458

46,313
–
46,313

Level 3
US$’000

6,829
–
6,829

–
2,411
2,411

4,436
286
11,022
15,694

46,313
266
46,579

Total
US$’000

6,829
590
7,419

8,819
1,136
2,411
12,366

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 for recurring fair value measurements during the year.

The changes in Level 3 items for the periods ended 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2018 are set out in the table below: 

1 January 2018
Gains/ (losses) recognised in net other finance gains/ (losses) (note 9)
31 December 2018
Purchases 
Cash settlements
Issue of convertible bonds (note 20)
Gains/ (losses) recognised in net other finance gains/ (losses) (note 9)
31 December 2019

(a)  Note 20.

Guarantee fee 
receivable 
US$’000
10,549
(3,720)
6,829
–

(6,000) (a)

–
3,607
4,436

Call option over 
non- controlling 
interests  
US$’000
–
–
–

13,000 (a)

–
–
(1,978)
11,022

Conversion 
option US$’000
(14,110)
11,700
(2,411)
–
–
(12,775)
(31,127)
(46,313)

Total US$’000
(3,561)
7,980
4,418
13,000
(6,000)
(12,775)
(29,498)
(30,855)

240  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

28. Financial instruments and financial risk management  continued

Valuation inputs and relationships to fair value
The quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in level 3 fair value measurements is set out in the table below: 

Guarantee fee  
receivable (note 26)

Call option over non- 
controlling interests (notes 18, 26)

Fair value  
at 31 December

2019 
US$’000
4,436

2018  
US$’000
6,829

Unobservable inputs
 – Implied credit spread;

 – 2018: likelihood of the 

proposed refinancing of 
IRC’s debt being 
achieved

Range of inputs
 – 12.4% 

(2018:12.3%);
 – 2018: 72.4%

11,022

–

 – The current valuation of 

 – US$71 million;

the underlying 
investment; and

 – Historic peers’ volatility 

 – 40%

attributed to the valuation 
of the underlying 
investment

Conversion option –  US$125 
million convertible bonds due 
in 2025 (note 20)
Conversion option –  US$100 
million convertible bonds due 
in 2020 (note 20)

(46,313)

–

 – The Group’s credit risk 

 – 7.25%

and implied credit 
spreads

–

(2,411)

 – The Group’s credit risk 

 – 10.5%

and implied credit 
spreads

Relationship of unobservable 
inputs to fair value
a reasonable change in 
unobservable inputs has been 
assessed to not result in a 
significantly different fair value 
measurement

a reasonable change in 
unobservable inputs has been 
assessed to not result in a 
significantly different fair value 
measurement

1% increase in credit spread 
would result in US$4.2 million 
increase in fair value
a reasonable change in 
unobservable inputs has been 
assessed to not result in a 
significantly different fair value 
measurement

Valuation processes 
The Group employed independent third-party 
experts to undertake valuations of all Level 3 
financial instruments. 

Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to interest rate 
risk, foreign currency risk, risk of change in 
the commodity prices, credit risk and liquidity 
risk. The Group’s overall risk management 
programme focuses on the unpredictability  
of financial markets and seeks to minimise 
potential adverse effects on the Group’s 
financial performance.

Risk management is carried out by a central 
finance department and all key risk 

management decisions are approved by the 
Board of Directors. The Group identifies and 
evaluates financial risks in close cooperation 
with the Group’s operating units. The Board 
provides written principles for overall risk 
management, as well as guidance covering 
specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, 
interest rate risk, gold price risk, credit risk 
and investment of excess liquidity.

Interest rate risk 
The Group has borrowings with fixed rate, 
which are carried at amortised cost. They are 
therefore not subject to interest rate risk as 
defined in IFRS 7, since neither the carrying 
amount nor the future cash flows will fluctuate 
because of a change in market interest rates. 

The Group does not have borrowings with 
variable interest rates. 

Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally and is 
exposed to foreign exchange risk arising  
from fluctuations in currencies the Group 
transacts, primarily US Dollars, GB Pounds 
Sterling and Russian Roubles.

Exchange rate risks are mitigated to the 
extent considered necessary by the Board  
of Directors, through holding the relevant 
currencies. At present, the Group does not 
undertake any foreign currency transaction 
hedging.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at period end are set out below.

Russian Roubles
US Dollars (a)
GB Pounds Sterling
EUR
Other currencies

(a)  US Dollar denominated monetary assets and liabilities in Group companies with Rouble functional currency.

Assets

Liabilities

2019 
US$’000
86,581
10,759
1,252
22
10

2018
US$’000
66,285
4,652
1,905
22
159

2019 
US$’000
165,473
4,169
759
603
267

2018
US$’000
54,757
5,886
1,033
2,301
312

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  241

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

28. Financial instruments and financial risk management  continued

The table set out below illustrates the Group’s profit sensitivity to changes in exchange rates by 25% (2018: 25%), representing 
management’s assessment of a reasonably possible change in foreign exchange currency rates. The analysis was applied to monetary assets 
and liabilities at the reporting dates denominated in respective currencies. 

Russian Rouble currency impact
US Dollar currency impact
GB Pounds Sterling currency impact
EUR currency impact
Other currencies

2019 
US$’000
19,723
1,647
123
145
64

2018 
US$’000
2,882
309
218
570
38

Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are 
cash and cash equivalents, comprising 
current bank accounts and amounts held on 
deposit with banks. In the case of deposits, 
the Group is exposed to a credit risk, which 
results from the non-performance of 
contractual agreements on the part of the 
contract party. The Group is also exposed  
to a credit risk in relation to the amounts 
guaranteed under the Gazprombank Facility 
(notes 14 and 26).

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk 
is limited to the carrying amounts of the 
financial assets recorded in the consolidated 
financial statements as set out above and the 
US$225 million outstanding principal under 
the Gazprombank Facility (notes 14 and 26). 

The major financial assets are cash and  
cash equivalents of US$48.2 million  
(2018: US$26.2 million) and receivables  
from IRC with an aggregate carrying value  
of US$12.3 million (2018: US$58.9 million) 

(note 26). There is no significant concentration 
of credit risk with respect to trade receivables 
and contract assets. The credit risk on cash 
and cash equivalents is limited because the 
main counterparties are banks with high 
credit-ratings assigned by international 
credit-rating agencies as set out below. As at 
31 December 2019, the credit rating for IRC, 
calculated as shadow credit rating using a 
Moody’s scorecard methodology, was Caa2. 

Counterparty
Gazprombank
Sberbank 
VTB
Citibank
Barclays
Raiffeisen
Other

Credit rating
BBB-
BBB
BBB-
AA-
A+
BBB

Carrying
amount at
31 December 2019
US$’000
28,616
8,501
5,936
2,073
719
1,051
1,257
48,153

Carrying
amount at
31 December 2018
US$’000
–
598
14,841
8,011
337
872
1,493
26,152

The analysis of loss allowances that have been recognised for financial assets and financial guarantee contracts is set out below:

Loss allowance at 1 January 2019
Increase in loss allowance
Written off during the year
Unused amount reversed
Exchange differences
Loss allowance at 31 December 2019

Trade receivables 
and contract 
assets  
US$’000
891
421
(90)
–
(3)
1,219

Loans granted to 
an associate 
US$’000
3,163
–
–
(3,163)
–
–

Other financial 
assets at 
amortised cost 
US$’000
1,128
1,326
–
–
(84)
2,370

Financial guarantee 
contract US$’ 000
37,387
8,923
–
(37,387)
–
8,923

Total US$’ 000
42,569
10,670
(90)
(40,550)
(87)
12,512

242  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

28. Financial instruments and financial 
risk management  continued

Commodity price risk 
The Group generates most of its revenue from 
the sale of gold. The Group’s policy is to sell  
its products at the prevailing market price. 
In 2019 and 2018, the Group has entered into 
gold forward contracts to protect cash flows 
from the volatility in the gold price (note 18). 

Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that suitable sources  
of funding for the Group’s business activities 
may not be available. The Group constantly 

monitors the level of funding required to meet 
its short, medium and long-term obligations. 
The Group also monitors compliance with 
restrictive covenants set out in various loan 
agreements (note 20) to ensure there is no 
breach of covenants resulting in associated 
loans become payable immediately.

Effective management of liquidity risk has  
the objective of ensuring the availability  
of adequate funding to meet short-term 
requirements and due obligations as well  
as the objective of ensuring a sufficient level  
of flexibility in order to fund the development 
plans of the Group’s businesses.

The table below details the Group’s remaining 
contractual maturity for its financial liabilities 
with agreed repayment periods. The amounts 
disclosed are the contractual undiscounted 
cash flows and so these balances will not 
necessarily agree with the amounts disclosed 
in the statement of financial position. 
The contractual maturity is based on the 
earliest date on which the Group may be 
required to pay. 

2019
Borrowings
 - Convertible bonds 
 - Notes
Future interest payments (a)
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Financial guarantee contract (b)
Total non-derivative financial liabilities
Other
Total derivative financial liabilities
2018
Borrowings
 - Convertible bonds 
 - Notes
Future interest payments (a)
Trade and other payables
Financial guarantee contract
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 
Forward gold contracts – cash flow hedge
Call Option over the Company’s shares
Total derivative financial liabilities

0 - 3 months 
US$’000

 3 months - 
1 year 
US$’000

1 - 2 years 
US$’000

2 - 3 years 
US$’000

3 - 6 years 
US$’000

–
–
–
106,353
1,724
225,000
333,077
266
266

–
–
2,250
31,506
–
33,756
1,536
1,136
2,672

–
–
48,359
37,353
4,203
–
89,915
–
–

–
–
47,375
26,837
169,600
243,812
7,283
–
7,283

–
–
50,938
–
5,578
–
56,516
–
–

100,000
–
42,875
–
–
142,875
–
–
–

–
500,000
50,938
–
2,491
–
553,429
–
–

–
–
40,625
–
–
40,625
–
–
–

125,000
–
18,047
–
357
–
143,404
–
–

–
500,000
40,625
–
–
540,625
–
–
–

(a)  Future interest payments have been estimated using interest rates applicable at 31 December. There are no borrowings that are subject to variable interest rates and, therefore, subject to change in line with 

the market rates.

(b) Note 26

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  243

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

29. Operating lease arrangements

The Group as a Lessee (applicable prior to 1 January 2019)
The group adopted IFRS 16 on 1 January 2019 and recognised a right-of-use asset and lease liability (note 23). For the year ended 31 December 
2018,  the Group incurred rental expense, primarily associated with rent of office premises and rent of mining fleet, as set out below. 

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year

2018 
US$’000
3,757

At 31 December 2018, the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under a non-cancellable operating lease for 
office premises and vehicles, which fall due as follows:

Expiring:
Within one year
In two to five years

2018 
US$’000

929
468
1,397

The Group as a Lessor
The Group earned property rental income 
during the year of US$0.7 million (2018: 
US$0.7 million) on buildings owned by its 
subsidiary Irgiredmet. 

30. Capital commitments

At 31 December 2019, the Group had entered 
into contractual commitments in relation to 
the acquisition of property, plant and 
equipment amounting to US$10.7 million (31 
December 2018: US$9.5 million) including 
US$7.4 million in relation to Pioneer Flotation 
project (31 December 2018: nil) and 
US$2.5 million in relation to POX Hub project 
(31 December 2018: US$6.8 million).

Investment agreement with the Russian 
Ministry of Far East Development
On 14 December 2015, the Group entered 
into an investment agreement with the 
Russian Ministry of Far East Development  
(the ‘Investment Agreement’). The Investment 
Agreement involved provision of RUB5.5 
billion (an equivalent to c.US$89 million as  
at 31 December 2019) funding towards the 
construction of the electricity power line in  
the north-east of the Amur region of Russia, 
where the Group’s Albyn and Malomir mines 
and adjacent licence areas are operated, 
during the period from 2015 to 2019. The 
funds were passed through the Group to the 
joint-stock company Far East Grid Distribution 
Company (‘DRSK’), which was required to 
engage a contractor to build the relevant 
power supply infrastructure. The Group’s 
responsibility under the Investment 

Agreement was to monitor the progress and 
to report to the Russian Ministry of Far East 
Development. The Group was taking ultimate 
responsibility for the construction of the 
power line. Upon completion in November 
2019, the Group got access to the enhanced 
capacity of the power supply infrastructure in 
the region. Under the terms of the Investment 
Agreement, the Group has certain capital 
commitments, including further development 
of Albyn and Malomir mines.

During 2019, the Group received 
RUB549 million (an equivalent to 
US$8.8 million) in funding and transferred 
these funds to DRSK (2018: the Group did not 
receive and made no transfers of funds under 
the Investment Agreement). 

244  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

31. Subsequent events

COVID-19
In the period subsequent to the 31 December 
2019, the COVID-19 virus has spread globally 
although there has been no significant impact 
on the Group’s mining operations, sales and 
supply chain, capital projects or employee 
health and safety as a result of COVID-19 to 
date. Further details are set out on page 6 
of this Annual Report.

The effects of COVID-19 and the marked 
decline in the oil price have contributed to a 
significant increase in the gold price and a 
significant decline in the Rouble exchange rate. 

Preliminary agreement to dispose 29.9% 
interest in IRC
On 18 March 2020, the Group announced a 
preliminary agreement to dispose of 29.9% 
out of 31.1% interest in IRC to Stocken Board 
AG for a cash consideration of US$10 million, 

subject to certain conditions precedent being 
met, including the release of the Group’s 
obligation to guarantee IRC’s debt under the 
Gazprombank Facility (note 26). This was a 
non-adjusting event and the investment was 
not considered to be an asset held-for-sale 
under IFRS 5 as at 31 December 2019. 
The rationale to support the transaction  
at the above terms was removal of the 
Gazprombank Guarantee and the risks 
associated with the guarantee arrangements.  

32. Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures (unaudited) 

Profit for the year
Add/(less):
Net (impairment reversals)/impairment losses on financial instruments
Investment and other finance income 
Interest expense 
Net other finance losses/(gains) 
Foreign exchange losses/(gains) 
Taxation
Depreciation
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and in-house service 
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of ore stockpiles
Impairment of gold in circuit
Share of results of associate (a)
Underlying EBITDA◆

2019 
US$’000
25,693

(30,797)
(8,826)
59,854
42,190
20,808
27,246
137,775
(52,159)
–
(2,778)
142
45,699
264,847

2018 
(restated) 
US$’000
25,929

28,634
(3,775)
29,520
(10,185)
(8,450)
56,489
142,003
(101,695)
12,192
18,021
2,125
(8,065)
182,743

(a)  Group’s share of interest expense, investment income, other finance gains and losses, foreign exchange gains/losses, taxation, depreciation and impairment/reversal of impairment recognised by the 

associate and impairment recognised against investment in the associate (note 14).

◆  Underlying EBITDA is an Alternative Performance Measure (APM), which is not defined or calculated in accordance with IFRS. Go to “The Use and Application of Alternative Performance 

Measures (APMs)” section for further information on our APMs.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  245

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

33. Principal subsidiaries and other significant investments 

The Group has the following principal subsidiaries and other significant investments, which were consolidated in this financial information.

Principal subsidiary, joint venture  
and associate undertakings

Country of
incorporation

Principal activity

Subsidiary
JSC Management Company PetropavlovskRussia
Jersey 
Petropavlovsk 2010 Limited
Jersey 
Petropavlovsk 2016 Limited
Russia
JSC Pokrovskiy mine
Russia
LLC Malomirskiy Rudnik
Russia
LLC Albynskiy Rudnik
Russia
LLC Osipkan
Russia
LLC Tokurskiy Rudnik
Russia
LLC TEMI
Russia
LLC AGPK
Russia
LLC Perspektiva DV
Russia
LLC Vostok Geologiya
Guyana
Universal Mining Inc.
Russia
LLC Kapstroi
Russia
LLC NPGF Regis
Russia
CJSC ZRK Dalgeologiya
Russia
JSC PHM Engineering
Russia
JSC Irgiredmet
Russia
LLC NIC Gydrometallurgia
Russia
LLC BMRP 
Russia
LLC AVT-Amur
Russia
LLC Transit
Russia
Pokrovskiy Mining College

Management company
Finance company
Finance company
Gold exploration and production
Gold exploration and production
Gold exploration and production
Gold exploration and production
Gold exploration and production
Gold exploration and production
Gold exploration and production
Gold exploration and production
Gold exploration and production
Gold exploration and production
Construction services
Exploration services
Exploration services
Project and engineering services
Research services
Research services
Repair and maintenance
Production of explosive materials
Transportation services
Educational institute

Proportion of shares held 
by Petropavlovsk PLC(a)

Proportion of shares held  
by the Group(a)

31 December 
2019

31 December 
2018

31 December 
2019

31 December 
2018

100%
100%
100%
19.37%
–
100%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

100%
100%
100%
19.37%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

100%
100%
100%
99.38%
99.94%
100%
100%
100%
75%
99.38%
99.94%
99.94%
100%
100%
100%
99.38%
94%
99.69%
100%
100%
49%
100%
99.38%

100%
100%
100%
99.38%
99.94%
100%
100%
100%
75%
99.38%
99.94%
99.94%
100%
100%
100%
99.38%
94%
99.69%
100%
100%
49%
100%
99.38%

Associate 
IRC Limited (b)

HK

Management and holding company

–

–

31.10%

31.10%

(a)  In the ordinary class of shares. 

(b) IRC Limited and its principal subsidiary and joint venture undertakings.

246  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

33. Principal subsidiaries and other significant investments  continued

Principal subsidiary, joint venture  
and associate undertakings

Country of
incorporation

Principal activity

Proportion of shares held 
by Petropavlovsk PLC (a)

Proportion of shares held  
by the Group (a)

31 December 
2019

31 December 
2018

31 December 
2019

31 December 
2018

HK

Management and holding company

Russia
Russia 
Russia 

Management company
Iron ore exploration and production
Iron ore exploration and production

IRC and its principal subsidiary and joint venture undertakings (‘IRC’)
IRC Limited
Principal subsidiaries of IRC 
LLC Petropavlovsk-Iron Ore
LLC Olekminsky Rudnik
LLC KS GOK
LLC Garinsky Mining & Metallurgical 
Complex
Russia
Russia 
LLC Kostenginskiy GOK
Russia 
LLC Orlovsko-Sokhatinskiy Rudnik
Russia 
JSC Giproruda
Russia 
LLC SHMTP
Russia
LLC Amursnab
Heilongjiang Jiatal Titanium Co., Limited  China
Russia
LLC Uralmining
Russia
LLC Gorniy Park

Iron ore exploration and production
Iron ore exploration and production
Iron ore exploration and production
Engineering services
Infrastructure project
Procurement services
Titanium sponge project 
Iron ore exploration and production
Molybdenym project

Joint ventures of IRC 
Heilongjiang Jianlong Vanadium Industries 
Co., Limited 

(a)  In the ordinary class of shares. 

China

Vanadium project

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

31.10%

31.10%

31.10%
31.10%
31.10%

30.97%
31.10%
31.10%
21.85%
31.10%
31.07%
31.10%
31.10%
18.75%

31.10%
31.10%
31.10%

30.97%
31.10%
31.10%
21.85%
31.10%
31.07%
31.10%
31.10%
18.75%

14.31%

14.31%

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  247

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

34. Related undertakings of the Group

The Group consists of the parent company, Petropavlovsk PLC, incorporated in the United Kingdom and its subsidiaries, associates and joint 
ventures. In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 a full list of related undertakings, the country of incorporation and the 
effective percentage of equity owned as at 31 December 2019 is disclosed below. The Group’s principal subsidiaries and other significant 
investments are set out in note 33. 

Country of  
incorporation

Proportion of 
shares held by 
the Group(a)

Registered address

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
Jersey 
Jersey 
Russia
Russia

Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia

Russia
Russia
Russia

Russia

Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia
Russia

Russia
Guyana
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cayman Islands

HK

Russia
Russia 

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
99.38%

99.94%
100%
100%
100%

75%
99.38%
99.94%

99.94%

100%
100%
99.38%
94%
99.69%
100%
100%
49%
100%

99.38%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

11 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HH
11 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HH
11 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HH
11 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HH
11 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HH
13-14 Esplanade, St. Helier, JE1 1EE
13-14 Esplanade, St. Helier, JE1 1EE
675000, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Lenina Street, 140/1
676150, Amur region, Magdagachinskiy District, Tygda Village, 
Sovetskaya Street, 17
675000, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Lenina Street, 140/1
675000, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Lenina Street, 140/1
675000, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Lenina Street, 140/1
676581, Amur region, Selemdzhinskiy District, Tokur Village, 
Vorozhejkina Street, 16
675000, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Lenina Street, 140/1
675000, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Lenina Street, 140/1
680021, Khabarovskiy region, Khabarovsk, Vladivostokskaya Street, 
22, build.3, office 11
680021, Khabarovskiy region, Khabarovsk, Vladivostokskaya Street, 
22, build.3, office 9
675002, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Pervomayskaya Street, 62/1
675027, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Western Industrial Hub
680041, Khabarovskiy region, Khabarovsk, Balashovskaya Street, 15
105082, Moscow, Rubtsov Pereulok, 13
664025, Irkutsk, Gagarina Boulevard, 38
196247, St Petersburg, Leninskiy Prospekt, 151, level 6, office 635, 26
675016, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Kalinina Street, 137
675000, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Lenina Street, 140/1
676572, Amur region, Selemdzhinskiy District, Fevralsk Urban Village, 
Vysotskogo Street, 1
676244, Amur region, Zeya, Zolotogorskoe Shosse, 6
Lot 8 Pere Street, Kitty, Georgetown
14 Souliou Street, Aglantzia, Nicosia, 2102
14 Souliou Street, Aglantzia, Nicosia, 2102
14 Souliou Street, Aglantzia, Nicosia, 2102
14 Souliou Street, Aglantzia, Nicosia, 2102
14 Souliou Street, Aglantzia, Nicosia, 2102
14 Souliou Street, Aglantzia, Nicosia, 2102
Clifton House, 75 Fort Street, PO Box 1350, Grand Cayman, KY1-1108

31.10%

6H, 9 Queen’s Road Central, Central, Hong Kong

31.10%
31.10%

127055, Moscow, Lesnaya Street, 43, Office 313
676253, Amur region, Tyndinskiy District, Village Olekma

Name of undertaking 

Subsidiaries
Eponymousco Limited
Victoria Resources Limited
Petropavlovsk Mining Treasury UK Limited
Petropavlovsk Rouble Treasury Limited
Petropavlovsk Dollar Treasury Limited
Petropavlovsk 2010 Limited
Petropavlovsk 2016 Limited
JSC Management Company Petropavlovsk
JSC Pokrovskiy mine

LLC Malomirskiy Rudnik
LLC Albynskiy Rudnik
LLC Osipkan
LLC Tokurskiy Rudnik

LLC TEMI
LLC AGPK
LLC Perspektiva DV

LLC Vostok Geologiya

LLC Kapstroi
LLC NPGF Regis
CJSC ZRK Dalgeologiya
JSC PHM Engineering
JSC Irgiredmet
LLC NIC Gydrometallurgia
LLC BMRP 
LLC AVT-Amur
LLC Transit

Pokrovskiy Mining College
Universal Mining Inc.
Petropavlovsk (Cyprus) Limited
Malomyrskiy Rudnik (Cyprus) Ltd
Voltimand Limited
Horatio Limited
Sicinius Limited 
Syncrom High Corporation Ltd
Cayiron Limited
Associates 
IRC Limited (b)
Subsidiaries of IRC 
LLC Petropavlovsk- Iron Ore
LLC Olekminsky Rudnik

248  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

34. Related undertakings of the Group  continued

Name of undertaking 

LLC KS GOK

Country of  
incorporation

Russia 

Proportion of 
shares held by 
the Group(a)

31.10%

LLC Garinsky Mining & Metallurgical Complex
LLC Kostenginskiy GOK

Russia
Russia 

LLC Orlovsko-Sokhatinskiy Rudnik
JSC Giproruda
LLC SHMTP

LLC Amursnab
LLC Uralmining

LLC Gorniy Park
LLC Garinskaya Infrastructure
LLC TOK
Lucilius Investments Limited
Kapucius Services Limited
Lapwing Limited
Russian Titan Company Limited
Brasenose Services Limited 
Tenaviva Limited
Esimanor Limited
Metellus Limited
Dardanius Limited
Rumier Holdings Limited
Guiner Enterprises Limited
Expokom Limited
Arfin Limited
Caedmon Limited
Thorholdco (Cyprus) Limited
Heilongjiang Jiatal Titanium Co., Limited
Ariti HK Limited
Ariva HK Limited 
Thorrouble Limited

Russia 
Russia 
Russia 

Russia
Russia

Russia
Russia
Russia
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
Cyprus
China
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Cayman Islands

30.97%
31.10%

31.10%
21.85%
31.10%

31.07%
31.10%

18.75%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%
30.97%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%
31.09%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%
18.75%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%
31.10%

Thordollar Limited

Cayman Islands

31.10%

Thorholdco Limited

Cayman Islands

31.10%

Aricom UK Limited
Aricom Limited
Joint ventures of IRC 
Heilongjiang Jianlong Vanadium Industries Co., 
Limited 

UK
UK

China

(a)  In the ordinary class of shares. 

(b) IRC Limited and its principal subsidiary and joint venture undertakings.

31.10%
31.10%

14.31%

Registered address

679000, The Jewish Autonomous Region, Birobidzhan, 60-Letiya 
SSSR Street, Building 22B
675028, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Ignatievskaya Road, 19
679000, The Jewish Autonomous Region, Birobidzhan, 60-Letiya 
SSSR Street, Building 22B.
675028, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Ignatievskaya Road, 19
196247, St Petersburg, Leninskiy Prospect,151
682818, RF, Khabarovsk Territory, Town Sovetskaya Gavan, 
Pervomayskaya Street, 48A 
127055, Moscow, Lesnaya Street, 43, Office 313
105066, Moscow, Dobroslobodskaya, 7/1, build. 3, level 2, 1, room 2, 
office 33
101000, Moscow, Pokrovka Street,1/13/6 Building 2, Office 35
675028, Amur region, Blagoveschensk, Ignatievskaya Road, 19
676282, Amur region, Tynda, Sovetskaya Street,1A
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia
Themistokli Dervi 12, Palais D’ Ivoire, 2nd Floor, 1066 Nicosia
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia 
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia 
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia 
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia 
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia 
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia 
Souliou 14, Aglantzia, 2102 Nicosia 
668, Songxing Street, Jiamusi, Heilongjiang Province 
6H, 9 Queen’s Road Central, Central, Hong Kong
6H, 9 Queen’s Road Central, Central, Hong Kong
P.O. Box 31119 Grand Pavilion, Hibiscus Way, 802 West Bay Road, 
Grand Cayman, KY1-1205
P.O. Box 31119 Grand Pavilion, Hibiscus Way, 802 West Bay Road, 
Grand Cayman, KY1-1205
P.O. Box 31119 Grand Pavilion, Hibiscus Way, 802 West Bay Road, 
Grand Cayman, KY1-1205
11 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HH
11 Grosvenor Place, London, SW1X 7HH

Building 50, Block12, Advanced Business Park, No. 188.West Road, 
South Ring 4, Fengtai District, Beijing

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  249

 
 
Company Balance Sheet

As at 31 December 2019

Fixed assets
Tangible assets
Right-of-use assets
Investments

Current assets
Derivative financial asset
Debtors: due within one year
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Net current liabilities
Total assets less current liabilities
Derivative financial liability
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Financial guarantee contract
Net liabilities
Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Shareholders’ deficit

(a)  See note 2 for details regarding the restatement.

31 December
2019 
US$’000

Note

31 December
2018(a)
(restated)
US$’000

9
3

4

5

8
5
7

14
992
603,019
604,025

11,022
898,318
2,881
912,221
(930,216)
(17,995)
586,030
(46,313)
(631,195)
(8,923)
(100,401)

49,003
518,142
200
(667,746)

(100,401)

20
-
490,164
490,184

–
820,340
8,365
828,705
(873,324)
(44,619)
445,565
(3,547)
(602,237)
(37,387)
(197,606)

48,963
518,142
228
(764,939)

(197,606)

The profit after-tax for the year of the Company was US$96.9 million (2018 restated: profit after-tax of US$13.4 million).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

These financial statements for Petropavlovsk PLC, registered number 4343841, on pages 250 to 255 were approved by the Directors on 26 May 
2020 and signed on their behalf by

Sir Roderic Lyne 
Director 

Dr Pavel Maslovskiy 
Director

250  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Balance at 1 January 2018 
Impact of adopting IFRS 9 (restated(b))
Profit for the year (restated(b))
Deferred share awards 
Balance at 1 January 2019 (restated(b))
Profit for the year
Deferred share awards
Balance at 31 December 2019

(a)  Please see note 24 to the consolidated financial statements. 

(b)  See note 2 for details regarding the restatement.

Share capital (a)
US$’000
48,920
–
–
43
48,963
–
40
49,003

Share premium (a)

US$’000
518,142
–
–
–
518,142
–
–
518,142

Other reserves 
US$’000
(2,560)
2,705
–
83
228
–
(28)
200

Retained earnings 
US$’000
(42,149)
(736,438)
13,358
290
(764,939)
96,925
268
(667,746)

Total 
US$’000
522,353
(733,733)
13,358
416
(197,606)
96,925
280
(100,401)

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  251

Notes to the Company Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2019

1. Basis of preparation

2. Significant accounting policies

Petropavlovsk PLC (the ‘Company’) is a public 
company limited by shares, incorporated and 
registered in England and Wales. The address 
of the registered office is 11 Grosvenor Place, 
London SW1X 7HH.

These financial statements were prepared in 
accordance with FRS 101 (Financial 
Reporting Standard 101) ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’ as issued by the 
Financial Reporting Council. 

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has 
taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions 
available under that standard in relation to 
share-based payments, financial instruments, 
presentation of comparative information in 
respect of certain assets, presentation of a 
cash-flow statement, standards not yet 
effective, impairment of assets and related 
party transactions. 

Where required, equivalent disclosures are 
given in the consolidated financial statements. 

The financial statements have been prepared 
on the historical cost basis except for the 
re-measurement of certain financial 
instruments to fair value.

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies 
Act 2006, the profit and loss account of the 
parent company is not presented as part of 
these financial statements. 

2.1 Adoption of new and revised 
standards and interpretations 
As disclosed in note 2 to the Group’s 
consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2019, IFRS 16 “Leases” 
was effective for annual periods beginning on 
or after 1 January 2019 and have been 
adopted by the Company accordingly.

The impact of adoption of IFRS 16 is detailed 
in note 2.2 to the consolidated financial 
statements. 

2.2 Foreign currencies
The functional and presentation currency of 
the Company is the US Dollar. Transactions 
denominated in other currencies, including 
the issue of shares, are translated at the rate 
of exchange ruling on the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
that are denominated in other currencies are 
retranslated at the rates prevailing on the 
balance sheet date. Exchange rates used are 
consistent with the rates used by the Group 
as disclosed in note 2.6 to the consolidated 
financial statements. Exchange differences 
are charged or credited to the profit and loss 
account in the year in which they arise.

2.3 Tangible fixed assets and 
depreciation
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost, net of 
accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is 
provided on all tangible fixed assets at rates 
calculated to write off the cost or valuation of 
each asset on a straight-line basis over its 
expected useful life as follows:

Office equipment
Computer equipment

 Average life  
Number of years
4–7
3

Useful lives and residual values are reviewed 
at the end of every reporting period.

2.4 Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings and 
joint ventures are initially measured at cost 
and subsequently carried at cost less 
provisions for impairment. Investments are 
reviewed for impairment when events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount of the investment may not  
be recoverable. An impairment loss is 
recognised if the carrying amount of the 
investment exceeds the higher of net 
realisable value and the discounted future 
earnings from the investment. 

Investments, other than investments in 
subsidiary undertakings and joint ventures, 
are measured at fair value. Changes to the fair 
value of other investments are recognised 
through profit or loss.

2.5 Taxation including deferred taxation 
Full provision is made for deferred taxation on 
taxable temporary differences that have arisen 
but not reversed at the balance sheet date, 
except that deferred tax assets are only 
recognised to the extent that it is more likely than 
not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax is 
measured on a non-discounted basis at the tax 
rates that are expected to apply in the periods in 
which timing differences reverse, based on tax 
rates and laws enacted or substantially enacted 
at the balance sheet date. 

2.6 Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets are measured on initial 
recognition at fair value and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less any impairment. 

Financial liabilities, other than derivatives, are 
measured on initial recognition at fair value 
and are subsequently measured at amortised 
cost, using the effective interest rate method.

From 1 January 2018, the Company assesses 
on a forward-looking basis the expected 
credit losses associated with its financial 
assets carried at amortised cost. The 
impairment methodology applied depends on 
whether there has been a significant increase 
in credit risk. The Company recognises an 
impairment loss in profit and loss account 
with a corresponding adjustment to carrying 
amount of financial assets.

252  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

2.7 Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are initially 
accounted for and measured at fair value on 
the date a derivative contract is entered into 
and subsequently measured at fair value. 
The gain or loss on re-measurement is taken 
to the income statement except where the 
derivative is a designated cash flow hedging 
instrument.

Derivative financial instruments embedded in 
other financial instruments or other host 
contracts are treated as separate derivatives 
when their risks and characteristics are not 
closely related to those of host contracts and 
the host contracts are not carried at fair value, 
are recognised at fair value at inception with 
gains or losses reported in the income 
statement. 

2.8 Dividends
Dividends payable are recognised when they 
have been approved and, therefore, meet the 
criteria for a present obligation.

2.9 Leases 
As explained in note 2.1, the Company has 
changed its accounting policy for leases on 
adoption of IFRS 16.

The right-of-use asset is initially measured at 
the initial measurement of the corresponding 
lease liability and subsequently measured at 
cost less accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses. The lease liability is initially 
measured at the present value of the lease 
payments that are not paid at the 
commencement date. Subsequently, the 
lease liability is adjusted for interest and lease 
payments, as well as the impact of lease 
modifications, amongst others.

2.10 Prior year restatement
Subsequent to the preparation of the 
Petropavlovsk PLC parent company only 
financial statements for the year ended 
31 December 2018, the equivalent financial 
statements for the subsidiary undertakings 
were prepared, including the mandatory 
adoption and first time application of IFRS 9 
‘Financial Instruments’ with effect from 
1 January 2018. 

After the recognition of IFRS 9 expected 
credit losses on adoption of this standard, the 
subsidiary’s net assets were insufficient to 
support the investment carrying value held by 
Petropavlovsk PLC as at 31 December 2018 
as part of the Investments balance sheet line 
(Investments in Group companies within note 
3). For Petropavlovsk PLC’s loan receivable 
from its subsidiary, as part of the Debtors due 
within one year balance sheet line (Debtors: 
Owed by Group companies within note 4), 
whilst intercompany letters of support exist  
in relation to Group entities, they cannot be 
considered to represent contractual 
obligations sufficient to remedy these 
shortfalls through intercompany asset 
transfers under IFRS 9. 

Accordingly, the opening balance sheet of 
Petropavlovsk PLC as at 1 January 2018 and 
as at 31 December 2018 has been restated, 
as set out in the table below, to reflect write 
downs of its investments and intercompany 
loans respectively to be consistent with the 
net assets presented in the final subsidiary 
statutory accounts.

Investments in Group Companies
Owed by Group companies 
Retained earnings 
(Loss)/Profit after tax for the year 

31 December 2018 
US$’000
789,822
1,134,845
(140,614)
(42,214)

Increase/ 
(Decrease) 
US$’000
(300,245)
(324,080)
(624,325)
55,572

31 December 2018 
Restated 
US$’000
489,577
810,765
(764,939)
13,358

1 January 2018 
US$’000
775,314
1,068,939
(98,690)
              –

Increase/ 
(Decrease) 
US$’000
(300,626)
(379,271)
(679,897)
                 –

1 January 2018 
Restated 
US$’000
474,688
689,668
(778,587)
                 –

This restatement of intercompany balances had no effect on the consolidated results or consolidated balance sheet of the Group as at 
1 January 2018 or 31 December 2018. No distributions were made during the year ending 31 December 2018 or subsequently.

In the year ended 31 December 2019 the Group has presented separately on the face of the balance sheet, Financial guarantee contracts, 
whereas previously these were presented within Creditors. The comparative financial information has been reclassified to be on a 
consistent basis.

2.11 Areas of judgement in applying accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty
When preparing these financial statements in accordance with the accounting policies as set out in note 2, management necessarily makes 
judgements and estimates that can have a significant impact on the financial statements. These judgements and estimates are based on 
management’s best knowledge of the relevant facts and circumstances and previous experience. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates under different assumptions and conditions (note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).

The assessment of impairment of investments in Group companies and carrying values of balances owed by Group companies, as well 
as the valuation of the Company’s guarantees over IRC borrowings and the convertible bonds (see notes 26 and 18 to the consolidated 
financial statements respectively), are considered key areas of estimation uncertainty.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  253

Notes to the Company Financial Statements  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

3. Investments

Cost
At 1 January 2019
Impact of intra-group transfers(a)
Fair value change
At 31 December 2019
Provision for impairment
At 1 January 2019 (restated(b))
Charge for the year
At 31 December 2019
Net book value
At 1 January 2019 (restated(b))
At 31 December 2019

Investments  
in Group
 companies(b)
US$’000

2,135,271
161,039
–
2,296,310

(1,645,694)

(47,882)(a)

(1,693,576)

489,577
602,734

Other 
investments 
US$’000

Total(b)

US$’000

587
–
(302)
285

–
–
–

587
285

2,135,858
161,039
(302)
2,296,595

(1,645,694)
 (47,882)
(1,693,576)

490,164
603,019

(a)  To reflect a distribution of 100% equity interest in a subsidiary undertaking by another Group entity. This was recognised as income by the Company with a corresponding $161.0 million increase in the carrying 

value of its investments. No impairment arose in respect of the entity making the distribution.

(b)  See note 2 for details regarding the restatement.

(c)  Impairment charge to reflect changes in the value of the underlying investment in IRC Limited (note 14 to the consolidated financial statements).

Details of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings at 31 December 2019 are provided in note 33 to the consolidated financial statements.

4. Debtors

Due within one year
Owed by Group companies(a)
Other debtors

(a)  Net of provision for impairment of US$374.7 million (2018: US$365.4 million).

(b)  See note 2 for details regarding the restatement.

5. Creditors

Due to Group companies 
Accruals and other creditors

Due within one year 
Due after more than one year

(a)  See note 2 for details regarding the restatement.

6. Taxation

2019
US$’000
886,343
11,975
898,318

2018

(restated)(b)
US$’000
810,765
9,575
820,340

2019
US$’000
1,546,376
15,035
1,561,411

930,216
631,195
1,561,411

2018

(restated)(a)
US$’000
1,469,066
6,495
1,475,561

873,324
602,237
1,475,561

As at 31 December 2019, the Company has tax losses available to carry forward in the amount of US$269.8 million and  corporate interest 
restriction disallowances in the amount of US$61.8 million (2018: US$300.7 million and US$61.8 million). 

254  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

7. Parent company guarantees

The Company has provided a number of corporate guarantees including being a guarantor to the US$500 million Guaranteed Notes due for 
repayment on 14 November 2022 and US$125 million Convertible Bonds due on 03 July 2024. No material value is associated with these 
guarantees. The Company also guarantees the borrowings of its 31.1% associate, IRC with corresponding US$8.9 million financial liability 
recognised at 31 December 2019 (2018: US$37.4 million), with further details provided in note 26 to the consolidated financial statements. 

8. Derivative financial liability 

In respect of the US$125 million Convertible Bonds due on 3 July 2024, the conversion option is measured at fair value and is presented 
separately within derivative financial liabilities with US$46.3 million recognised at 31 December 2019 (2018: US$2.4 million) as set out in 
note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

9. Leases 

At the balance sheet date, the Company has the following amounts recognised relating to leases that relate to the rent of office premises:

Right-of-use assets
Lease liabilities
Amount due for settlement within 12 months 
Amount due for settlement after 12 months

10. Directors’ remuneration 

2019
US$’000
990

200
793
993

There was one Executive Director who held office at the end of the year (2018: two Executive Directors who held office at the end of the 
year). Details of Directors’ remuneration are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 156 to 174 of this Annual Report.

11. Subsequent events 

On 13 April 2020 it was resolved that the principal subsidiary of the Company would distribute a Russian Rouble denominated dividend in 
the amount equivalent of US$45.6 million.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  255

Relevance
The Group closely monitors its current and 
projected costs to track and benchmark the 
ongoing efficiency and effectiveness of its 
operations. This monitoring includes 
analysing fluctuations in the components that 
operating cash costs and cost per tonne 
mined and processed to identify where and 
how efficiencies may be made.

Reconciliation
The tables below provide a reconciliation 
between operating expenses and total cash 
costs to calculate the cash cost per ounce 
sold for relevant periods.

The Use and Application of Alternative 
Performance Measures (APMs)

Throughout this Annual Report, when 
discussing the Group’s financial performance, 
reference is made to APMs. 

Each of the APMs is defined and calculated 
by the Group and as such they are non-IFRS 
measures because they may include or 
exclude certain items that an IFRS measure 
ordinarily would or would not take into 
account. APMs should not be regarded as an 
alternative or substitute for the equivalent 
measures calculated and presented in 
accordance with IFRS but instead should be 
seen as additional information provided to 
investors to enable the comparison of 
information between different reporting 
periods of the Group. 

Although the APMs used by the Group may 
be calculated in a different manner and 
defined differently by other peers in the 
precious metals mining sector (despite being 
similar in title), they are nonetheless relevant 
and commonly used measures for the 
industry in which Petropavlovsk operates. 
These and similar measures are used widely 
by certain investors, analysts and other 
interested parties as supplemental measures 
of financial performance. 

Some of the APMs form part of the Group’s 
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), which are 
used to monitor progress and performance 
against strategic objectives and to 
benchmark the performance of the business 
each year. 

A discussion of the relevance of each APM as 
well as a description of how they are 
calculated is set out below, with reconciliation 
to IFRS equivalents from the consolidated 
IFRS financial statements (Consolidated 
Statement of Profit or Loss (SPL), 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
(SFP), Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
(SCF) and the notes to the consolidated IFRS 
financial statements). 

Total Cash Costs (TCC)

Definition
The total cash cost per ounce is the cost of 
producing and selling an ounce of gold from 
the Group’s three hard-rock operations (2018: 
four) and processing and selling an ounce of 
gold by treatment of third-party sourced 
refractory concentrate at the POX Hub. 

Calculation 
TCC are calculated by the Group as operating 
cash costs less co-product revenue (2018: and 
less cost of flotation concentrate sold to 
third-party). TCC per oz are calculated as total 
cash costs divided by the ounces of gold sold. 
TCC per oz are presented on a segment basis. 

Operating cash costs are defined by the 
Group as operating cash expenses plus 
refinery and transportation costs, other taxes 
and mining tax. This also equates to the 
Group’s segment result as reported under 
IFRS plus each segment’s share of results of 
associates, loss/gain on disposal of 
subsidiaries, impairment of ore stockpiles, 
gold in circuit and flotation concentrate, 
impairment of exploration and evaluation 
assets, impairment of mining assets, 
impairment of non-trading loans, central 
administration expenses, depreciation minus 
each segment’s revenue from external 
customers, reversal of impairment of ore 
stockpiles and gold in circuit, reversal of 
impairment of mining assets and in-house 
service. Operating cash costs are presented 
on a segment basis.  

Operating cash expenses are defined by the 
Group as the total of staff costs, materials, 
fuel, electricity, other external services, other 
operating expenses, and the movement in ore 
stockpiles, work in progress, bullion in 
process and flotation concentrate attributable 
to gold production. The main cost drivers 
affecting operating cash expenses are 
stripping ratios, production volumes of ore 
mined / processed, recovery rates, cost 
inflation and fluctuations in the rouble to US 
dollar exchange rate. 

Other companies may calculate this measure 
differently.

256  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

2019
Operating expenses 
Deduct:
Foreign exchange losses
Depreciation
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and in-
house service
Reversal of impairment of ore stockpiles
Impairment of gold in circuit
Central administration expenses
Operating cash costs
Deduct: 
Corporate and other segment
Deduct: silver revenue 
Total Cash Costs

Ref
SPL

note 6
note 6

note 6
note 6
note 6
note 6
note 4

note 4
note 4

Total ounces sold
Total Cash Cost per ounce sold 

oz
US$/oz

2018 
(restated)
Operating expenses 
Deduct:
Foreign exchange gains
Depreciation
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and in-
house service 
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
Impairment of ore stockpiles
Impairment of gold in circuit
Central administration expenses
Operating cash costs
Deduct: 
Corporate and other segment
Deduct: silver revenue 
Deduct: cost of flotation concentrate
Total Cash Costs

Ref
SPL

note 6
note 6

note 6
note 6
note 6
note 6
note 6
note 4

note 4
note 4
note 4

Total ounces sold
Total Cash Cost per ounce sold 

oz
US$/oz

Pioneer  
US$’000

Pokrovskiy 
US$’000

Malomir  
US$’000

Albyn  
US$’000

Corporate  
and other  
US$’000

170,349

(464)
169,885

163,398
1,040

–

–
–

–
–

 135,427 

80,017 

 48,745 

(48,745)
–
–

(267)
135,160

(146)
79,871

179,791
752

170,817
468

Pioneer  
US$’000

Pokrovskiy 
US$’000

Malomir  
US$’000

Albyn  
US$’000

Corporate  
and other  
US$’000

107,549

8,667

53,279

84,471

31,286

(591)
–
106,958

135,001
792

(29)
–
8,638

6,442
1,341

(61)
(2,558)
50,660

77,448
654

(160)
–
84,311

150,720
559

(31,286)
–
–
–

Total  
US$’000
590,853

(20,808)
(137,775)

52,159
2,778
(142)
(52,527)
 434,538 

(48,745)
(877)
384,916

514,005
749

Total  
US$’000
388,643

8,450
(142,003)

101,695
(12,192)
(18,021)
(2,125)
(39,195)
285,252

(31,286)
(841)
(2,558)
250,567

369,611
678

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  257

 
 
The Use and Application of Alternative 
Performance Measures (APMs)   continued

All in Sustaining Costs (AISC)

Definition
AISC includes both operating and capital 
costs required to sustain gold production on 
an ongoing basis, over and above the direct 
mining and selling costs shown by TCC. 

Calculation
AISC are calculated by the Group as  
TCC plus/(minus) impairment/(reversal  
of impairment) of ore stockpiles, gold in  
circuit and flotation concentrate, central 
administration expenses, plus sustaining 
capitalised stripping, close-down and site 

restoration and sustaining capital and 
exploration expenditure. This is then divided 
by the ounces of gold sold. AISC are 
presented on a segment basis. 

AISC are calculated in accordance with 
guidelines for reporting AISC as published  
by the World Gold Council in June 2013. 
Other companies may calculate this measure 
differently.

Relevance
AISC allows for a better understanding of the 
true cost of producing gold once key 
components such as central admin costs and 

the cost of sustaining capital and exploration 
expenditure are taken into account. 
Management uses this measure to monitor 
the performance of our assets and their ability 
to generate positive cash flows.

Reconciliation
The tables below provide a reconciliation 
between total cash costs and all-in sustaining 
costs to calculate all-in sustaining cost per 
ounce sold for relevant periods.

Pioneer  
US$’000
169,885

Pokrovskiy 
US$’000
–

Malomir  
US$’000
135,160

Albyn  
US$’000
79,871

Corporate  
and other  
US$’000
–

Total  
US$’000
384,916

664

(101)
16,698
14,454
210

3,983
16,883
222,676

163,398
1,363

–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

517

(3,959)

243
18,373
12,653
229

77
16,467
183,719

–
17,456
–
614

29
23,893
117,904

179,791
1,022

170,817
690

–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

Pioneer  
US$’000
106,958

Pokrovskiy 
US$’000
8,638

Malomir  
US$’000
50,660

–
1,415
14,316
8,896
172

8,902
20,003
160,662

135,001
1,190

–
17
683
–
–

–
–
9,338

6,442
1,449

309
536
8,214
11,529
559

5,502
4,612
81,921

77,448
1,058

Albyn  
US$’000
84,311

17,712
157
15,982
12,572
511

4,079
11,471
146,795

150,720
974

Corporate  
and other  
US$’000
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

(2,778)

142
52,527
27,107
1,053

4,089
57,243
524,299

514,005
1,020

Total  
US$’000
250,567

18,021
2,125
39,195
32,997
1,242

18,483
36,086
398,716

369,611
1,079

2019
Total cash costs
Add:
Impairment/ (reversal of impairment) of ore 
stockpiles
Impairment/ (reversal of impairment) of gold in 
circuit
Central administration expenses
Capitalised stripping
Site restoration costs

Ref

note 6

note 6
note 6
note 13

Sustaining exploration expenditures
Sustaining Capital Expenditures
All-in Sustaining Costs

Total ounces sold
All-in Sustaining Costs per ounce sold

oz
US$/oz

2018 
(restated)
Total cash costs
Add:
Impairment of ore stockpiles
Impairment of gold in circuit
Central administration expenses
Capitalised stripping
Site restoration costs

Sustaining exploration expenditures
Sustaining Capital Expenditures
All-in Sustaining Costs

Ref

note 6
note 6
note 6
note 13

Total ounces sold
All-in Sustaining Costs per ounce sold

oz
US$/oz

258  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
All in Costs (AIC)

Definition
AIC comprises of AISC as well as capital 
expenditures for major growth projects or 
enhancement capital for significant 
improvements at existing operations. 

Calculation
AIC are calculated by the Group as AISC plus 
non-sustaining capitalised stripping (when the 
resulting ore production phase is more than 

five years), non-sustaining exploration and 
capital expenditure and (reversal of 
impairment)/impairment of refractory ore 
stockpiles. This is then divided by the ounces 
of gold sold. AIC are presented on a segment 
basis. 

AIC is calculated in accordance with 
guidelines for reporting AIC as published by 
the World Gold Council in June 2013. Other 
companies may calculate this measure 
differently.

Relevance
AIC reflect the costs of producing gold over 
the life cycle of a mine. 

Reconciliation
The tables below provide a reconciliation 
between all-in sustaining costs and all-in 
costs to calculate all-in cost per ounce sold 
for relevant periods.

2019
All-in Sustaining Costs
Add:
Exploration expenditure
Capital Expenditure
All-in costs

Total ounces sold
All-in costs per ounce sold

2018 
(restated)
All-in Sustaining Costs
Add:
Exploration expenditure
Capital Expenditure
Capitalised stripping
All-in costs

Total ounces sold
All-in costs per ounce sold

Ref

Pioneer  
US$’000
222,676

Pokrovskiy 
US$’000
–

Malomir  
US$’000
183,719

Albyn  
US$’000
117,904

Corporate  
and other  
US$’000
–

–
–
–

–
–

691
22,169
245,536

163,398
1,503

–
–
–

–
–

1,095
10,190
195,004

8,350
–
126,254

179,791
1,085

170,817
739

Pioneer  
US$’000
160,662

Pokrovskiy 
US$’000
9,338

Malomir  
US$’000
81,921

Albyn  
US$’000
146,795

Corporate  
and other  
US$’000
–

1,092
22,740
13,991
198,485

135,001
1,470

–
–
–
9,338

6,442
1,449

1,084
53,910
–
136,915

77,448
1,768

971
–
–
147,766

150,720
980

–
–
–
–

–
–

Total  
US$’000
524,299

10,136
32,359
566,794

514,005
1,103

Total  
US$’000
398,716

3,147
76,650
13,991
492,504

369,611
1,332

oz
US$/oz

Ref

note 13

oz
US$/oz

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  259

 
 
The Use and Application of Alternative 
Performance Measures (APMs)   continued

Average Realised Gold Sales Price 

Definition
The average realised gold sales price is the 
mean price at which the Group sold its gold 
production output throughout the reporting 
period, including the realised effect of cash 
flow hedge contracts during the period. 

Calculation
The average realised gold sales price is 
calculated by dividing total revenue received 
from gold sales (including the realised effect 
of any hedging contracts) by the total quantity 
of gold sold during the period. Other 
companies may calculate this measure 
differently.

Gold revenue 
Gold sold 
Average realised gold price

Ref
note 4

Capital Expenditure (CAPEX)

Definition
CAPEX is the investment required by the 
Group to explore and develop its gold assets 
and keep current plants and other equipment 
at its gold mines in good working order.

Calculation
CAPEX represents cash flows used in 
investing activities, namely Purchases  
of property, plant and equipment and 
Expenditure of exploration and evaluation 
assets. 

Relevance
Capital expenditure is necessary in order not 
only to maintain but also to develop and grow 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Expenditure on exploration and evaluation assets
Less:
Capitalised stripping
Total Capital Expenditure

Ref
SCF
SCF

note 13

Relevance
As gold is the key commodity produced and 
sold by the Group, the average realised gold 
sales price is a key driver behind the Group’s 
revenues and profitability.

Reconciliation
The average realised gold price has been 
calculated as set out in the table below.

US$’000
ounces
US$/oz

2019
691,697
514,005
1,346

2018
466,674
369,611
1,263

the business. CAPEX requirements need to  
be balanced in line with the Group’s strategy 
and provide an optimal allocation of the 
Group’s funds.

Reconciliation
The table below provides a reconciliation 
between capital expenditure and cash flows 
used in investing activities.

31 December 2019  
US$’000
120,798
10,136

31 December 2018 
(restated)  
US$’000
178,201
3,153

(27,107)
103,827

(46,988)
134,366

Net debt

Definition
Net debt shows how indebted a company is 
after total debt and any cash (or its equivalent) 
are netted off against each other.

Calculation
Net debt is calculated as the sum of current 
borrowings and non-current borrowings less 
cash and cash equivalents. Other companies 
may calculate this measure differently.

Relevance
Management considers Net debt a key 
measure of the Company’s leverage and its 

ability to repay debt as well showing what 
progress is being made in strengthening the 
statement of financial position. The measure 
is also widely used by various stakeholders. 

Reconciliation
The table below provides calculation of Net 
debt at relevant reporting dates.

Cash and cash equivalents
Borrowings
Net debt

Ref
SFP
SFP

31 December 2019  
US$’000
48,153
(609,463)
(561,310)

31 December 2018  
US$’000
26,152
(594,177)
(568,025)

260  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Underlying EBITDA

Definition
EBITDA is a common measure used to 
assess profitability without the impact of 
different financing methods, tax, asset 
depreciation and amortisation of intangibles 
and items of an exceptional / non-recurring 
nature, or those that could make comparison 
of results from prior periods less meaningful.

Calculation
Underlying EBITDA is calculated as profit/
(loss) for the period before financial income, 
financial expenses, foreign exchange gains 
and losses, fair value changes, taxation, 
depreciation, impairment charges/reversal of 
impairment. Other companies may calculate 
this measure differently.

Relevance
Underlying EBITDA is an indicator of the 
Group’s ability to generate operating cash 
flows, which are the source of funding for the 

Group’s working capital requirements, capital 
expenditure and debt service obligations. The 
measure is also widely used by various 
stakeholders. 

Reconciliation
The tables below provide reconciliations 
between net profit and Underlying EBITDA as 
well as reconciliation between operating profit 
and Underlying EBITDA for relevant periods.

Profit for the period
Add/(less):
Net (impairment reversals)/impairment losses on financial instruments 
Investment and other finance income 
Interest expense 
Net other finance losses/(gains) 
Foreign exchange losses/(gains)
Taxation
Depreciation
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of ore stockpiles
Impairment of gold in circuit
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and in-house service
Share of results of associates (a)
Underlying EBITDA

Ref
SPL

SPL
SPL
SPL
SPL
note 6
SPL
note 6
note 6
note 6
note 6
note 6
note 14

2019  
US$’000
25,693

(30,797)
(8,826)
59,854
42,190
20,808
27,246
137,775
–
(2,778)
142
(52,159)
45,699
264,847

2018  
(restated)  
US$’000
25,929

28,634
(3,775)
29,520
(10,185)
(8,450)
56,489
142,003
12,192
18,021
2,125
(101,695)
(8,065)
182,743

(a)  Group’s share of interest expense, investment income, other finance gains and losses, foreign exchange gains and losses, taxation, depreciation and impairment/reversal of impairment recognised by an 

associate and impairment recognised against investment in the associate.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  261

The Use and Application of Alternative 
Performance Measures (APMs)   continued

Ref
SPL
note 6
note 4

2019
Operating profit
Foreign exchange losses
Segment result
Add/ (less):
Depreciation 
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and  
in-house service
notes 4,6
Impairment/ (reversal of impairment) of ore stockpiles  notes 4,6
notes 4,6
Impairment/ (reversal of impairment) of gold in circuit
Share of results of associates (a)
note 14
Underlying EBITDA

notes 4,6

Pioneer  
US$’000

Pokrovskiy 
US$’000

Malomir  
US$’000

Albyn  
US$’000

Corporate  
and other  
US$’000

56,896

105,083

(80,086)

46,549

48,144

1,857

137,775

54,275

41,225

(42,755)
664
(101)

53,308

–

–

–
–
–

–

–
517
243

–
(3,959)
–

104,205

149,268

(9,404)
–
–
45,699
(41,934)

Corporate  
and other  
US$’000

Pioneer  
US$’000

Pokrovskiy 
US$’000

Malomir  
US$’000

Albyn  
US$’000

Consolidated  
US$’000
115,360
20,808
136,168

(52,159)
(2,778)
142
45,699
264,847

Consolidated  
US$’000
126,612
(8,450)
118,162

Ref
SPL
note 6
note 4

2018 (restated)
Operating profit
Foreign exchange gains
Segment result
Add/ (less):
Depreciation 
Reversal of impairment of mining assets and  
in-house service
Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets
Impairment of ore stockpiles 
Impairment of gold in circuit
Share of results of associates (a)
Underlying EBITDA

24,751

(1,163)

84,913

17,312

(7,651)

notes 4,6

37,899

681

33,335

69,643

445

142,003

notes 4,6
notes 4,6
notes 4,6
notes 4,6
note 14

–
–
–
1,415

–
–
–
17

(82,958)
12,192
309
536

–
–
17,712
157

64,065

(465)

48,327

104,824

(18,737)
–
–
–
(8,065)
(34,008)

(101,695)
12,192
18,021
2,125
(8,065)
182,743

(a)  Group’s share of interest expense, investment income, other finance gains and losses, foreign exchange gains and losses, taxation, depreciation and impairment/reversal of impairment recognised by an 

associate and impairment recognised against investment in the associate.

262  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

 
 
Appendix, Glossary and Definitions

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Important information
Past performance of Petropavlovsk PLC or 
any other company referred to in this 
document cannot be relied on as a guide to 
its future performance. Some figures may be 
rounded. The content of websites referred to 
in this document does not form  
part of this document.

Forward-looking statements
This document may include statements that 
are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking 
statements. Generally, these forward-looking 
statements can be identified by the use of 
forward-looking terminology, including the 
terms ‘believes’, ‘estimates’, ‘plans’, ’targets’, 
‘seeks’, ‘projects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘expects’, 
‘intends’, ‘forecast’, ‘may’, ‘will’ ‘would’ or 
‘should’ or, in each case, their negative or 
other variations or comparable terminology, 
or by discussions of strategy, plans, 
objectives, goals, targets, future events or 
intentions. These forward-looking statements 
include all matters that are not historical facts 
and speak only as at the date of this 
document. They appear in a number of 
places throughout this document and 
include, but are not limited to, statements 
regarding the Group’s intentions, beliefs or 
current expectations concerning, among 
other things, the Group’s results of 
operations, financial position, liquidity, 
prospects, growth, strategies and 
expectations of the industry. 

Ore Reserve and Mineral Resource 
reporting – basis of preparation
In line with the approach adopted in previous 
years, the Group has reported its hard-rock 
Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves in 
accordance with the JORC Code. The assets 
are subdivided into ‘core’ and ‘other’ projects. 
Core projects are classified as the Group’s 
three operational mines (Pioneer, Malomir, 
Albyn) plus any satellites that are scheduled 
for production using existing processing 
facilities, as well as the former Pokrovskiy 
mine. Mineral Resource and, where 
appropriate, Ore Reserve estimates for these 
assets were independently audited by Wardell 
Armstrong International (“WAI”) in accordance 
with JORC Code (2012) in April 2017. The Ore 
Reserve estimates are based on a long-term 
gold price assumption of US$1,400/oz with 
other modifying factors derived from the 
actual 2019 operational performance and 
appropriate technical studies. Mineral 
resources are estimated using a US$1,700/oz 
long-term gold price assumption. The Group 
considers its ‘other’ projects to be those 
assets which have good prospects, but are 
not located near current processing facilities. 
Currently, ‘other’ projects include Tokur, 
Marrinskiy and exploration assets in 
Khabarovsk region. Of these, only Tokur has 
Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve estimates 
which were reviewed in accordance with 
JORC Code (2004) and signed off by WAI in 
March 2011. The estimates apply a US$1,000/
oz gold price assumption together with other 
modifying factors relevant at the time of the 
estimate. Tokur Mineral Resources and Ore 
Reserves have not changed since. 

By their nature, forward-looking statements 
involve risk and uncertainty because they 
relate to future events and circumstances. 
Forward-looking statements are not 
guarantees of future performance and the 
development of the markets and the industry 
in which the Group operates may differ 
materially from those described in, or 
suggested by, any forward-looking 
statements contained in this document. 
In addition, even if the development of the 
markets and the industry in which the Group 
operates are consistent with the forward-
looking statements contained in this 
document, those developments may not be 
indicative of developments in subsequent 
periods. A number of factors could cause 
developments to differ materially from those 
expressed or implied by the forward-looking 
statements including, without limitation, 
general economic and business conditions, 
industry trends, competition, commodity 
prices, changes in law or regulation, currency 
fluctuations (including the US Dollar and 
Russian Rouble), the Group’s ability to recover 
its reserves or develop new reserves, 
changes in its business strategy, political and 
economic uncertainty. Save as required by 
the Listing and Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules, the Company is under no obligation to 
update the information contained in this 
document.

Nothing in this publication should be 
considered to be a profit forecast and no 
statement in this document should be 
interpreted to mean that earnings per share  
for the current or future financial years would 
necessarily match or exceed the historical 
published earnings per share. This document 
does not constitute or form part of an 
invitation to sell or issue, or any solicitation of 
any offer or invitation to purchase or subscribe 
for, any securities.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  263

Appendix, Glossary and Definitions  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Alluvial

Assay

Au

Autoclave

Backfill

Bondholder

Brownfield exploration

Concentrate

Material transported by a river and deposited at points along the flood plain and riverbed. The material may 
contain economical deposits of gold and other valuable minerals.

Chemical laboratory analysis of an ore sample to determine the proportion of gold, silver or other metal 
contained within.

Chemical symbol for the element gold.

Equipment used as part of the pressure oxidation (POX) process to facilitate gold extraction from refractory 
concentrate by using a combination of high temperature, pressure and pure oxygen to break down the 
sulphides encapsulating the gold.

Waste material used to fill the void created by mining an ore body.

Holder of the Group’s US$125 million 8.25% guaranteed convertible bonds maturing July 2024.

Exploration work carried out close to, at or adjacent to existing mines. Also known as near-mine 
exploration.

A semi-finished product (from which waste mineral has been removed), containing a significantly higher 
quantity of gold per unit of weight than was originally mined and which requires additional processing at the 
POX Hub before it can be processed in the usual way, using the Company’s RIP facilities.

Concentrate yield

The percentage of the mass of the original ore which is pulled into the concentrate.

Crushing

Cut-off grade

Cyanidation

Depletion

Deposit

Dilution

Doré

Exploration

Feasibility study

Flotation

The Foundation or the 
Petropavlovsk Foundation

Geochemical prospecting

further testing 

g/t

Grade

Breaking down ore from the size as first delivered from the mine into smaller, more uniform fragments, to be 
then fed into grinding mills or heaped onto a leach pad.

The lowest grade of mineralised material considered economically feasible for mining and processing. 
Used in the reporting of Ore Reserves and Mineral Resources.

Treatment of finely crushed or ground ore with cyanide solution to dissolve and extract gold from it.

Decrease in the quantity of ore at a deposit due to mining / extraction.

Natural occurrence of a mineral or ore, in sufficient quantity and concentration to enable exploitation.

The effect of mixing waste material with mined ore prior to delivery to the processing plant.

Unrefined / impure alloy of gold and silver produced at the mine before being sent to a refinery for additional 
purification.

Prospecting, sampling, mapping, drilling and other work involved in searching for ore.

Extensive technical and financial study to assess the commercial viability of a mining project.

The process of separation, extraction and concentration of ore that results in the production of a high-
grade refractory concentrate to be processed inside the autoclaves at the POX Hub. As part of the flotation 
process, certain mineral particles are induced to float by becoming attached to bubbles of froth while the 
unwanted mineral particles sink.

The Petropavlovsk Foundation for Social Investment.

Techniques which measure the content of specified metals in soil and rock. Sampling defines anomalies 
for.

Geophysical prospecting Techniques that measure the physical properties (magnetism, conductivity, 
density etc.) of rock and define anomalies.

Grams per metric tonne.

Amount of gold contained in a tonne of gold bearing ore, expressed in grams per metric tonne.

Greenfield exploration

Exploration carried out at a location where minimal to no previous exploration work has taken place.

Group

Head grade

Heap-leach

The Company and its subsidiaries.

Gold content per tonne of ore fed into a mill for processing (in grams per metric tonnes).

A process used for the recovery of gold from low grade ore. Crushed ore is piled high on a mildly sloping, 
impervious foundation and uniformly leached by the percolation of a cyanide solution through the ore, 
dissolving the contained gold. Thereafter, the metal is recovered from the solution using conventional 
methods.

HSE Committee

Health, Safety and Environmental Committee.

264  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Hydrotechnical storage facility

An open-air storage facility used to store by-products and residue produced during the process of 
extracting gold from the ore.

ICBC

Indicated Resource

Inferred Resource

IRC

JORC

K&S

koz

KPI

ktpa

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China.

As defined in the JORC Code, the part of a mineral resource that has been sampled by drill holes, 
underground openings or other sampling procedures at locations that are too widely spaced to ensure 
continuity, but close enough to give a reasonable indication of continuity and where geoscientific data is 
known with a reasonable degree of reliability. An Indicated Mineral Resource will be based on more data 
and therefore will be more reliable than an Inferred Resource estimate.

As defined in the JORC Code, the part of a mineral resource for which the tonnage, grade and mineral 
content can be estimated with a low level of confidence. It is inferred from the geological evidence and has 
assumed but not verified geological and / or grade continuity. It is based on information gathered through 
the appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes, which 
may be limited or of uncertain quality and reliability.

IRC Limited, the Hong Kong listed former subsidiary, now associate, of the Group. Petropavlovsk remains a 
major shareholder with a holding of 31.1%.

Joint Ore Reserves Committee of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Australian Institute of 
Geoscientists and the Minerals Council of Australia.

The Kimkan and Sutara deposits, which are being developed as one project by IRC.

Thousand ounces.

Key Performance Indicator, used to monitor progress and performance against strategic objectives and to 
benchmark the Group’s performance.

Thousand tonnes per annum.

Life of mine

Remaining years of production at a particular location or asset, based on production rates and ore 
reserves, as per the Company’s current mine plan.

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate 
(LTIFR)

Time lost as a result of an accident or fatality, measured as the number of accidents per million man-hours 
worked.

m3/oz

Mill

Mineralisation

Mineral Resource

Mining

Mtpa

Noteholder

OHS or OH&S

Open pit

Ore

Ore processed

Ore body

Cubic meter per ounce of gold produced.

Equipment used to grind crushed rocks to the desired size for mineral extraction.

The process of formation and concentration of elements and their chemical compounds within a mass or 
body of rock.

The concentration or occurrence of material of intrinsic economic interest in or on the earth’s crust in such a 
form that there are reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction. The location, quantity, grade 
geological characteristics and continuity of a mineral resource are known, estimated or interpreted from 
specific geological evidence and knowledge. Mineral Resources are subdivided into Inferred, Indicated and 
Measured categories.

The process of obtaining useful minerals from the earth’s crust via both underground and surface / open pit 
mining activities.

Million tonnes per annum.

Holder of the Group’s US$500 million 8.125% guaranteed notes maturing November 2022.

Occupational health and safety.

Large excavation developed to extract a mineral deposit located at or near the surface.

Mineral rock that can be extracted and marketed profitably.

Ore subjected to treatment at one of the Group’s RIP processing plants.

Solid mass of mineralised rock that can be mined profitably under current or immediately foreseeable 
economic conditions.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  265

Appendix, Glossary and Definitions  continued

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Ore Reserve

Ounce or oz

Overburden

Placer deposit

Pressure oxidation (POX)

Probable Ore Reserve

Proved Ore Reserve

Recovery rate

Refractory ore

R&D

Resin-in-pulp (RIP)

The economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource. It includes diluting materials 
and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined. Appropriate assessments, which 
may include feasibility studies, have been carried out, and include consideration of, and modification by 
realistically assumed mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and 
governmental factors. These assessments demonstrate at the time of reporting that extraction could be 
reasonably justified. Ore Reserves are sub divided in order of increasing confidence into Proved and 
Probable.

Troy ounce (31.1035 grams).

Material (usually soil and rock) that sits above the ore deposit and must be removed to expose the ore.

See entry for ‘alluvial’.

A high temperature and pressure process in which refractory ores (gold bearing sulphides) are oxidised to 
render gold amenable to cyanide leaching.

Measured and / or Indicated Mineral Resources which are not yet proved, but where technical economic 
studies show that extraction is justifiable at the time of the determination and under specific economic 
conditions.

Measured Mineral Resources, where technical economic studies show that extraction is justifiable at the 
time of the determination and under specific economic conditions recovery of the proportion of valuable 
material obtained in the processing of an ore, stated as a percentage of the material recovered compared 
with the total material processed.

Quantity of metal physically extracted from the processing of ore, as a percentage of the total metal 
content, after accounting for mining losses.

Ore that is ordinarily difficult to treat for recovery of the valuable element using traditional processing 
techniques. Refractory gold ore requires additional treatment such as pressure oxidation (POX), roasting or 
bio-oxidation for efficient processing and gold recovery.

Research and development.

Processing technique by which a resin medium is used to absorb the desired element from solution or 
pulp.

Russian GKZ Standard 
Classification System

The means by which Russian reserves are assigned to classes based on the degree of reliability of data 
and indicates their comparative importance for the national economy.

Stockpile

Stope

Strike

Strike length

Stripping

Strip ratio

t/1koz

TJ/1koz

t/oz

Accumulation of unprocessed ore or mineralised material intended to serve as a reserve for current or 
future processing or as an additional source of material to achieve a uniform feed for the plant by blending 
with ore received from the mine.

An area in an underground mine where ore is mined.

Direction of the line formed by the intersection of a fault, bed or other planar feature and a horizontal plane.

Longest horizontal dimension of an ore body or zone of mineralisation.

Removal of waste rock to uncover an ore body in preparation for mining by open pit methods.

The ratio of the volume of overburden (or waste material) removed relative to the volume of ore mined. For 
example, a 3:1 stripping ratio means that mining one cubic metre of ore will require mining three cubic 
metres of waste rock.

Tonnes per thousand of ounces of gold produced.

Terajoule per thousand of ounces of gold produced.

Tonnes per ounce of gold produced.

Trench sampling

Total gold production

Taking samples from a trench on the surface or along a trench excavated underground, generally in the 
form of a series of continuous channels (channel samples).

Measured in troy ounces, total gold production is made up of gold produced from the Group’s hard-rock 
mines as well as from the processing of material purchased from third parties.

tpm

Tonnes per month.

266  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Communication with Our Shareholders

Managing your shares online
Shareholders can manage their holdings 
online by registering with Link Asset Services 
share portal service. This is an online service 
provided by Link which enables shareholders 
to view and manage all aspects of their 
shareholding securely. The service is free  
and available 24 hours a day. Shareholders, 
whose shares are registered in their own 
name, can:

 – View holdings plus indicated price and 

valuation;

 – View movements on their shareholdings;

 – Change their address;

 – Register or change their e-mail address;

 – Sign up to receive communications by 

e-mail instead of post; and

 – Access the online voting service.

Shareholder enquiries
Enquiries relating to shareholders, such as 
queries concerning notification of change of 
address and lost share certificates, should be 
made to the Company’s Registrars, Link Asset 
Services (‘Link’). Link can be contacted directly 
by using one of the methods listed below.

By post:
Link Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road  
Beckenham  
Kent BR3 4TU

Telephone Helpline: 
0371 664 0300

Calls are charged at the standard geographic 
rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the 
United Kingdom will be charged at the 
applicable international rate.  We are open 
between 09:00 - 17:30, Monday to Friday 
excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

Online: enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk 
(from here you will be able to e-mail Link with 
your enquiry).

Website
Financial information about the Company, 
including annual reports, public 
announcements and share price data, is 
available from the Company’s website at: 
www.petropavlovsk.net.

Additional documents:
Shareholders are encouraged to sign up to 
receive news alerts by e-mail. This includes 
financial news releases throughout the year.

tors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the financial information on the 
Company’s website. This information has 
been prepared under the relevant accounting 
standards and legislation.

Company contact details
Registered office:
Petropavlovsk PLC 
11 Grosvenor Place 
Belgravia  
London SW1X 7HH

Telephone: 
+44 (0) 20 7201 8900

Registered in England and Wales (no. 
4343841)

Investor Relations 
Patrick Pittaway  
Head of Investor Relations

E-mail: 
teamir@petropavlovsk.net

Company Secretarial
Amanda Whalley ACIS 
Company Secretary

Annual General Meeting 2020
This year’s Annual General Meeting (AGM)  
will be held on 30 June 2020 commencing at 
11 a.m. Shareholders who wish to attend the 
AGM are kindly asked to read the 
accompanying notes to the Notice of the 
Meeting which explain the documentation 
required by shareholders in order for them to 
gain entry to the meeting.

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  267

GRI Content Index

GRI standard

Disclosure 
number

Disclosure

Page reference and notes

GRI 101: Foundation

GRI General Disclosures

Organisation profile

GRI 102 102: General 
Disclosures

GRI 102 – 1

Name of organisation

Cover

GRI 102 – 2 

Activities, brands, products and services

IFC, 18, 19

GRI 102 – 3 

Location of headquarters

GRI 102 – 4 

Location of operations

GRI 102 – 5

Ownership and legal form

GRI 102 – 6

Markets served

London

44, 46, 48, 50 

178, 203

18, 19, 96

GRI 102 – 7 

Scale of the organisation

IFC, 12, 58-67, 70, 87 

GRI 102 – 8

Information on employees and other 
workers

87, 100

The share of workers who are not employees is 
insignificant in the context of the total Group 
employees’ number. Contractors are required for 
the underground operations and security services.

GRI 102 – 9

Supply chain

96, 108

GRI 102 – 10

Significant changes to the organisation and 
its supply chain

The POX Hub was commissioned at the end of 
2018. See further details on the operation on page 
50.

GRI 102 – 11

Precautionary Principle or approach

GRI 102 – 12

External initiatives

113

91

GRI 102 - 13

Membership associations

Union of Gold Producers of Russia

Strategy

GRI 102: General 
Disclosures

Ethics

GRI 102: General 
Disclosures

Corporate Governance

GRI 102: General 
Disclosures

GRI 102-14

Statement from senior decision maker

12, 13, 89

GRI 102 – 16

Values, principles, standards and norms of 
behaviour

2, 3, 91

GRI 102 – 18

Governance structure

90, 135 

Stakeholder engagement

GRI 102: General 
Disclosures

GRI 102 – 40

List of stakeholder groups

GRI 102 – 41

Collective bargaining agreements

GRI 102 – 42

Identifying and selecting stakeholders

GRI 102 – 43

Approach to stakeholder engagement

GRI 102 – 44

Key topics and concerns raised

Identified material topics

GRI 102: General 
Disclosures

GRI 102 – 45

GRI 102 – 46

Entities included in the consolidated 
financial statements

Defining report content and topic 
boundaries

GRI 102 – 47 

List of material topics

92

103

92

92-94

92-94

246

94-95

94

268  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

GRI standard

Disclosure 
number

Disclosure

GRI 102 – 48 

Restatement of information

Page reference and notes

Total energy consumption for 2018 and 2017 has 
been restated due to the conversion error in data 
presented in 2018 report. 

Total waste generated data for 2018 and 2017 has 
been restated to reflect a wider scope of the 
reporting in 2019.

GRI 102 – 49

Changes in reporting

94

The new methodology was applied to GHG 
emissions reporting in 2019 to reflect a wider scope 
of emissions sources. We were unable to restate the 
data for 2018 and 2017.

Report Profile

GRI 102: General 
Disclosures

GRI 102 – 50

Reporting period

1 January – 31 December 2019

GRI 102 – 51

Date of most recent report

2018 Annual Report, published 29 April 2019

GRI 102 – 52

Reporting cycle

GRI 102 – 53

Contact point for questions regarding the 
report

Annual

91

Alexander Rozhetskin 
ar@petropavlovsk.net

Olga Mayorova 
om@petropavlovsk.net 
+44 (0) 20 7201 8900

GRI 102 – 54

Claims of reporting in accordance with GRI 
standards

This report has been prepared in accordance with 
the GRI Standards: Core option

GRI 102 – 55

GRI content index

GRI 102 – 56

External assurance

268-273

124-125

GRI Material Topics

Economic performance

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 201: Economic 
Performance

Procurement practices

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 204: Procurement 
Practices

Anti-corruption

GRI 103 – 1 

GRI 103 – 2

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

94, 105, 109

The management approach and its 
components

105

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

105, 109

GRI 201 – 1

Direct economic value generated and 
distributed

109

GRI 103 – 1

GRI 103 – 2

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

The management approach and its 
components

92, 94, 96

96, 108

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

93, 96

GRI 204 – 1

Proportion of spending on local suppliers

96

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 103 – 1

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

GRI 103 – 2

The management approach and its 
components

94, 100

100

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  269

GRI Content Index   continued

GRI standard

Disclosure 
number

Disclosure

Page reference and notes

GRI 205: 
Ant-corruption

Energy

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

93, 100

GRI 205 – 3

Confirmed incidents of corruption and 
actions taken 

100

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 103 – 1

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

88, 94, 113, 115

GRI 103 – 2

The management approach and its 
components

113, 115

GRI 103 – 3 

Evaluation of the management approach

113, 115

GRI 302: Energy

GRI 302 – 1 

Energy consumption within the organisation

115

Disclosure without further breakdown by renewable 
and non-renewable energy sources.

GRI 302 – 3

Energy intensity

115

Water

GRI 303: Water

GRI 303 – 1

Interactions with water as a shared resource

113-114

GRI 303 – 2

Management of water discharge-related 
impacts

97, 113-114

GRI 303 – 3 

Water withdrawal

GRI 303 – 4

Water discharge

GRI 303 – 5

Water consumption

114

114

114

Water consumption is assessed by instrumental 
control. 

Biodiversity

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 103 – 1

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

GRI 103 – 2

The management approach and its 
components

94, 113, 118-120

97, 113, 118-119

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

113, 118-120

GRI 304: Biodiversity

GRI 304 – 1

GRI 304 – 4

Operational sites owned, leased, managed 
in, or adjacent to, protected areas and areas 
of high biodiversity value outside protected 
areas

IUCN Red List species and national 
conservation list species with habitats in 
areas affected by operations

118, Zero

17 species in national conservation list, including 8 
species in IUCN Red List:
 – Least Concern (LC) – 6 species
 – Near Threatened (NT) – 2 species

Emissions

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 103 – 1 

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

GRI 103 – 2 

The management approach and its 
components

88, 94, 113, 115-116

88, 113, 115-116

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

88, 113, 115-116

270  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

GRI standard

Disclosure 
number

Disclosure

Page reference and notes

GRI 305: Emissions

GRI 305 – 1 

Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions

88

Biogenic CO2 emissions are not generated at the 
Group’s operation.

Emission factors provided by IPCC 2006 Guidelines 
for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories and global 
warming potential (GWP) values presented in the 
IPCC Fourth Assessment Report (AR4) were used.

GRI 305 – 2

Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions

88

Base year has not been set for the GHG emissions 
calculation.

GRI 305 – 4 

GHG emissions intensity

88

Gases included in the calculation: CO2, CH4, N2O.

GRI 305 – 7

Nitrogen oxides (NOX), sulphur oxides 
(SOX), and other significant air emissions

116

GRI 103 – 1 

GRI 103 – 2

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

The management approach and its 
components

94, 104, 118-119

113, 118-119

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

113, 118-119

GRI 306 – 2

Waste by type and disposal method

118

It has not been possible to show a breakdown of 
hazardous and non-hazardous for each disposal 
method for this reporting period.

Effluents and waste

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 306: Effluents and 
Waste

Environmental compliance 

GRI 306 – 3

Significant spills

GRI 103: Management 
approach

GRI 103 – 1 

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

GRI 103 – 2

The management approach and its 
components

Zero

94, 113

113

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

93, 113

GRI 307 – 1 

Non-compliance with environmental laws 
and regulations

114

GRI 307: 
Environmental 
Compliance

Employment

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 103 – 1 

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

GRI 103 – 2

The management approach and its 
components

92, 94, 99-103

87, 99-103

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

93, 99-103

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  271

GRI Content Index   continued

GRI standard

Disclosure 
number

Disclosure

Page reference and notes

GRI 401: Employment

GRI 401 – 1 

New employee hires and employee turnover

101

A total of 2,850 employees were hired during the 
reporting period (33.6% hire rate), among them 
2,305 (27.14%) were male and 545 (6.42%) were 
female; 1,102 (12.97%) were younger than 30 y.o., 
1,293 (15.22%) were 30-50 y.o., and 455 employees 
(5.36%) were older than 50; 1,781 (21%) are 
residents of the Amur region, 917 (10.8%) are 
residents of other regions of the Far East of Russia, 
151(1.78%) are residents of other Russian regions, 1 
(0,01%) is a resident of a CIS country. 

2,809 employee left the company during the 
reporting period (33.07% turnover rate) during the 
reporting period, among them 2,293 (26.99%) were 
male, 516 were female (6.07%); 939 employees 
were younger than 30 y.o (11.05%), 1,263 
employees were 30-50 y.o. (14.87%), 607 
employees were older than 50 y.o. (7.15%); 1,803 
(21.23%) are residents of the Amur region, 863 
(10.16%) are residents of other regions of the Far 
East of Russia, 143 (1.68%) are residents of other 
Russian regions.

Occupational health and safety

GRI 403: Occupational 
Health and Safety

GRI 403 – 1

Occupational health and safety 
management system 

86, 94, 97, 109-110

GRI 403 – 2

Hazard identification, risk assessment, and 
incident investigation

GRI 403 – 3

Occupational health services

GRI 403 – 4

Worker participation, consultation, and 
communication on occupational health and 
safety

GRI 403 – 5

Worker training on occupational health and 
safety

GRI 403 – 6

Promotion of worker health

GRI 403 – 7

Prevention and mitigation of occupational 
health and safety impacts directly linked by 
business relationships

GRI 403 – 9

Work-related injuries

109-111

111

109-110

110

111

109-111

86, 111

Rate of fatalities  
2019 - 0; 2018 - 0.07; 2017 - 0.20 
Number of recordable injuries  
2019 - 25; 2018 - 38;  2017 - 46

Disclosure without the rate and number of high 
consequence injuries.

Training and education

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 103 – 1 

GRI 103 – 2

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

The management approach and its 
components

94, 99-102

99, 102

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

93, 99, 102

272  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

GRI standard

GRI 404: Training and 
Education

Disclosure 
number

GRI 404 – 1

Diversity and equal opportunity.

Disclosure

Page reference and notes

Average hours of training per year per 
employee

102

Disclosure without breakdown of training by gender 
and employee.

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 103 – 1 

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

GRI 103 – 2

The management approach and its 
components

87, 94, 99-101

99-101

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

99-101

GRI 405: Diversity and 
Equal Opportunity

GRI 405 – 1

Diversity in governance bodies and 
employees

87, 100, 134, 144

Board breakdown by age: 50-70: 5; 70+: 3.

Non-Discrimination

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 103 – 1 

GRI 103 – 2

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

The management approach and its 
components

94, 99-100

87, 99-100

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

87, 99-100

GRI 406: Non-
discrimination 

GRI 406 – 1 

Incidents of discrimination and corrective 
actions taken

Zero.

Freedom of Association and Collective Bargaining

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 103 – 1 

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

94, 103

GRI 103 – 2

The management approach and its 
components

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

GRI 407: Freedom of 
association and 
collective bargaining

GRI 407 – 1 

Operations and suppliers in which the right 
to freedom of association and collective 
bargaining may be at risk

GRI 407

Freedom of association and collective 
bargaining

Rights of Indigenous Peoples

103

103

103

GRI 103 – 1 

GRI 103 – 2

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

The management approach and its 
components

94, 105-106

92, 105-106

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

93, 105-106

GRI 411 – 1

Incidents of violations involving rights of 
indigenous peoples

106

GRI 103 – 1 

GRI 103 – 2

Explanation of the material topic and its 
boundary

94, 105

The management approach and its 
components

92, 105-108

GRI 103 – 3

Evaluation of the management approach

93, 105-106

Local communities

GRI 103: Management 
Approach

GRI 413: Local 
Communities

GRI 413 – 1 

Operations with local community 
engagement, impact assessments and 
development programmes

105

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  273

274  Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019    

Petropavlovsk Annual Report 2019  275